A chronological history of New-England in the form of annals: being a summary and exact account of the most material transactions and occurrences relating to this country, in the order of time wherein they happened, from the discovery by Capt. Gosnold in 1602, to the arrival of Governor Belcher, in 1730. : With an introduction containing a brief epitome of the most remarkable transactions and events abroad, from the Creation: including the connected line of time, the succession of patriarchs and sovereigns of the most famous kingdoms & empires, the gradual discoveries of America, and the progress of the Reformation to the discovery of New-England. / By Thomas Prince, M.A. ; Vol. I. ; [Four lines of Scripture texts]

Author: Prince, Thomas, 1687-1758.2004-08

A Chronological Hist …

[Page]

A Chronological History OF NEW-ENGLAND In the Form of ANNALS:

BEING A summary and exact Account of the most material Transactions and Occurrences relating to THIS COUNTRY, in the Order of Time wherein they happened, from the Discovery by Capt. GOSNOLD in 1602, to the Arrival of Governor BELCHER, in 1730.

WITH AN INTRODUCTION CONTAINING A brief Epitome of the most remarkable Transactions and Events ABROAD, from the CREATION: Including the connected Line of Time, the Succession of Patriarchs and Sovereigns of the most famous Kingdoms & Empires, the gradual Discoveries of AMERICA, and the Progress of the REFORMATION to the Discovery of NEW-ENGLAND.

By THOMAS PRINCE, M. A.

VOL. 1.

Deut. XXXII.7.

Remember the Days of Old, consider the Years of many Generations.

Job VIII.8.

For enquire, I pray thee, of the former Age, and prepare thy self to the Search of their Fathers.

BOSTON, N. E. Printed by KNEELAND & GREEN for S. GERRISH, MDCCXXXVI

[Page]

To His EXCELLENCY JONATHAN BELCHER, Esq Captain General and Governour in Chief i [...] and over His Majesty's Province of the Massachusetts-Bay in New England, &c. To the Honourable SPENCER PHIPPS, Esq Lieutenant Governour, And to the Honourable His Majesty's COUNCIL and House of REPRESENTATIVES of said Provi [...]ce.

THE PROVINCE under your united Care being the Principal of the NEW-ENGLAND Governments, containing especially the Two first Colonies of PLIMOUTH and the MASSACHUSETTS, from whence the Others chiefly derived, and having the greatest share in the [Page] following Work; To whom cou'd a Son of the Province more properly offer this Fruit of his Labours, than to Your EXCELLENCY and HONOURS? Especially when he beholds you as mostly if not wholly Descendants from the worthy FATHERS of these Plantations: whom Yourselves and Posterity cannot but have in everlasting Honour, not only for their eminent s [...]lf Denial and Piety, wherein they set Examples for future Ages to admire and imitate; but also for their great Concern that the same VITAL and PURE CHRISTIANITY and LIBERTY both Civil and Ecclesiastical, might be continued to their Successors; for which they left their own and their Fathers Houses in the most pleasant Places then on Earth, with many of their dearest Relatives, and came over the Ocean into this then hideous Wilderness: And the peaceful Fruits of whose extraordinary Cares, Labours, Hardships, Wisdom, Courage, Patience, Blood and Death, we under the DIVINE Protection, and the Justice of the Best of KINGS, enjoy.

It is to these we firstly owe our pleas [...]nt Houses, our fruitful Fields, our growing Towns and Churches, our wholsome Laws, our precious Privileges, our Grammar Schools and Colleges, our pious and learned Ministers and Magistrates, our good Government and Order, the Publick Restraints of Vices, the general Knowledge of our common People, the strict [Page] Observation of the Christian Sabbath; with those Remains of Publick Modesty, Sobriety, Social Virtues, and Religion; for which this Country is distinguished among the British Colonies, and in which we are as happy as any on Earth.

In the midst of our great Advantages, you will doubtless take a noble and useful Pleasure, in reviewing the Names and Actions of your PREDECESSORS; that you may imitate their Virtues: as also in surveying the gradual STEPS that led to our present Scituation; together with the Train of PROVIDENCES appearing for us, sometimes indeed afflicting and then delivering, but preserving us thro' all our Dangers, disappointing the Designs of Enemies, maintaining our invaluable Liberties, and causing us to grow and prosper; that the SOVEREIGN POWER who has formed, preserv'd and bless'd this People, may receive his due and grateful Adorations.

It is the orderly Succession of these Transactions and Events, as they precisely fell out in Time, too much neglected by our Historians, that for some years past I have taken the greatest Pains to search and find, even vastly more than in composing, and which thro' a world of Difficulty and much Expence, I here present You: not in the specious Form of a proper History, which admits of artificial Ornaments [Page] and Descriptions to raise the Imagination and Affections of the Reader; but of a closer and more naked REGISTER, comprizing only Facts in a Chronological Epitome, to enlighten the Understanding: some what like the Form of Usher's ANNALS, which a competent Historian may easily fill up and beautifie.

Nor is the Design of this Dedication, as is usual with Others, to implore your Patronage of the Work in General at all adventures, or to palliate or excuse the Faults or Mistakes therein: but rather humbly to appeal to your collective and superiour Knowledge, that it may more thoroughly be examined, every Mistake of Fact discovered, and the Remainder only justified.

It would be too high a Presumption in me, as well as too intruding on your more important Cares, to supplicate a Publick Examination or Correction of this Composure. But if it were as worthy as the Reverend & Learned Mr. HUBBARD's Narrative of the Indian War; for the Perusing and Approving which, three honourable Magistrates were deputed by the Governour & Council of the Massachusetts Colony in 1677, One of whom was a Major General, and the other Two were after — Governours: Upon rectifying every Error, such a Publick Approbation would Consign it as a true Report [Page] of Facts, to the Regard and Credit both of present and of future Generations.

I should now conclude, were it not for an Observation of too great and publick Moment to be here omitted; which is as follows, —

That when the Founders of these Colonies came over, it was a Time of General Tyranny both in Church & State through their MOTHER ISLAND; under which the British Kingdoms loudly groaned, as the united Voice declared both of their LORDS and COMMONS in several PARLIAMENTS both of ENGLAND and of SCOTLAND, the only National Representatives and the most proper Witnesses of the National Oppressions; a thousand times more credible than any particular Writers. From which those Kingdoms cou'd never obtain a Legal and Established Deliverance till the Glorious REVOLUTION in 1688; nor cou'd apprehend it to be sufficiently secure [...] till the happy ACCESSION of King G [...]ORG [...] [...]he I, to the [...] THRONE in 1714: a [...] who was a Grandson by the Princess SOPHIA of that most Excellent KING and QUEEN of BOHEMIA; whom the P [...]ritans admi [...]'d and loved, whom they griev'd to see so much neglected in their bitter Sufferings by the Court of ENGLAND, and whom those who came over Hither represented to their Posterity in [...]he most amiable Character. [Page] Of which I can my self bare Witness: for tho' Born in a remoter Corner of this Land, yet while in the Arms of a knowing and careful Mother, a Grand-Daughter of the first Race of Settlers; next to the Scripture History, she gave me such a View of the Reformation, and of the Sufferings and Vertues of those renowned PRINCES, as rais'd my Joy with Others when the first hopeful Prospect opened of their PROTESTANT DESCENDENTS in the ILLUSTRIOUS HOUSE of HANOVER being advanced to the BRITISH THRONE, and carried us into unbounded Transports when our Eyes beheld it.

Upon this Occasion HIS EXCELLENCY will forgive me, if for the Honour of His Country, as well as for his own, we boast of One among us, who inspir'd with Zeal for the Succession of that ILLUSTRIOUS HOUSE, even in the Joys of Youth, twice brake away, viz. in 1704 and 1708, and pass'd a double Ocean; that He might with Rapture see, and in his Country's Name express the Ardour of their Vows to THAT MOST IMPORTANT FAMILY; in which under Heaven all the Welfare of three mighty Nations, and even of all the Protestant States and Kingdoms in the World, as well as the Liberty, Religion and Felicity of these Colonies and Province were involved. A celeb [...]ated Instance pe [...]uliar to Himself alone; that I presume no other American can pretend to; [Page] and for the Fatigue and Pains, I suppose no other Subject of the whole British Empire: which redounds to the Glory of the LAND that bred Him, that parted with Him and receiv'd Him with Applause; and the happy Consequence whereof, at the Head of his Country, He now enjoys.

May that BLESESD FAMILY remain upon the Throne and Prosper as long as the Su [...] endures: May they spread their [...]NCHES to every State and Kingdom round about, [...] therewith extend the British Happiness. May THESE PLANTATIONS, flourish u [...]der their benign Influence to the End of Time. May YOUR EXCELL [...]NCY enjoy their Smiles to the lastHour of Life; and thereby with the Divine Grace and Bles [...]ing, long lengthen our Tranquility and advance our Welfare. May YOUR HONOURS, now taking your Turn to rise & Shine in the exalted Places of your wise and pious Predecessors, follow their bright Examples, preserve the dear DEPPOSITA resigned to your faithful Trust, and transmit them safely to your Successors: In all yourCouncils may you look to future as well as present Generations; whom you may see depending on your Care and Wisdom, as we unborn depended on the Care and Wisdom of those before us: and may You ever keep in View the Principal and Noble ENDS of these Religious Settlements. So [Page] will you be with our Dear FOREFATHERS, an eternal Excellence, and the Joy and Praise of perpetual Generations.

Your Excellency's and Honours most Obedient Humble Servant, Thomas Prince.

Boston, Nov. 24th. 1736.

[Page i]

The PREFACE, Relating the RISE, DESIGN, and PROGRESS of this Composure.

NEXT to the sacred History, and that of the Reformation, I was from my early Youth instructed in theHistory of thisCountry. And the first Book of this Kind put into my Hand was the New-England Memorial compos'd by Mr. Secretary Morton: being the History of PLIMOUTH COLONY from the Beginning, to 1668. Gov. Thomas Dudley's Letter to the Count [...]ss o [...] Lincoln, informed me of the Beginning of the MASSACHUSETTS COLONY Mr. WilliamHubbard and Mr. In [...]rease M [...]ther's Narratives of the Indian Wars in 1637, 16 [...]5 and 1676, with Mr. Cotton Mather's Hist [...] of the Indian W [...]rs from 1688 to 1698, gave me a sufficient View of those calamitous Times. Mr. Matthew Mayhew's Account o [...] the Vineyard-Indians, Mr. Increase Mather's Record of Remarkable Providences, Mr. Cotton Mather's Lives of Mr. C [...]tt [...]n, Norton, Wilson, Davenport, Hooker, Mitch [...]l, Eliot, and Sir William Phipps, increas'd my Knowledge: And much more [...]as it advanc [...]d, upon the coming out of the last men [...]ioned Author's Eccl [...]siastical History of NEW-ENGLAND, in [...] in 1702

Yet still I long'd to see all these Things disposed in the Order of Time wherein they happened, together with the [...]se and Progress of the several Towns, Churches, Counties, Co [...]onies, and Pro [...]inces throughout this Country.

Upon my entering into the College, I chanced in my l [...]isure Hou [...]s to read Mr. Chamberlain's Account of the [...] Libr [...]ry: Which excited in me a Zeal of laying hold [...] e [...]ery Book, Pamphlet, and Paper, both in Print and Manus [...]ri [...]t which are either written by Persons who lived here, or that have an [...] Tendency to enlighten our History.

When I went to England, I met with a great Variety of Books and Pamphlets, too many here to name, relating to [Page ii] this Country, wrote in ancient Times, and which I could not meet with on this Side the Atlantick. Among others, in a History of NEW-ENGLAND, from 1628 to 1651, Printed in Quarto London 1654, I found many Particulars, of the Beginning of our several Churches, Towns and Colonies, which appear in no other Writer. The r [...]nning Title of the Book is Wonder-Working Providence, &c: and in the genuine Title-Page, no Author is named. Some of the Books were faced with a false Title Page; wherein the Work is wrongly assigned to Sir F. Georges: But the true Author was Mr. Iohnson of Woburn in New-England, as the la [...]e Judge Sewall assur'd me, as of a Thing familiarly known among the Fathers of the Massachusetts Colony.

In my foreign Travels, I found the want of a regular History of this Country every where complain'd of: and wa [...] often mov'd to undertake it, tho' I could not think my self equal to a Work so noble as the Subject merits. The extraordinary Talents which Le Moyn and others require in an Historian were enough to deterr me. And yet I had a secret Tho't, that upon returning to my native Country, in case I should fall into a State of Leisure, and no other engaged; I would attempt a Brief Account of Facts at least, in the Form of Annals.

But, returning home in 1717. Providence was pleased soon to settle me in such a Publick Place and Circumstance▪ as I could expect no Leisure for such a Work, and gave it over. I could propose no other than to go on with my Collections, & provide Materials for some otherHand: Which I have been at no smallExpence to gather: Having amass'd above a Thousand Books, Pamphlets, and Papers of this Kind in Print, and a great Number of Papers in Manuscript: So many indeed, that I have never yet had Leisure enough to read them. For I should want at least as long a Time as Dio: Who says he had been not only Ten Years in Coll [...]cting [...]or his History, but also Twelve Years more in Compiling it: And yet by his Book of Dreams and Prodigies, presented to Severu [...] ▪ one would think he had sufficient Leisure. ^*

In 1720 came out Mr NEAL's History of NEW ENGLAND, which I was glad [...]o see, and pleased both with his Spirit [Page iii] Style and Method. I could wish nothing more than th [...]t he had all the Helps this Country affords. And tho' he has fallen into many Mistakes of Facts which are commonly known among us, some of which he seems to derive f [...]om Mr. Oldmixon's Account of NEW ENGLAND in his British Empi [...] in America; and which Mistakes are no doubt the Reason why Mr. Neal's History is not more generally read among us: yet considering the Materials this worthy Writer was confin'd to, and that he was never here; it seems to me scarce possible that any under his Disadvantages should form a better. In comparing Him with the Authors from whence he draws, I am surpriz'd to see the Pains he has taken to put the Materials into such a regular Order: And to me it seems as if many Parts of his Work cannot be mended.

Upon the Account of th [...]se Mistakes as also many Deficiencies which our written Records only are able to supply; I have been often u [...]ged here to undertake our History, but as often declin'd for the Reasons aforesaid. However being still solicited, and no other attempting; at length in 1728 I determined to draw up a short Accoun [...] of the most remarkable Transactions and Events, in the Form of a meer CHRONOLOGY; which I apprehended wo [...]ld give a Summary and regular View of the Rise and Progress of our Affairs, be a certain Guide to futureHistorians, make theirPerformance easier to them, or assist Mr. Neal in correcting his Second Edition; and which I supposed would not take above Six or Eight Sh [...]ets, intending to write no more than a Line or two upon every Article.

The Design was this, —

‘A summary and exact ACCOUNT of the most material Occurrences rela [...]ing to these Parts of the World from their first Dis [...]overy in the Order of Time in which they happened: Wherein, besides the most REMARKABLE PROVIDENCES; such as appearances of Comets and Eclipses, Earthquakes, Tempests, Inundations▪ Droughts, Scarcities, Fires, Epidemical Sickn [...]ss [...]s, memorable Accidents and Deliverances, Deaths of M [...]n of Figure, with their Age and Places where they liv'd and died, as also of the most aged with the Number oftheir Offspring▪ there will be brief Hints of our HISTORICAL TRANSACTIONS, as the Rise and Changes of Governments, the Elections of chief Mag [...]strates, the Grants andSettlement [...] of Towns [Page iv] and Precincts, their Indian and English Names, the F [...]rmations of Churches and Counties, the Ordinations and Removals of Ministers, building Houses for publick Worship, Forts and gre [...] Bridges, erecting Grammar Schools and Coll [...]g [...]s, extraordinary publick Fasts an [...] Thanksgivings, Propagation of the Gospel, remarkable Law [...] and Ex [...]cutions, as also Wars, Assaults, Expeditions, Battles, Pea [...]e, &c▪ T [...]e diff [...]rent Dates assign'd to various Occurrences, wi [...] be car [...]ful [...]yCompared and Corrected, and the very Years, Months and Days, if possible as [...]er [...]ained. Together with an INTRODUCTION, containing a Brief Account of the most remarkable Persons, Transactions and Events abroad,’

‘1. From the CREATION to the Birth of CHRIST, according to the Computation of the b [...]st Chronologers.’

‘2. From thence to the Discovery of the NEW WORLD by CHRISTOPHER COLUMBUS.’

‘3. From thence to the Discovery of NEW ENGLAND by Captain Gosnold.’

‘The Ministers throughout this Country were desired to make their careful Enquiries and send in their accurate Accounts as soon as possible; that such material Pass [...]ges might be preser [...]ed from Oblivion, and so desireable a Collection might be hastened to the publick View.’

Upon my publishing this Design, I first engaged in the INTRODUCTION: but quickly found, as Chambers in his Cyclopaedia observes, ‘Chronology to be vastly more difficult than one can imagine who has not applied himself to theStudy▪ and as Alsted in his Thesaurus, says, That his other Labours were but as Play to [...]is▪’ In my Pr [...]faces to the several Periods and the follo [...]ing Notes, I observe the Writers with whom I agree and differ, as also some of the greatest Difficulties. And as I would not take the least Iota upon Trust if possible; I examin'd the Original Authors I could meet wi [...]h: and some of the Articles were so perplexed, as i [...] cost me Fortnight`s Thought and Labo [...]r before I co [...]ld be fully satisfied. The mee [...] Tables and Calculations I was forc'd [...]o make would compose a Folio To find out not only [...]he Year and Month, but even the Day of every Article, I was oblig'd to search a great Number of Writers: And the knowing Reader will see that so many precise Poi [...]s of Time, are no where to be found, but by such a Collection as I have for this Intent perused.

[Page v]As to the LINE OF TIME — It is measured by the continued Succession of Patriarchs & Sovereigns of the most famous Kingdoms & Empires. For the three First Periods, viz. (1) Of the Patriarchs, (2) Iudges of Israel, & (3) Kings of Iudah to the Destruction of the first Temple and of [...]erusalem by Nebuchadnezzar; I leave the Samaritan Pentateuch, the Septuagint & Ios [...]phus, which several Writers both ancie [...]t & modern follow; and I strictly keep to the HEBREW BIBLE, of which it is said, our old English Bede wa [...] the fi [...]st who made it theRule [...]of ancientChronology. In the fo [...]rt [...] Period, viz. from thence thro' the Reigns of the Babylonian, P [...]rsian, Grecian and Egyptian Monarchs, to the Roman Emperors; I keep to Ptolemy's famous Astronomical Canon, and give it exactly thro' the Period. In the fifth and s [...]xth Periods from thence to the Monarchs of England; I make use o [...] Tac [...]tus, Su [...]tonius, Dio, Herodian, Eusebius, Evagrius, Socrates Scholasticus, Calvisius, Helvicus, Petavius &c. And in the seventh & last, from thence to the Beginning of t [...]e Reign of K. Iames I. in England, when He became the first Monarch of GREAT BRITAIN; I keep to the anc [...]nt Au [...]ors in Latin to the Reign of Edward II: of all which I am sorry that I could not find the Saxon Chronicle in this Country.

But whereas in the Times before the CHRISTIAN AERA, I cite several Authors; such as Calvisius, Hel [...]icus, Alf [...]ed, Petavius, Usher ▪ &c. as agreeing in the same Year [...]ffixed to an Article, tho' they call'd that Year a different Ye [...] of the World: I ne [...]d not tell the learned, that in those Articles those Authors do not differ, as to the same Real Years, or Years of the Iulian Period, or Coelestial Characters assigned to them, or in their Distance from the Christian AEra. Thus for Instance, as to the Time when Augustus took Alexandria, and put an End to the Egyptian Kingdom; Calvisius calls it Aug. 1. in the Year of the World 3920; Usher calls it 39 [...]4, beginning 39 [...]5 in the following Month: but we beginning this Year wi [...]h I [...]nuary as the Iulian Year begins, we place this Arti [...]l [...] [...] Aug. 1. in [...]9 [...]5: And yet this is the very same Re [...]l Yea [...], Month and Day, viz. Aug. 1. in the Ye [...]r of the Iul [...]an Period 4684▪ Cycle of the Sun 8, of th [...] M [...]on 10▪ and the 3 [...]h Year before the Christian AEra; the f [...]st of which is the Year of the Iulian P [...]riod 4 [...]14▪ as all Chronologers agree. In our Use of those Authors therefore, [Page vi] we turn their Years of the Iulian Period into t [...]ose Year [...] of the World which answer them in our Chronology▪

In the Introduction I also observ'd this Rule; that the nearer I drew to the later Ages, wherein we grow more concerned, the larg [...] I made my Periods: And in the Process of this Work, was gradually led on and perswaded to exceed my first Design, which was to have made the five later Periods near a [...] short as the two former.

By that time I finished the Introduction, I found so great a Number of Historical Manuscripts, both old and new; containing all Sorts of Records both Publick and Private, Religious, Civil and Military: that our Printed Histories are but a small part in Comparison with them, and made me still more ready to yield to the Sollicitations of Others, to enl [...]rge my Design and give the Publick an Abridgement of them. For I consider'd that as several ancient Records of Towns and Churches have been unhappily burnt, and some lost otherwise; If I did not now in this Way preserve the Substance of these Historical Memoirs, it would be daily in Danger of perishing beyond Recovery.

TheMANUSCRIPTS I haveOpportunity to search are these

In Folio —

1. Gov. Bradford's HISTORY of PLIMOUTH People and Colony, from 1602 to the End of 1646▪ in 270 Pages: With some Account, at the End, of the Increase of those who came over with Him, from 1620 to 1650, and all in his own Hand-writing.
2. The ancient Church of Plymouth Records; began by Mr. Secretary Mor [...]on.
3. A Copy of the GRAND CHARTER of NEW ENGLAND, granted by K. Iames I. on Nov. 3. 1620▪ in 86 Pages.
4. The ancient Records of the Massachusetts Colony.
5. The ancient Records of the County of Suffolk: In the first Volume whereof are several Letters from the M [...]ssachusetts Company at London to Mr. Endicot, before they came over.
6. The ancient Records of the Town of Charlestown: In the first Volume whereof is a particular History of the first Coming and Settling of the English there, and in the Neighbouring Places.
7. The ancient Records of the Town of Boston; as also of the Fi [...]st, S [...]cond, Thi [...]d, and several other later Churc [...]es t [...]ere.
[Page vii]8. The ancient Records of the first Church of Roxbury, written by the famous and Rev. Mr. Eliot, and his successive Colleagues the Rev. Mr. Danforth and Walter: In a separa [...] Part of the Book are recorded Hints of various ancient Transactions and Events, in other Towns and Colonies.
9. An ancient Record of the first New-England Synod, viz. at Cambridge ▪ in 1637.
10. Plimouth Colony LAWS, from 1626 to 1660, inclusively.
11. The ancient Records of the Hon. Artillery Company.
12. The Rev. Mr. William Hubbard s General HISTORY of NEW ENGLAND from the Discovery to 1680, in 338 Pages: And tho' not in his own Hand-writing, yet having several Corrections made thereby.

In Quarto —

1. A Book of PATENTS of several Parts of NEW-ENGLAND.
2. An Original Record of the Rev. Mr. Peter Hobart of Hingham, relating Hints of Matter [...], both in his own and some Neighbouring Churches also.
3. Major Ma [...]on's ancient Account of the Pequot War in 1634, 5, 6, 7.
4. Major General Gookin's History of the New-England Indians, to 1674, inclusively.
5. An Original Iournal in Latin, composed by the late Rev. Mr. Brimsm [...]ad of Ma [...]lborough, and in his own Handwriting, from 1665 to 1695, inclusively.
6. An Account of memorable Things in New-England, from 1674 to 1687 inclusively, written by the late Rev. Dr. Increase Mather, in his own Hand.
7. An Original Iournal of the late Capt. Lawrence Hammond of Charlestown and Boston, from 1677 to 1694, inclusively.
8. An Original Iournal of a very Intelligent Person deceased, who desired not to be named; relating remarkableMatters from 1689 to 1711, inclusively.

In Octavo —

1. A Register of Gov. Bradford's, in his own Hand, recording some of the first Deaths, M [...]rriages and Punishments, at Plimouth: with Three other Miscelaneous Volumes of his.
2. A little ancient Table Book of his Son Major William B [...]adford, afterward Dep. Gov. of PLIMOUTH-COLONY, written with his own Hand, from 1649 to 1670.
3. Capt. Roger Clap's Account of the ancient Aff [...]irs of the MASSACHUSETTS COLONY
[Page viii]4. An Original Register wrote by the Rev. Mr. Iohn L [...]throp, recording the first Affairs both of Scituate & Bar [...] stable; of which Towns he was successively the first Minister.
5. Two Original Books of Dep. Gov. Willoughby & Capt▪ Hammond; giving historical Hints, from 1651 to 1678 inclusively.
6. Interleav'd Almanacks of the late Honourable Iohn Hull and Judge S [...]wall of Boston, Esqr [...]; of the Rev. Mr. Shepa [...]d the last of Charlestown, of the late Rev. Mr. Ioseph G [...]rrish of Wenh [...]m, and several others from 1646 to 1720; wherein the Facts were wrote at the Time they happened▪ tho' the Notes in several being wrote in divers Sorts of Short-Hand, to which I was an utter Stranger, put me to no small Pains to find out their Alphabets and otherCharacters.

In loose Paper [...] —

1. Extracts from the PUBLICK RECORDS of the Colonies of Pl [...]mouth, Conn [...]cticut & Rhode-Island.
2. A great Number of ancient Letters & other Papers whic [...] I have collected from several Libraries & particular Person [...].
3. Near 200 Chronological Letters sent me, collected from the Records of several Towns & Churches throughout thi [...] Country, as also from private R [...]gisters, Gravestones, and the Information of aged and Intelligent Persons▪

The Reader will easily conceive how large and difficult a Field now lay before me; when all these Manuscripts were to be perused, examined, and compared both with Themselves and with those Accounts already publ shed; their Varieties and Contradictions sol [...]ed, their Mistakes discovered; the Chronological Order of all their Passages found out; one regular Abridgement taken from them; what several wanted, to be supplied from others; and the most material and proper Passages, Words and Phrases selected from them all, and placed together in a natural Order, and so as to enlighten each other▪

F [...]r in my tracing several Authors on this Occasion: I soon sawCause to come into the same Sentim [...]nt & R [...]solution with the Rev. Mr S [...]rype in his Preface to the first Volume of his Annals of the Re [...]ormation; which I shall mention in his own Words, — ‘I have c [...]osen commonly to s [...]t down Things in the very Words of the Records, & Origi [...]als, and of the Aut [...]ors themselves, rather t [...]an in my own, wit [...]out framing and dr [...]ssing th [...]m into more modern Lan [...]uage; w [...]ere [...]y the [Page ix] Sense is sure to remain intire as the Writer [...] mea [...] it: Wher [...] as by affecting too curio [...]sly to change & model Words and Sent [...]nces, I have obser [...]ed theSens [...] it self to b [...] often ma [...]ed and disguised.’ Yea more Scrupulous than Mr. Strype on thi [...] Account — For instead of commonly, I have so universally observ'd this Rule, that where I have inserted Sentences o [...] Words of my own, fo [...] Illustration, I have either inclosed them in Crotchets [], or added them at the End of P [...] ragraphs, without any Author cited after them. And I know not that I have ever changed an [...] Word [...] or Phrase [...], unless they were very uncouth, or obsolete; and then I have taken special Care to answer them [...]ith other [...] of the same exact Importance: Only in some very few Instance [...] I have used a softe [...] Term for a severer.

In the History of o [...]r own Times, we may freely use our own Expressions: But in all Accounts of Events before ▪ every Writer must take from Others, whether he mentions his Originals or no. And tho' it be more l [...]oriou [...], yet it seems not only more ingenuous to cite them, but also carries more Authorit [...], and gives the inquisitive Reader greater Satisfaction. But those who have no Regard to those Authorities, may in th [...] reading omitt th [...]m; unless where they think the Pass [...]ge of too great Moment.

And here I must Observe, That Mr. Morton's History▪ from the Beginning of the Plimo [...]th People to the End of 1646, being chieflyGov. Bradford's Manuscript abbreviated; from hence it comes to pass that in many Article [...] and Paragraphs which I cite from Gov. Bradford, both Mr. Morton and I happen to use the same Words and Sentences: Not that I deduce them from Mr. Morton, but because they are the original Words and Sentences in Gov. Bradford.

Some may think me rather too criti [...]al: Others that I relate some Circumstances too minute: And others, that I need not have interrupted the reading with so many Notes in the Margin. As for the first, I think a Writer of Facts cannot be too critical: I [...] is Exactness I aim at, and would not have the least Mistake if possible pass to the World. I [...] I have unhappily fallen into any; it is thro' Inadver [...]ency only, and I shall be obliged to those who will be so kind as to send me their Corrections. As to the second, those Things which are too minute with Some, are not so with Others: [Page x] Those minu [...]e Things are observed wit [...] Pleasure by the People who live in th [...] Places where they were transacted, which are inconsiderable to Those who never saw them: And there' [...] none who attentively re [...]d [...] aHistory either ancient or modern, but in a great many Cases wishes the Writer had mention'd some minuter Circumstances, that were then commonly known, and thought too needless or small to be noted Besides, smaller Matters are of greater Moment among a smaller People and more affect them, which are les [...] important and aff [...]cting as the People grow more [...]m [...]ous. And I have therefore thought it a proper Rule in History, to mention smaller Things in the Infancy of these Plantations, which I shall gradually omitt as they grow a greater People. But as to the third, I wish I had placed many of the Notes in the Body of the Page; and propose to do so in the Rest of the Work.

As to Impartia [...]ity; I know it is usual for the Writers of History to assert it; some in their Pr [...]faces, others in the Front of their Works; some in the strongest Terms, who have been notoriously guilty o [...] the contrary; and I am apt to think that many are partial who are insensible of it For myself, I own, I am on the side of pureC [...]ristia [...]ity, as also of Civil and Religious Liberty; and this for the Low as well as High, for the Lai [...]y as well as the Clergy: I am for leaving every one to the Freedom of Wo [...]shipping according to th [...] Light of his Conscience; and for extending Charity to ever [...] one w [...]o receives the Gosp [...]l as the Rule of his Faith and Life: I am on the side of Meekn [...]ss, Patience, Gentleness and Innocence: And I hope, my Inclination to these great Principles will not by ass me to a Misrecital of Facts; but rather to sta [...]e them as I really find them for the publick Benefit Nor will the Nature or Design of this Work, which is rather a Register or Coll [...]ction of [...]atters as described by Others, so much admit of Partiality, as a proper History where the Writer allows himself the Freedom of using his own Expressions.

In ci [...]ing Fuller, for the Births, Ages and Characters of Persons, I sometimes mean his AbelR [...]divivus, but o [...]herwise, his C [...]urch History of England. And whereas I observe some M st [...]kes in Mr. Hubbara's History of New-England; the Reader may consider, that as we have only a Copy of that valuable Work, the Substance whereof I propose to give the P [...]blick; some of those Mistakes may be owing to the [Page xi] Transcriber only, and some that learned and ingenious Aut [...]or fell into for want of Gov. Bradford's History and some other Materials which I happen to be favoured with.

In short, I cite my Vouchers to every Passage: And I have done my utmost first to find out the Truth, and then to relate it in the clearest Order. I have laboured after Accuracy: And yet I dare not say, that I am without Mistake; nor do I desire the Reader to conceal any he may possibly find. But on the contrary, I offer this Work to the Publick View, that it may be perused with the most critical Eye, that every Error may be discovered, and the Correction published in the following Volume: Which I hope will not be long a composing; having passed through the much greater Difficulties in this First, and abstracted many of my Materials towards the Second.

CORRECTIONS.

p page. l line. f for. r read. d dele.

In the Introduction.

PAge 2 line 5 f KINGS r MONARCHS. l 6 d a [...]d Greek. l 7 f VI. the KINGS r VII the MONARCHS. l 11 f Arrival of the FIRST PLANTERS of Plimouth in New-England, r Discovery of NEW ENGLAND & Death of Q [...]een ELIZABETH. p 7 l 29 f 930 r 940 p 9 l 12 f III r IV. p 22 l 30 f 943 r 945. p 24 l 9 r Brutus & Cassius. l 18 f 967 r 968. f Dec. 31. (18) r Iuly 16. l 21 f (c u) r (c) l 22 d 968. Marg [...]n d the whole Note (18) p26 l 5 f 750 * r 750, i. e. according toVarro & Dio'sAccount which we here use; * Marg. l. 3 f later r ealier. p 41 l 2 d Greek or l 5 for Restoration r Revival. p 53 l 27 f Dies r Born p 55 marg. l 2 f Punish r Reproach. p 72 l 12 r Oct. 19. K Iohn dies (w f) p 89 l 17 d and that neither the Clergy nor Convocation shall exact any Canons contrary to Law, or without the King's Consent (k) [This Pass [...]ge belonging to 1534, Ian. 15. See Additions at the End of this Volume]

[Page]

In Part I.

P 4 Mar. l 4 f calls r call. p 23 l 23 f this Winter r [...] Winter (p c) Feb. 5 (pg). p 2 [...] l 21 f (p r) r (p s) p [...]0 l 3 f The English Voyagers r Mr. Brewster, Carver, Bradford, Winslow, with the other English Voyagers. p 77 l 20 d (B).

In Part II. Sect. 1.

P 83 l 10 f Iune 12. r Iune 12. &c. p 91 l 28 f the r these. p 96 l 2 d Line 2, 3, 4, 5. p 105 l 23 f we agree to send, r we [agree to] send. p 114 l 9 f (B. W) r (B▪ W) or 37 (sm. p s) p 156 Between the 2d & 3d Paragraphs insert, Oct. 8. (cb. pn) Lord Viscount Wim [...]ton with 80 Ships (cb. vs) * & Ten Thousand Land Soldiers ( [...]) sails from Plimouth for Cadiz, and begins the WAR with Spain (cb. rs.) In the Marg insert▪ cb, Continuation of Baker's Chronicle. pn, Pointer. vs, Rushworth. i [...], Mr. Iames Howel's Letter [...] * Dr. Howell says 120 Ships: Mr. Iames Howel says above 80 of ours, besides a Squadron of 16 Hollanders. p 15 [...], 158 In the Titles put K. of Great Britain, Charles I. in the Middle a ‖ between him and the K. of France; and a † between K. Charles and the K. of Spain. p 195 l 29 f Iohn r Io † In the Marg. insert, † Thus 'tis written in the Massachusetts Colony Records, but whether Ioseph or Iohn be meant, uncertain p 198 l 17 f (bd) r (bc) Marg. l 2 f old r odd. p 200 l 2 f ( [...]) r (crc) Marg. l 1 f old r odd. p 202 l 5 r confirm their. l 11 f as r all. p 203 l 26 f came r come. Marg l 4 f 1629 r 1630. p 205 Marg. l 5 f seems r seem. p 208 Marg. at the End of Note [93] insert: Unless they mean of the Arrival of the Fleet at Charlestown. p 212 l 14 Between (M [...]r) and [9 [...]] insert Mr. W. Vossal. Marg. l 1 d also. And at the End of the Note insert, By which it seems he returned thither before the first Court of Assistants, which is on Aug. 23. p 2 9 l last but one, r Alterations †. In the Marg insert, † But as Burnet observes, ‘In K. Edward's FIRST BOOK, Copes and other Garments [i. e. PopishGarments] were ordered to be used; in his SECOND BOOK, all was laid aside except the Surplice; yet the Queen who lov'd Magnificence, returns to the rules in K. Edward's FIRST BOOK.’ p 250 in the two last Lines, d Section of the II. p 253 l 33 d Sect I.

[Page 1]

A LIST of the SUBSCRIBERS.

HIS Excellency JONATHAN BELCHER, Esq Captain General and Governor in Chief over His Majesty's Provinces of the Massachusetts-Bay and New Hampshire in New-England. (for Six)

The Honourable SPENCER PHIPPS, Esq: Lieut. Governour of the Massachusetts. (for Two)

The Honourable WILLIAM DUMMER, Esq late Lieut. Governour of the Massachusetts.

THe Hon. John Alford, Esq (for Six)
Richard Abbe, Esq of Windham.
The Rev. Mr. Hull Abbot of Charlestown.
* Mr. Moses Abbot.
Mr Abijah Adams.
Jedidiah Adams, M. A.
The Rev. Mr. John Adams.
Mr. John Adams of Wrentham (for Six)
Mr. Matthew Adams.
Samuel Adams, Esq
William Adams of New-London, M. A.
The Rev. Mr. Benjamin Allen.
Mr Bozoune Allen. junr. Printer.
Mr Jeremiah Allen, of Marblehead, Merchant.
[Page 2]Jeremiah Allen, Student at Harvard Colleg
The Rev. Mr. James Allin of Brooklin.
Job Almy, of Tiverton, Esq
Mr. Nathanael Ames, of Dedham.
The Rev. Mr. Nathanael Appleton, of Cambridge.
Capt. Jonathan Armitage, Merchant.
Edward Arnold, of Duxbury, Esq
Mr. Jonathan Atwater, of New-Haven, (for Six)
The Rev. Mr. John Avery, of Truro.
John Avery, M. A. Merchant.
Mr. Joseph Austin, jun. of Charlestown.

The Hon. Melatiah Bourn, of Sandwich, Esq
The Hon. Theophilus Burril, of Lynn, Esq ▪
The Hon. Thomas Berry, of Ipswich, Esq
Mr. Benjamin Babbidge, (for Two)
Mr. Stephen Badger, of Charlestown.
The Rev Mr. Thomas Balch, of Dedham.
The Rev. Mr. William Balch, of Bradford.
* John Ballantine, Esq
Mr. John Banks.
The Rev. Mr. John Barnard, of Marblehead.
Mr. Matthew Barnard.
Mr. Lazarus Le Baron, of Plimouth, Physician.
The Rev. Mr. Samuel Barret, of Hopkinston.
The Rev. Mr. Benjamin Bass, of Hanover.
The Rev. Mr. Joseph Baxter, of Medfield.
Mr. Gregory Baxter, of Braintree.
Mr. Thomas Baxter.
Mr. Samuel Bayley.
Mr. Elisha Beal, of Hingham, (for Two)
Mr. John Becham.
Mr. Joshua Beck, of Newbury.
Andrew Belcher, Esq (for Two)
Jonathan Belcher, Esq Counsellor at Law of the [...] Temple, London.
Mr. Jeremiah Belknap, (for Three)
Nathanael Bethune, B. A.
Mr John Billings.
[Page 3]Mr. Richard Billings.
* The Rev. Mr. William Billings, of Windham.
Mr. Jonathan Bixby, of Boxford, (for Two)
Mr. James Blake, of Dorchester.
Mr. John Blake.
Capt Joseph Blanchard, of Dunstable.
Mr. Joshua Blanchard.
Pyam Blower, M. A. Merchant, (for Two)
Wi [...]liam Bollan, Esq
Mr. Edm [...]nd Booth, of Stratford, (for Six)
Francis Borland, Esq (for Six)
William Bosson, of Roxbury, M. A. (for Two)
The Rev. Mr. Joseph Bourn, of Sandwich.
The Rev. Mr. Shearjashub Bourn, of Scituate.
Mr. [...]tephen Boutineau, Merchant.
William Bowdoin, B. A. Merchant.
Capt Thomas Bowen, of Rehoboth.
John Bowles, of Roxbury, (for Six)
John Boydell, Esq (for Six)
Mr Thomas Boylston.
Dr. Zabdiel Boylston, F. R. S.
* Zabdiel Boylston, jun. M. A.
Mr James Bradford.
Mr. Joseph Bradford, (for Two)
Simon Bradstreer, jun. of Charlestown, M. A.
Mr Joseph Brandon, Merchant.
William Brattle, of Cambridge, Esq
Mr. John Breck.
[...]benezer B [...]dge, B. A. (for Two)
Joseph Bridgham, M. A. (for Six)
Mr▪ Samuel Bridgham, (for Two)
Mr. Michael Brigden, of Charlestown▪
Fr [...]ncis Brinley, Esq
Mr John Brintnall.
* Thomas Brintnall, M. A.
Mr Edward Bromfi [...]ld, Merchant.
[...]nj [...]min Browne, of Salem, Esq. (for Two)
T [...]e Rev. Mr. John Brown, of Haverhill.
Josiah Bro [...]n, B. A.
Mr Simeon Brown, of Salisbury, (for Two)
Wil [...]i m [...]row [...]e, of Salem, M. A. Merchant, (for Two)
[Page 4]Mr. William Brown, of Newport.
Lemuel Bryant, Student at Harvard-College.
Mr. Richard Buckley, Merchant.
* The Rev. Mr. John Bulkley, of Colchester.
John Bulkley, of Colchester, Esq
The Rev. Mr. Nehemiah Bull, of Westfield.
Mr. Jeremiah Bumstead.
Mr. Benjamin Bunker.
Mr. Samuel Burr, of Charlestown.
John Burt, B. A.
Mr. John Bushel, Printer.
The Rev. Mr. Mather Byles.

The Hon. John Cushing, of Scituate, Esq
The Hon. John Chandler, of Woodst ock, Esq.
The Hon. Thomas Cushing, Esq
The Rev. Benjamin Colman, D. D.
The Rev. Mr. Marston Cabbot, of Killingley.
* Mr. John Caldwell, of Hartford, Merchant, (for Six)
The Rev. Mr. Elisha Callender.
Mr. John Callender.
The Rev. Mr. John C [...]llender, of Newport.
Mr. Nathanael Capen, of Topsfield, (for Six)
Mr. John Carnes.
The Rev. Mr. Ezra Carpenter, of Hull.
Samuel C [...]ry, of Charlestown, Esq
John Chandler, of Worcester, Esq
Josiah Ch [...]se, Student at Harvard-College.
Stephen Chase, M. A.
The Rev. Mr. Charles Chauncy, (for Two)
The Rev. Mr. Sam [...]el Checkley.
The Rev. Mr. Ames Cheever, of Manchester.
Ezekiel Cheever, of Charlestown, Esq
Capt. Joshua Cheever, (for Two)
The Rev Mr. Thomas Chenev, of Brookfield.
Mr David Cheseb [...]ough, of Newport, Merchant.
The Rev. Mr. John Chipman, o [...] Beverly.
Mr. Ebene [...]er Choat, o [...] Newb [...]ry.
Charles Ch [...]rch, Esq S [...]riff of the County of Bristol.
[Page 5]Mr. Hopestill Clap, of Dorchester.
The Rev. Mr. Nathanael Clap, of Newport, (for Two)
Mr. Nehemiah Clap, of Milton
Noah Clap, of Dorchester, B. A.
The Rev. Mr. Thomas Clap, of Taunton.
The R [...]v. Mr. Thomas Clap, of Windham.
Mr. Benjamin Clarke.
Mr. John Clarke, Physician.
Mr. Jonas Clarke.
The Rev. Mr. Ward Clark, of Kingston.
Mr Thomas Cobb
Peter Coffin, of Exeter, M. A.
Mr. Tristram Coffin, of Newbury, (for Six)
Capt. Nathanael Coggeshall, of Newport, (for Six)
The R [...]v Mr. Timothy Collens, of Litchfield.
Mr. Henry Collins, of Newport, Mercha [...]t.
Mr. David Collson.
Mr. James Converse, of Woburn, (for Thr [...]e)
Mr. Amos Coolidge, of Sherburn.
S [...]muel Coolidge, of Watertown, M. A.
Mr John Coomer, of Newport, (for Three)
The Rev. Mr. William Cooper, (for Two)
Mr. Peter Cotta, (for Six)
Capt. Elias Cotting, (for Six)
T [...]e R v Mr. John Cotton, of Newton, (for Twelve)
* T [...]e R [...]v. Mr. Nathanael Cotton, of Bristol.
Ro and Cotton, M. A.
T [...]e R [...]v. Mr. Ward Cotton, of Hampton.
George C [...]ock. [...] ▪ (for Three)
Josiah C [...]o [...]ker, Student at Harvard College.
Mr. N [...]th [...]nael Crosman, of Taunton
C [...]pt. N [...]thanael Cunningham, Merchant, (for Six)
T [...]e Rev Mr. Caleb Cushing, of Salisbury, (for Six)
T [...]e Rev. Mr. Job Cushing, of Shrewsbury, (for Six)
J [...]hn Cushing, jun. of Scituate, Esq
[...] N [...]than [...]el Cushing, [...]. A.
Thomas Cushing, ju [...]r. M. A. Merchant, (for Twelve)
Ammi-R [...]h [...]mah Cutter, M A.

[Page 6]

The Hon. Paul Dudley, of Roxbury, Esq (for Two)
Richard Dana, of Marblehead, M A.
Mr. Samuel Dana, of Pomfre [...], (for Six)
Samuel Danforth, of Cambridge, Esq
Mr. John Danill,
Mr. John Darrell.
Mr. Thomas Dawes, jun.
Mr. Jacob Dehane, of Newport.
Mr. Samuel Deming.
Mr. John Dennie, Merchant, (for Two)
The Rev. Mr. Josiah Dennis, of Yarmouth, (for Six)
Mr. Michael D [...]nnis, Books [...]ller.
The Rev. Mr. Samuel Dexter, of Dedham.
Mr. Benjamin Dolbeare, Merchant.
The Rev. Mr. Benjamin Doolittle, of Northfield.
Capt. William Downe, (for Two)
The Rev. Mr. Samuel Dunbar, of Stoughton▪
Capt. Edward Durant, of Newton.
Mr. Jonathan Dwight, (for Six)
Joseph Dwight, of Brookfield, Esq
The Rev. Mr. Josiah Dwight, of Dedham.
Mr. John Draper, Printer, (for Six)
Mrs. Lydia Draper, (for Two)
Mr Joseph Dyar.

* John Eastwicke, Esq
Mr. Joseph Edwards, Bookseller, (for Six)
Mr Andrew Eliot.
Andrew Eliot, jun Student at Harvard College.
Mr. Benjamin Elio [...], Bookseller, ( [...]or Six)
T [...]e Rev. Mr. J [...]cob Eliot, of Lebanon, (for Six)
Mr. Samuel Eliot, Bookseller, (for Twelve)
John Ellery, jun. M. A. Merchant.
Daniel Emerson, Student at Harvard College.
Mr. Edward Emerson, jun. (for Three)
* The Rev. Mr. John Emerson, [...]f Portsmouth.
The Rev. Mr. John Emerson, of Top [...]field.
[Page 7] T [...]e Rev. Mr. Joseph Emerson, of M [...]lden.
Mr. Jacob Emmons.
C [...]pt. John Erving, Merchan [...].
John Eyre, of Portsmouth, M. A.

The Hon. Francis Foxcroft, of Cambridge, Esq (for Tw [...])
Mr. William Fairfield, jun.
David Farnum, Student at Harvard College.
John Fayerweather, Esq
Mr. William Fenwick, Merchant.
The Rev. Mr. Benjamin Fessenden, of Sandwich, (forThree)
Mr. Josiah Fessenden, of Cambridge.
Stephen Fessenden, Student at Harvard College.
Mr. Grafton Fe [...]eryear, (for Six)
Mr. John Fiske, of Haddam, (for Six)
Mr. Nathan Fiske, of Watertown, (for Six)
The Rev. Mr. Phinehas Fiske, of Haddam, (for Two)
The Rev. Mr. Samuel Fiske, of Salem.
Benjamin Fitch, jun. M. A.
* John Fitch, M. A. (for Three)
* John Fitch, of Newbury, M. A. (for Two)
Mr. Joseph Fitch.
Mr. Benjamin Flagg▪ jun. of Worce [...]er.
Mr Ebenezer [...]legg, of Woburn, M. A.
Mr. Thomas Fleet, Printer, (for Six)
Mr. Francis Fletcher, of Concord.
John Flint, Esq of Concord.
Capt. James Flucker, of Charlestown.
Henry Flynt, Esq Fellow of Harvard College.
Mr. Joseph Frost, of Charlestown.
Mr. J [...]mes Fosdick,
Mr. Hopestill Foster, Bookseller, (for Tw [...]lv [...])
Rich [...]rd Foster, Esq Sheriff of Middles [...]x.
Mr. Thomas Foster, (for Two)
The Rev. Mr. Thomas Foxcrof [...].
William Foye▪ Esq Treasurer of the Province of the Massachusetts Bay.
M [...] ▪ Wi liam Foye, jun.
M [...] Abraham Fra [...]ci [...], [...].
[Page 8]Mr. John Franklin.
Mr. Josiah Franklin, (for Two)
Mr. Gersho [...] Frazer, (for Two)
Enoch Freeman, M. A. Merchant.
The Rev. Mr. Thomas Frink, of Rutland.
Simon Frost, M A. Deputy S [...]cretary.
Mr. John Frothingham of Charlestown.
Capt. Samuel Frothingham, of Charlestown.
Mr. Richard Fry, of Stroudwater.
Mr. Edward Fuller, of Newton.
Mr. Jonathan Fuller, of Newton.
Mr. Joseph Fuller, of Newton.

The Hon. Edward Goddard, of Framingham, Esq
Mr. Joseph Gale.
Th [...] Rev. Mr. James Gardner, of Marshfield.
John Gardner, M. A.
Joseph Gardner, M. A.
Mr. Richard Gardner, of Roxbury (for Six)
Mr. Samuel Gardner, Merchant.
Mr. Samuel Gardner, Merchant.
Mr. Nathanael Gardner.
Mr. Francis Gatcombe, Merchant.
The Rev. Mr. Ebenezer Gay, of Hingham.
Ebenezer Gay, Student at Harvard College.
Mr. Bartholomew Gedney.
The Rev. Mr. Joshua Gee, (for Three)
Mr, John Ge [...]rish of Salem.
Mr. John Gerrish▪ jun.
Joseph Gerrish, of Newbury, Esq
Mr. Henry Gibbs.
Henry Gibbs, jun. of Cambridge, M. A.
Robert Gibbs, of Providence, Esq
Mr Josiah Gilman, of Exeter, Physician.
Nicholas Gilman, of Exeter, M. A.
Capt. Peter Gilman, of Exeter.
Capt. Samuel Gilman, of Exeter.
Capt Daniel Goffe.
Mr. Rich [...]rd Goldsmith.
[Page 9]Mr. Nathanael Gilman of Exeter.
Mr. Ezekiel Goldthwait. (for Si [...])
Mr. Thomas Goldthwait.
Capt. James Gooch, jun.
Mr. Thomas Goodwill.
Mr. Nathanael Goodwin.
* The Rev. Mr. Nathanael Gookin, of Hampton, (for Six)
* Mr. Samuel Grainger.
Mr. Samuel Grant, (for Two)
Mr. Benjamin Gray, (Bookseller)
Ellis Gray▪ B. A. (for Two)
Mr. William Gray, Bookseller, (for Three)
Thomas Greaves of Charlestown, Esq
John Green, M. A.
Mr. Jonas Green, of Philadelphia Printer.
The Rev, Mr. Joseph Green, of Barn [...]able.
Joseph Green, M. A. Merchant.
Mr. Nathanael Green, of New London.
Mr. Timothy Green of New-London, Printer, (for Twelv [...])
Mr▪ Timothy Green, Printer, (for Twelve)
Stephen Greenleaf, M. A.
Mr. Thomas Greenough.
Mr. William Greenleaf.
The Rev Mr. John Greenwood, of Rehoboth, (for Six)
Is [...]ac Greenwood, M. A. Hollisian Prof [...]ssor of the Math [...]maticks, &c at Harvard College.
Mr▪ Nathanael Greenwood
Samuel Greenwood, Esq
Jeremiah Gridley, M. A.
Mr. William Griggs.

The Hon. Thomas Hutchinson, Esq ▪
The Hon. Edward Hutchinson, Esq Treasurer of Harvard College.
The R [...]v. Mr. James Hale, of Ashford.
N [...]than Hale, Student at Harvard College.
Robert Hale, of Beverly, Esq
E [...]hu Hall, of Wallingford, M. A.
Hugh Hall, Esq
[Page 10] The Rev. Mr. Samuel Hall▪ of New C [...]shire, (for Six)
Stephen Hall, of Charlestown, Esq
Mr. Benjamin Hallowell, (for Two)
Mr. Thomas Hancock, Merchant, (for Six)
Mr. Joseph Harman of York.
Mr. Charles Harrison, Bookseller, (for Three)
Mr. Peter Harris, of New London.
Mr. Nathanael Hasey.
Elias Haven, M. A. of Hopkinston.
Mr. William Hay [...] of Charlestown, Apot [...]cary.
Mr. Nathanael Hayward.
Mr. Richard Hazzen, jun. of Haverhill (for Two)
Mr. Israel Hearsey.
Joseph Heath, of Roxbury. Esq
Mr. John Helyer.
Mr. Ebenezer Hemenway, of Framingham.
Capt. Daniel Henchman.
The Rev. Mr. Nathanael Henchman, of Lyn.
Mr. S [...]muel Hendly, of Charlestown, Merchant, (for Two)
Mr. Charles Henley.
Mr. Daniel Henshaw. (for Two)
Mr. William Hickling.
Mr. William Hide, of Newton.
Mr. Thomas Higgins, of Bellingham.
Mr. Thomas Hill, Mercha [...] ▪
The Rev. Mr. Nehemiah Hob [...]rt, of Hingham.
The Rev. Mr. Noah Hobart, of Fairfield
Mr. William Holberton, Merchant (for Six)
Mr. George Holmes, (for Six)
Mr. Nathanael Holmes (for Twelve)
James Holt, [...]tudent at Harvard College.
Mr. John Holyoke.
Mr. Samuel Holyoke.
Mr. Amos Hovey, of Newton.
Mr. James Hovey, of Plimouth▪
Abiel Howard of Bridgwater, M A.
Capt Isaac Hubbard, of Long-Island (for Six)
Nathanael Hubbard of Bristol, Esq
Mr. Richard Hubbard▪
Thomas Hubbard, M. A. Merchant (for Two)
* Mr. John Huggins of Springfield. (for Six)
Mr. E [...]iphalet H [...]ll of Fairfield (for Three)
[Page 11]Mr. J [...]mes Humphrey, of Weymouth.
Mr J [...]ez Hunt.
John Hunt Esq (for Six)
John Hunt, B. A.
Mr. Samuel Hunt of Billeric [...].
Mr. Hezekiah Huntington of Norwich, Merchant (for [...])
Mr J [...]cob Hurd of Charlestown.
Mr. J [...]cob Hurd, Goldsmith (for Six)
Francis Hutchinson, B A.
Thomas Hutchinson, jun. M. A. Merchant.

T [...]e Hon. John Jeffries, Esq
Edward J [...]ckson, M A. (for [...])
Mr. Joseph Jackson.
Mr. Thomas Jackson jun.
Mr. Leonard Jarvis Merchant, (for [...])
The Rev. Mr. Samuel Jefferds of Wells.
D [...]vid Jeffries, M▪ A. Merchant.
The Rev. Mr. William Jenison of S [...]lem.
Thomas Jenner of Charlestown Esq▪
Mr Isaac Johnson of Charlestown.
Mr Thom [...]s Johnson.
Mr. Thom [...]s Johnson of Middletown.
Mr. Elisha Jones of Weston.
Mr. Ephraim Jones of Concord, (for Six)
John Jones of Hopkinston, Esq

Mr Caleb Kenrick of Newton.
C [...]pt. Eben [...]zer Kent of Charlestow [...].
M [...] John Kent of Suffield.
Mr. James Kettle of Charlestown.
Mr. Willi [...]m Kettle of Charlestown.
Mr G [...]rshom Keyes, Merchant (for Six)
Mr. D [...]son Ki [...]c [...]
Mr Jonathan Kimbal of Wenham.
M [...] Constant King, of Long Island (for Three)
Mr. Eleazer Kingsbery of Needham (for Six)
[Page 12]Mr. John Kneeland, jun.
Mr. Samuel Kneeland, Printer.

The Hon. Ezekiel Lewis, Esq (for Six)
Capt. John Larrabee, Lieutenant of Castle William.
Dudley Leavitt, Student at Harvard-College.
Mr. Hezekiah Leavitt of Hingham.
Henry Lee of Worcester, Esq
Mr. John Lee of Lime.
Joseph Lee, M. A. Merchant.
Joseph Lemmon of Charlestown, Esq
Elkanah Leonard of Middleborough, Esq
Mr. Zephaniah Leonard of Raynham (for Six)
Mr. Joseph Lewis.
The Rev. Mr. Daniel Lewis of Pembroke.
Josiah Lewis, Student at Harvard College.
The Rev. Mr. Isaiah Lewis of Eastham.
The Rev. Mr. Samuel Lewis of Colchester, (for Six)
Mr. Theophilus Lillie, Merchant.
Benjamin Lincoln of Hingham, Esq
Mr. Ebenezer Lincoln of Hingham.
Mr Benjamin Little of Newbury (for Six)
Mr. Thomas Livermore of Watertown.
Mr. Benjamin Lhommedieu of Long-Island.
Mr. Henry Lloyd, Merchant.
Solomon Lombard of Province-Town, M. A. (for Six)
The Rev. Mr. Benjamin Lord of Norwich (for Six)
Mr. Benjamin Loring of Hingham.
Caleb Loring of Hull, Esq
Mr. Daniel Loring.
Mr. John Loring o [...] Hull.
Mr. Jonathan Lo [...]ing (for Two)
The Rev. Mr. Israel Loring of Sudbury.
Mr. Nathanael Loring, jun. Merchant.
Mr. William Lorkin of Liecester. (for Six)
Mr. Joseph Lovett of Chelmsford.
Mr Michael Lowell.
Mr. Peter Luce, Merchant.
Joseph Lunt, Student at Harvard College.
Mr Edward Lutwyche.
[Page 13]Byfield Lyde, Esq (for Two)
Capt. Caleb Lyman.
Benjamin Lynde, jun. of Salem, Esq (for Six)

The Hon. Jeremiah Moulton of York, Esq
Thaddeus Maccarty, Student at Harvard College.
Capt. Joseph Majory of Marblehead, Merchant.
Capt. James Manson of Kittery (for Four)
Mr John Manson.
Mr. Samuel Manson of Portsmouth, (for Four)
The Rev. Mr. Edmund March of Almsbury, (for Three)
Thomas Marsh of Hingham, M. A.
* Mr. John Marshall of Braintree.
Mr. John Marshall, Merchant, (for Six)
Israel Marshfield of Springfield, Esq
Mr. David Mason.
Thaddeus Mason of Charlestown, M. A.
The Rev. Mr. Samuel Mather, (for Three)
Mr. John Maverick, (for Six)
The Rev. Mr. Experience Mayhew of Chilmark, (for Six)
Joseph Mayhew M. A.
John Maylem, M. A. (for Three)
Mr. John Mead of Southborough.
The Rev Mr. Andrew Le'Mercier, (for Two)
The Rev. Mr. Henry Messenger of Wrentham, (for Two)
Mr. Eliezer Metcalfe of Providence, (for Six)
John Metcalfe of Dedham, Esq
Mr. Jonathan Metcalfe of Lebanon, (for Six)
Mr. Alexander Middleton, Merchant, (for Two)
Mr. Richard Miller of Charlestown.
Mr. George Minot, Merchant.
Mr. James Minot, Merchant.
Mr. Thomas Moffa tt.
The Rev. Mr. Samuel Moody of York.
Ebenezer Morse, Student at Harvard College.
* The Rev. Mr. Joseph Morse of Stoughton.
The Rev. Mr. Samuel Moseley of Windham.
Mr. Ephraim Mower.
Richard Mower, Student at Harvard College.

Mr. Nathanael Newell.
John Newman, Student at Harvard College.
Israel Nichols, M. A.
[Page 14]Mr. William Nichols.
Belcher Noyes, M. A.
Cornelius Nye, M. A.

The Hon. John Osborne, Esq
* The Rev. Mr. Josiah Oakes of Eastham, (for Six)
Woodbridge Odlin, Student at Harvard College.
Andrew Oliver, M. A. Merchant.
Mr. Brattle Oliver, Merchant.
Nathanael Oliver, jun. M. A (for Three)
Peter Oliver, M. A. Merchant (for Six)
The Rev. Mr. John Owen of Groton in Connecticut
Mr. William Owen (for Six)
Mr. Thomas Oxnard, Merchant.

The Hon. Thomas Palmer, Esq (for Two)
The Hon. William Pepperrel, of Kittery, Esq
The Hon. John Peagrum, Esq Surveyor General of his Majesty's Customs in North America, (for Six)
Mr. Christopher Paige of Billerica.
The Rev. Mr. Thomas Paine.
Job Palmer, Student at Harvard College.
Samuel Palmer, of Middleborough. M. A.
Mr. Ebenezer Papillion.
Mr. John Parker, Bookseller (for Six)
The Rev. Mr. Jonathan Parker of Plimpton.
Mr. Isaac Parker of Charlestown.
Mr. William Parker, jun of Portsmouth.
The Rev. Mr. Ebenezer Parkman of Westborough.
Elias Parkman, jun. Student at Harvard College.
Mr. William Parkman, (for Six)
The Rev. Mr. Joseph Parsons of Bradford.
Mr. Joseph Parsons.
Richard Patteshall, B. A.
Mr. John Payne.
* The Rev. Mr. Edward Payson of Rowley, (for Six)
Mr. Joseph Payson.
The Rev. Mr. Oliver Peabody, of Natick, (for Two)
Capt. Daniel Pecker, (for Six)
* Capt. James Pecker, (for Two)
Josiah Peirce, B. A.
Mr. Moses Peirce.
[Page 15]Capt. Edward Pell.
Benjamin Pemberton, Esq
The Rev. Mr. Ebenezer Pemberton, of New-York.
Mr. Joshua Penhallow, of Portsmouth, (for Two)
Mr. James Penniman.
The Rev Mr. Daniel Perkins, of Bridgwater.
Mr. John Perkins, Physician.
Mr Eleazer Phillips, of Charlestown, Bookseller (for Twelve)
* Henry Phillips of Charlestown, Esq
Mr. John Phillips, (for Six)
Mr. Nicholas Phillips jun. of Weymouth.
The Rev Mr. Samuel Phillips of Andover, (for Six)
The Rev. Mr. Theophilus Pickering of Ipswich.
Mr. Joseph Pitkin of Hartford, (for Three)
James Pitts, M. A. Merchant.
Mr Thomas Plaisted, jun
Mr. Benjamin Pratt of Hingham.
The Rev. Mr. John Prentice of Lancaster.
Joshua Prentice, Student at Harvard College, (for Two)
The Rev. Mr. Solomon Prentice of Grafton.
Benjamin Prescot of Groton, Esq
Mr William Price.
Mr. James Prince of Salem.
Capt. Joseph Prince of Boston.
Capt. Joseph Prince of Stratford.
Capt. Moses Prince (for Two)
Nathan Prince, M. A. Fellow of Harvard College.
Mr. John Procter
Mr. Nathanael Procter, Bookseller (for Six)
Joseph Pynchon, M A.
Mr. William Pynchon of Springfield (for Six)
William Pynchon, jun. of Springfield, Esq

The Hon. Edmund Quincy of Braintree, Esq
The Hon. John Quincy of Braintree, Esq Speaker of the Honorable House of Representatives.

The Hon Jonathan Remington of Cambridge, Esq
Mr William Rand, Apothecary (for Six)
Solomon Reed, Student at Harvard College.
Mr John Rice of Sudbury
Mr. P [...]inchas Rice
[Page 16]David Robinson, Student at Harvard College.
The Rev. Mr. John Robinson of Duxbury (for Six)
Matthew Rockwell of Windsor, M. A
Daniel Rogers, M. A. Fellow of Harvard College.
Mr. Gamaliel Rogers, Printer.
Mr. George Rogers, Merchant (for Six)
The Rev. Mr. John Rogers of Ipswich.
The Rev. Mr. Nathanael Rogers of Ipswich.
The Rev. Mr. Ebenezer Rossiter of Stonington.
Mr. William Rotch [...]f Province Town (for Six)
David Rowland of Fairfield, M. A.
Jacob Royal, Esq
John Ruck, Esq
Mr. Benjamin Russell.
Chambers Russell of Charlestown, M. A.
Daniel Russell of Charlestown, Esq
Capt. Giles Russell of Marblehead, Merchant.
Mr. Joseph Russel.
Mr. Thomas Russell.
Mr. William Russell of Middletown (for Two)

The Hon. Anthony Stoddard, Esq
The Rev. Joseph Sewall, D. D.
Nathanael Sartle of Groton, Esq
Mr. John Savell.
Mr. Jonathan Sayward of York.
Mr. John Scollay.
Mr. Joseph Scott.
The Rev. Mr. John Seccombe of Harvard.
Mr. Simmons Seccombe (for Three)
* Mr. Jonathan Sewall.
Samuel Sewall, Esq (for Six)
Stephen Sewall, M. A. Fellow of Harvard College.
Capt. Edward Sheaf of Charlestown.
Mr. Joseph Sherburn, jun.
William Shirley, Esq
The Rev. Mr. William Shurtleff of Portsmouth.
Mr. John Simpson.
Mr. John Simpson (for Two)
Mr. Jonathan Simpson.
Mr. Jonathan Simpson, jun.
Thomas Skinner of Charlestown, M. A.
[Page 17] The Rev. Mr. William Smith of Weymouth.
The Rev. Mr. Samuel Spear of Province-Town.
John Sprague Student at Harvard College.
Mr. William Spring of Newton.
Mr. Samuel Stacey of Marblehead.
Mr. John Staniford.
Mr. Jonathan Stebbens of Springfield.
Capt. John Steel, Merchant.
Samuel Steel, Student at Yale College.
Ebenezer Stevens of Kingston, Esq
The Rev Mr. Nathanael Stone of Harwich, (for Two)
Mr. Samuel Stone of Sudbury▪
Mr. Ebenezer Storer.
The Rev. Mr. Seth Storer of Watertown.
Mr. Samuel Sturgis of Fairfield (for Three)
Mr. Samuel Sturgis of Yarmouth, M. A.
Mr. Richard Sutton of Charlestown.
Seth Sweetser, of Charlestown. M. A.
Mr. Benjamin Swetland of New-London (for Thre [...])
Mr. Benjamin Swett of Hartford (for Six)
Mr. John Symmes.
Mr. Thomas Symmes of Charlestown.

The Hon. Samuel Thaxter of Hingham, Esq
The Rev. Mr. John Taylor of Milton.
Mr. Gershom Tenney.
Mr. Josiah Thatcher of Norwalk.
Oxenbridge Thacher, M. A.
The Rev. Mr. Peter Thacher.
The Rev. Mr. Peter Thacher of Middleborough:
Peter Thacher, jun. Student at Harvard College.
Mr. Cornelius Thayer.
* The Rev. Mr. Ebenezer Thayer of Roxbury.
Mr. Nathanael Thayer.
Mr. John Thorold of Newbury.
Mr. Nathanael Thwing
Thomas Tilestone of Dorchester, Esq
Mr. John Trail, Merchant.
Mr. James Trumbal of Charlestown.
Mr. Samuel Trumbal, of Charlestown.
Mr. Samuel Tompson of Braintree.
Mr. John Torrey of Weymouth.
[Page 18] The Rev. Mr. Jonathan Townsend of Needham.
Mr. Solomon Townsend.
Solomon Townsend, jun. A. B (for Two)
The Rev. Mr. John Tufts of Newbury (for Six)
Mr▪ Andrew Tyl [...]r, Goldsmith, (for Three)
Thomas Tyler, M. A. (for Six)
Mr. Samuel Tyley.

Mr. Hugh Vans, Merchant.
Mr. Elijah Vin [...]l.
John Vinton of Stoneham, Esq
Capt. Nathanael Vose of Milton.

The Hon. Isaac Winstow of Marshfield, [...] (for Twelve)
The Hon. Adam Winthrop, Esq
The Hon. Josiah Willard, Esq Secretary of the Massachusett
The Hon. Jacob Wendell, Esq
The Hon. Samuel Welles, Esq
The Hon. Joseph Wilder of Lancaster, Esq
The Rev. Edward Wigglesworth, D. D. Hollisian Profess [...] Divinity, at Harvard College.
The Rev. Mr. Daniel Wadsworth of Hartford.
John Wainwright of Ipswich, Esq
Mr. Cornelius W [...]ldo, Merchant.
Mr. Isaac Walker, Merchant, (for Six)
John Walley, Esq
The Rev▪ Mr. Ne [...]emi [...]h Walter of Roxbury (for Two)
John Walton of Providence, M. A.
* The Rev. Mr. Robert Ward of Wenham.
Thomas Ward of Newpo [...]t, M A.
* Mr. Thomas Ward of Cha [...]lestown.
Mr. Elihu Wardall.
Mr. Benjamin W [...]re of Wrentham, Physician.
Jonathan Ware of Wre [...]ham, Esq
Mr. William Warner.
Peter Warr [...], [...] Commander of [...]is Majesty's Ship Sq [...]ir [...] (for Two)
Samuel [...]
The Rev Mr. Benjamin Webb of Eastham (for Three)
The Rev. Mr. John Webb.
Mr. Joseph Webb (for Six)
The Rev. Mr. Nath [...] Webb
[Page 19]Mr. Samuel Webb of Charlestown.
Mr. Samuel Webb of Newport.
Mr. John Welch.
Mr. Jonathan Welch.
Franci [...] Wells of Cambridge, Esq
T [...]e Rev. Mr. William Welsteed.
Mr. John Wendell jun. Merchant.
Mr. Samuel Weston of Dux [...]ry.
Jeremiah Wheelwright, B. A.
Mr. John Wheelwright, Merchant
Mr. William Whipple of Kittery, Merchant (for Two)
Ebenezer White, M. A.
The Rev. Mr. John White of Glocester.
Mr Josiah White of Lancaster.
* Mr. Samuel White, Merchant▪ (for Two)
Oliver Whiting of Billerica, Esq
The Rev. Mr. Samuel Whitman of Farmingtown.
Ezra Whitmarsh of Weymouth, M. A.
Mr. Jonathan Whitney of Wrentham (for Twenty Four)
The Rev. Mr. Samuel Wigglesworth of Ipswich (for Two)
John Wight of Bristol, M. A.
Mr. [...]ames Wilder of Lancaster.
The Rev. Mr. Ebenezer Williams of Pomfret (for Two)
The Rev. Mr. Eleazer Williams of Mansfield (for Six)
The Rev. Mr. Elisha Williams, Rector of Yale College in New-Haven.
* The Rev. Mr. John Williams of Deerfield (for Six)
T [...]e Rev. Mr. Nathanael Williams (for Three)
Mr. Sendall Williams.
The Rev. Mr Solomon Williams of Lebanon (for Six)
The Rev Mr. Stephen Williams of Springfield.
The Rev. Mr. Warham Williams of W [...]tertown.
The Rev. Mr. William Wil [...] of H [...]tfie [...]d.
The R [...]v. Mr William Wi [...]ms of Weston.
William Williams, M A. (for Tw [...]lv [...])
Mr. Ephraim Wilson, jun of D [...]ham
Mr. Henry Wilson of R [...]xb [...]y
Edward Winslow, Esq▪ S [...]riff of [...] (for Six)
Joshua Winslow, Esq (for [...])
The Rev. Mr. Jeremiah [...]
P [...]leg Wisw [...]ll, M. A. M [...]ster [...] Grammar School.
Daniel Wi [...]liam, M A.
[Page 20]Mr. Alexander Wolcott of New-Haven (for Six)
John Wood of Dover, M. A. (for Six)
The Rev. Mr. Ashbel Woodbridge of Glastenbury (forTwo)
Benjamin Woods of Marlborough, Esq (for Six)
Mr. Hezekiah Wright of Northampton.
Mr. James Wright (for Six)
Capt. William Wyer of Charlestown, Merchant.

Mr. William Young.

SUBSCRIPTIONS receiv'd since the former Part of the List was Printed.

MR. Joseph Bean of Cambridge.
Mr. Ephraim Breed of Charlestown.
Mr. Michael Brigden of Charlestown.
Mr. Samuel Burr of Charlestown.
Mr. Caleb Call of Charlestown.
Mr. John Codman of Charlestown.
Mr. Daniel Collings of Charlestown▪
Mr▪ Daniel Cooke of Newton.
Samuel Dummer, of Wilmington, Esq
Mr. Peter Edes of Charlestown.
Capt. Alexander Forsyth, Merchant ▪
Mr. Daniel Fowle, Printer.
Mr. Joseph Frost of Charlestown.
Mr. Joseph Hopkins of Charlestown.

OUR Subscription being begun in 1728, and several [...] the Subscribers being since deceased, who are mar [...] with a [*] This may notify the Relatives of such dece [...] Persons, that if they incline to take up the Books subsc [...] bed for, they may do it, provided they come or send [...] them in a short time.

AND seeing some Gentlemen's Names in the List [...] to be printed without their proper Additions, and [...] it may be so wi [...]h others, we crave Pardon for [...] Omissions.

[Page 1]

THE INTRODUCTION.

AS an Introduction to the NEW ENGLAND Chronology, it may be grateful to many Readers, to see the Age of the World when This Part of the Earth came to be known to the Other; and the Line of Time, with the Suc [...]cession of the Principal Persons, Events and Transactions, which had been running on from the Creation to the Settlement of this Country by a Colony from ENGLAND. And this I shall briefly show under the following Articles: which seem to me, the most clear and natural Heads, or successive PERIODS of Chronology; Especially for an English Reader.

[Page 2]I. The Scripture PATRIARCHS.
II. The JUDGES of Israel.
III. The KINGS of Iudah.
IV. The Babylonian, Persian, Grecian and Egyptian KINGS▪
V. The Roman and Greek EMPERORS.
VI. The KINGS of England.
- 1. From EGBERT the 1st King of England, t [...] the 1st. Discovery of the New World b [...] CHRISTOPHER COLUMBUS.
- 2. From thence to the Arrival of the FIRST PLANTERS of Plimouth in New England.

And that I may croud the more Matter in a littl [...] Room; I shall make use of the following Plain an [...] Easy Characters, For Words and Sentences that [...] very frequently occur in this Composure.

As,

Y. Stands: for - YEAR.
Y L.: for - Year of LIFE.
Y R.: for - Year of RULE or REIGN.
Y W.: for - Year of the WORLD: i. e. from the CREATION of the WORLD
Y C.: for - Year of CHRIST: i. e. from th [...] BIRTH of CHRIST.
b.: for - at the BEGINNING of the Ye [...] either a little before or after.
e.: for - at the END of the Year, either [...] little before or after.
m.: for - MONTH.
d.: for - DAY.
K.: for - KING.

And the Years are supposed to be Solar, and nea [...] compleat, i. e. either a little more or less; and [...] Begin at the Spring.

[Page 3]

I. Period. THE Chronology of the Scripture PATRIARCHS▪ in a continued Line, From the Creation of ADAM to the Death of MOSES; containing nearly 2553 com [...]pleat Years.

Tho' the Year of the World 1656, is Generally reckon'd to be the Year of NOAH's FLOOD; Yet taking the Years of the Patriarchs for Full Years or thereabouts, i. e. either a little over or under, sometimes one and sometimes the other, and so compleat in the whole, as Helvicus, Petavius, Usher and most Chronologers seem to allow; I think 'tis very Plain, that as ADAM liv'd 130 Years before SETH was Born, and ADAM was not 130 till the Beginning of the Year of the World 131, so SETH was Born at the Beginning of the same Year; and so —of the other Patriarchs: which will therefore unavoidably bring the Beginning of the FLOOD to the Beginning of the Year of the World 1657. And to this agree the Learned Func [...]cius, Bucholz [...]r, Scaliger, Reusner, Calvisius, Willet, Alsted, & Swan; who therefore seem in this Computation to be most accurate. And tho', From Gen. XI.26. many Moderns and all the Ancient Chronologers, even down to BEROALDUS a Professor of Geneva, have set the Birth of ABRAHAM at the 70 Year of TERAH; and the Samaritan Version in Gen. XI.32. makes TERAH to live no longer than 145, and so to have Died when ABRAHAM was but 75: Yet inasmuch as the Hebrew, with all the other ancient Versions ^* and Iosephus also, make TERAH to live 205; and as ABRAHAM at 75 Remov'd from Haran, Gen. XII.4. and Stephen tells us that this was after hi [...] Fathers Death, Acts VII.4; therefore BEROALDUS seem [...] rightly to have set the Birth of ABRAHAM as the 130 Year of TERAH: and has drawn the following Trai [...] of celebrated Writers after Him — Calvinus, P. Martyr, Mus [...]ulus, Iunius▪ Pareus, S [...]harpius, Capelli Tres, Diodati, Rivetus, Broughton, More, Willet, Ainsworth, Lightfoot, Usher, Richardson, Swan, Allen, Cary, Whiston, Lloyd, Marshal, Dr. Prideaux, and others; whom we chuse to follow for further Reasons which our designed Brevity will not allow us here to mention.

[Page 4]

N^o	Birth		Decease
	First Y L	Y W	Last Y L.
1	ADAM	1 b		I m, 6 d, Adam CREATED
2	Seth	131 b		Adam Aged 130, Seth is Bor [...]
3	Enos	236 b		Seth Aged 105, Enos is Bor [...]
4	Cainan	326 b		Enos Aged 90, Cainan is Bor [...]
5	Mahalaleel	396 b		Cainan 70, Mahalaleel Bor [...]
6	Jared	461 b		Mahalaleel 65, Iared Born.
7	Enoch	623 b		Jared 162, Enoch Born.
8	Methuselah	688 b		Enoch 65, Methuselah Bor [...]
9	Lamech	875 b		Methuselah 187, Lamech Bor [...]
		930 e	Adam	Adam Dies, Aged 930.
		987 e	Enoch	Enoch TRANSLATED Aged 365.
		1042 e	Seth	Seth Dies, Aged 912.
10	Noah	57 b		Lamech 182, Noah Born ^(a)
		140 e	Enos	Enos Dies, Aged 905.
		235 e	Cainan	Cainan Dies, Aged 910.
		290 [...]	Mahalaleel	Mahalaleel Dies, Aged 895.
		422 [...]	Jared	Iared Dies, Aged 962.
11	Shem	559 b		Noah 502, Shem Born.
		651 [...]	Lamech	Lamech Dies, Aged 777.
		656 e	Methuselah	Methuselah Dies, Aged 969.
		657 b		II m, 17 d, FLOOD B [...]gt [...] [...] little before Noah's 600 [...] Ends ^(b)
		658 b		II m, 27 d, FLOOD [...] & Noah goes out of the Ar [...]
12	Arphaxad	659 b		Shem 100, Arphaxad Born.
13	Salah	694 b		Arphaxad 35, Salah Born▪
14	Eber	724 b		Salah 30, Eber Born.
15	Peleg	758 b		Eber 34, Peleg Born.
16	Reu	788 b		Peleg 30, Reu Born.
17	Serug	820 b		Reu 32, Serug Born.
18	Nahor	850 b		Serug 30, Nahor Born.
19	Terah	879 b		Nahor 29, Terah Born.
		996 e	Peleg	Peleg Die [...], Aged 239.
		1997 e	Nahor	Nahor Dies, Aged 148.
		2006 e	Noah	Noah Dies, Aged 950.
20	Abraham	9 b		Terah 130, Abraham Born.
		26 e	Reu	Reu Dies, Aged 239.
		49 e	Serug	Serug Dies, Aged 230.
		83 [...]	Terah	Terah Dies, Aged 205.
		84 b		I m Abib, 15 d, Abraham be [...]ing 75, and Receiving the PROMISE, Goes out of Haran for Canaan.
		96 [...]	Arphaxad	Arphaxad Dies, Aged 438.
21	Isaac	1 [...]9 [...]		Abraham 100, Isaac Born.
		126 [...]	Salah	Salah Dies, Aged 433.
		158 e	Shem	Shem Dies, Aged 600.
22	Jacob	169 b		Isaac 60, Iacob Born.
		183 e	Abraham	Ab [...]aham Dies, Aged 175.
		187 e	Eber	Eber Dies, Aged 464.
23	Levi	256 b		Jacob 87, Levi Born.
		288 e	Isaac	Isaac Dies, Aged 180.
24	Kohath	290 b		Levi 34, K [...]hath Born ⁴
		299 b		Jacob 130, Goes into Egypt
		315 [...]	Jacob	Iacob Dies, Aged 147.
25	Amram	364 b		Kohath 74, Amram Born ⁵
		392 e	Levi	Levi Dies, Aged 137.
		422 e	Kohath	Kohath Dies, Aged 133.
26	Moses	434 b		Amram 70, Moses Born ⁶
		500 e	Amram	Amram Dies, Aged 137
		514 b		I m Abib, 15 d, the 430 Y of Bondage Ends; and Moses 80, Begins to lead the Israelites out of Egypt.
		553 e	Moses	XII m, 1 d, Moses Dies, Aged 120 & Ioshua of Ephraim succeeds Him as Ruler of Israel.

[Page 6]

II. Period. THE Chronology of the IUDGES of Israel. From the Death of MOSES to the Death of SAMUEL and SAUL: Containing about 396 compleat Years.

By 1 Kings VI. 1. and 2 Chron. III. 1, 2. compar'd with Numb. XXXIII. 3. It appears there were 479 Years and 1 [...] Days compleat, From the coming out of EGYPT, to the Founding of SOLOMON's TEMPLE: whereof 39 Years, 10 Months and the odd 17 D [...]ys may be assign'd to MOSES; 40 Years to DAVID; and 3 Years, 2 Months, to SOLOMON; 83 Years▪ 17 Days, in all. But the remaining 396 Years, being attended with many Difficulties; there have been various Schemes proposed by Learned Men for their Solution: And perhaps the last, devised by Sir Iohn Marsham, [...] follow'd by Whisto [...], Lloyd and Marshal, may be the best; who suppose the Years o [...] several both of the Oppressi [...]s and Iudges, to be Contemporary However, I shall here lay do [...]n the PRESIDENCY of the several Iudges in a Successive order, according to the Years assign'd them in the sacred Records, inclusive of the several Oppressions as happening in their Times; and as supposed by Scharpius, Alsted, Baylly, Broughton, Lightfoot, Swan, and Allen; as also I [...]ni [...]s, Pantaleon, More, Perkins, Helvicus, ^* Isaacson & Tallents▪ only that the latter, supposing it to be 480 Years compleat and 17 Days, From the coming out of EGYPT to the Founding of the TEMPLE, make JOSHUA's Rule to be 18 Years whereas the other more exactly make it but about 17, as follows

N^o	Judges Y R	Tribes	Y W
1	Joshua. 1	Ephraim.	2554 b	Ioshua Begins to Rule. I. m Abib, 10 d, He leads th [...] Israelites thro' Iordan in [...] Canaan.
	17		570 e	He Dies, Aged 110.
2	Othniel. 1	Iudah.	571 b	Othniel Begins to Rule.
	40		610 e	de Dies
3	Ehud. 1	Benjamin	2611 b	Ehud Begins to Rule.
4	Shamgar			^(a)
	^(b) 80		690 t	Shamgar Dies.
5	Deborah 1		691 b	Deborah Begins to Rule.
6	& Barak	Naphtali		^(c)
	^(d) 40		730 e	They Die (i. e. the last Survivor)
7	Gideon. 1	Manasseh	731 b	Gideon Begins to Rule.
	40		770 e	He Dies.
(8)	Abimelech 1	Manasseh	771 b	Abimelech made King.
	3		773 e	He is Killed.
9	Tola. 1	Issachar	774 b	Tola Begins to Rule.
	23		796 e	He Dies
10	Jair. 1	Manasseh	797 b	Iair Begins to Rule.
	22		818 e	He Dies.
11	Jephtha. 1	Manasseh	819 b	Iephtha Begins to Rule.
	6		824 e	He Dies.
12	Ibsan. 1	Iudah	825 b	Ibsan Begins to Rule.
	7		831 e	He Dies.
13	Elon. 1	Zebulon	832 b	Elon Begins to Rule.
	10		841 e	He Dies.
14	Abdon. 1	Ephraim	842 b	Abdon Begins to Rule.
	8		849 e	He Dies.
15	Sampson. 1	Dan	850 b	Sampson Begins to Rule.
	20		869 e	He Dies.
16	Eli. 1	Levi	870 b	Eli a Priest, Begins to Rule.
	40		909 e	He Dies, Aged 98.
17	Samuel. 1	Levi	910 b	Samuel Begins to Rule.
	30		939 e	His Solitary Rule Ends.^(e)
(18)	Saul. 1	Benjamin	930 b	Saul made King.^(e)
	10		949 e	Samuel & Saul Die ^(f) & David, of the Tribe of Iudah succeeds K Saul, as K of Iudah

[Page 8]

III. Period THE Chronology of the KINGS of Judah in a Line [...] Succession, From the Beginning of the Reign of DAVID, to the End of ZEDEKIAH's: Containing about 467 Compleat Years.

The precise Adjustment of the Years of this Period with the Reigns of the several KINGS of Iudah and Israel, is encumber'd with so many great Perplexities, as have exercis'd the Wits of the most Sagacious Men as much as any other Part of Scripture Chronology. Whether Mr. Whiston's surprizing Hypothesis may be allow'd with safety, who solves them by supposing, that Ieroboam Diminished the Year for the Observance of the 10 Tribes, by 1 Month, while the Kings of Iud [...] kept to the former Computation; I may not venture to determin. But among all the Systems I have met with, Bishop USHER's seems the clearest; which Swan, Whiston, Lloyd Marshal and Dr. Prideaux almost intirely follow; and which is nearly the same with Petavius's, lately followed by Le C [...] and Perizonius. And here I must observe upon a strict Examination, that Bp USHER's English Annals being Pri [...] after his Decease, have many Errors of the Press in Figures whereas his Latin Annals being Published in London while h [...] was Living there, and no doubt Corrected by Himself, t [...] very rarely need Amendment. But whereas that Leare [...] Writer Begins the Y of the Creation at the FALL, and [...] rather chuse to follow Those who raise it to the SPRING before in the same Y of the Iulian Period 710; It therefor happens that our Numbers of the Mundane AEra assign'd to [...] same Events which came to pass in the Spring and Summer are more by 1 than His, both in this and the other Period tho' those Events which happened in the Fall and Wi [...] will co-alesce in the same Y of the World as Mi [...]; with the only Difference, that they are in the Former Part of His but in the Latter of Ours.

[Page 9]

No	Y. W	Y R. Kings
1	2950 b	1 David	Begins to Reign over Iudah, 7 Y
	957 b	8	He Begins to Reign over all Israel, 33 Y.
	9 [...]9 [...]	40	He Resigns the Kingdom to his Younger Son Solomon.
2	990 b	1 Solomon	Begins to Reign: and David Dies 6 Months after.
	993 [...]	4	II m, Ziph, 2 d, the TEMPLE Founded.
	3000	[...]1	VIII m, Bull, the TEMPLE Finished.
	1	12	VII m, Ethanim, in the 1st Y of the III Millenary of the World, and at the Opening of the 9th Iubile, the TEMPLE Dedicated. ^(a)
	29 e	40	Solomon Dies. And his Son
3	30 b	1 Rehoboam	Begins to Reign, and 10 Tribes fall off to Ieroboam.
	46 [...]	17	Rehoboam Dies. And his Son
4	47 b	1 Abijam	Begins to Reign, 3 [...]ars.
	49 [...]	3	He Dies. And his Son
5	50 b	1 Asa	Begins to Reign, 41 Years.
	90 e	41	He Dies. And his Son
6	91 b	1 Jehosapha [...]	Begins to Reign, 25 Years.
	101	11	Homer Born, 4 [...]0 Year before Herodotus. ^*
	108 b	18	Iehosaphat Going against the Syrians, makes his Son Iehoram Vice-Roy.
7	112 b	22. 1 Jehoram	Made Copartner in the Kingdom, u [...]n Iehosaphat's going against Moab.
	115 e	25.4	Iehosaphat Dies. And his Son
	3116 b	5	Ie [...]oram Reig [...]s a [...]one, 4 Year [...] more.
	119 e	8	He Dies. And his Son
8	120 b	1 Ahaziah	Reigns 1 Year, and is slain by Iehu.
(9)	121 b	1 (Athaliah)	Ahazia [...]'s Mother Begins to Reig [...] 6 Years.
	126 e	6	She is slain by Ie [...]oiada. And
10	127 b	1 Jehoash	Son to Ahaziah, Begins to Reig [...] 40 Years.
	166	40	He i [...] Killed. And his Son
11	166	1 Amaziah	Begins to Reign, 29 Y.
	194 e	29	He is Killed. And his Son
12	195 b	1 Uzziah	Begins to Reign, 52 Y.
	229	35	Iuly, 23 ^* the 1st OLYMPIAD Restor'd by Ip [...]itus, when [...] Historical Age Begins. ^(b)
	246 e	52	Uzziah Dies. And his Son
13	247 b	1 Jotham	Begins to Reign, 16 Y.
	252 b	6	April 21 in the 3d Y of the [...] Olympiad, ROME Founded b [...] Romulus and Remus, a [...]cordi [...] to Varro. ^(c)
	258 b	12	The Ancient Assyrian Empire under Sardanap [...]lus, destroy [...] and parted by his Two Com [...]manders, Tiglathpilesor of Me [...]dia, & Nabonasser of Babylon [Page 11] [...] AERA of Nabonasser, now K of Babylon, Begins this Spring, on Feb. 26, at Noon, being then the 1st Day of the Egyptian Y. ^d
	3262 e	16	Iotham Dies. And his Son
14	263 b	1 Ahaz	Begins to Reign, 16 Y.
15	278 b	16. 1 Hezekiah	Son to Ahaz made Partner with Him in the Kingdom.
	e		[...]haz Dies.
	283 e	6	Shalmanesar, K of Assyria, take Samaria, and carries the 10 T [...]ibes into Captivity.
	306 e	29	Hezekiah Dies. And his Son
16	307 b	1 Manasseh	Begins to Reign 55 Y.
	324 e	18	Esarhaddon, or Asnapper, K of Assyria seizes Babylon, and adds it to his Empire. Feb. 9, at the e of this Y, being the 1st Egyptian New Year Day of his Reign ^‖
	361 e	55	Manasseh Dies. And his Son
17	362 b	1 Ammon	Begins to Reign, 2 Y.
	363 e	2	He is Killed. And his Son
18	364 b	1 Josiah	Begins to Reign, 31 Y.
	365	2	Thales, the Father of the Greek Astronomers, Born at Miletus, and lives 93 Y.
	366	3	Solon Born in Salamis, and lives 80 Y. ^‡
	3379 [...]	16	NabopollaserGeneral to Chyniladanus K of Assyria and Chalde [...], rebells against his Master, and makes Himself K of Babylon Jan. 27, at the e of this Y, being the 1st Egyptian New Year Day of his Reign. ^‖
	395 b	31	Pharaoh Necho leading his Army out of Egypt, slays Iosiah in Battle at Megiddo, & passes o [...] to the Euphrates.
19		Jehoahaz	Iosiah's 2d S [...]n, Reigns 3 Mon [...] Necho beats the B [...]bylonians, take [...] Carchemis [...], returns through Iudea, and carries Iehoahaz into Egypt.
20		1. Jeho [...]akim	Iosiah's Eldest Son, sometim [...] this Summer Begins to Reig [...] 11 Years.
	398	3	This Summer, Nabopollaser mak [...] his Son NEBUCHADNEZ [...]ZAR Partner in the Empire and sets him at the Head of hi [...] Armies ^‡ Whence the Scripture calls this the 1st Y of N [...] buchadnezzar.
		4	Whereupon, Nebuchadnezzar be [...] Necho's Army at the Euphrate [...] retakes Carchemish, and march [...] to Iudea.
		4	IX m. Chistieu, Nebuchadnezz [...] takes Ierusalem, and carr [...] Daniel with a great many Others to Babylon: Whence [...] 70 Years of the Iews CAP [...]TIVITY Begin.
	3400	5	Nabopoll [...]er Dying thi [...] Su [...]mer, Nebuchadnezzar Begins to Reign alone, 43 Y. ^(e)
	406 b	11	Iehoiakim taken by the Cha [...]deans and slain. Whereupon his Son
21		Jeconias ^*	Reigns 3 Months 10 Days: and then with Ezekiel is carried to Babylon, by Nebuchadnezzar, in the 8th Y of hi [...]Reign.
22		1. Zedekiah	Iosiah's 3d Son, succeeds in th [...] Km: and this Y, CYRUS the Persian is Born.
	417	11	IV m, 9 d, i. e. July 27, Nebuchadnezzar s Army breakes up Ierusalem: and Zedekiah [...]ken, and carried to Babylon.
			V m, 7 d, i. e. Aug. 24, Nebuzaradan enters Ierusalem; and 10 d i. e. Aug▪ 27, sets the Templ [...] and City on Fire, and breake [...] down the Walls & [...]
			Which is in the Nineteenth Y o [...] Nebuchadnezzar's Reign from his Heading the Army, and the Seventeenth from the Fi [...]st Egypti [...]n New Year Day aft [...]r his Father's Death: In the Year of the Julian Period 4126; and 588 before the Vulgar Christian AEra▪ Usher, Prideaux, Newton, &c.

[Page 14]

IV. Period. THE Chronology of the Babylonian, Persian, Grecian and Egyptian MONARCHS successively, from the Destruction of the Kingdom of Judah by Nebuchadnezzar, to [...]he Destruction of the Kingdom of Egypt by Octavius Caesar: Containing exactly 558 Years.

Thus far the Hebrew and inspired Guides alone have led [...] in a continued Path from the CREATION. But the Succession of the Kings of Iudah sailing, we must now look to the Grecian Histories for the following Course of Time to the Beginning of the Roman Empire. And here the most knowing Enquirers have been in a perpetual strife till the Common of CHRIST 1613; When the famous MATHEMATICAL CANON of Claudius Ptolemy ^* was happily discovered i [...] tire in England. Which being founded on Astronomical Appearances and Calculations, drawn from the Records of the Chaldean and Egyptian [...]istorians and Astronomers, was receiv'd with great Joy by the Learned World, and soon became the decisive Umpire among Chronologers, as agreein [...] with Scriptur [...], with the best ancient History, and with Astronomy; to which they have therefore almost ever since appeal'd as to an uncontested Oracle. It begins with the Reig [...] of NABONASSER K of Babylon, on the 1st d at Noon the 1st Egyptian m, called Thoth, ^‡ which then was Feb. 2 [...] of the Iulian Period 3967; accounts by Egyptian Years of 36 [...] Days continually without Intercalations; reaches down [...] the Reigns of the Babylonian, Persian, Grecian, Egyptian and Roman Monarchs, to ANTONINUS PIUS, when Ptole [...] flourished; and numbers the Years of their Reigns by [...] Number only of the Thoths, or rather Egyptian New Year D [...] [Page 15] included in them. To this Canon therefore we keep invariably in the Present Period: Having carefully examin'd it in Greek and Latin both in Calvisius and Petavius, in Greek only in Mr. Gregory, and in Latin only in Mr. Cary and Mr. Whiston ▪ I have observed several Errors in the 4 former Prin [...]ed Copies, whereas the Table in Mr. Whiston seems to be free from any, except in the Column He adds of the Years of the Iulian Period, which seem to be too many by 1 down from the b of the R of Darius Hystaspis, ^* and which I have here Corrected But as we must reduce the Egyptian Y in this Ancient Canon to the present Iulian; I shall from this time forward Begin the Y with the 1st of Ianuary thro' out our following Chronology.

N	Y W	1st E [...]yp [...] new Y.D.	Y. R. Monarchs
				I. BABYLONIAN Monarchs.
1	3417		17. Nebuchadnezar	VII m, His Governour Gedaliah Kill'd.
	421		21	Nebu [...]aradan carries the Rest of the Iews to Babylon.
	437			Pythagoras Born, and lives 80 Y. ^(s)
	443 [...]		43	Nebuchadnezzar Dies, & his Son Evilmerodach succeed [...]
	b			XII m, 25 d, i. e. April 15, Ieconias releas'd from Prison. ⁽¹⁾
2	444 b	Jan. 11	1 Evilmerodach	Reigns 2 Y. ⁽²⁾
	445		2	He is Kill'd by Nericassolasser, his Sister's Husband
3	446 b	10	1 Nericassolasser	Reigns 4 Y.
	3449		4	He is Slain in Battle by C [...] axeres (i e. Darius the Mede) & Cyrus. ⁽³⁾
4	450 b	9	1 Nabonadius	i. e. Belshazzar, Son to Evilmerodach, Reigns 17 Y
	466		17	Babylon taken, & Belshazz [...] slain.
				II. PERSIAN Monarchs.
5	467 [...]	5	1 Cyrus	With his Uncle Darius Reign together 2 Y.
	468		2	Darius Dying, CYRU [...] Reigns 7 Y more.
	[...]		3	In this 1st Y▪ ⁽⁴⁾ He giv [...] LIBERTY to the Ie [...] ▪ to Return from their 70 [...] Captivity.
	475		9	He Dies. And his Son
6	476 b	3	1 Cambyses	Reigns 8 Y.
	483		8	He Kills his Brother Smerd [...] and Dies: and the Ma [...] Line of Cyrus ends.⁽⁵⁾
7	484 b	1	1 Darius	Hystaspis made K by Lo [...]tery, & Reigns 36 Y.
	485			Pindar Born. ^c.h
	489 [...]		6	XII m, Adar, 3 d, the [...] TEMPLE Finished.
	497			Kings of Rome Expell'd, [...] Consuls 1st Elected ^{(c, & c)}
	513			Zoroastres appears at [...] Persian Court. ^(p)
	3515			The Persians invade Attica, and are beat at Marathon. ^(u)
	519			Darius Dies. And his Younger son
8	[...]	Dec. 23	1 Xerxes	by Attossa Daugh [...]er to Cyrus, Reigns 21 Y.
	521			Herodotus B rn ^(u)
	525			Xerxes passes [...]n [...] Greece wi [...]h 2 Million Men & his vast Nav [...] beat at the Straits of Salamis. ^(u)
	534			Thucydides B rn ^(u)
	536			Socrates Born, & Lives 70 Y.
	540		21	Xerxes Kill'd. And his younger Son
9	e	17	1 Artaxerxes	Longimanus, Reigns 41 Y
	545			Democritus Born: and soon after, Hyppocrates ^(d)
	547 b		7	I m, 1 d, Ezra being appointed to Restore the Religious State of Iudea, sets out from Babylon.
				V m, 1 d, He Arrives at Ierusalem
	559 e			IX m, Chislieu, Neh [...]miah inform'd of the wretched state of Iudea and Ierusalem.
	560 b			I m, Nisan, He is appointed to Rebuild the City, and made Governour of Iudea for 12 Y. ⁽⁵⁾
	569			Isocrates Born, & Lives 98 Y.
	3573			M [...]ton observes the [...] Solstice to be on Iune 1 [...] in the Morning, & [...] the LunarCycle of 19 Y ( [...]
	574 b			ThisSpring, the Peloponessi [...] War Begins. (u)
	577			Plato Born, & Lives 80 [...]
	581			Artaxerxes Dies▪ ⁽⁶⁾ [...] his Bastard Son
10	[...]	Dec. 7	1. Darius	Nothus, Reigns 19 Y
	600		19	He Dies. And his Son
1 [...]	[...]	2	1. Artaxerxes	Mne [...]oncall'd Arsaces, R 4 [...]
	604			At the Battle of [...] Cte [...]ias taken Captive, & Xen [...]phon Retreats [...] Greece (u)
	621			Aristotle Born, and [...] 63 Y (u)
	624			Demosthenes Born, and [...] 59 Y. ( [...])
	646		46	Mnemon Dies, aged 94. [...] his Son
2	[...]	Nov. 21	1. Ochu [...]	Artaxerxe [...], Reigns 21 Y▪
	649			This Summer Alexander [...] Great Born (u)
	664			Epicurus Born, and ▪ 72 Y (d. c. [...])
	667		21	Ochus Poyson'd. And [...] youngest Son
1	[...]	16	1▪ Arogu [...]	call'd Arses, Reigns 2 Y.
	669		2	He is also Poyson'd, & [...] whole Race of [...] cut off. ⁽⁷⁾
4	3669 [...]	Nov. 15	1 Darius	Codoma [...]us, Grea [...] Grandson of Nothus Reigns 4 Y.
	671 b			Alexander Sails to Asia. (u)
				May 20, He beats the Persian Army at the Granicus (u)
	672			November, He beats Darius at Issus. (u)
	673		4	He Found [...] Alexandria in Egypt. Whence the Canon Begins his R. (u)
				III. GRECIAN Monarchs.
1	[...]	14	1. Alexander	the Great, Reigns 8 Y.
	674			Octob. 1, ^(s) He bears Darius near Arbela, & takes Babylon &c (u. ^(s))
	675			Iune 28, Darius Kill'd by his Officers, the Persian Empire goes to the Grecians, & Calippus Begins hi [...] Period of 76 Y (u. ^(s) ^(a)) ^‖
	681			May 22, Alexander Die [...]. And his Bastard Brother
2	[...]	12	1. Philip	Arideus, Reigns 7 Y.
	688			He is Kill'd. And Alexander's Son
3	[...]	10	1. Alexander	AEgus, by [...]oxana, Reign: ⁽⁸⁾
	693			Sept. 6, ^(a) Seleucus seizes Babylon, and Reigns. ⁽⁹⁾
	[...]694 [...]		6	Alexander AEgus Kill'd ⁽¹⁰⁾
	696			The Bastard Son of Alexan [...] the Great, Kill'd, his [...] Ends, & his Empire Divide [...] among his Gener [...]s ^(cr.)
	700			Ptolemy Lagus se [...]led K [...] Egypt, Phaenicia & Iud [...]
			[The Ptolemies]	IV. EGYPTIAN Monarch [...].
1	e	Nov. 7	1. Lagus	Reigns 20 Y.
	704			Seleucus seizes Syria.
	714			Archimedes B, and Live 79 Y. ^(cr.)
	720		20	Lagus resigns to hisYou [...]g [...] Son
2	[...]	2	1 Philadelphus	Who Reign [...] 38 Y.
	721			Lagus Dies.
	728			The Hebrew BIBLE Translated into Greek. (u. ^(p))
	745			Berosus, being Old, Writ [...]
	752			Hannibal Born, and Live [...] 70 Y. (c. u)
	755			The Parthians under A [...]s [...] ces, Begin the Parthi [...] Empire.
	758		38	Philadelphus Dies. And hi [...] [...]
3		Oct. 24	1. Euergetes. I	Reigns 25 Y
	769			[...]. Scipio B, and Live 52 Y (c)
	772			Cato the Censor B, and Liv [...] to the 85 Y. (c. u)
	783		25	Euergetes Dies. And hisSo [...]
4		18	1. Philopator	Reigns 17 Y.
	3793			Syracuse taken, and Archimedes Slain.
	800			Polybius B, & Lives 82 Y (c)
			[...]7	Philopator D. And his Son
5		Oct. 13	1. Epiphanes	Reigns 24 Y.
	801			Antiochus the Great, K of Syria, seizes Palestine.
	803			P Scipio Overthrows Hannibal in Africa.
	815			L Scipio bears Antiochus the Great, and forces him to quit the Lesser Asia
	821
				P Scipio Africanus D, Aged 52 (c)
	822			Hannibal Drinks Poyson and D, Aged 70 (c. u)
	824		24	Epiphanes Kill'd by Poyson. And his Son
6		7	1. Philometor	Reigns 35 Y.
	835			Antiochus Epiphanes, K of Syria, Plunders Ierusalem and the Temple.
	837			His Army cruelly Destroy [...] the City, sets up the Image of Iupiter in the Temple, and Persecutes the Iews. Whereupon Mattathi [...]s a Priest, and his Sons the Maccabees take Arms ⁽¹¹⁾
	843			Hipparchus Begins his Celestial Observations, & finds the Autumnal Equinox on Sept. 27 (c. u)
	856			Cato the Elder D, AEtatis 85. (c. [...]. u)
	3859		35	Philomet [...]r, Wounded in Battle, D. And his Son [...] Kill'd by Phil [...]et [...]' [...] Brother, viz.
7		Sep. 29.	1. E [...]erget [...]s II. called Physco [...], who R 29 [...]
	862			Sept. 28, Hipparch [...]s Beg [...] his Period of 304 Y. (c. u. [...]
	888		29	E [...]erg [...]tes D. And his [...]
8		21	1. Soter	call'd L [...]th [...]rus, R 36Y ⁽¹²⁾
	898			Cicero B, & Lives 64 Y. (c [...])
	899			Pompey the Great B, & Li [...] 58 Y. (c. u)
	905			Iulius C [...]sar B, and Live 56 Y. (c. u)
	924		36	Soter D ⁽¹³⁾ And his Ba [...] tard Son
9		12	1. Dionysius	Neos, call'd Auletes, R. 29 [...]
	933			Herod the Great B, and Li [...] 69 Y. (u. p)
	935			Virgil B, & Lives 52 Y ( [...]
	940			Horace B, & Lives 57 Y ( [...]
				Pompey Puts an End to [...] of the S [...]leucidae Kings [...] Syria, and makes the [...] a Roman Province.
	942			Octavius B, and Li [...] 76 Y. (c. u) ⁽¹⁴⁾
				Dec. 28, Pompey takes Ier [...] salem (c. u.)
	943			Diodorus Sic [...]lus Flourishes ( [...]
	3945			Pompey, [...] and [...]ulius Caesar form the 1st Triumvirate.
	946			Livy B, & Lives 76 Y (c. ^(h) ⁽ⁱ⁾)
	950			Aug. 26 Iulius Caesar 1st Lands in Britain. (c. l. ^(ha))
	951			This Spring, he Lands the 2d time in Britain. (c. l. ^(ha))
				Crassus Plunders the Temple of Ierusalem.
	952			He is slain in Battle by the Parthians.
	953			Dionysius Neos D. ⁽¹⁵⁾ And his Daughter
10		Sept. 5	1. Cleopatra	Reigns 22 Y.
	955			Caesar Passes the Rubico [...] and Begins the CivilWar. ( [...])
	957			Pompey BeatsCaesar at Dyrrachium: but is Beat by Caesar at Phars [...]lia, and Kill'd in Egypt (c. ^(h) u)
	959			Cato the Younger Kills Himself at Utica. (c. u)
				Caesar, as High Priest, [...]eforms the Roman Calendar. (c. u) ⁽¹⁶⁾
	960 b			Ian. 1 being now plac'd a [...] the Winter Solstice, the 1st Iulian Y Begins (c. u) ⁽¹⁷⁾
	3961 b			March, 15, Caesar Kill'd i [...] the Senate (c. u)
	962			Ovid B, and Lives 59 Y. (c. [...])
				Octavius, Antony, & Lepid [...] form the 2d Triumvir [...]te ▪ And Antony Kills Cicero, Aged 64. (c. u.)
	963			Octavius & Antony vanqui [...] Brutus and Cassius [...] Philippi. (c. u)
	965			The Parthians Conquer Syria & Phaenicia, & take Ierusalem: and Herod flying to Rome, the Senate vo [...] Him K of Iudea. (c. u)
	966			Ventidius beats the Parthia [...] out of Phaenicia & Syria (c. [...])
	967			Dec. 31, ⁽¹⁸⁾ By the Help [...] Sosius, Herod takes Ierusalem and therein K A [...] tigonus. (c. u)
	968			This Summer, Antony Kills [...] Antigonus at Antioch. ⁽¹⁹⁾
	969			Octavius deposes Lepidus from the Triumvirate. (c u)
	974			Sept. 3. ⁽²⁰⁾ the Marine Victory of Octavius over [...] & Cleopatra at Actium (c. h. u.)
	975			Aug. 1, Octavius takes Alexandria: at which Antony Kill [...] Himself, & soon after Cleopatra: & Egypt is made [...] Roman Province. (c. h u.)

[Page 25]

V. Period. THE Chronology of the Roman EMPERORS succ [...]ssively, From the Beginning of the Reign of AUGUSTUS, to the Death of CONSTANTINE the Great, the 1st Christian Emperor, when the Empire came to be Divided: being the Spaceof 365 Years, 9 Months

Having brought the Reader thro' the darker Scenes of the [...]ncient Ages to the b of the Roman Emperors; we are opening now into fairer Prospects, and the Path of Time grows clearer and more certain; partly by the Regulation of the Y by Iulius Caesar, and par [...]ly by the Advance of Learning in the Roman Empire. But tho' theCourse of Time thro' the present Period meets with little or no Difficulty; yet the punctualDates of [...]hose great Events— the Decease of Herod, and the Birth, Ministry and Death of IOHN the Baptist and our Blessed SAVIOUR, have perplex'd the Minds of the most learned men as much as [...]ny other Points of History. For the New English Reader' [...] fuller view of these famous Problems, I must refer to Scalig [...]r, Calvisius, Petavius, Strauchius, Gregory, Light [...]oot, Swan, Whiston, Whitby, Prideaux, Marshal & Lardner, whose Performance [...] are [...]ound among us; but above all, to the critical Examination of Paterculus, Iosephus, Tacitus, Suetonius & Dio, compar'd with the Writers of the New Testament: without consulting whose Originals, I find there can be no Safety or Exactness in our Reasoning [...] from them.

However, to oblige my Readers that cannot come at these authen [...]ick Records, I may briefly observe, as to the DEATH of HEROD, — That tho' A Bp. Usher and Mr. Whiston place i [...] in November; yet Iosephus plainly representing that he Died a little before the Passover, and the Jewish Writer from whom they take that End of Herod's Li [...]e, being a Modern Author and of little Credi [...], as Dr. Whitby observes from Dr. Allix; the Learned therefore seem to be giving up this Article, and the great Enquiry is, whether Herod Died in the Spring of the Y of Rome 750, 751, or 752, i. e. according to Varro's Computation, which Petavius, Cary & Perizonius follow in their Chronological Tables: tho' the very same years are called 749, 750, 751, [Page 26] [...]ccording to Cato; followed by Helvicus, Isaacson, Swa and Tallents. Now because Iosephus mentions an Eclips [...] of the Moon at Iericho in the Time of Herod's Final Illness; A [...]stronomers sea [...]ching for this C [...]lestial Character, Kepler [...] Petavius have found it on March 13 in the Y of Rome 750 ^* [...]nd therefore place the Decease of [...]erod between this Phaeno [...]en [...]n and April 11, the d of [...]e ollowing Passover ho' Herod had not arriv'd to the 3 [...] entire Y from th [...] He was declared King by the Rom n Sena [...]e; ye [...] if Ioseph [...] Begins his Iewish Years with the 1st of Nisan, as Ptolemy — [...] Egyptian with the 1st of Thoth; then on the 1st o [...] Nisan in 750▪ Herod entred his 37th Y, and there is no Difficulty.

For (1) Iosephus tells us, that Herod was declared King by the Romans in the 184th Olympiad, Calvinus and Pollio being Consuls: Dio says, that these were Consuls in the Y of Ro [...] [...]14: and the Learned all agree that this Olympiad ended [...] [...]he Summer of this very Y. But by comparing these 2 Authors: seems to me that Herod did not Sail to Rome till the Winte [...] [...]oming on at the End of 714: and tho' Calvinus & Pollio bega [...] [...]heir Consulships in the 184th Olympiad; yet the 185 [...]h bega [...] in the Summer befo e Herod's Voyage; which Iosephus expresly tells us was after Pentecost & ( [...],) in the Wi [...] Season. (2) Iosephus also says, that Herod Reigned 37 Y [...]hat his Son Philip Succeeded Him in Part of his Dominion R [...]led also 37 Y, and Died in the 20th Y of the Empire o [...] [...]iberius: and all Chronologers agree that the 20 [...]h Y of [...] Began on Aug. 19, in the Y of Rome 786 By this [...] [...]lain, Iosephus means, not intire Years, with respect to eithe [...] Son or Father, but the 37th Y currant only. (3) Iosephus [...] [...]o wri es in his Book of the War, that Archelaus S [...]cceed [...] Herod in another Part of his Kingdom, viz Iudea, and bei [...] [...]ccus'd in the 9th Y of his Government, He was Banish'd [...] [...]ienna: But in his Book of Antiquities written after the othe [...] and we may suppose more Correctly▪ He says, that Archel [...] was Accus'd & Banish'd in the 10th Y of his Government; [...] [Page 27] in his own Life, He repeats the same, asserting that His Father's Birth was in the said 10th Y of Archelaus. By which it seems that Archelaus was accus'd & sent to Rome in the Spring o [...]e of his 9th Y, & was got into his 10th before his Trial ther [...] and Exile. And Dio says, He was accus'd & banish'd to Vi [...]enna & his Estate confiscated in the Y of Rome 759, Lepidus and Aruntius being Consuls. (4) Iosephus also tells us, tha upon Archelaus's Banishme [...]t, Augustus sent Cyrenius, who seize [...] his Estate in the 37th Y after Antony was beat by Octa [...]vius at Actium: and the Learned all agree that the 37th Y from that Event Began on Sept. 2. in this very Y of Rom [...] which Dio speaks of, viz. 759.

If therefore, 714, ending with the last Month Adar of th [...] Iewish Y, be reckoned by Iosephus for the 1st of Herod's Reign and so his 2d Y Beginning with the 1st of Nisan; Then the latter e of Mar. 750 will be in his 37th Y; Then Mar. 759 wil be in the e of Archelaus's 9th, and the rest of the Y will be hi [...] 10th; Then his Estate will be seis'd in the same Y, sometim [...] after Sept. 2; And then the 37th of Philip will begin in Mar. 786 and He must Die between Aug. 19 this same Y (when Tiberius enters on his 20th,) and the Nisan of the next, when otherwise Philip wou'd enter into his 38th.

B [...]t if we fix the Decease of Herod to theSpring of 751; then we slight the Eclipse abovesaid (which no Astronomer will be free to) & cannot so easily make Iosephus & Dio agree. And if we carry his Death to the Spring of 752; then we both sligh [...] the Eclipse, and make Iosephus interfere both with Dio and with Himself also. Whereas if we keep to the Caelestial Character ▪ with the natural and easy Supposition above; there is a perfect Harmony in all their Numbers.

Now, the 750 Y of Rome is the 4710 of the Iulian Period ▪ and in the Spring of this Y, I at present incline to place the Decease of Herod: tho' if a Lunar Eclipse at Iericho, cou'd be found by Mr. Flamsted's Observations, & Sir I Newton's Theory, in the Latter part of this Y, or b of the next; I shou'd then incline to think his Death was in the Spring ensuing. And by Mat. I▪ we know that CHRIST was Born before Herod Died; as by Luke I The Birth of IOHN was about half a Year before our SAVIOUR'S.

[Page 28]

No	Y. W	Emperor
1	3975	Octavius	Aug. 31. ^[1] The 1st Eg [...]p. new Y d of [...] C [...]nquering Anthony & Egypt, and becom [...]ing Sole Military Head of the Roman Em [...]pire, for 43 Y (⁷⁶ ^d. ⁷⁸ &c.)
	978		Ian. 7 He receives the whole Administr [...]on from the Senate: Ian. 13. ^[2] the Name Him Augustus: and the REPUBLIC [...] Turn'd into a MONARCHY (^c. ^p. ^u. &c.)
	984		Marc Agrippa ^[3] Marries Iulia, only [...] of Augustus ^c.
	985		The BLESSED VIRGIN Born ^n.
	986		Virgil Dies at Brundusium, AE [...]atis 52 ( [...])
	987		Herod Begins to Rebuild the Temple ^j. ^ll. ^m.
	992		Lepidus the High Priest of Rome Dies, an [...] Augustus succeeds ^c.
	993		March 19 M. Agrippa Dies ( [...])
	995		Tiberius Marries Iulia ^c. ^[4]
	997		Augustus Begins to Rectify the Iulian ^c. ^u. ^pr. ^[5]
			Horace AEtatis 57, & Mecenas Die ^c.
	998		Dionysius Halicarnasseus Begins to write ( [...])
	4000		IOHN the Baptist B in the Former Part of [...] Y, & CHRIST in the Latter ^p. ^u. ^sw. ¹⁰⁵ ^ll. ^pr.
	4001		Herod D. AEt. 70 ^j ^[6] and his Son A [...]chelaus Governs in Iudea 9 Y ^j. ^d. ^k. ^p. ¹¹⁹
	4004		The last Y ^[7] before the Vulgar Christian [...]
			I. CENTURY.
	1		Ian I. Begins the 1st Y of the Christian or Dionysian AEra, call'd Anno Domini ^[8]
	4		At the End of Feb. the Iulian Y comes right, and so continues (c. u. &c)
	6		Archelaus Accus'd before Au [...]ustus, is Banish'd to Vienna (j. d. p. u &c)
			Between Sept. 2 this Y & Sept. 2 next, Iudea made a Roman Province & Annex'd to Syria (i. d. c. u &c)
	8		November, Ovid Banish'd (c u.)
	12		Tiberius made Prince & Colleague with Augustus in the Provinces & Armies (^pa. ^t. [...]. d.)
	1443.		Aug. 19 Augustus Dies AEtatis 76, and his only Grandson Kill'd by
2		Tiberius	^[9] Who Reigns 22 Y, 6 m, 27 d ^[10]
	17		Ovid Dies in Exile, AEtatis 59 (c. u)
	18		Livy Dies AEtatis 76 ( [...]) & Strabo Publishes his Geography (pr)
	25		Strabo Dies ^h.
	26		Valerius Maximus and Velleius Patereulus Flourish ^h
	28	15.	IOHN Begins his Publick Ministry and Baptizes CHRIST ¹¹
	29		The Passover, on Lord's-Day April 17 (c)
	30		The Passover, on Saturday, April 8 (c)
	31		The Passover on Tuesday March 27 ()
	32		The Passover on Tuesday, April 15 ¹³²
	33		The Passover on Fryday April 3. when CHRIST was Crucified (c ¹³³ u. s w cr. w ll m. &c) ^[12]
			Lords-Day, April 5. He Arises from the Dead (c ¹³⁵ u. ll &c)
			Thursday, May 14. He Ascends to Heaven. (c. ¹³⁶ u. &c)
			Lord's Day, May 24 the d of Pentecost, the HOLY GHOST pour d ou [...] (c. ¹³⁷ u. ll. &c)
	34		Steph [...]n the 1st Christian Martyr Stoned (ll)
	35		Saul Converted & called Paul (p u ll) & Tiberius proposes in the Senate to Deify CHRIST (u)
	37		March 16 ^[13] Tiberius Dies AEtatis 78 ( [...] s d s p u) and his only Grandson Kill'd by his Brother's Grandson
3		Caligula	^[14] Who R 3 Y, 10 m, 8 d (c p u) ^[15] Ioseph [...] Born between Sept. this Y & March next (j [...]
	38		June 13 Agricola the R [...]man General B [...] t)
	40		Philo. Iudaeus goes Embassador to Rome ( [...]) and the BLESSED VIRGIN D, AEtatis 60 ( [...])
	41		Jan. 24 Caligula kill'd, AEtatis 30 ( [...]) and hi [...] Uncle
4		Claudius	^[16] Reigns 13 Y, S m, 20 d (t. s. d. c. p u)
	43		Plautius & V [...]spasian sail to Britain, figh [...] suc [...]ces [...]ull [...], & Claudius follows them (u)
	44		Claudius Returns to Rome, Triumphs, & cal [...] his Son Britannicus (t. c)
	46		Apollonius Tyaneus Flourishes (u)
	48		Quintus Curtius Flourishes ( [...])
	52		The 1st Famous Council at Ierusalem (u ll)
	54		Oct. 13. Claudius Poyson'd AEtatis 64 (t s. d & [...]) and his only Son Kill'd by
5		Nero	^[17] who Reigns 13 Y, 7m, 28 d (t s. c. u)
	60		Paul seized at Ierusalem (u. ll)
	61		Boadicia a British Q kills 70 (t) or 80 thousand Romans with their Associa [...]es (d) But Paulinus in 1 Battle Slays as many Britons: and Boadicia Kills Herself. (t. d. c)
	62		Persius thePoet Dies, AEtatis, 29 ()
	64		Nero 1st Persecutes the Christians at Rom [...] (c u)
	65		Seneca & Lucan put to Death by Nero (t c. p
	66		In May, G [...]ssius Florus Begins the Iewish War (j c u)
	67		June 29, Paul Beheaded, & Peter Crucified at Rome (p. u ll)
	68		In March, the Army in Spain set up Galha (t. c u)
			June 8 Nero Kills Himself, AEtatis 31 (t. d.) 32 (s) ^[18] And
6		Galba	Comes to Rome & Reigns (t. s. d c. u)
	69		Ian. 3. The Army in Gaul set up Vitellius (t. c. u)
			Jan. 15. Galba Kill'd at Rome, AEtatis 73 (t. s. d. u) by
7		O [...]ho	Who Reigns There▪ 94 d. (t. c. u)
			April 19, Oth [...] Kills Himself, AEtatis 37 (t. d. c) 38 (s) And
8		Vi [...]el [...]us	Comes to Rome and Reigns (t. s d. c. [...])
			Iuly 1. The Army in Egypt Proclaim Vespasian (t. s. c. u)
			Dec 20. (t. m) Vitellius Kil [...]'d at Rome, AE [...]atis 55 (d) 57 (t. s) ^[19]
9		Vespasian	R. (from Iuly 1.) 10 [...], wanting 6 d (s. [...]. [...])
	70		April 14, The Passov [...]r Begins, and Titus lay [...] seige to Ierusalem (j. c. p. u)
			Iuly 17, The Daily Sacrifice ceases (j c. u [...])
			Aug 10, The Temple Burn [...], & the Roman E [...] signs set on the E [...]stern Ga [...]e (j. u. m)
			Sep 8, Titus takes and destroys the [...] City (j. c. u. m)
	73		Iudea intirely subdued, laid waste and quieted (j c. u)
	77		Pliny Dedicates his Natural History to Titus ( [...]
	79		June 24, Vespasian Dies, AEtatis 70. (s d. c. [...] And his Eldest Son
10		Titus	Reigns 2 Y, 2 m. 20 d. (s. d. c. p)
			Agr [...]cola goes into Britain, and conquers [...] Isle of Man, &c. (t. c)
			Nov. 2, Pliny Dies by the Eruption of Ves [...]vius (c p)
	81		Sept 13, Titus Dies, AEtatis 41 (s c. p) [...] his Younger Brother
11		Domitian	Reigns 15 Y, 5 d (s. d. c)
			Agricola Discovers & Conquers New Nati [...] in Britain (t. c)
	82		[...]uvenal & Martial Flourish (c)
			Agricola 1st Discovers Britain to be an Islan [...] and Conquers the Orcades (t. c)
	83		Having Conquer'd Britain, He goes [...] Ireland (t. c)
	85		Statius the Poet Flourishes (c)
	87		Agricola Re [...]rns to Rome (c)
	90		The Apostle IOHN Banish'd into Patmos ( [...]
	93		[...]lem [...]ns Romanus writes to the Corinthians ( [...]
			Aug. 23. Agricola D▪ AEt. 56 (t. c)
	94		Iosephus Fini [...]hes his Antiquities, AEt. 56 (j. c) ^[20]
	95		IOHN writes the Revelation [...] and Quintillan Dies (c)
	96		Sep 18, Domitian Kill'd, AEt. 45, (s. d. c. p) ^[21] And
12		Nerva	Chose b [...] the Senate, [...] 1 Y, 4 m, 9 d (d. [...])
	97		Apollonius Tyaneus D. AEt. 100 (d. ^ph. ¹⁴⁸)
	98		Tacitus writes of the German Manners (c)
			Jan. 27, Ner [...]a D, AEt. 66 (d. c. p) And
13		Trajan	A [...]pan [...]ard ^hd. R 19 Y, 6 m, 15 d. (d. c. p) ^[22]
	99		IOHN the Apostle D, at Ephesus (c)
	100		Clement R [...]manus D, (p) and the Apostolick Age Ends.
			II. CENTURY.
	102		Pliny junr, goes Proconsul to Bithynia (c)
	107		Ignatius thrown to theLions at Rome (c) ^[23]
	108		Trajan subdues Arm [...]nia, & extends the Empire from the Euphrates to the Tigris (d. c)
	115		He takes Arbela, &c. and subdue [...] Assyria (d. c)
	117		Aug. 10, M [...] D, in Cilicia, AEt. 64 (c. p) an [...]
14		Adrian	A Spaniard also, R 20 Y, 11 [...] (d. c)
	119		Plutarch Flourishes (c)
	122		Adrian goes into Britain (c) & Builds a Military Wall of 80 Miles in Length ^hr.
	123		Appian, the Historian, Flourishes ( [...])
	125		Ptolemy Begins his Celestial Observations [...] Alexandria (c)
	127		Su [...]tonius, the Historian, Flourishes (c. b)
	138		July 10, Adrian D, AEt 63 (d. c. p) and
15		Antoninu [...]	Pius R 22 Y, 7 m, 26 d (c. p)
			He makes his Son in Law, LUCIUS VERU [...] his Colleague (d. c. p)
			Iustin Martyr, a Philosopher, becomes Christian (c)
	142		Pausanias writes his History (c)
	144		Iustin the Historian, ( [...]) Galen the Phisici [...] And Aquila, Flourish (c)
	147		Arrian, the Historian, Flourishes (c)
	148		Diogenes Laertius Flourishes ( [...])
	150		Iustin Martyr writes his 1st Apology (c [...])
	161		Mar. 6. Antoninus D, AEt. 75 (c) and [...] in Law.
16		Aurelius	Reigns 19 Y, 11 d (d. c)
	162		Iustin Martyr writes his 2d Apology ( [...])
	163		Iune 1. He is Beheaded at Rome (c)
	164		Christianity Countenanc'd by Royal [...] in Britain (c)
	167		Mar. 22, Polycarp Burnt at Smyrna (c. p)
	169		In Dec. LUCIUS VERUS, Emperor, D. [...]
	172		Epictetus, the Philosopher, Flourishes ( [...])
	180		Mar. 16, Aurelius D, at Vienna, [...]. 59 ( [...] and his Son
17		Commodus	Reigns 12 Y, 9 m, 14 d. (d. c. p)
	181		Lucius, a British K, promotes Christianity [...]
	182		Theodotion makes his Greek Version (c)
	185		Origen Born, and Lives 69 Y (c p)
	190		The Iewish Misna written (c)
	192		Dec. 31. Commodus Strangled, AEt. 32 (d. c. p)
18	193	Pertinax	Ian. 1, Chose by the Senate, R 87 d. (d c▪ [...]
			Mar. 28, AEt 68, He is Kill'd by the [...], who sell the Empire to
19		Julian	Who Reigns 66 d (d. c. p)
			NIGER set up by the Army in Syria, [...] Albinus in Britain (hd. c)
			June 1, Iulian AEt. 61 (d) is Kill'd by
20		Severus	An African, set up by theArmy in Illyricum, R. 17 Y, 8 m, 3 d (d. c p)
	194		Clemens Alexandri [...]us Flourishes (c)
			Severus beats Niger at Issus, & beheads Him at Antioch (bd. c)
	195		Tertullian Begins to Write (c)
	198		Severus beats Albi [...]us at Lyon [...], who is there beheaded (bd. c)
			III. CENTURY.
	201		Symmachus sets out his Greek Version (c)
	202		Lucius Florus & Philostratus Flourish (b)
	203		Irenaeus Bp. of Lyons put to Death (c)
	208		Severus Goes to War in Britain (c. p)
	209		Minutius Felix Flourishes (c)
	211		Feb. 4 Severus D, at York, AEt. 66 (d. c. p) and his Sons
21		Caracalla	And GETA Reign (d. hd) Caracalla R 6 Y, 2 m, 2 d (d. c. p)
	212		Feb. 25. He Kills his Brother Geta, AEt. 23 (d. c. p) and
	217		April 8, AEt. 30 (d) He is Kill'd in Mesopotamia, by the Intrigue of
22		Macrinus	A M [...]or, Chose by the Army ^[24] R 1 Y, 1 m, 28 d (d. c)
	218		Iune 9, He and his Son Kill'd (d. c) by
23		Bassianus	A Syrian Priest, set up by the Soldiers ^[25] R 3 Y, 9 m, 4 d (d. c)
	220		Iulius Africanus the Historian Flou [...]hes (c)
	221		Tertullian writes Ad Scapulam (c)
	222		Mar. 10, Bassianus, AEt. 19, Kill'd by the Soldiers (d. c) and his Cousin
24		Alexander	Another Syrian Priest, R 13 Y, 9 d (c. p)
	226		Artax [...]rxes a Persian, Rebells against the Parthians (c. p)
	228		AElian, the Historian, Flourishes (c)
	229		Artaxerxes beats & Kills Artabanus King o [...] Parthia, and takes his Kingdom (c)
			Here Dion Cassius Ends his Roman Hi [...] (d [...]
	230		Longinus Writes (c)
	231		Origen compleats his Tripartite Bible (c)
	235		Mar. 18, Alexander Kill'd in Germ [...] AE [...]a [...]i [...] 2 [...] (bd) by
25		Maximine	Set up by the Soldiers, R 2 Y, 6 m (c. p) ^[26]
	236		GORDIAN the Father & Son set up in Afri [...] But the Son being overcome & Kill'd, [...] Father [...]angs Himself, AEtatis 80 (c. p)
	237		[...] October, Maximine and his Son Kill'd [...] Aquilla (bd. c) And
[...]6		Maximus	And ALBINUS, chose by the Senate, [...] together (bd. c. p)
	238		In March, They are Kill'd by the Soldi [...] (bd. c. p) who make
[...]7		Gordian	Emperor, AEtatis 14 (bd) Who Rei [...] 6 Years (c. p) ^[27]
			Here Her [...]dian Ends his [...]om. Hist. [...] And Cons [...]rinus Write [...] (c. p)
	244		[...] March, Gordian AEtatis 20, is Kill'd [...] Pers [...]a, (c. p) by
[...]8		Philip	Arabs, set up by the Soldiers, R 6 Y (c) ^[28]
	248		Cyprian made Bishop of Carthage (p)
	2 [...]0		Philip Kill'd in Battle at Verona (c) by
29		Decius	An Hungarian, set up by the Soldiers, [...] 1 Year 3 m (c)
	251		He and his Son Slain in Battle by [...] Goths (c. p) and
[...]0		Gallus	Chose by the Soldiers, R 2 Y, 4 m (p. [...] [...]
	253		He and his Son Kill'd in Battle by his Officer (c) [...]
31		AEmilian	Set up by the Soldiers in Illyr [...]m ^[29] But in the 3 m after, They Kill Him (c. p) for Fear of
32		Valerian	Set up by the Army in Germany, Reigns near 7 Years (c)
	254		Origen Dies, AEtatis 70 (c)
	258		Cyprian, with his Elders, Banished (c)
	259		Valerian taken & Kill'd by the Persians (c. p) And his Son
33		Gallienus	Reigns 9 Y ( [...]r) ^[30]
			Sept. 14. Cyprian Beheaded (c)
	260		ODENATUS of Palmyra, Repell [...] the Pers [...]ans (c)
	264		He Conquers the Eastern part of theEmpire, and is Proclaimed King (c. p)
	266		He being Kill'd, hi [...] Queen Zenobia mal [...]in [...] the Empire (c)
	268		Mar. 21. Ga [...]tenus, AEt. 50, with his Brother, Kill'd at Mila [...] (c. p) And
34		Claudius II	A Dalm [...]tian, R 1 Y, 10 m, 15 d (br)
	269		Zenobia seizes [...] Egypt (c)
			Claudius, in 2 or 3 Battles, Slays above 300 thousand Scy [...]hians, Goths, &c. (c. p)
	270		Feb. 5, Claudius D. (c. p) and his Brother
35		Q [...]intillus	Assumes the Empire (c p) But
			Feb. 22, the Soldiers Kill Him at Aquil [...]a (c. p) and chuse
36		Aurelian	A Daci [...], of Obscure Birth, R near 5 Y (c. p)
	273		He takes Zenobia & Palmyra, and puts L [...]ngi [...]us to Death (c. p)
	274		CONSTANTINE the Great Born (p)
	275		Jan. 29, Aurelian is Kill'd near Byzantium (c. p) And
37		Tacitus	Sep. 25. chose by the Senate, R 6 m, 20 d (c. p)
	276		April 13, He Dies (c. p) and his Brother
38		Florian	Assumes the Empire, R 2 m, 20 d c)
			Iuly 3, He is Kill'd by the Soldiers in Cilicia (c. p) And
39		Probus	An Hungarian, chose by the Senate, R 6 Y 4 m (c. p)
	277		In severalBattles He slays near 400 thousand Germans, recovers 60 Cities & beats them out of Gaul (c)
	282		Nov. 2, The Soldiers KillHim in Hungary (c) [...]
40		Carus	An Illyrican, Reigns above 1 Y (c. p)
	283		He Dies by Lightning in Persia (c. p) And his Sons
41		Carinus	And NUMERIANUS succeed Him (c. p)
	284		Apr. 21 Numerianus Kill'd in Asia (c)
			SABINUS sets up in Italy; but Carinus overcomes Him at Verona (c)
42		Dioclesian	An Illyrican, of obscure Bir [...]h, set up by the Soldiers, R 20 Y. (c)
			Aug. 29, Begins the Egyptian AEra of Di [...] clesian, or AEra of Martyrs (c. p) ^[31]
			Dioclesian beats Carinus in 2 Battles. (c)
	285		Carinus Kill'd in Maesia by one of his Officers (c. p)
	286		Apr. 1. Dioclesian makes MAXIMIAN [...] Colleague (c. p)
			Carausius sets up in Britain, and R 7 Y (c)
	288		Achilles sets up in Egypt (c)
	291		Dioclesian and Maximian make Constanti [...] and Galerius, Caesars (c. p) ^[32]
	292		Carausius Kill'd by his Intimate Alecto, who Reigns in Britain 3 Years (c)
	294		Dioclesian overcomes and Kills Achilles, and Reduces Egypt (c)
	[...]95		Alecto is overcome, and Britain Reduced (c)
	297		Arnobius Writes & Flourishes in Africa. (p)
			IV. CENTURY.
	303		In March, The Emperors put out a most severe Edict against the Christians (c. p) ^[33]
	304		April 1 (p) or 21 (c) They both lay down their Empire. And
43		Constantius	Chlorus Reign [...] in the West, and GALERIUS in the East (c. p) And are the first who Divide the Empire. ^e. ^v.
	306		Constantius Resigns Italy and Africa to Galerius (c)
			July 25, Constantius Dies at York (c. p) and his Son
44		Constantin	TheGreat, AEt. 33, R 30 Y, 9 m, 27 d (c. p) Sept. 25, the Soldiers at Rome set up MAXENTIUS (c. p)
	309		Maximian, Rising against Constantin, is taken and put to Death (c) ^[34]
	311		[...]alerius D, & LICINIUS R in the East (c. p)
			Constantin Declares Himself a Christian (c)
	312		Sept. 24, He overcomes Maxentius near Rome; who flying, isDrown'd in the Tiber: and Constantin Recovers Italy (c. p)
	313		Constantin's Son Constantin Born (c)

		Oct. 2. A Number of Bishops meet at Rome, and first Condemn Donatus and his Followers c. p)
		Dec. 3, Diocl [...]sian D, in Retirement, at Salona (c)
	314	Oct. 8 Constantin Beats Licinius in Hungary: and again in Thrace; and they Agree & Divide the Empire (c. v [...]
	315	Arius put out of the Presbytery at Alexandria, on the Account of his Heresies (c)
	317	Constantin's Son Constantius Born (c)
	320	Licinius Persecutes the Christians; Forbidding them to meet in Synods, &c ( [...]. c)
	321	Constantin's Son Constans Born (c)
	322	Lactantius Writes his Divine Institutions (c)
	323	July 3, Constantin Beats Licinius near Adrionople (¹⁶⁷ c) ^[35]
	324	Sep. 18, He defeats Him finally, near Chalcedon, ^[36] Becomes Sole Emperor, Restores the Christian Liberties (c. p. v) and Here Eusebius Ends his History ( [...])
	325	Licinius, Conspiring, is put to Death (c. p)
		May 20, The Famous 1st GENERAL COUNCIL▪ meets at Nice ^[37]Condemns Arius and his Opinions, and Asserts the Deity of CHRIST (^sc. p)
	326	Athanasius made Bishop of Alexandria (c. p)
	330	May 11, Constantin Dedicates Byzantium, and make it the 2 d Seat of the Empire (c. p) ^[38]
	336	Arius Dies at Constantinople (c p)
	337	Constantin falling ill, is Baptiz'd: and May 22, Dies a [...] Nicomedia, AEt. 65 ^sc. By Will Dividing the Emp [...] among his 3 Sons (c. p)

[Page 41]

VI. Period. THE Chronology of the Greek or Eastern EMPERORS, From the Complete Division of the Empire at the Death of CONSTANTIN the Great, to the Restoration of the Western Empire by CHARLES the Great of France, and the Beginning of the Reign of EGBERT the first King of England: Containing about 463 Years, 7 Months.

We are now arriv'd at the fatal Partition of the Roman Empire. For tho' Marc Antony, Octavius and Lepidus, and sometime after, Sextus Pompey with them, assign'd themselves their several Shares thereof, to Reduce to Order, Defend and Govern; Yet, as Dio Observes ^* this was at first for 5 Y only, and then Renew'd for 5 Y more, while the Empire remain'd united in Rome the Capital. And thus it likewise held intire, while Dioclesian and Maximian, with their 2 Caesars under them, took their several Provinces to Reduce and Vindicate. But when Constantius & Galerius receiv'd the Empire, they Parted it at least for Life, if not for Property: and Eusebius tells us, ^†, that this was the first Division of the Empire; It was a thing, says He, which never sell out before. However it seem'd to continue in some sort intire, while Rome remain'd the Imperial City, without a Rival.

But when Constantin the Great, had with extraordinary Magnificence Rebuilt and Adorn'd Byzantium, and in the Solemn Dedication given it the Name of NEW ROME; He made it the Imperial Seat of the Eastern Provinces, and to have no Subjection to the Other. Here He therefore fix'd his [Page 42] Residence, and Reigned over the whole, S prea [...] wi [...]h his 3 Sons under Him, till his Decease in the Y C 337; When the Empire came to be Parted in the most effectual manner. CONSTANTIN the eldest had Europe on this side of the Alps: CONSTANTIUS the 2d had Thrace, Asia & Egypt; being nearly the same with the now Turkish Empire: and CONSTANS the Youngest had the Rest of Europe and Africa.

The Part which fell to Constantin was indeed in the 3 Year after, united to the Dominion of Constans: and both together bearing the Name of the WESTERN EMPIRE, was miserably harras'd and rent to pieces by the Picts, Scots, and Saxons in Britain; and by the Goths, Vandals, Francs, [...]eruli, and other Barbarous Nations in the Continent; till it intirely ended with Augustulus, in the Y C 476; tho' in a measure Revived at the End of the present Interval by Charles the Great of France, in the Year 800. But the Part which fell to Constantius had the Name of the EASTERN EMPIRE, and endur'd the attacks of the Persians, Saracens, Turks, and Others, till 1453; when it was forc'd to yeild to the Ottoman Arms.

The Succession of these Eastern Emperors I therefore ch [...] to follow through the present Period: and the more for this, that they were not only the Greatest Princes that were then in the World, but the Affairs of Learning then subsisted cheifly in their Dominions, and the Times of their Succession are more exactly stated than those of other Monarchs [...] For though the polite and fine way of Writing among the Roman and Greek Historians declined greatly in the latter part of the foregoing Period, and expires in this, yet the Notes of Time were so well preserved, that Disputes among Chronologers grow less and less considerable They chiefly, I think refer to the Roman Pontiffs in the Western Empire; wherein Onuphrius and Baronius disagree, which seem indeed to be very uncertain and uncapable of Decision, and with which we are little concerned.

Note, In the Present Period, where no Historian is cited, the Articles are taken from CALVISIUS.

[Page 43]

N	Y. C	Eastern Emperors
			Sect. I To the Destruction of the Western Empire.
1	337	Constantius	May 22, R in the East, 24 Y, 5 m, 12 d ^c. ^p.
	340		In March, Constantin invading Constans, is slain near Aquilea: and Constans takes his Part of the Empire ^c. ^p.
			Eusebius, the Historian, D. ^c. ^p. & Ierom B^[1]
	350		Jan. 18, Magnentius se [...]s [...]p in Gaul for the Western Empire, and at the Pyren [...]s Kills Constan [...], AEt 30 ^sc. ^c. ^p.
			June 3, Nepotianus sets up at Rome ^sc. ^c. ^p. ^[2]
			July 1, Magnentius's Army overcomes and Slays Nepotianus, and seizes Italy ^c. ^p. and Africa ^sc.
	352		Constantius beats Magnentius near Mursa in Pannonia ^c. ^p.
	353		He beats Magnentius twice in Gaul
			Aug. 11 ^[3] Magnentius Kills Himself in Lyons: and Constantius becomes Sole Monarch of both the Empires ^c. ^p. ^v.
	354		Iulian ^[4] Studies at Athens with Nazia [...] zen and Basil
	355		Nov. 13, Augustin called Austin, B ( [...]) or 354 ^p.
	359		Ammianus, theHistorian, is in the Persian War
	361		Iulian Rebells in Gaul, and marches to Thrac [...]
			Nov. 3, Constantius Dies in Cilicia, AE. 46 ^sc. ^c. ^[5] And
2		Julian	Reigns 1 Y, 7▪ m, 22 d (sc. c. p)
	362		He is an Apostate to Hea [...]henism, and Persecures the Christians, Prohibiting the Schools, &c. (sc. c)
	363		[...] 26, He is Slain in Battle with th [...] Persians, AE [...]. [...]1▪ (sc. c. p) ^[6] And
3		Jovian	A Pannonian; (p) June 27, Chose by [...] Army, [...] 7 m, 22 d (c p)
	364		Feb. 17, (c) or 19 (p) Iovian D by the Vapor of Ch [...]rcoal in Gal [...]tia, AE [...]. 34 (sc. c [...])
4		Valentinian	A Pannonian, (p) Feb 25, Chose by [...] Army, R over the whole 34 d, and the [...] in the West only, 11 Y, 7 m, 18 d: [...] making M [...] Brother
5		Valens	Apr. 1, Emperor in the [...]ast, R 14 Y, 4 [...] 9 d ^[7]
			Theon, the Astronomer, Flourishes
	365		Hilary, Bp of Poi [...]iers, D (c) 367 (du)
	367		The [...]dosius the Ro [...]a [...] General, Rep [...]lls the Picts and Scots who had invaded Brit [...]
	369		[...] made Bishop of Caesarea in Cappad [...] (c. du) 370 (p)
			The Ierusalem Talmud Finished by Ioha [...]
	371		Athanasius Dies ( [...] p)
	373		Galsilas, an Arian Bp, Translates the Bi [...] into Gothick.
	374		Ambrose, a Civil Officer, chose by the People▪ Bp of M [...]an. & Bap [...]iz'd 8 d after (c) 375 p
			Epiphanius a Bp in Cyprus, writes of Heresie [...]
	375		Nov. 17. Valentinian D, with a sudden [...] of Anger, AEt. 55. and his Sons GRATIAN and VALENTINIAN II Reig [...] in the West (c. p)
	376		They Divide the Western Empire ^[8]
	378		Jan. 1. Basil D. (c) 379 (p)
			Aug. 9. (p) or 10 (c [...] Valens beat by the Goths, flying wounded into a Cottage in Thrace, Is Burnt to Death AEt. [...]0 (c. p) and his Nephew
6		Gratian	Rules the Eastern Empire till Ian. 16 following Nazianzen made Bishop of Constantinople (c) or in Nov [...]79 (p)
	379		Jan. 16, Gratian makes his General
7		Theodosius	Colleague in the Empire; Reigns in the East 16 Y, 2 d, (c. p) ^[9]
	381		In May, The II General Council meets at Constantinople ^[10] When Nazianzen Resign [...] [...]his Bishopric, & retires to a Private Life ( [...]. p)
	383		Austin AEt 29, teaches Rhetoric at Rome.
			MAXIMUS the Roman General drives the Scots out of Britain into Scandia, where they keep 27 Y: sets up for Emperor and pastes into Gaul.
			Aug. 25, He Kills Gratian, AEt 25, & Possesses Britain, Gaul, Spain and Africa, for 5 Y. 2 d (c. p)
	[...]87		Maximus Marches to Italy, and Valentinian flies by Sea to Thessalonica.
			[...]ustin, AEt. 33, Becomes a Christian (p)
	388		July 28 Theodosius beats Maximus near the Alps (p) Aug. 27, Maximus Kill'd at Aquilea [...]s [...]. c) and Theodosius Restores the Western Empire to Valentinian.
	389		May 9, Nazianzen Dies (c p)
	392		May 15, Val [...]ntinian AEt 27. Strangled at Vienna by the Intriegue of EUGENIUS, [...] Assumes the Western Empire (sc. c. p. v) ^[11]
	393		This was the Last Olympi [...]d observ'd in Greec [...]
	394		Sulpitius Sev [...]rus embraces Christianity.
			Sept 6, Theodos [...]us Bea [...] and Kills Euge [...] near Aquilea, and Recovers the Weste [...] Empire (c. p)
	395		Ian. 17, He D at Milan AEt 61 (sc. c. p) [...] by Will, his Sons
8		Arcadius	AEt. 18, (p) R in the East 13 Y, 3 m, 1 [...]d and HONOR [...]US, AEt. 11 (p) in the [...] 28 Y, 6 m, (c)
			Austin Ordain'd Bishop of Hippo, in Afric [...]
			Ierom Turns the Hebrew Bible into Lat [...] ▪
	397		Apr. 4, Ambrose D, AE [...]. 64 (c. p)
	398		Jan. 26, (c) or Feb. 26 (sc. p) Chrysos [...] Ordained Bishop of Constantinople.
	400		The Goths under Alaricus Brake into Dalmatia and Pannonia.
			Sulpitius Severus Writes his History, From the Creation to this Year.
			V. CENTURY.
	401		Apr. 10, Theodosius II Born to Arcadius (sc. c p) and Bap [...]z'd by Chrysos [...]om.
			Alaricus brakes into Noricum & Italy.
	402		Stilicho ^[12] Beats Alaricus back to Illyric [...]
			Epiphanius, Bishop in Cyprus, Dies (c. v)
	404		June 20. Chrysostom Banish'd by Arcadi [...] into Cilicia (sc. c. p)
	405		Pelagius grows noted for his Errors ^[13]
			Radagaisus leads 200 thousand Scythians and other Barbarians into Italy: But Stilicho Slays 100 thousand with Radagaisus, & the R [...]st Surrender (c. p)
	406		Dec 31, Godigisilus leads the Vandals & other Barbarians to the Rhine (c p)
	407		They miserably waste the bordering Country [...]
			The Roman Soldiers in Britain mu [...]iny, and chuse one Constantin Emperor ^[14] who going over to Gaul, the Soldiers there Receive Him also (c. p)
			Sept 14 (v) or Nov. 14, Chrysostom AEt 53, D in Exile, near the Euxine Sea (sc. c. p)
	408		May 1, Arcadius AEt 31, D [...]es at Constantinople (sc. c. p) and his Son
9		Theodosius	The II, R 42 Y, 2 m, 28 d (c. p)
			The Vandals march into the W [...]st and S [...]uth Parts of Gaul, and waste them.
			Aug. 23, Honorius Beheads S [...]ilicho: & Oct. 13, Th [...] Vandals March for Spain, & se [...]ze it.
	409		Alaricus marches into Italy, & besieges Rome
			Aug. 24, By Stratagem He [...]akes the City, compells the Citizens to Renounce Honorius, and Retires.
	410		[...]laricus Returns to Rome, & Besieges it again [...]pr. 1, He takes the City, gives it [...] Day [...] to the Plunder of his Army: and then [...]ays waste the Rest of Italy (c. p)
	411		Alaricus Dies in Italy, and the Goths chuse Athaulphus King.
			Constantin Overcome & taken by Constantius ^[15] in Gaul, & put to D at Ravenna (c p)

N	Y. C
		The Scots, under Fergus, Return from Scandia to Britai [...]
		Athaulphus quits Italy, & seizes the Southern Part of Ga [...]
	41 [...]	Oct 18 sc. c) Cyril made Bishop of Alexandria (c. p
	415	Athaulphus quitting Gaul, Goes into Spain, & is Kill'd (c. p
	416	Two Councils in Africa Condemn [...]elagius (c. p [...]
		Honorius Gives Wallia King of the Goths Part of Spain, [...] condition of Warring against th [...] Vandals.
	417	Wallia beats them in many Battles, and Honorius Give Him the Western Part of Gaul also.
	418	Apr. 24, Pharamond chose Duke of the Fran [...] in Franc [...]i [...] and July 23, He takes the Title of King ^[16]
	419	July 2, Valentin [...] III Born ^[17]
	420	Ierom Dies, and Buried a Beth [...]em (c p)
	423	Theodoret chosen Bishop of Cyrus in Syria (c. p)
		Aug. 15, Honorius Dies at Rome, AEt. [...]39, & his Secretary JOHN assumes his Empire (sc. [...]. p)
	425	In Feb. Iohn seiz'd & put to Death at Ravenna (c. p)
		Oct. 15, (c) or 23 (p Theodosius makes VALENTINIAN III Emperor of the West, who R 29 Y, 5 m
	427	In May, the Vandals under Gensericus quitting Spain ▪ with 80000 pass to Africa & seize Mauritania (c [...]
	429	The City of Venice Founded.
	430	Aug. 28, Austin D at Hippo, besieg'd by the Vandal [...] ( [...])
	431	Iun 22, the III GeneralCouncil meets at Ephesus (sc. c. p) ^[18]
	435	Feb. 11 Valentinian by Treaty yeilds Numidia to the Vandals.
		Feb. 25 Theodosius Publishes his Code of Laws ^[19]
	439	Socrates and So [...]omen here end their Histories (sc. c)
		Oct. 20 ( [...]) or 29 (p) Gensevicus ta [...]es Carthage.
	44 [...]	Attila K of the Hunns wasteth Thrace, Macedonia & Gre [...]
	44 [...]	He returns to Scythia with 120 thousand C [...]ptives.
	444	Apr. 9 ( [...]) or Jun 9 (p) Cyril of Alexandria Dies.

N	Y. C	E [...]stern E [...]pe [...]ors
	445		Prosper here Ends his Chronicle
			Meroveus Begins to Reign over the Francs, & was their 1st K who subdu'd part of Gaul
	44 [...]		Theod [...]sius adds to his Code, The Novellae.
	448		The Britons harass'd by the Picts and Scots, send to the Saxons for Aid.
	449		Meroveus seizes the North Eastern Part of Gaul
			Henoist and Horsa, Brothers, Transport the Saxons in 3 Ships to Britain
	450		Aug. 1. Theodosius, Thrown from his Horse a Hunting, Dies (c p) and Aug. 25 ²²²
10		Marcianus	A Thracian R 6 Y, 6 m (eg. c. p. ²²³) ^[20]
	451		Attila with 700 thousand Men, wasteth Germany & enters Gaul ( [...]) But Sept 27 ( [...]) the Romans & Goths [...]nder AEtius & Theudoric beat Him; when Theudoric wi h 180 thousand on both sides were Slain in Battle▪ and 90 thousandDye of their Wounds ^[21]
			Oct. 8. The IV General Council meets at Chalcedon ( [...] p) ^[22]
	452		Henois [...] makes Peace with the Picts, and falls on the Britons.
	453		Attila driven by Thorismund King of th [...] Goths into Scythia, Dies.
	454		Valentinian Kills his General AEtius ( [...]. [...])
	455		Mar. 17. MAXIMUS Kills Valentinian, ^[23] and se [...]s up for Emperor of the West [...]c. p)
			Upon which Genseric sails from Africa: Iun. 12 comes to Rome & Kills Maximus: Iun. 15, En [...]ers the City, spoils it for 14 d, and Returns (c. p)
			Iuly 10, The Roman Soldiers in Gaul make AVITUS Emperor of the West (c. p v)
	456		May 17. He is forc'd to Resign sg. c)
			Vortimer, a British King, Kills Horsa and forces Hengist back to Saxony.
	457		Jan 26 Marcianus Dies [...] c. p v [...] and [...]
11		Leo I	A Thracian Crown'd, Feb 7 (v) R 17 Y (eg. c. [...])
			MAJORANUS sent by Leo, Crown'd Apr [...] at Ravenna R 4 Y, 4 m (c p v)
			Hengist Returns to Britain, takes the Km of Kent, which he transmits to his Posteri [...]
	461		Aug. 2, Majoranus Depos'd, and A [...]g. [...] Kill'd by his General Ricimer c p)
			Nov. 19, SEVERUS Declar'd Emperor of the West, Reigns 3 Y, 9 m (c. p)
	465		Aug. 15. [...] D (c. p) by Poyson (p) & the Sena [...] to Leo for another.
	466		Pros [...]er of Acquitain Dies.
	467		ANTHEMIUS, sent by Leo, Crown'd Apr. 1 [...] Reign [...] 5 Y, 3 m (eg c. p)
	472		Ricemer R [...]ses against Anthemius: Iuly 11, Kills Him, and sets up OLYBRIUS, who R [...] m, 12 d (c. p) ^[24]
			Aug. 18, Ricimer ▪ & Oct. 23, Olyb [...]i [...]s D (c. p [...]
	473		Mar. 5, GLYCERIUS Crown'd a Raven [...] Reigns 1 Y, 3 m, 19 d (c. p)
	474		In Jan. [...]p) Leo Die [...] (eg. c. p) and
12		Leo II	In [...]an [...]Son of Zeno by Ariadne Daughter to [...] and Verina ( [...]g c. p) Reigns [...] m.
			[...]eo II D, AEt. 1 Y, 6 m: and his Fa [...]her
13		Zeno	An Isaurian, Reigns 17 Y, 3 m (eg c)
			NEPOS sent by Leo I, deposes Glycerius, and Iune 24 is Crown'd Emp. of the West (c p)
	475		Childeric King of the Francs Begins to Beat the Romans out of Gaul.
			Nepos makes Orestes a Goth his Colleague: Aug. 28, He deposes Nepos at Ravenna: Oct. 31, He makes his Son Momyllus Emperor of the West (c. p) ^[25]
14	476	Basiliscus	Brother to Verina (eg) Drives Z [...]no into Isauria (c. p & R 1 Y, 6 m (c) 2 Y (eg) ^[26]
			Odoac [...]r King of the Heruli comes into Italy, and takes Orestes: Aug. 23, is Proclaim'd King of Italy: Aug. 28, Kills Orestes: Sept. 4, Banishes Momyllus: and Entering Rome; Puts an END to the WESTERN EMPIRE (c. p)
			Sect. II. To the Revival of the Western Empire.
	4 [...]7		Childeric wins a great Part of Gaul.
			More Saxons Go into Britain under Ella.
		(Zeno)	Recovers the Eastern Empire, and Basiliscus Starv'd to Death (eg. c. p)
	479		The Lombards, so call'd for their long Beards, (c. p) from Scandia, take Pomerania, & keep it 40 Y.
	480		May. 9, Nepos, late Emperor, Kill'd (c. p) by his Officers.
	481		Vortigern, a BritishKing, drove into a Towe [...] and Burn [...], by his own People ^[1]
	486		Clovis King of the Francs, ex [...]end his Kingdom in Gaul (c. p) & pu [...] an l [...]nd to the Roman Power There.
	490		Theodoric, King of the Go [...]s in [...] ^[2] marches to Italy, & bea [...] Odoacer in 3 Faules.
	491		Zeno Dies ^[3] and his Wife raises & Marr [...]e [...]
15		Anaste [...]ius	A Grecian below the Se [...]atorian Order▪ Apr 9, Crown'd▪ R 27 Y, 3 m▪ 3 d (eg c. [...]
	492		Ella Begin [...] the South Sa [...]on K [...]n in Britain
	493		Theodoric Kills Odoacer, and seizes the Kingdom of Italy (c p)
	494		Pope Gel [...]sius calls a Council of [...] B shop [...]; in which He asserts his Primacy over all C [...]urches
	495		Cerdic, a Saxon, Sails to Britain with 5 Ship, and Bea [...]s the Britons.
	500		Theodoric Enters Rome in Great Splendor.
			VI. CENTURY.
	506		Feb. 2, Alaric, King of the Goths in Gaul, and Spain (c. p) Publishes his Abridgment of the Theodosian Code.
			The Babylonian Talmud, Collected by Rabbi Aser, Pub ished.
	507		Clovis Beats and Kills Alaric, & takes Par [...] of his Kingdom (c. p) ^[4]
	514		Cassiodorus Sole Consul of Rome.
	518		Proclus, the Mathema [...]ician, Flourishes.
			July 9, (c) Anastasius D, AEt. 88 (p) ²³⁵ and
16		Justin	Set up by the Guards (eg. c) R 9 Y, 23 d^[6]
			Arthur Begins to Reign in Britain 24 Years
	519		Cerdic Begins the West Saxon Kingdom.
	526		May 29, a Great Earthquake at Antioch, [...]eg c p. v [...] wherein 300 thousandPerish [...] v)
			Theodoric puts Boethius to Death, & D (c p)
			Priscian Flourishes at Constantinople.
			The Lombards seize Pannonia (c. p) and stay 42 Years.
	527		Dyonisius Exiguus Begins to Reckon the Years from the Birth of CHRIST ²³⁷
			Apr. 1, Iustin makes his Sister's Son, Iustinian, Colleague (c. p)
			Aug 1, Iustin D. (eg. c p) AEt. 77 (p) and
17		Justinian	AEt. 45 (p) R 38 Y, 3 m, 12 d.
			The Francs subdue Thuringia (c) or 528 (p)
	529		Feb. 7, Iustinian Publishes his Code of Laws.
			The Francs subdue Burgundia ⁱ
	533		In Nov, Belisarius Beats the Vandals in Africa, and Tak es Carthage (c. p)
			In Nov, Iustinian Publishes his Institutions, and in Dec. his Digesta ^[8]
	534		Belisarius Finishing the War in Africa, puts an end to the Vandal Kingdom, and carries their King to Constantinople (c. p)
	535		Belisarius Reduces Sicily (c. p)
	536		Evagrius Scholasticus Dies in Syria (eg. v)
			Belisarius Reduces the Eastern Part of Italy; and Dec. 10, Enters Rome (c. p)

N	Y. C
	537	Vitiges King of the Goths in Italy, Q [...]its the Gothic [...] of Gaul to the Francs: Hence called France.
	538	The Goths & Burgundians take Mila [...], & Kill 300 t [...] sand People ^[9]
	540	Belisarius takes Ravenna with Vitiges; and call'd to R [...]pel the Persians, carries Him to Constantinople (c. p [...]
	541	The last Election of CONSULS at Rome. Belisarius Ravages Ass [...]ria.
	542	So Great a Plague at Constantinople, that 10 thousa [...] Dye in 1 day ^[10]
	547	Ja [...] 17, Totilas King of the Goths in Italy, takes Rom [...] But B [...]lisarius Returning, Enters and Defends [...] and Bea [...]s Him away.
		Ida, the Saxon, Begins the Kingdom of Northumberl [...]
	549	Belisarius Recall'd to Repel the Persians.
	550	Totilas Beseiges an d takes Rome again.
		The S [...]lavi under Lechus Seize on Poland, & Begin the [...]
	552	Iuly 9, The Armenians Begin their AEra ^[11]
	553	May 1, The V General Council meets at Constantinople ^[12]
		Narses sent to Italy, Bea [...]s Totilas, Wounds Him to Dea [...] and by the end of Iuly Recovers Rome and [...] all Italy (c. p [...] ^[13]
	554	In Feb. Teias, the last King of the Goths in Italy, [...] Overcome and Slain.
	556	Narses Finishing the War in Italy, Puts an End to [...] Gothic Kingdom There.

No	Y. C	Eastern Emperors
	563		Belisarius Dies in Honour ^[14]
	565		Nov 13. (c) or 14 (p) Iustinian Dies, AEt. 84, (hr) and his Sister's Son
18		Justin II▪	Reign [...] 12 Y, 10 m, 22 d.
	567		Iustin sends Longinus, the 1st EXARCH, to Ravenna.
	568		Alboin King of the Lombards leaves Pannonla, and seizes the North of Italy (c. p)
	569		S pt. 3, (c) He marches in [...]othe Western Part (c. p)
	570		May 5, MAHOMET Born; Lives 63 Y.
	571		Alboin subduing the Western Part of Italy, is Proclaimed King of Italy.
	578		Sept. 26, Iustin makes Tiberius, a Thracian, his Colleague (c p v)
			Oct 5, Iustin Dies (c. v) and
19		Tiberius	Reigns alone 3 Y, 10 m, 9 d (eg. c. p)
	580		Gildas, the British Historian, Flourishes.
	582		Aug. 13, Tiberius Marries his Dau'ter to Mauricius a Roman, & makesHimColleague (eg. c. p)
			Aug. 14, Tiberius Dies (c. p [...] and
20		Mauricius	Reigns 20 Y, 3 m, 9 d.
	588		An Earthquake destroys 60 thousand more at Antioch.
	59 [...]		A Council in France Declares the Lord's Day to Begin at Evening.
	593		E [...]agrius Writes his History this Year ^[15]
	595		[...]hn, Bishop of Constantinople, Assumes the Title of Universal Bishop.
	596		P [...]pe Gregory sends Austin, a Monk, to Britain, to Christianize the Saxons (c. p)
	597		[...] 25, He and his Companions Bap ize Edelbert King of Kent, & 10 thousand of his Subje [...].
			VII. CENTURY.
21	602	Phocas	A Centurion set up by the Army; Nov. 23 Install'd at Constantinople: Nov 27, Kills Mauricius's Sons before his Eyes, at Chalcedon, & then cuts off his Head (p)
	604		May 26, Austin the Monk, D in Britain (c. ^sm.
	606		Feb. 6, Boniface III, Chose Pope, calls a Council of 72 Bishops, who Decree, that not the Patriarch of Constantinople, but the Roman Pontiff shall be stiled Universal Bp.
22	610	Heraclius	The Roman Governor in Africa (c. hr.) in Iuly (c) Sails to Constantinople, Beats and takes Phocas: Oct. 3 (p) cuts off his Head, and R 30 Y, 7 m, 8 d.
	611		Constantin Born to Heraclius.
	614		Deus Dedit chosen Pope (c) who 1st Forbids Parents to Answer for their Children a [...] Baptism (c. hr)
	615		The Persians take Ierusalem, & Kill 90 thousand People (c) or in Iune, 614 (p)
	622		July 15, at Sunset, Mahomet Files out of Mecca: Whence the Arabian, Hegira of AEra Begins (c p) ^[16]
	628		The Persians Restore all to the Grecians (c. p)
	630		Clotair King of France overcomes the Westphalians and Frisians.
	631		Iune 17 (c Mahomet Dies, AEt 63 (c. p)
	632		Iune 16 The Saracens Beat and Slay the Persian King Izdegird: whence the Persian AEra Begins ^[17]
	634		Aug. 23, The Saracens take Damascus.
	635		They invade Egypt.
	636		They take JERUSALEM ^[18] & Antioch.
	[...]39		They take Edessa and all Mesopotamia.
	641		May 11. Heraclius Dies: and his Son
23		Constantin	By his 1st Wife, Reigns 4 m (c. p)
			In Sept, his Mother in Law Martina Poysons Him and makes her Son
24		Heracleon	Emperor: who Reigns 6 m.
			The Saracens take Caesarea, in Palestine.
	642		In Feb, the Senate depose Heracleon, cut off his Nose & his Mothers Tongue (c. p) & set up
25		Constans	Constantin's Son: who Reigns 27 Y (c. p)
	645		The S [...]lavi, under Zechus seize Bohemia.
	648		With 1700 Sail, the Saracens take Cyprus.
	653		They take Rhodes.
	668		This Summer Constans Kill'd in a Bath at Syracuse: (c. p) and his Son
26		Constantin	Pogonatus, Reigns 17 Y (c p)
			The Saracens take 80 thousand Captives out of Africa.
	670		Beda, the British Historian Born.
	680		Nov 7, The VI General Council opens at Constantinople, & holds to Sept. following ^[19]
	685		In Sept, (c) Constantin D (c. p) and his Son
27		Justinian	II, AE [...]. 16, Reigns.
28	694	(Leontius)	Deposes Him, cuts off his Nose, sends Him into Banishment, and Reigns 3 Y.
	697		The Saracens drive the Romans out of all Africa: Upon which the Army sets up
29		(Absimarus)	Who Sails to Constantinople, takes Leontius, cuts off his Nose, shuts Him up in a Monastery, and Reigns 7 Y. (c. p)
	698		Absimarus wa [...]e [...]h Syria, & K [...]ls 200 thousand Saracens ▪
			VIII. CENTURY.
	703	(Justinian	II, Takes Constantinople, Recovers the Empire and hangs Absimarus.
	[...]04		Aripertus K of Lombard [...], Gives the Cotti [...]n Alp [...], which is the 1st Province Given to th [...] [...]
	711		In May the Saracens under Taric land at [...] ²⁵² beat Roderi [...]s Army in 2 [...]
			In Dec, The Army on the Eu [...]ine Sea set up
30		Philippicus	Who Sails to Constantinople, K [...]lls Iustinian with his Son, (c p) & Reigns 1 Y, 6 m: And thus the Imperial Line of [...]eraclius ends
	712		The Saracens take several Cities in Spain.
	713		Iune 3. An Offi [...]er privily [...] out Philippicus's Eyes (c. p) and
31		Ar [...]emius	Iune 4, Begins to Reign (c. p)
			Sept. 10, The Saracens, after 7 Days Fig [...]t, Slay King Roderic, and sei [...]e [...]is [...]
	714		The Army, in Phenicia, set up Theodosi [...] ▪ Collector of Taxe [...] (c. p) & a Man of [...] Ex [...]ract ( [...]r) & Besiege Constantinople 6 [...]
32	715	Theod [...]sius	Takes the City, with Artemius, shaves & send▪ Him into a Monastery.
33	716	Leo III	An Isaurian Capt. (c) of obsc [...]re Birth ( [...]) Set up by the Army in Armenia; Mar 2 [...] Theodosius abdicates, & with his Son, Retire into a Monastery; & Leo [...] 25 Y, 2 m, 24 d
	718		In Dec, Constantine Born to Leo.
	726		The Saracens breaking into France, Charles Martel Bea [...]s, and in one B [...]ttle Kills 3 [...]0 thousand ( [...]) or 375 thousand ( [...]) ²⁵³
	72 [...]		[...]na, K of the West Saxons goes to Rome, & makes his Kingdom Tributary to the Pope ^[22]
	[...]3 [...]		J [...]n. 7, Leo iss e [...] out an Edict against Images (p)
	[...]31		Beda, AE [...] 59 Finishes his Hist. of the English (c p)
	[...]34		Beda D es on A [...]cention Day, May 6 ^[23]
	[...]4 [...]		Iun [...] 18, Leo Dies [...] c. p) and his Son
34		Constantin	Reigns 34 Y, 2 m, 27 d, c. p)
			Iune 27, He marches against the Saracens: and
35		Artava [...]da [...] ▪	Who had Married his Sister, Sets up at Constantinople
	742		Charles the Great Born to Pepin, Son of Charles Martel.
	[...]43		In Sep [...], Constantin Besieges Constantinople.
		(Constantin)	Nov. 2, Takes it, & Puts out ArtavasdasEyes
	[...]44		The Hunns seize on Transylvania.
	750		Ian. 25, Leo Born to Constantin (c. p)
	752		Pope Zachary Deposes Childeric K of France, Orders Him into a Monastery, Releases Pepin of his Oath, & Assigns▪ Him the Km (c p ^[24]
			Aistulp [...]us King of Lombardy takes Ravenna and puts an End to the Exarchate in Italy, which had lasted 1 [...]2 Y.
	[...]54		Feb. 10 (c) a General Council meets at Constantinople, (c▪ p & holds to Aug 8. (c) ^[25]
	[...]55		Pepin makes Aistulphus yeild to the Pope all the Places He had taken from the Exarch.
	759		Fro [...]ola, a [...] King in Sp [...], beats the Saracens, and S [...]ays 52 thousand in one Battle
	766		Organs first bro't to France from Constantinople.
			Aug 17 Constantin makes an E [...]ict to Dis [...]solve the Mon [...]steries in Europe
	767		Anothe [...], for Dissolving those in Asia.
	768		Sept. 24, Pepin Dies; and his Son Charles Reigns (c. p ^[26]
	771		Ian 14 [...] p) Constantin Bo [...] to Leo (c p)
	774		Charles Takes D [...]sideriu K [...]ng of Lombardy, puts an end to the Kingdom, adds it to his own & carries the King to France.
	775		He subdu [...]s Westphalia and Fris [...].
			Sept. 14, Constantin D ( [...]. p.) and his Son
36		Leo IV	AEt. 26 (p) R [...]igns 5 Y ar [...], 6 Da [...]s
	780		Charles subdues the Saxons a [...] far as the [...]
			Sept. 6 (c) or 8 (p) Leo Dies, and his Son
37		Constantin	With his Widow Irene R togeth [...]r 10 Y, 1 m
	787		Charles subdues Bavaria.
			Sept. 24, a General Council meets at Nice [...]c. p) and continues to Oct 13 (p) ^[27]
	788		The Danes 1st come to the South of Britain in 3 Ships, and waste the S a Coasts.
	790		Charles wasteth the Sea-Co [...]sts of Spain, and drives the Saracens out of several Places
			In Octob, Irene Depos'd (c. p)
	791		Charles bea [...]s the Hungarians as far as the River Raab.
	79 [...]		In Aug, Constantin puts out his U [...]c es Nicepho [...]rus (c p) and Christopher's Eyes (c)
			Syncellus Writes his Chronology.
	793		Alphonsus a Gothic King of Spain, Rebels a [...]gainst the Saracens, Slays 70 thousand, an [...] frees Himself.
			The Dance a 2d time waste the South of Britain
	794		A Great Council at Francfort (c. p) ^[28]
	795		Thudunus King of the Hunns yields Himself and his to Charles.
3 [...]	797	Irene	[...]ug. 19, [...] c) Orders her Son Constantin's Eyes to [...]e D [...]g out, who Dies a few days after (c p) and then Killing Nicephorus and Christopher, the Reigns alone ²⁶¹
	800		Nov 24, Charles enters Rome: Dec. 25, Pope Leo Crowns Him EMPEROR of the WEST (c p) which the People approve with loud Acclamations.
			About the same time EGBERT Begins to Reign over the West Saxons; who subdues the Rest, and becomes the 1st Monarch of ENGLAND.

[Page 62]

VII. and Last Period. THE Chronol [...]gy of the ENGLISH Monarchs, From the Revival of the Western Empire by CHARLES the Great of France, and b of the R of EGBERT, 1st Supream K of England in the Y C 8 [...] to the D of Q ELIZABETH, and b of the R [...]f JAMES, the First Monarc [...] of Great Britain, in 160 [...] Being 802 Y [...]ar [...], 3 Months.

Having pass [...]d thro' the most busy and confused Period [...] World has known, we are now arriving at a more se [...]tled [...] of things, Especially in the West of Europe. And the End of the Y C 800, seems to be one of the most rema [...]kable Points of Time in History, on these 2 accounts, (1) The Revival of the West [...] Empire in CHARLES the Great of France, Crown'd Emperor of th [...] West at Rome, on Dec. 25 this Y (2) The b of th [...] R of EGBERT the Great, as R [...]pin ca [...]ls him, about the sa [...]e Time asc [...]nding the T [...]one of W [...]ss [...]x ^*, who in the cour [...] of 28 Y conquers the 5 other S [...]x [...]n Kingdoms in the South Part of Britain, and becomes the [...]st Supreme K of Englan [...]

The E [...]stern E [...]pire indeed continues 652 Y, 5 m longe [...] But as this is dwind [...]ng away by degrees, and both the Powe [...] and Trans [...]ctions in the West of Europe grow more consider [...]ble, as well as more nearly affect us, and the Successions of the Monarchs both of the Fran [...]s and English are pretty certain adjust d; we shall therefore shif [...] the Scene of our Chronolog [...] from the Eastern to the W [...]st rn Parts of the Ancient Rom [...] [Page 63] Empire, and annex it to the Lines of the Kings of England. And inasmuch as our Introduction is thus drawn out to an unexpected Length, and our English Histories are in the Hands of many; I shall therefore spare my Readers here, and give them little more than as accurate a List, as I am at present able to compose, of our own Monarchs

But there offers a material Difficulty at the very Head of the present Period, which I m [...]st apply mys [...]lf to solve, as I have met with non [...] that have attempted it be [...]ore me. It concerns the b of the R of Egbert. For (1) Some place it in the Y C 800; as Ethelwerd, Malmsbury, Huntingdon, Hoveden ^†; and from them the following Moderns, Polydore Virgil, Pan [...]taleon, Sir H. Savil ^‡, Glover and Mills, Mundy, Speed, Helvi [...]cus, Isaa [...]son, Alsted, Boxhornius, Fuller, Milton, Whitlock, the Indi [...]es at the End of Littleton and Cambridg Dictionaries, Tallents, Eachard, Rapin; and so Baker, Howell, Pointer and Salmon seem to imply (2) Some, in 801; as Harrison, and Holins [...]ed, Calv [...]sius, Perizonius, Hubner and Anderson. (3) O [...]hers in 802; as M of Westminster, ^‖ Stow, Howes, Daniel, and Tyrrel. Hoveden says, Some b the R of Egbert in 802: and Tyrrel says that Ass [...], S of Durham and the Bp of Litchfield are of the same Opinion.

To clear this matter, I (1) Observe that Rapin tells us, ‘W [...]en E [...]bert was chosen K of Wessex, he was at ROME with CHARLES the G [...]eat, who was soon after invested with the Imperial Crown▪ and There he took his leave of that Great Prince, &c.’ Tho' whence Rapin had this Intelligence, I shou [...]d [...]e glad to find. (2) Liecthenaw, Cario ^*, Calvisius and Ricciolius infor [...] [...] Charles [...]he Great, travelling from France, enter'd Rom [...] [...] v. 24▪ 800; was crown [...]d Empero [...] the [...]e Dec. 25, and [...] and Calvisius [...] that City on Apr 24, [...].

[Page 64]B [...] this it seems (1) That Egbert set out with Charles from France some time in October or November, and that Britric K of Wessex was then alive. (2) That between Nov 24, and Dec 25, Egbert not only heard a [...] Rome of his Election, but also se [...] out thence for England. (3) We must therefore place his Election about November; and the b of his actual R about the same ime with the b of Charles's Empire. Or however, to define This Period more precisely — From the e of the Las [...] [...]o the e of This; i. e From the Imperial Coronation of Charles at Rome, to the D of Q Elizabeth, the Last mere Monarch o [...] England, and b of the R of Iames, the First of Great Britain, i [...] exactly 802 Y 3 m.

Sect. I. To the Discovery of the NEW WORLD by Columbus in 1492.

Having compar'd above 30 noted Lists and Histories of ou [...] Kings, both in English and Latin, I found so many Inconsistenci [...] and Mistakes among them, especially in the Years before the Norman Conquest; th [...]t I was forc'd to lay by all the la [...]e Historian [...] and betake myself intirely to those more Ancient and Original [...] thors Ethelwerd, Ingulphus, Malmsbury, Hu [...]ingdon, H [...] veden, M of Westminster, and R of Chester; who are the only old Writers on [...]hat former Par [...] of the Period I can hear of in this Country: the 6 First in Latin, the last translated out of that Language into English by Trevisa in 1357, as Trevisa [...] Caxton tell us. And as I have carefully perus'd them; I [...] draw the following last intirely from them as far as they go▪ Excepting, where they are wanting in the preciser Notes of Time I s [...]ll then take out of Holinshed, Stow, Speed, Tyrrel, Eachard, R [...]pin, or any other wherever I find them.

N. B. Wherever I use the Words Elect, Elected, [...] Chosen; they are so Express'd in the Original A [...]th [...]r [...] [...]ited.

[Page 65]

No	Y. C
		I. The WEST SAXON Line.
1	800	EGBERT, Descended from C [...]rdic, b [...]o R over Wessex ^e. ^m. ^hn. ^hv. Reigns after Charles's Coronation 37 Y, 1 m, 10 d. ^[1]
	809	He reduces Cornwal and adds i [...] to his Kingdom ^w.
	814	(i. e. 813, 14) Jan 28 CHARLES be Great D ^c. ^p. AE [...] 71 ^p. and his S [...]n LEWIS R ^c. ^p.
	824	Egbert subdues the Kms of Kent and Essex, and add [...] them to his own ^e. ^m. ^hn. ^hv. and t [...]e Km of the East-Angles submi [...]s to his Protection ^e. ^hn. ^hv.
	827	He makes the Ks of Mercia and Northumberland his Vassals ^e. ^hn. ^hv.
	828	He makes the Ks of Wales his Tributaries ^e. ^hn. ^hv.
	837	(i. e, 837, 8) He D ^e. ^m. ^hn. ^hv. ^w. [...] 4 ^sp. ^ec. In the Margin of Malmsbury, we therefore read 838 ^m. &
2		ETHELULPH, Son of Egbert ^e. ^m. ^hn. ^hv. ^w. Reigns 19 Y, 11 m, 9 d.
	838	The Scots ex [...]irpate the Pictish Nation ^pl. ^b. ^c.
	840	Iune 20. LEWIS Emperor D: upon which his 3 Sons Divide the WESTERN EMPIRE; Charles the Youngest taking FRANCE; Lewis, GERMANY; and Lotharius the Eldest, ITALY, Burgundy and Lorrain, with the Imperial Dignity ^c. ^p.
	849	Alfred B to Ethelulph ^hv. ^w.
	857	(i. e. 857, 8) Ethelulph Dies ^e. ^m. ^w. Ian. 13 [...] ^ch. and
3		ETHELBALD, 1st surviving Son of Ethelulph ^e. ^w. ^ch. R 2 Y, 11 m, 7 d, after the D of his Father ^[2]
	861	He D ^e. ^w. Dec. 20. ^sp. ^ec. and
4		ETHELBERT, 2d surviving Son of Ethelulph (e. w. c [...]) R 5 Y, (e. m. hn. hv)
	866	He D (e [...]v. w) i e. at the end of 866 and
5		ETHELRED I, 3d surviving Son of Ethelulph (e w ch) R 5 Y. and a li [...]tle more (hn)
	87 [...]	He D (e. ^i. m hv) Apr. 23 (w. [...]) So that the R [...] Et [...]elbert an [...] Ethel [...]ed amount exactly to 10 Y 4 m, 3 d, and
6		[...]LFRED, 4 [...] surviving Son of Ethelulph (e m w. ch) R 29 Y▪ 6 m, 5 d, tho' his E der B [...]other's Son Ethelwald w [...]s liv [...]ng [...] the while (m. [...].)
	901	He D (e m hn) Oct 26. (e) or rather Wednesday Oct. 28 (l u w) ^[3] and
7		EDWARD I S [...] of Alfred (e. m. [...]r. [...]v w) Elected [...] ( [...] v [...]) R 23 Y▪ (m. [...] mw) Tho' his Father's elder Brother's Son Et [...]elwald was living, and C [...]aim'd the Crown (m w)
	924	H [...] D ( [...] w and
		(Ethelw [...]d) 1st Legitimate Son of Edward b to R▪ bu [...] D a few days af [...]er his Father (m) is by this means le [...] out of the Catalogue of Kings and
8		ATHELSTAN, base Born Son of Edward ( [...]i. w) AE [...] [...] (m) Elected K (m. hn w) [...]hile [...]e h [...]d 3 Legiti [...]mate Bro [...]hers living (m hv. w) R 16 Y (m [...]v)
	940	He D (m. [...]v. w) Oct 27 ( [...]v. w [...] ^[4] o tha [...] the R [...] [...]ward & A [...]lstan amount exactly to 39 Y. and
9		EDMUND I, 2d [...]u [...]vi [...]ing and Legi [...]im [...]e Son of Edward (m [...]. w) A [...]t 18 m. [...] [...] R 5 Y, 7 m ( [...])
	943	Ed [...]ar Born to King Edmund ( [...]v. w [...]
	946	K Edmund kil [...]'d in a F [...]ay (m. hv w) Tuesday May 26 [...] c. i. m. hn. hv. [...]) and
1 [...]		[...]DRED, 3d Surviving and LegitimateSon of Edward (m. hv. w) R 9 Y, 6 m, (e. m) ^[5]
	955	He D (m hv w) Nov. 23 (e) without Issue, (ch) and
11		EDWIN, 1st Son of Edmund (m hn hv. w ch) R 4 Y (e. m hn w) or rather 3 Y, 9 m (hv)
	95 [...]	H [...] is renounc'd by the Northern Half of the Km▪ which Elects his younger Br Edgar K (hv. w. ch)
	959	Edwin Dies (m. hv. w) and
12		EDGAR, 2d Son of Edmund (m. hn. hv. w. ch) AEt 16 (m. h [...]. ch) Elected K over the whole (hv. w) R near 16 Y (m)
	975	He D (i m hv. w) Thursday Iuly 8 (e. hv) AEt 32 (i. hv) So that the R of Edwin and Edgar amount exactly to 19 Y, 7 m, 15 d. And here Ethelwerd ends his Hist [...]ry (e) and
13		EDWARD II, 1st Son of Edgar (i. m. w) after a great stri e Elected K (hv. w) R 3 Y, 8 m, 10 d.
	978	(i e 978 9) He is kill'd ( [...]v. w) by his Stepmother (m hv w) March 18 (tr tn) Malmsbury therefore s [...]ys 979 (m) ^[6] and
14		ETHELRED II, 2d Son of Edgar (m. w) AEt II (m. ch) R 37 Y, 1 m, 5 d. ^[7]
	987	The Nobl [...]s of France Reject the Race of CHARLES the Great, and chuse Hugh Capet, Earl of Paris, King; from whom the Kings of France have since Descended (c. p)
	1013	Swane K of Denmark Lands in Kent (hn. hv. w.) in ³³⁵ [Page 68] Iuly (h [...]. w) Thence sail [...] to [...]e Humber, and conquers all [...]he North and West of England (m. hn. hv. w)
		In Aug (m w) Ethelred quits London, flies to the Isle of Wi [...]t, and Swane is universally acknowleg'd K of England (m. hn. hv. w)
		II. The DANISH Line begins.
1		SWANE, in Aug. conquers England, having no Relation [...]o the Crown b [...] B ood.
	1014	(i. e 10 [...]3 14) Beginning of Ian. Ethelred flies from the Isle [...]f Wight to Normandy (m. hv. w)
		Fe [...] 3. [...]wane Kill'd (hv. w ch) i. e. 1013, 14 And
2		CANU [...]E, [...]on of Swane, Elected K by the Da [...]es m hn hu. w) But the English send for
		(Ethelred) ^[8] who in L [...]nt returns to England (hv. ch) drives Canute to Denmark, and resumes theCrown, (m. hn hv w)
	1015	This Summer (m) Canute returns to England, Land [...] in Kent, and Recovers the Southern part of the Kingdom (m. hn. hv. w) ^[9]
	1016	Munday, Apr. 23, Ethelred Dies at London (hv. w. ch) ^[10] a [...]d
15		[EDMUND, II] call'd Ironside, 1st Son of Ethelred, Elected ( [...]. hn) and Proclaimed K by the Citizens▪ (m. w) R 7 m, 7 d. But the rest of England El [...]ct Canute their K, (m. hv. w. ch)
		Oct. 18, is their last Ba [...]tle (w) upon which they agree to divide the Km; Edmund taking the S [...] thern Part and Canute the Northern, (m. hv. w)
		Nov. 30 K Edmund Kill'd (m. bv ^[11] w. ch) and [Page 69] [...] Canute) by the whole Km is Elected K (hv) while 3 Sons of K Ethelred and 2 Sons of K Edmund are living (m. hv. w) R 18 Y, 11 m, 13 d, after Edmund.
	1035	Wednesday, Nov. 12, Canute the Great D ( [...]v. w) ^[12] and
3		HAROLD I, B [...]se Born Son of Canute (w) after a great strife (ch) Elected K (i. m. hn. hv. w. ch) Reigns 4 Y, 4 m, 5 d.
	1040	He Dies (w. ch) in April (m) 16 Kal Apr. ^{tr †.} i e. March 17 and
4		HAR [...]ICNUTE, a younger Son of Canute (m. hn. hv w. ch) Elected K (hn) and the chief Men of the Km se [...]d for him beyond Sea (hv. w. ch) while several of Ethelred's Offspring are living, (m. hv. w) R 2 Y, 2 m, 22 d.
	1042	He Dies (hv. ch ^{m ‖.}) Tuesday Iune 8 (ch) ^[13] and
		III. The SAXON or ENGLISH Line Returns.
1		EDWARD III, the 3 d Son of Ethelred, Elected King (i hn) while Edward Son of his Elder Brother K Edmund, is living (m▪ hv. w) R 23 Y, 6 m, 27 d (hv) or rather 28 d. And he is styl'd by the Monkis [...] Writers, The Confessor, for being addicted to their Superstitions.
	1066	K Edward D (i. hn hv w) Thursday Ian. 5 (hn. h [...] w ch) i. e Jan. 5, 1065, 6 and
2		HAROLD II, a Son of Godwin Earl of Kent, o [...] no Re [...]ation to the Crown by Blood, Elected King, R 9 m, 9 d, (hv) and the Lords made him K, (c [...]) while Edgar Atheling with his 2 Sisters, Children o [...] Edward S [...]n of King Edmund II, are living in England (m hn. hv. ch)
		Sept. 28, ^hl. William, Base-born Son of Robert Duke of Normandy, neither of Saxon nor Da [...]s [...] Royal Blood, Lands near Hastings in Sussex; where he stays 15 d. (m. w. ch) Saturday Oct. 14, slays K Harold there in Ba [...]tle, and gains the Crown (hn. hv. w. ch) ^[14] and
		IV. The NORMAN Line begins.
1		WILLIAM I, call'd sometimes the Conqueror and sometimes the Bastard, R 20 Y, 10 m, 28 d, (hv. w) or, more exactly 26 d.
	1067	E [...]gar Atheling goes into Scotland, marries his Sister Mar [...]aret to Malcom the K, (hn. w. ch) from whom the Scotish Kings desc [...]nd. (m. hn. hv. ch)
	1085	Here Ingulphus Ends his History. (i)
	1087	William I, Dies (m. hv. w. ch) Sept. 9 (hv. w) AE [...] 59 (m ch) ^[15] and
2		WILLIAM II, cal [...]'d Rusus, 2d surviving Son of Wil [...]liam I, succeeds, while his Elder Brother Robert is Living (m. hn. hv. w. ch) R 12 Y, 10 m, 23 d.
	1100	He is accidentally slain a Hunting (m hn. hv w c [...]) Thursday, Aug. 2 (m. hn hv) AEt 44 (c [...]) and
3		HENRY I, the 3d surviving Son of William I, Electe [...] K while his Elder Brother Robert is Living, (m. [...] w. ch) AEt 32 (m. w. ch)
		Nov. 11, he marries Maud, Daughter of Malcom K of the Scots by Margaret abovesaid, and R 39 Y, 4 m. (m)
	1135	He D (m. hn. hv. w) Dec 1. (m. hn. hv) ³⁴⁷ and
4		STEPHEN, a young [...]r Son of Stephen Earl of Blois a Norman (m. hn. hv) b [...] Adela Daughter of William [...] (m. hn. w) accepted K (m. hn) while Maud Daughte [...] of Henry I, is Living (m. hn. hv. w. ch) R 18 Y, 10 m, 24 d, comprehending his 9 Months Captivity.
	1141	Feb. 2 (i e. 1140, [...]) ³⁴⁸ K Stephen taken in Battle and carried to
		MAUD (hn. hv. w ch) who is hereupon acknowledg'd Queen by the whole Kingdom excepting Kent. (hn hv. ch)
		Nov. 1 K Stephen releas'd (m w) Recovers the Kingdom (hn. hv. w. ch)
	114 [...]	Here Malmsbury ends his History & Novellae (m)
	1154	K Stephen D (hn. hv. w) Oct, 25 ( [...]n. w) and
		Here Huntingdon ends his History (hn) ³⁴⁹ and
		V. The FRENCH Line, or Plant [...]ganets of the House of Anjou, Begins▪
1		HENRY II, a Son of Geoffry Plantaganet Earl of Anjou (w ch) b [...] Q Maud, Da [...]ghter of Henry I (m. [...]v w ch) AEt 22, (hv. w) R 34 Y, [...] m, 11 d. ³⁵⁰
	1171	Saturday, Oct. 16 (hv) he S [...]ils from Milford-Haven for Ireland, (hv w ch) arrives at Cork the next d▪ upon which all Ireland receive him for their Sovereign Lord (hv)
	1189	He D (hv. w ch.) Thursday Iuly 6 (hv. w) and
2		RICHARD I, Eldest surviving Son of Henry II ( [...]) R 9 Y, 9 m.
	1199	He D of a Wound receiv'd at a Siege in Fra [...] (hv. w. ch. ^f.) Tuesday Apr. 6 (hv ch) and
3		JOHN, Youngest Son of Henry II, Succeeds, whil [...] Arthur Son of his Elder Br Geoffry is Living (hv. w. ch. ^f.) R 17 Y, 6 m, 13 d.
	1202	Here Hoveden Ends his Annals. (hv)
	1215	Iune 15, K Iohn Grants the 1st Magna Charta o [...] England. ^*
	1216	K Iohn D (w. ^f.) Oct. 19 (w. ^f.) being Poyson'd by a Monk (ch. ^f.) and
4		HENRY III, Eldest Son to K Iohn (w. ch. ^f.) AEt 9 (ch. ^f.) R 56 Y, 27 days.
	1224	(i. e. 1224, 5) Feb. 10, the 9th Y of his R, he [...] the present Magna Charta. ^[20]
	1272	Nov. 16, he D (w. ch. ^f.) AEt 65. (w) and
5		EDWARD I, or rather IV, Eldest Son of Henry III, (w. ch. ^f.) R 34 Y, 7 m, 21 d. (w)
	1282	Leolin P of Wales Rebelling, is Kill'd in a Figh [...] (w. ch. ^f.) viz, Dec. 3 ^f.
	1283	David Brother to Leolin Taken (w. ch. ^f.) Iune 24 ^f. Drawn and Hang'd (w. ch. ^f.) about Octob. ^f. And Wales wholly Subdu'd and Subjected to the Englis [...] Government. (w. ch ^f.)
	1305	Flavio of Amalfi near Naples, 1st discovers the [...] virtue of the Loadstone, & applies it to Navigation ^st.
	1307	Edward I. D (w▪ ch. s) Fryday Iuly 7 (w. ^f.) AEt 6 [...] Years, 20 days. (w)
		Here M of Westminster Ends his History. And
f. an old Manuscript of the 7th Part of Fabian's Chronicle. st. Stow. hl. Holinshed. pl. Polydorus Vergilius. [Page 73]g. Galvanus. cx. Caxton. p. Petavius. c. Calvisius. a. Alsted. fl. Fuller.
6		EDWARD II, surviving Son to Edward I (ch f) AE [...] 24 (w. f [...] R 19 Y, 6 m, 18 d.
	1312	Nov. 13. Prince Edward, Born to King Edward II. (ch. hl st)
	1326	(i. e. 1326, 7) Tuesday Ian. 13▪ a Parliament at Westminster agree to Depose him (ch. f. hl)
		Jan. 25, They actually Renounce him (f. hl. st) and raise his Son
7		EDWARD III, AEt 15, to the Throne (ch. f. pl) R 50 Y, 4 m, 28 d (hl)
		Sept. 21, Edward II, D in Prison (ch. f) by a violent Death (f. hl. st) AEt. 43 (pl)
	1344	Macham, an Englishman, Sailing from England for Spain, driven out of his Course, 1st Discovers the Isle of Madera ^g.
	1357	Here Chester ends his Chronicle (ch) and Caxton carrie [...] it on to 1460. ^cx.
	1376	Lordsday, Iune 8, the famous Black Prince, eldest Son to K Edward III, Dies (f. hl. st) AEt 46 (pl. hl)
		Thursday, Feb. 19, 1376, 7, Iohn Wickliff, the 1st English Reformer, brought before the Bishops in Paul's Church, London (st) and silenc'd (hl)
8	1377	Iune 22, Edward III, Dies (f) AEt 65 (pl. hl. st) and
		RICHARD II, Son of the Black Prince, AEt 11 (^cx. f. pl) Reigns 22 Years, 3 months, 8 days (f)
	1380	GUNS 1st used by the Venetians; the Nature of the Powder being before accidentally discover'd by a German Chymist (pl. ^p.) viz Berthold Schwartz a Monk ^c. ^a. ^[21]
	1382	Wickliff finishes his Translation of the BIBLE into English ^fl.
	1384	Dec 31, Iohn Wickliff, Parson of Lutterworth [...] there (st)
	1395	The Spaniards 1st Discover & Settle the Canaries (g [...]
	1399	The Parliament depose Richard II (cx. f. hl. st) Tuesday▪ Sept. 30 (s hl) and chuse for King (cx. hl. st)
9		HENRY [...]V, Son to the Duke of Lancaster, 3 d So [...] of Edward III, While [...]he Heirs of the Duke of Clarence the 2 d Son are living (cx. s [...] R 13 Y, [...] m, 21 d ( [...]) or rather 20 d (st)
	1400	(i. e. 1399, 400) Richard II, Kill'd in Prison (cx. f) AEt 33 (p [...]) March 12 bro't, Dead, to London (cx f)
	1412	(i e 1412, 13 [...] Henry IV, Dies (cx f) March 20 [...] f. [...]l. st) AE [...] [...]46 (pl hl st) and
10		HENRY [...]V, [...] 26 ^gd. Son of Henry IV, succe [...]ds while the Senior Heirs of the Duke of Clarence and Living (cx. f) R 9 Y, 5 m, 10 d (f) or rather 11 [...]
	1415	The Coasts of Africa, not being known beyond [...] Non, in 29 Degrees North Latitude; the Portuges [...] discover Cape Bajador 3 Degrees farther (g)
	1419	June 11, Henry V, marries the [...]rench K's Da [...]ghter, and is made Regent & Heir of that K [...] (cx. [...]) ^[22]
	1422	In Aug. Henry V, Dies (cx) Aug. 31 (f. hl. st) AEt 3 [...] (cx. pl) and
11		HENRY VI, only Son of Henry V, AEt 8 m, 23 days succeeds (cx s) R 38 Y, 6 m, 4 d (f)
	1428	LAWR [...]NCE COSTER at Ha [...]rlem in Holland, Begin [...] to PRINT ^* from Letters at first cut on [...] T [...]bles, then in Leaden, and then in Tin ( [...]j)
	1431	Dec 7, Henry VI, Crown'd K of France in Paris (cx. f. [...])
	1440	At Christmas Iohn Faustus, Servant to COSTE [...], Runs away with his Master's PRINTIN [...]-TOOLS ³⁸² [Page 75] to Mentz; where he Practices the Ar [...], and claims the Honour of its Invention (hj)
	1441	Gonsales and Tristan▪ Portugese, discover the Coasts of Africa as far as Cape Blanco (g)
	1442	Faustus first Prints a Book at Mentz (hj. ^br. with COSTER's Types (hj)
	1446	Iohn Guttenberg of Strasburg con [...]rives the Art (i. e. the present Way) of PRINTING, removes to Mentz, and here compleat [...] it ^cn Faustus being assistant to him (a)
		Denis Fernandes Esq of Lisbon, 1st Discovers the River Senega a Mouth of the Niger, and the famous Cape De Verde in Africa (g)
	1449	The Portugese 1st Possess the Azores (g)
	1450	Faustus 1st Prints a Book at Mentz with Copper and Leaden Types ^ma. ³⁸⁶
	1453	May 29, Tuesday, the Turkish Monarch Mahomet takes Constantinople (c. p) and puts an end to the Greek Eastern Empire
	1460	(i e. 1460, 1) March 2 (st) the Lords meet and Depose Henry VI, and Elect
12		EDWARD IV, Eldest Son to Richard Duke of York, for King (cx. s hl [...]) AEt 18 (st)
		March 4, They Proclaim him K (cx. f hl. st) Reigns 22 Years, 1 month, [...] days (f) and
		Here Caxton ends his Chronicle (cx)
	1462	De Noli a Genoese sails from Portugal, and 1st discovers the Cape De Verde Islands (g)
	1467	Oct 28, ERASMUS Born at Rotterdam in Holland (c)
	470	Oct. 3 (st. Edward IV, Flies to Flanders, and Saturday, Oct. 1,
		(Henry VI) Deliver'd out of the Tower, and admitted K [...]ng again (f st)
		Nov 26, ^† A Parliament meets at Westminster, and K Edward Proclaim'd Usurper (f. hl)
	1471	(i e. 1470, 1) March 14 (hl) Edward IV, Land [...] in the North of England (f. hl. st)
		(Edward IV) Apr. 11 ^‡ comes to London, takes K Henry again (f. hl. st) & sends him to the Towe [...] (st) where he is Kill'd, the night after May 21 (st) & the next d hisCorps expos'd in Paul'sChurch, London (f. st.) ^‖
		This Year, Desare [...] and Descouar discover Guinea for the King of Portugal (g)
	1472	S [...]guira Discovers Prince's Island near the Equinoctial, and St. Thomas's Island under it, with the western Coast of Ethiopia as far as Cape Catharine. He is the first that passes the Line (g)
	1483	Apr. 9, Edward IV, Dies (f. pl hl. st) AEt 42 (st) ^† 50 (pl) and his Eldest Son
13		EDWARD V, AEt 1 [...] (f. hl. st) bears the Name of King 2 months, 11 days (f)
		Wednesday, June 18, some of the chief of the Nobility and Commons set up for K, his Father's younge [...] Brother Richard; who takes the Royal Style and Power in Westminster-Hall on Thursday June 1 [...] (f. hl st) and Fryday June 20, is Proclaimed Kin [...] (s) ^[24] by the Name of
14		RICHARD III, and R 2 Y, 2 m, 1 d (hl. st) or rather 2 [...] (f) soon after which, Edward V, with his onl [...] Brother Richard are Kill'd in the Tower (f pl. kl ^sl.)
		Nov. 10, LUTHER Born at Eysteben in Saxony ^sl. ^c.
	1484	Diego Coon Knight sails to the River Cong [...], and discovers the Shores of Africa to the Tropick of Capricorn (g)
	1485	Aug. 22, K Richard Slain in Battle by Henry Tudor Ea [...]l of Richmond; who thereupon is Proclaim'd K in the Field (f. hl. st) ^‡ R 23 Y, 8 m (st) And Here the Manuscript of Fabian's Chronicle Ends.
		VI. The WELCH Line, or Line of Tudors.
1		HENRY VII, Oct. 30, Crown'd at Westminster (hl. st)
		Nov. 7▪ a Parliament of his Calling, Mee [...]s (hl. st) Attaints the late K Richard ▪ and se [...]les the Crown on K Henry VII, and his Heirs (hl) ^[25]
	1485	(i. e 1485, 6) Ian 18, He marries Elizabeth the eldest Daughter of K Edward IV (hl. st)
	1486	Aug. Bartholomew Diaz, Sails from Portugal, 1st Discovers the famous Cape of Good Hope, the Southermost Point of Africa, & returns in Dec. 1487 ³⁹⁷
		Sept. 20 ^gm. ^sp. Arthur Eldest Son to K Henry Born (hl. st) ^[26]
	1487	(i e. 1487, 8) Jan 1, ZUINGLIUS B in Switzerland ^fl.
	1489	Nov. 29, Margaret ▪ Eldest Daughter to K Henry, B ^sp.
	1491	June 22, Henry, 2d Son to K Henry, Born, afterwards King Henry VIII (hl. st)

[Page 78]

Sect. II. To the Discovery of NEW-ENGLAND, and Death of Q ELIZABETH ▪

The united Continents of Asia, Africa and Europe, have be [...] the only Stage of History, from the CREATION to the Y C 1492. We are now to turn our Eyes to the West, and see a NEW WORLD appearing in the Atlan [...]ick Ocean to the great Surprize and Entertainment of the other. CHRISTOPHER COLUMBUS or Colonus, a Genoese is the 1st Discoverer. Being a skilful Geographer and Navigator, and of [...] very curious Mind▪ He becomes possess'd, with a strong Perswasion, that in order t [...] Ballance the Terraqueous Globe & Proportion the Seas and La [...]d [...] to each other, there must needs be form'd a mighty Continen [...] on the other Side, which Boldness, Art and Resolution would soon Discover. He 1st proposes his undertaking to the Genoese, and then to John King of Portugal; but being deny'd, He applie [...] to Ferdinand and Isabella King and Queen of Spain, who after 5 Years urging, are at last prevailed upon to furnish him with; Ships and 90 Men ^* for this great Enterprize; which throug [...] the growing Opposition of his fearful Mariners, he at length accomplishes, to his own immortal Fame, and the infinite Advantage of innumerable others. And as we are now Bound for this Western World, I shall chiefly fill our final Section with the principal and gradual Discoveries and Plantations there, till [...] 1st Discover the North Eastern Part we now call NEW-ENG [...]LAND: with the most material Hints of the Rise and Progress of that Reform'd Religion, which at length Produc'd its present Settlement.

N. B. We still begin with the famous Iulian Year, viz. wi [...]h Ian. 1, which I think the whole Christian World observes, except the South Part of Britain.

[Page 79]

Y C	K of England Henry VII K of Spain Ferdinand
1492	Fryday, Aug. 3, ^† Columbus [...] [...]om Palos in Spain: Calls at the Canaries: ⁴⁰⁵ ⁴⁰⁶ Thursday, Sept. 6, Sails thence Westward: Sept. 14, 1st observes the Variation of the Compass: At 10 in the Evening between Oct. 11 and 12, lie defo [...] a Light: At a next Morning, Roder [...]c Tr [...]na 1st Discovers Land; ⁴⁰⁷ ^[1] being Guanahani, (g. ⁴⁰⁹ [...] one of the Islands of the New World, call'd Lucayoes: ⁴¹⁰ where Columbus goes ashore and calls it St Salvador ⁴¹¹ ⁴¹² being [...]bout 25 Deg. North Latitude ⁴¹³ Saturday Oct 2 [...], Discovers Cuba. Dec. 6, arrives at Bobio, which he calls Hispaniola ⁴¹⁴ where he builds a Fort and leave [...] 38 men ⁴¹⁵ or 39, ⁴¹⁶
1493	Wednesday, Ian. 16, he sails from Hispaniola: Saturday, Feb. 18, arrives at St Mary's, one of the Azores: M [...]nday, March 4, at the River of Lisbon; and Fryday March 15, at Palos. ⁴¹⁷
	Bartholomew Diaz sails from Portugal, 1st Pass [...]s the Cape of Good Hope, and sails to the ancient Ethiopia. ⁴¹⁸
	Wednesday, Sept 25, ⁴¹⁹ Columbus sails from Cadiz in Spain: Lordsda [...], Nov 3, Discovers one of the Caribbees, which he calls Dominica: next day sails Northward to another, which he calls Marigalante: next day to another, which he calls Guadelupe: Nov. 10, Discovers another, which he calls Monserrat: then another, which h [...] call [...] Anti [...]ua ⁴²⁰ and 50 more to the Northwestward ^at. with Boriqu [...]n, now call'd Porto Rico: ⁴²² ⁴²³ Fryday, 22, arrive [...] at Hispaniola. ⁴²⁴
1494	Thursday, Apr. 24, He sails for Cuba: Apr. 29, des [...]cries i [...]: sails along the Southern Shore, and spies Iamaica [...] ▪ May 14, arrives there: Returns to Cuba and [...] ⁴²⁵
1496	March, 10, Columbus sails for Spain: and Iune 11, arrives at Cadiz (h)
	This Spring Iohn Cabota, a Vene [...]ian, sails with 2 Ship [...] from England, steers Westward: Discovers the Shore of the New World in 45 Degr. North Latitud [...]: [...] alon [...] the Coast Northward, to 60, and then So [...]thward to 38▪ Some say [...]o Cape Florida, in 25: and returns to England (g) ^[2]
1497	Thursday, Feb. 16, Melancthon Born at Bretten, in the Palatinate (c)
	June 20, Vasques Gama sails from Lisbon Southward▪ Passes the Cape of Good Hope, 1st sails to the East Indies ▪ and returning by the same Cape, arrives at Lisbon i [...] Sept. 1499 (g)
1498	Wednesday, May 30, ^[3] Columbus sails from San Luca [...] in Spain: July 31, Discovers an Island, (h) which [...] calls Trinidada (g. h) in 9 Degrees North La [...] ude: (g) Wednesday, Aug. 1, he 1st Discovers the CONTINENT (h) sails along the main Coast Westward, (g. h) Discover [...] Margarita (h) and many other Islands (g. h) for 200 Leagues to Cape Vela (g) crosses over to Hispaniola (g. h [...] where, being seiz'd and sent Home in Chains by a ne [...] Spanish Governor, he arrives at Cadiz, Nov. 25. 1500 ( [...])
1499	May 20, Alonso Ojeda, sails from St Mary's in Spain ▪ with Iohn Cosa as Pilot, and Americus Vespucius a Florentine, as Merchant: Steers Westward: In 27 days Discovers Land 200 Leagues East of Trinidada (about 5 Deg▪ North La [...]) sails along the Coast Westward to Cape Vela ▪ Thence arrives at Hispaniola Sept. 5: Thence sail [...] [...] Porto Rico: and thence to Spain. (h)
	Nov 13 (g) Vincent Tannez Pin [...]on [...]ai [...]s from Palos in Spain, for the Southern Part of the New-World: and passes the Equinoctial. (g. h)
1500	F [...]b. 26, (h) He Discovers Cape Aug [...]stin (g. h) in▪ 8 Deg. South La [...]. (g) Thence sailing along Northw [...]sterly, Discovers the River Amazons, and the Coast and Riv [...]rs of Brazile to Trinidada: (g. h) Thence at the end of Sept. (h) or Sept. 28 (g) arrives in Spain. (g. h)
	Munday, March 9 (h) Pedro Alvarez Cabral sails from Lisbon, for the East Indies: (g. h) S [...]eers so far Westward, as on Apr. 24 (h) he happens to Descry Brazile and enters a River there which he calls Port [...] Seguro (g. h) i [...] 17 Deg. South Latitude: whence he crosses over to the Cape of Good Hope and pursues his Voyage (g)
	Gaspar Corterial, by License of the K of Portugal ▪ sail [...] from Tercera, (g) Discover [...] the Nor [...]h Eastern Coast of the New World, in 50 Deg. North Latitude (g. h) from him call'd Corterialis, and returns home to Lisbon. (g)
1501	Ian. [...], Roderic Bastidas sails from Cadiz to Cape Vela ▪ Discovers 100 (h) or 200 Leagues (g) Westward, all a [...]long the Coast at St Martha, Cartagena, the Gulf o [...] Dari [...]n, and as far as the Port afterward call'd Nombre d [...] Dios: then Sails to Hispaniola. (h) ^[4]
	Soon after, Alonso Ojeda se [...]s out on his 2d Vo [...]age, and Americus Vespucius with him: Sail to the same Place after Bastidas, and so to Hispaniola (h) ^[5]
	Lordsday, Nov. 14, Prince Arthur of England, AEt 1 [...] (st) or 16 (hl) marries at London to Kathar [...]ne, AEt 18, Daughter to Ferdinand K of Spain (hl. st) One great Occasion of the Reformation in England, as we shall see her [...] after.
1502	March 12 gm) A [...]r▪ beginning (st) Apr. 2 (sp) Pri [...] Arthur Dies (hl. st)
	May 9 (h. pr) Columbus sails from Cadiz to Hispaniola: Thence to the Continent: Discovers the Bay of Hondur [...] Lordsday, Aug. 14, Lands. (h) Thence sails along th [...] main Shore Easterly 200 Leagues (g) to Cape Gracias [...] Dios, Veragua, Porto Bello and the Gulf of Darien (g. h)
	This Y, Sebastian Cabot brings to K Henry VII, 3 [...] taken in the Newfound Islands (st)
1503	Ian. 6, Columbus enters the River Yebra in Veragu [...] ▪ where [...]e 1st begins a Settlement; but soon breaks up, and sails to Cuba, Iamaica, and Hispaniola. (h)
	Aug. 8 (st) Margaret, eldest Daughter of Henry VII marries at Edinburgh, to Iames IV, K of Scotland (hl. [...]
1504	Sept. 12, Columbus sails from Hispaniola, arrives at [...] Luca [...], and going to Sevil, finds Q Isabella Dead (h) S [...]e Dies Nov. 26, this Year, (c)
1506	May 20 (h. at) ^[6] Dies ( [...]. h) at Valid [...]lid [...] Spain: his Body carried over and buried in the Ca [...]hedral of St Domingo in Hispaniola: (h) and his Son Iame [...] succeeds as Heir. (g. h. pr)
	K Ferdinand orders 2 Bishops for Hispaniola, and establishes the Tythes there for Support of the Clergy ( [...])
1507	Americus Vespucius goes from Lisbon to Sevil, and K Ferdinand appoints him to draw Sea Charts, with the Title of Chief Pilot: Whence the NEW WORLD af [...]erward unjustly takes the name of AMERICA (h)
1508	Iohn Diaz Solis and Vincent Yannez Pinson sail fro [...] S [...]vil to Cape Augustin, Discover the Coast of Brazil Southward (h) to 35 Deg. South Lat. where they find th [...] Great River Paranaguazu, which they call Rio de Plat [...], or River of Silver (g) go on to 40 Deg. South La [...]itude, and return to Spain (h) ^[7]
1509	Apr. 21 (pl) or rather 22, King Henry VII, Dies (hl st sp) Liv'd 52 Y (pl. hl) and his only surviving Son
	HENRY VIII, AEt 18 (pl. hl. st) R 37 Y▪ 9 m, 6 d.
	Iun [...] 3, (hl. st) he marries his Brother Arthur's Widow, by Pope Iulius's Dispensation (pl. hl. st)
	Jul [...] 10, CALVIN Born at Noyon in France ^bz.
	Nov. 10, Alonso Ojeda sails from Hispaniola, and Iames Nicuessa follows him, to settle the Continent: they Land and meet at Cartagena; but are beaten off: & Ojeda begin [...] a Settlement at St Sebastian, on the East side of the Gul [...] of Darien. (h) Nicuessa begins another at Nombre de Dios, on the West side, (g. h) But are both soon broken up thro▪ the Opposition of the Natives (h) ^[8]
1510	Iohn de Esquibel Sails from Hispaniola, and begins a Settlement at Iamaica (h)
	Iohn Ponce begins to settle Porto Rico (h. ^at.)
	Fernandez de Enciso and Basco Nunnez, begin to set [...]le St Mary's at Darien (h)
1511	Iames Velasquez begins to settle Cuba (h)
1512	Thursday, March 3, (i. e. 1512, 13) Iohn Ponce sail [...] from Porto Rico Northwards: April 2, Discovers the CONTINENT in 30 Deg. 8 min. North Latitude, call [...] it Florida, goes ashore, takes Possession: sails along the Coast Southerly: Lordsday, May 8, Doubles the Cape ▪ Thence sailing Southerly, Discovers the Baha [...]aes, and returns to Porto Rico (h)
1513	Basco (h) or Vasco (g) Nunnez, hearing a Rumour of the SOUTH SEA; Sept. 1, sets out from Darien; (g. pr) Sept. 25 (g. h) from the Top of a High Mountain (h) 1st Discovers that Mighty Ocean: (g. h) Sept. 29, comes to it (g) Embarks upon it, and Returns. (g. h)
1515	Gaspar Morales marches from Darien across the Land to the South Sea, Discovers the Pearl Islands in the Bay of St Michael's, in 5 Deg. North Lat (g)
	Iohn Arias begins to People Panama on the South Sea, [Page 84] and Discovers 250 Leagues on the Coast to 8 Deg. 30 [...]. North Lat. (g)
	Gonsales Ferdinandus Oviedus Discovers the Island of Bermudas. ^ps.
	The Complutension Bible Published ^c. at Antwerp ^cr. which proves a Principal Instrument of [...]he Reformation.
1516	Jan. 23, Ferdinand, K of Spain, Dies, & his Daughter's Son Charles of Austria Reigns. (^c. h)
	Feb. 11, (st) or 18 (hl) K Henry's Daught [...]r Mary B ^[9]
	Sir Sebastian Cabot and Sir Thomas Pert sail from England to the New World, and Coast the Continent the 2d Time to Brazile. ^ps.
	Feb. 8 (h) Francis Fernandes Cordova sails from Cuba and Discovers the Province of Yucatan (g. h) in 20 Deg. North Lat. (g) and the Bay of Campechy. (h)
	The Beginning of the REFORMATION.
1517	Oct. 31, ^c. LUTHER, an Augustin Fryar ^sl. sets [...] 95▪ Theses against the Pope's Indulgences, on the Church Door ^c. at Wirtemberg in Saxony ^sl. and begins th [...] Reformation in Germany.
1518	Apr. [...], (h) Iohn de Grisalva sails from Cuba to Yucatan ▪ and Discovers the Southern Coast of the Bay of Mexico (g h) with the Head of the Bay to St Iohn de ulua, and 1st calls the Country NEW SPAIN. (h)
	Francis Garay sails from Iamaica to Cape Florida, in 2 [...] Deg. North L [...]t. ^[10] Discovers 500 Leagues Westward ▪ on the Northern Coast of the Great Bay of Mexico to the River Panuco in 23 Deg. North Lat. (g) at the Bottom o [...] the Bay.
1519	Jan. 12, MAXIMILIAN Emperor of Germany Die [...] ▪ [...]nd Iune 28, CHARLES K of Spain chosen Emperor. ^sl.
	Beginning of this Y, [...]uinglius comes to Zurich; soon Preaches against the Pope's Indulgences, and begins the Reformation in Switzerland. (sl)
	In Feb. (g) Fernando Cortes sails from Cuba to Yucatan, and then to St Iohn de ulua: Whence Francis de Mar [...]ejo and Roderic Alvarez sail Northward, and Discover [...]he Coast to the River Panuco: Fryday, Apr 22 Cortes L [...]nds and begins a Town, which he calls Vera Cruz: (h) at the end of Aug. sets out for Mexico; (g) Nov. 8, enters that Great City, then containing 60 thousand Houses. (h)
	Aug. 10, Ferdinand de Magellanes, (g. h) a Portugese (h. ps) sails from Sevil to find out a South West Passage to the East Indies, and go round the Earth, (g. h) Dec. 13, D [...]scries Brazile and enters the River Ianeiro, in 23 Deg. 45 min Sou [...]h Lat: sails along the C [...]ast Southward: and Oct. 21, 1520, D [...]scovers the Cape at the Northern Entrance of the famo [...]s Straits which bare his name: ^[11] Nov. 7, enters them; and Nov. 27, opens the great Southern Ocean (h) which he calls the Pacifick: (ps) sails Northwesterly 3000 Leagues▪ March 31, 1521, Discovers the Philipine Islands; In one of which, viz. Z [...]bu, he is slain in a Fight with the N [...]tives, Apr. 27. Upon which his Ship sails to Borneo; where the Men chuse Iohn Sebastian del Cano their Captain: Nov. 8, he arrives at the Moluccaes: In the beginning of 1522, sails thence to the Cape of Good Hope; and Sept 6, arrives at San Lucar (h) with [...]u [...] a Dozen Men (ps) Being the 1st that ever encompassed the Earth. (g. h)
1520	Dec. 20, Luther burns the Canon Law, publickly, at Wirtemberg. ( [...]l)
1521	The Augustin Fryars at Wirtemberg leave off the Mass, and are the 1st who do so. (sl)
	Tuesday, Aug. 13, Cortes takes the City of Mexico, and puts an end to that Great Indian Empire. (h. & G [...]g [...])
1521	K Henry VIII, writes against Luther (st) [...]or which (i. e. 1521, 2) Feb. 2, [...]he King receives a B [...]ll [...]rom the Pope▪ wherein he and his Successors for ever, are Declar'd, Defenders of the Christian Faith (bl)
1523	Ian. 29, the Senate of Zurich reject the Traditions of Men, and declare the Gospel shall be taught according to the Old and New Testament. ( [...].)
	July 1, Iohn and Henry, 2 Augustin Fryars, Burn'd at Brussels for professing the Holy Scriptures to be the only Rule of Faith, &c. (sl)
	[N. B. The REFORMATION coming on and crowding us with more important Matters; I shall only Recite the Voyages to the NORTH EASTERN Parts of the NEW WORLD.]
1524	Iohn Verrazano, a Florentine, sent from France by K Francis I, coasts along the North Eastern Part of the New World, from 28 to 50 Deg North Lat. (ps) He is the 1st that sails from France thither.
1525	Stephen Gomez sails from the Groyn to Cuba and Florida, and thence Northward to Cape Razo in 46 Deg. North Lat, (g) in search of a North West Passage to the East Indies, and returns to the Groyn in 10 Months: (g. h) The 1st Spaniard who sails on these Coasts. ^[12]
	Apr. 13, The Magistrates of Zurich abolish Mass and all the Popish Ceremonies, in their Dominions. (sl)
	Albert, 33d Master of the Teutonick Order, made Du [...] of Prussia, and embraces the Reform'd Religion. (sl)
	By K Henry's leave & the Pope's confirmation (hl) Cardinal Woolsey suppresses 40 Monasteries in England, for the building of his Colleges in Oxford and Ipswich (st)
1526	About Aug. Patrick Hamilton, Abbot of Ferne in Scotland, returning from Germany, where he had been a Schoollar [Page 87] to Luther, is Burnt for the Reform'd Religion (hl) at St Andrews on Feb. 28, following, (Fox) ^[13] He is the fi [...]st Martyr for it in Scotland.
1527	March 18, Gustavus Erickson King of Sweden, calls the States together, & begins the Reformation there. ( [...])
	Cardinal Woolsey in [...]uses Scruples into K Henry's mind, about his Marriage with his Brother's Widow. (hl. st)
	Francis Colb and Berthold Holler having Preach'd the Gospel at B [...]rn; Dec. 17, the City appoints a Publick Assembly and Disputation there, and the Scriptures to be the only Rule, and to have the sole Authority in all the Debates. (sl)
1528	Ian. 7, the Great Assembly and Disputation, begins at Bern and holds to Ian. 26; wherein Zuinglius, Oecolampadius, Capito, Bucer, &c. Defend the Reform'd Religion; and thereupon Popery is abolish'd in Bern and Constance, and in their Dominions. (sl)
	In March, Pamfilo de Narua [...]z sails from Cuba with 400 men, for the Conquest of Florida: April 12, arrives the [...]e (h) marches to Apelachen [...] Thence coming down to the [...]ea, and Coasting Westward, is lost with many more in a S [...]orm about Mid-November, which de [...]eats the Enterprize. (ps) ^[14]
1529	[...] 9, Piles of Images burnt before the Cathedral at Basil: [...]nd Feb. 12, Popery abolish'd there. (sl)
	Feb 20, Mass abolished at Strasburg. (sl)
	The [...] of the Empire at Spire making a Decree agains [...] the Re [...]orma [...]ion; Apr. 19, the Elector of Saxony [...] [...] Marquess of Brandenburg, Ernest and Francis Dukes of Lunenburgh, the Landgrave of Hess, and Coun [...] of An [...]lt, publickly read their PROTEST against it, seve [...]al C [...]es joining with them: whence they take the fa [...]ous Name of PROTESTANTS. (sl)
	Oct. 19, King Henry takes the Great Seal from Cardinal Woolsey, (s [...]) ^[15]
	Nov. 3, The Parliament of England meets, (hl. st) complain [...] of the Clergy's Non-Residence, Pluralities, and Exactions on the People: But the Bishops oppose, and hinder many of the Regulations (hl)
1530	At the beginning of this Y, (hl) William Tindal Publishes his Translation of the New Testament in English beyond Sea; which King Henry Prohibits, and orders the Bishops to make a new one ( [...]l st)
	Iune 20, The [...]amous D [...]et of the Empire at Aus [...]g, begins: and Iune 25, the Protestant Confession of Faith▪ drawn up by Melancthon, since call'd the AUSBURG CONFESSION, Read in the Dyet. (sl)
	Sept. 19, K Henry, by Proclamation, forbids his Subject [...] to purchase any [...]hing from Rome. (hl. st)
	Tuesday, Nov. 29, Cardin [...]l Woolsey Dies: and [...] Cl [...]gy of England being Guilty of a Praemunire, for m [...]intaining the Cardinal's Le [...]antine Power; [...]hey in Convocation, agree to Pay the King 100 thousand Pounds for Pardon, make their Submission to Him, and own him Supre [...] Head of the Church of England, (hl. st) which they never confes [...]'d before (hl) And
	Here Polydore Vergil ends his History. (pl)
	Dec. 22, Diverse Protestant Princes and Deputies [...] Cities in Germany, meet at Smalcald, and enter into a League Defensive (sl)
1531	Aug. 19, Thomas Bilney Burnt at Norwich (hl) fo [...] Preaching the Reform'd Religion (Fox) ^[16]
	Oct. 11, Zuinglius slain, AEt. 44, in a Bat [...]le between the Zurichers and their neighbouring Enemies (sl. c)
1532	Ian. 15, (Keeble) The Parliament of England meet▪ complain of the Cruelties of the Bishops, & Enact, They [Page 89] shall Pay no more M [...]ney to the Pope, (hl. st) they having Paid the last 42 Y, Sixty (st) or 160 thousand Pounds. (hl [...]
	Iuly, K Henry Suppresses the Priory of Christ-Church, London. (st)
	Aug. 23, William Warbam, Archbishop of Canterbury D; and Thomas Cranmer Succeeds. (st)
	Sept. Farel and Saunier, from Preaching in Piedmont, come to Geneva and begin to Preach the Reform'd Religion in Private Houses. (Sp [...]n)
	Nov. 14, King Henry privately marries Ann Bulleign (hl gm) but Stow says, Ian. 25, 1532, 3. (st)
	Nov. Calvin oblig'd to fly from Paris to Basil, for the Reform'd Religion. (bz)
1533	Feb. 4, ^k. The Parliament of England meets; Enact [...] that none shall appeal to Rome; that Katharine shall be no more called Queen, but Princess Dowager of Prince Arthur, (hl. st) and that neither the Clergy nor Convo [...]ca [...]ion shall exact an [...] Canons contrary to Law, or without the King's Consent. ^k.
	March 28, Liberty of Private Opinion; and Iune 26, Liberty of Private Worship allow'd at Geneva. (sn)
	Lordsday, Sept. 7, The Princess Elizabeth Born to King Henry. (hl. st)
1534	March 1, Farel, the 1st Protestant who Preaches Publickly at Geneva. ⁴⁵⁵
	Apr. Iames Cartier sails from St Malo's in France: In May, arrives at Newfoundland, (ps) Falls with Lat. 48 & 30, Discovers the Great Bay of St Lawrence; sails to 51 Deg. North, in hopes to pass to China, but is disappointed and returns (g)
	July 22, Iohn Frith, and Andrew Hewet a Young Man, Burnt in Smithfield, London, for not owning the Bodily Presence of Christ in the Sacrament. (hl. st)
	Aug. 15, Ignatius Loyola (B in Spain in 1 [...]1) now, with 9 others at Paris, begins the Society of I [...]its. ^vi. ^d.
	Nov 3, ^[17] The Parli [...]ment of England meets, Enacts the King's Supremacy, and abolishes the Pope's Authority thro' the Realm. (hl. st)
	Nov. A Persecution of the Prote [...]tants, Rages in France, and many Burnt. (sl)
1535	Iames Cartier sails again from France, Discovers the River Canada, sails up 3 [...]0 Leagues (g) to the Great and Swift Fall, Builds a Fort, (ps) calls the Land NEW FRANCE, Winters there, & next Y goes home. (g)
	Aug. 27▪ The Roman Catholick Religion abolish'd in Geneva. [...]
	Oct. ( [...]) K Henry sends Thomas Cromwell, (st) Dr. [...] and others, to visit the Priories, Abbies and Nunneries; who set all at Liberty under 24 Years of Age, with those who are willing to go out, and shut up the rest. (hl. st)
	The Senate of Ausburg receives the Reformation. (sl)
1536	Feb. 4, The Parliament of England meets and gives the King all Religious Houses of the value of 200 Pounds and under, with all their Lands & Goods. (hl. st ^[18]
	May 1, The Parliament of Ireland meets at Dublin, and Pass Laws for the King and his Successors to be Su [...]ream Head of the Church of Ireland; abolishing the Pope's Authority; Suppressing of Abbies; and make it a Praemunire, to pursue any Process from the See of Rome ⁴⁶⁰ ⁴⁶¹
	May 19▪ Q Ann Beheaded, with a Sword, (hl st) and the next Day (st) K Henry marries Iane Seymour. (hl. [...])
	Iune, K Henry abrogates a number of Holydays, [...]specially in Harvest Time (hl)
	Iuly 10, Cromwell made a Lord; and Iuly 18, made Knight and Vicar General, under the K, over the Spiritualty; [Page 91] ^‖ and sets diverse times as Head over the Bishops in Convocation. (hl. st)
	Iuly 11, (c) or rather 12 ^bx. Enasmus Dies at Basil.
	Aug. 1, Calvin Publishes his Institutions at Basil ^* then goes to Farel and Viret at Geneva, and carries on the Reformation there. Beza in Vit Calv.
	Sept. Cromwell orders the Parsons & Curates, to Teach the Lord's Prayer, Ave, Creed, and 10 Commandments, in English. (hl st)
	William Tindal Burn'd at Villefort near Brussels, for the Reformation. (hl) ^†
1537	Aug. 12, Christian K of Denmark Crown'd, calls the States together, deposes the Bishops, & Reforms the Km. (c)
	Oct. 12, Prince Edward Born to K Henry. (hl. st)
1538	Lordsday, Feb. 24, The famous Rood or Image of Borley in Kent, made with dive [...]se Wires to move the Lips and Eyes, shew'd at Paul's by the Preacher, and Broken to [...]ieces. (st)
	May 23, a Rood in London, with his Tabernacle, pull'd down and broken to Pieces▪ (st)
	Diverse Abbies Suppressed to the King's use. (st)
	Sept. Cromwell takes away all the noted Images, to which Pilgrimages and Offerings had been made, with [...]he Shrines of counterfeit Saints, as Thomas a Becket, &c. ^[20] Suppresses all the Orders of Fryars and Nuns, with their Cloisters and Houses (hl. st) & orders all the Bishops and Curates thro' the Realm to see, that in every Church, the BIBLE of the largest Volumn Printed in English, be so placed that all may Read it. (st)
	Nov. Iohn Lambert Burnt in Smithfield, for not owning the bodily Presence of Christ in the Sacrament. (hl. st)
1539	Apr. 28, The Parliament of England meets, (hl st) Gran [...] all Religious Houses to the K for ever, (st) & Enacts the 6 Articles, which sets up an Inquisition in the Km, and brings many honest People to Death. (hl)
	May 12, ( [...]) or 18 (ps) Ferdinand de Soto, with 900 Men besides Sea-men, sails from Cuba, to conquer Florida ▪
	May 30 (ps) or 31 (h) arrives at the Bay of Spiritu Santo: Travels Northwards 450 Leagues from the Sea▪ There meets with a Great River a quarter of a Mile over and 19 fathom Deep, (h) on whose Bank he Dies; and i [...] Buried in it, May 21, 1542, (ps) AEt 42, (h) upon which his Successor Alverado, Builds 7 Brigantines; (h. ps) [...] 29, 1543, embarks, and sails down the River, in 17 days, 400 Leagues, ^[21] and in 2 days more, (h) viz Iuly 18, goes out to Sea, (ps) sails Westerly along the Coast, ( [...]. ps) and Sept. 10, arrives at Panuco (ps)
1540	Apr. 18, ^[22] Parliament of England meets, Dissolve [...] the order of the Knights of Rhodes or St. Iohn's, in England, (hl st) and Ireland, (st) and gives their Houses and Esta [...]e to the King. (st)
	July 19, Cromwell attainted in Parliament for Heresy and Treason, without being heard; and Iuly 28, Beheaded. (hl. st)
	July 30, Robert Barnes, D. D. Thomas Garrard, B D▪ and William Ierom, B. D. Burnt at Smithfield, for the Reform'd Religion. (hl. st)
	Sept. 27, The Pope Establishes the Order of Iesuits, (p. d) and M [...]y 14, 1543, makes Ignatius Loyola their General. (d)
1541	Iune 13, The Parliament of Ireland meets at Dublin ▪ Enacts the K and his Successors to be Entituled Kings of [Page 93] Ireland, (hli. st) whereas they had been only call'd Lords of Ireland before. (hli) ⁴⁶⁹
1542	Ian. 23, King Henry first Proclaim'd at London, King of Ireland. (hl)
	Feb. 15, The Parliament of Ireland meets at Limerick, and makes an Act for the Suppression of Kilma [...]nam and other Religious Houses. (hli)
	The French K sends Francis la R [...]che, Lord of R [...]ewell, his Lieutenant, with 3 Ships and 200 Men, Women and Children, to Canada: where he Builds a Fort, Winters and Returns. (ps)
	Dec 7, Mary B to K Iames V, of Scotland: Dec. 14, he D, (AEt 31) ^[24] & she Succeeds: But the Earl of Arra [...] made Regent, ⁴⁷¹ ⁴⁷² who professes the Reform'd Religion, causes Fryar Guilliam to Preach against Images and other fruitless Ceremonies, and gives Liberty for [...]he Bible to be had in English, & publish'd universally thro' Scotland ⁴⁷³
1544	Iune, The Letany set forth in English, and order'd to be Read in every Parish Church in England. (st)
1545	Nov. 23, (hl) or 24, (st) the Parliament of England meets, and commits to the King, all Colleges, Chantries and Hospitals, to Order as he thinks Expedien [...] (hl. st)
	Dec. 13, The Council of Trent begins (c. ri. d)
1546	Ian. b, The Elector Palatine embraces the Reformation; and Ian. 10, instead of Mass, has Divine Service said a [...] Heidelberg, in the Vulgar Tongue (sl)
	Feb. 18, Luther Dies at Eys [...]eben, AEt 63 (sl)
	March 1, (Fox) George Wisehart Burnt at St Andrews in Scotland, for Preaching the Reform'd Religion (⁴⁷⁴ Fox) which he had Learnt in the Schools of Germany ⁴⁷⁵ ^[25]
154 [...]	Ian. 28, K Henry Dies (hl. st) AEt 56, & his only Son
	EDWARD VI, AEt 10, Reigns 6 Y, 5 m, 8 [...]. (hl)
	Feb. 1, Sir Edward Seymou [...] Earl of Hertf [...]rd, Chosen (hl. st) and Proclaimed (hl) [...] Protector; and Feb. 17, made Duke of Somerset. (hl s [...]
	March, (st) The Protector forbids Processions; Order [...] the Gospel and Epistle to be Read in English, (st) & send [...] Commissioners thro' the Realm to remove Images out of Churches, and w [...]h them, Preachers (hl. st) to disswade the People from their Beads & such like Ceremonies (st)
	Sept. The K's Council causes the Book of Homilies & Paraphrase of Erasmus to be set forth & had in Churches. (hl)
	Nov. 4, The Parliament of England meets at Westminster; Repeals the Statute of the 6 Articles, (hl. st) Enacts the Sacrament to be given in both kinds; (st. k) & grant [...] the K, all Chantries, Free Chappels, & Brotherhoods. (hl. st)
	Nov. 16 (hl) or 17 (st) The Rood and other Images pull'd down in Paul's, London: and soon after in all other Churches in England (hl. st)
	Nov. end, Peter Martyr, a Florentine, who had for 5 Y with great applause, [...]aught at Strasburg, goes into England, at the Invitation of Cranmer in the K's Name, and made Professor of Divinity in Oxford. (sl)
1548	March, The K, sends forth a Proclamation for administring the Sacraments in both kinds, to all who should be willing from Easter forward: whereupon at Easter begins the Communion and Confession in English. (st) ^[26]
	Nov. 4, The Parliament of England mee [...]s: wherein the Mass is wholly abolished, and a Book for uniformity of Divine Service is established. (hl. k)
1549	Apr 6, A Proclamation [...] put down Mass, thro' the Realm. (st)
	Apr. 10, The Cloister, Chappel & Charnel House at Paul' [...] London, begin to be pulled down. (st)
1550	Iune 11, The High Altar in Paul's Church, London, [Page 95] pulled down, and a Table set in the Room; and soon after, the like in all the Churches in London. (st)
551	Feb. 27, Bucer Dies at Cambridge. (sl)
	Sept. 1, The French K's Embassador enters the Council of Trent, & delivers a Protestation, that his Master own [...] them not for a General or Publick Council, & that neither He nor his People would be oblig'd to submit thereto. (sl)
1552	Ian. 22, The Duke of Somerset Beheaded. (hl. st)
	Ian 23, The Parliament of England mee [...]s; wherein the Book of Common Prayer, newly Corrected & Amended, is Established. (hl)
	Iuly 31, The famous Pacification at Passaw concluded, between the Emperor & the Protestant Princes of Germany; wherein 'tis agreed, that none shall be molested for Religion, and that Protestants be admitted into the Imperial Chamber. (sl)
	Nov. 1, The New Service Book begins to be used at Paul's, and through the whole City of London: and all Copes, Vestments, Hoods and Crosses, therein forbidden are laid aside, as by Act of Parliament Order'd. After which, the upper Quire of Paul's Church is broken down, and the Communion Table set in the lower Quire. (st)
1553	Apr. & May, Commissioners sent for all the Parish Copes and Vestments, Gold and Silver Candlesticks, Censors, &c. in all the Churches thro' the Kingdom. (st)
	Iuly 6, K Edward Dies, (hl. st) AEt 16: having by Will appointed for his Successor,
	JANE Gre [...] ▪ Grandaughter to Mary, Youngest Daughter of Henry VII, (hl. st) who on Iuly 9, (hl) or 10 (st) is Proclaim'd Q [...]een at London But Iuly 19,
	MARY I, E [...]dest Daughter of Henry VIII, is there Proclaimed Q [...]een, Prevails▪ Aug. [...], enters the City, (hl st) and Reigns 5 Y, 4 m, 11 days. (hl) ⁴⁷⁸
	Aug. 27. The Latin Service begins to be sung at Pauls▪ (st)
	Oct. 5. The P [...]rl [...]ament of England meets at Westminster, which Enacts the Church Service to be said in Latin: as in the last Year of Henry VIII. (st)
	Dec. 20, The Church Service begins to be said in Latin thro' the Km, according to the Act of Parliament. (st)
1554	Feb. 12, Q Iane Beheaded (hl. st) within the Tower. ( [...]l)
	July 20, Philip, Son to the Emperor, Lands at Southhampton to Marry the Q [...]een, (sl. hl. sp) Iuly 25, he mar [...]ries her at Winchester, (s [...] hl. st) the Emperor's Embassador presenting him a Resignation of the Kingdoms of Naple [...] and Ierusalem. (sl. hl)
	Wednesday, Nov. 21, Cardinal Pool from Rome, Land [...] at Do [...]er: Nov. 28, (hl) comes into Parliament and exhor [...]s them to return to the Church, and re-submit to the Pope's Authority: Next day, the whole Parliament dra [...] up a Supplication to the K & Q, to interceed with the Cardinal to restore them to the Bosom of the Church, and Obedience of the See of Rome: Next d, Present it, (hl. st) upon which, the Parliament being on their Knees (hl) [...] by a Power from the Pope, Absolves them; and they all go to Chappel and Sin [...] with great Joy for this Reconciliation. (hl st)
1555	Feb. 4, Iohn Rogers Burnt in Smithfield. (hl. st) Feb. 8, Lawrence Saunders at Coventry: Feb. 9, Bp Hooper at Gloc [...]ster; and Dr. Taylor at Hadley; (Fox) and July 1, Iohn Bradford in Smit [...]field, (hl. st) all, for the Reform'd Religion. ( [...]ox) ^[28]
	Sept. 25, The Dyet of Ausburg Decree, That bo [...]h, Those of the Augustin Confession and the Roman Catholicks, shall enjoy their Religion freely. (sl)
	Oct. 16, Bp Ridley and Bp Latimer, Burnt at Oxford, for the Reformation. (hl st)
	Oct. 25, The Emperor resigns the Kingdom of Spa [...] to his Son Philip II▪ (c)
	Cardinal Pool appoin [...] Dr. Story and others, to visit every Church in London and Middlesex, and repair the Rood-Losts and Images (st)
	Dec. 18, Iohn Philpo [...] Burnt in Smithfield, for the Reform'd Religion. (Fox) AE [...] 44 [...] hl)
[...]556	Sa [...]urday, March 21, Archbishop Cranmer Bu [...]nt at Oxford, for the same, ( [...]l st) & the next day, Cardinal Pool is Consecrated Archbishop of Canterbury. (st)
	Charles, Marquess of Baden, Embraces the Augustan Confession, & begins to Reform his Churches. (s [...])
	July 31, Ignatius Loyola, Founder of the Iesuits, Die [...] (p. ^ri. ^d.) at Rome, [...] 65; having spread his Order thro' the World, and set up 100 Colleges in diverse parts of Christendom▪ ^ri.
	Nov 21. Io [...]n Fecknam install'd Abbot of Westminster, and 14 Monks receive the Habits with him. (st)
	De [...] 3, The Pro [...]estant Nobility in Scotland, begin to sign an Associa [...]ion to Promote the Reform'd Religion. ⁴⁸³
1558	Feb. 24, Charles V, Resigns the Emperial Dignity: ^ri. March 18, His Brother Ferdinand chosen Emperor: and Sept. 21, Charles V, Dies. (c. ^ri.)
	April, (bc) 20 (Fox) Walter Mille condemn'd at St An [...]drews in Scotland for the Reform'd Religion, and B [...]rn [...] (bc. Fox) 2 days after, Aged 82 Years. ^pt. ^[29]
	Apr. 24, The Queen of Scots Married in Paris to Francis the Dauphin of France. (hls)
	Nov. 1 [...], Queen Mary of England, D in the Morning, AEt 43: Cardinal Pool in the Evening (hl. st) And her Y unger Sister
	Q ELIZABETH, Reigns 44 Y, 4 m, 7 days.
	Dec. 3, Sets forth a Proclama ion in London, that the Gospels and Epistles for the day, shall begin to be Read in Mass-time, in English, in the Churches, on Lordsday, Ian. 1, which is accordingly observed in most Parish Churches in the City. (st hl)
1559	Ian. 25, The Parliament of England meets, restores to th [...] Crown, the Supream Government of the State Ecclesiastic [...]l, & orders the Book of Common Prayer to be used in English, and as in the time of K Edward VI (st hl)
	March 2, A Council of the Prelates and Clergy of Scotland meet at Edinburg; when the Temporalty Demand to h [...]ve Divine Service in the Sco [...]ish Tongue, with other Reformations; which the Bishops Refuse, and occasion great Troubles in the Kingdom. (hl)
	May 2, Iohn Knox, arrives at Leith, from Geneva, and goes to a Convention of Pro [...]estants at Perth: (cl) May 10▪ They pull down the Images and Altars there, and in the neighbouring places: (hls) [...]une 4, E [...]rl of Argile and Lord Iames Stuart, the Q's Natural Brother, do the like at St Andrews: Iune 26, at Sterling, and then at Edinburg, ( [...]t) & other Lords at Glas [...]ow: upon which a Civil War arises and Q Elizabeth helps the Protestants. ( [...]ls)
	Lordsday, May 1 [...], Divine Service begins in English i [...] the Churches of England, according to the Common Prayer▪ Book in K Edward's Time (hl st)
	Iune 28, The Pro [...]estant Ministers of France hold their 1st Synod at St German's ^bo. when they agree on their Confession of Faith, drawn up by Calvin. ^q.
	Iuly 10, Henry II, K of France D: & his Son Francis II, who had married the Q of Scots succeeds. (hls. p)
	In Iuly, There are 13 or 14 Bishops, with many other Clergy depriv'd in England, for refusing the Oath to the Q [...]een's Supremacy. (hl. st) ^[30]
	Saturday, Aug▪ 12 By Order of Dr Grindal, newl [...] Elect Bp of London, the high Altar of Paul's Church, with the Rood and Images of Mary and Iohn taken down, (hl) and Aug 23, 24, 25, Roods & other Images in Churches, wi [...]h Copes, Vestments, Altar Cloaths, Books, Rood Los [...]s, &c. Burnt in London. (hl. st)
	Dec. 17, Dr. Parker Consecrated Archbishop of Canterbury, by 3 depriv'd Bishops; and then they Consecrate the rest (fl)
1560	Apr. 19, Melancthon D (c) at Wirtemberg (fl) AEt 64. ^‖
	The English begin the Trade of Fishing a [...] Newfoundland. ⁴⁹⁴
	Iuly 7, (st) or 8, (bc. cl) Peace Concluded in Scotland: & Aug. 13, a Parliament meets at Edinburg: Aug. 17, agrees on a Protestant Confession of Faith; (cl. pt) and Aug. 24, ( [...]l) make 2 Acts for Abo [...]ishing the Mass, and the Pope's Authority in the Kingdom. (cl. pt) ^[31]
	Dec. 5, Francis II, K of France Dies, (bc. c) AEt 17; and his Brother Charles IX, Succeeds, (c) AEt 10 (d)
	Dec. 20, The first National Assembly of the Reform'd Church of Scotland meets at Edinburg. (cl pt)
1561	Ian. 17, The first Book of Discipline allowed by the Council of Scotland, (pt) Subscrib'd by a great part of the Nobility. (cl)
	May 21, The Parliament of Scotland meets, and makes an Act for Demolishing all the Monasteries. (bc)
	Aug. 20, ( [...]ls. cl) or 21, (bc) The Q [...]een of Scots arrives at Leith from France. (hls cl. bc)
1562	Ian. 17, An Assembly of Delegates from all the Parliaments of France, meet at St German's; wherein is Pass'd the famous Edict, allowing Liberty of Conscience to Protest [...]s, and of Worship without the Cities, and of Synods in Presence of a Magistrate. (bo)
	Chatillon, Admiral of France, sends Iohn Ribalt to Florida: arrives at Cape Francis in 30 Deg. North Lat: May 1, enters a River, which he therefore calls the River May: Discovers S others; one of which he calls Port Royal, sails up the same many Leagues, Builds a Fort, calls it CHARLES, [...]nd leaves the [...] a Colony; which soon Mutinies, kills their C [...]p [...]. Albert for his Severity, and brakes up. (ps)
	There are this Year accounted 2150 Assemblies of Pro [...]estants in France. (ho)
156 [...]	[...]an. 12, The Convocation of the English Clergy meets: [...]an. 31, they finish the 39 Articles. Of the Lower House, [Page 100] 43 Present are for Throwing out the Ceremoni [...]s; but 35 for keeping them: However, These, with the help of Proxies, carry it by 1 Vo [...]e above the ot [...]er. ^str.
	The Bishops now beginning to urge the Clergy to Sub [...]scribe to the Liturgy and Ceremonies, as well a [...] the Ar [...]icles; Cove [...]dale, Fox, Humfr [...]y, Sampson, Whittingham, and others, Refuse to Subscr [...]be▪ And this Begins the AE [...]a of NONCONFORMITY in England (fl ^str. ^[32]
	Dec, 4, The Council of Tre [...]t dissolves [...] c
1564	Chatillon sends Rene Laudoni [...]r to Florida: In Apr. se [...]s sail wi [...]h 3 Ships: Iune 22, Arrives 10 Leagues above Cape Francis, and then in the River May; B [...]ild a Fo [...] thereon; and in Honour of his King, Charles IX, ca [...]s i [...] CAROLINA (ps)
	Ma [...] 27, Calvin D at Geneva: Aged 54 Y, 10 m, 17 d (bz)
1565	July, Henry Stuart, Lord Dar [...]ly, made by the Q of Scots ▪ Duke of Albany: ( [...]s) Iuly 29▪ [...]e marries him; & [...]he next day, they are Proclaimed K and Q. ( [...]c) ^[33]
	Aug. [...], Capt. Ribalt arrives from France at Florida, again, with 7 Sail: But Sept. 4, Pedro Melendes, with 6 great Spanish Ships, comes into the River, Massacres Ribalt and all his Company, Possesses the Country, Builds 3 Forts, and puts 1200 Soldiers in 'em: Laudonier escaping to France. (ps)
1566	Capt. Savalet, of Gascony in France, begins to Fish at Lacady; & goes every Y, making 42 Vo [...]ages, to 1607 (ps)
	Iune 19, Iames B to the Q of Scotland. (hc. hls. st)
1567	[...]eb 10, His Father Kill'd (hls. st) by Earl Bothwell; whom the Q [...]een soon after marries. ( [...]c hls)
	Iuly 24, The Q [...]een of Scots Resigns the Crown to her [Page 10] S [...]n, & makes [...] Murray Regent, ( [...]ls) & [...]uly [...]9▪ [...]er said Son, JAMES VI, is Crown'd. (hc st. cl) ^[34]
	Capt. D [...]min [...]que de Gour [...]es, wi [...]h 3 Ships, sails [...]ro [...] Fran [...]e to Florida: Apr. 1568. arrives in the River May, [...]ays most of the Spaniards, takes their For [...]s, Razes [...]: and in Iune, arrives at Rochel. (ps) And thus the French Attempts on F [...]orida End. ^[35]
1568	May 16 (st) or 17 ⁵⁰² The Queen of Scots comes into England; and i [...] soon secur'd. (st ⁵⁰³)
15 [...]	Cartwright, Margarets Professor of Divinity at Cambridge, begins [...]o oppose the Hierarchy, & is depriv'd. (str [...] ^[36]
1571	The Parliament of England begin; and make an Act, to Deprive all Cl [...]rgyman who subscribe not to the 39 Articles, [...] k [...] up [...]n which many Clergymen are D [...]priv'd. (fl. str.)
15 [...]2	Aug. 24, & few days after, Seventy thousand [...]rotestants Massacred in Paris, and other parts of France. (c)
	Nov. 20 ⁵⁰⁵ The 1st Presbyterian Church in England set up at Wandsworth near London; when they chuse XI Elders. (fl [...]
1574	May 30, Charles IX, of France Dies: and his Brothe [...] Henry III, Reigns (st. p)
1575	May 17, Archbishop Parker Dies, (st hl) and Feb. 15, Edmond Grindal E [...]ected Archbishop of Canterbury. (st)
1576	Iune 15, Capt. Pro [...]is [...]e [...] sails fr [...]m Blackwall, (sl) Iune 18, from Harwich ⁵⁰⁶ to find a N W Pass [...]ge to the East Indies: Iuly 20, Discovers a C [...]pe he [...] Q Elizabeth's Fore [...]and; and then the Straits which [...]a [...]e his name, (st) Aug. 9, Enters a B [...]y in L [...]. 63, ⁵⁰⁷ sails 60 Leagues, Lands, takes a Savage (s [...]) But the s [...]e ob [...]iges him to return; and arrives in England, Sept. 24 ⁵⁰⁸ ^[37]
1577	Dec. 13, C [...]pt. Francis Drake sai [...]s fr m [...]limouth round the World, & Returns to Plimouth, Nov. 3, 1580. (st. ⁵¹⁰ ps)
[...]579	Ian 23, The 7 Dutch Provinces Unite at Utrecht. ⁵¹¹
	Sir Humphry Gilbert obtains a Pa [...]ent of Q Elizabeth ▪ for Places not posses [...]'d by any ChristianPrince, provided he takes Possession within 6 Years. ^har.
1581	Ian. 16, The Parliament of England meet, and Enact a Fine of 20 Pounds aMonth, on every one that comes not to Common Prayer, (k) and in Iuly, sundry are Fin'd (st)
1582	Oct. 5, The New [...]tyle begins, which calls it the 15th (ri ⁵¹³)
	Robert Brown Publishes a Book upon Reformation ( [...]) wherein he write [...] against the Common Prayer, (st) and condemns the Church of England, as no Church. (cm [...]
1583	Iune [...], Elias Thacker; and Iune 6, Io [...]n C [...]ping [...] to Death at Bury in Suffolk, for spreading Brown's Books against the Common Prayer. (st)
	Iune 11, Sir Humphry Gilbert sails from Plimouth for Newfoundland: Aug. 1, arrives at the Bay of Concepti [...]n▪ Aug. [...], a [...] the Harbour of St Iohns: ^[38] Aug 5, take [...] Possession: Aug. 20, Sails for the Southern Parts: Aug. 29, loses a Ship on the Shoals of Sablon: Aug. 31, [...] homeward: At midnight after Sept. 6, he sinks in a grea [...] Storm; & Sept. 22, the other Ship arrives at Falmouth ^har.
	Iuly 6, Archbishop Grindal Die [...]: and Sept. 23, Ioh [...] Whitgift made Archbishop of Canterbury, (st) who zealously presses Subscription to the Articles & Common Prayer ▪ which occasions incredibleDistractions in the Church. (cm)
1584	Mar 25, Sir Walter Raleigh obtains a Pa [...]ent of Q Eliz▪ for foreignParts not possess'd by any Christian Prince ^ps.
	Apr. 27, He sends Philip Amidas & Arthur Barlow [...] 2 B [...]rks, ^ps. ^s. from the Thames: Iuly 2, Descry the Coast of Florida: Sail 40 Leagues for a Harbour; [...] one, 7 Leagues West of Roanoak: ^s. Iuly 1, take Possession for Q [...]een Elizabeth; and from her call the Country VIRGINIA: ^ps. ⁵²² Iuly [...] ▪ They come to Roanoak ▪ and Mid September, arrive in En [...]land. ^s.
1585	Apr. 9, Sir Walter sends Sir Richard Greenvil (ps s) from Plimouth: Iune 20, falls with [...]lorida: Iune 26, Anchor [...] at Wococon, (ps) leaves the first Colony of above 100 People under Mr. Ralph Lane, at Roanoak: (ps. s) Iuly 25, Sir Richard sails, discovering theCoast North Eastward, to the Ches [...]pians, (ps) and Sept. 18, arrives at Plimouth. (s)
	Capt Iohn Davis sails from England, to find a N W Passage to the East Indies: sails up 66 Deg. North, in the Straits that bare his Name; the next Year to 80 D [...]gr. and afterward to 83 Degrees. (cm) ^[40]
1586	Ian 1, Sir Francis Drake arrives at Hispaniola, (^ct. cm) takes St Domingo: Sails to the Continent and takes Cartagena: Sails to Florida; (^ct. st cm) May 29, takes St Iohn's Fort at St Augustine; ^[41] Iune 9, arrives within 6 Leagues of the English at Roanoak; and Iune 18, sails, with this 1st Colony for England. ^ct.
	A Fortnight after, arrives Sir Richard Greenvil; & not finding the first, leaves there a second Colony of 15 Men, (ps) or 50, (s) and Returns to England. (ps. s)
1587	Feb. 8, The Q of Scots Beheaded in England. (st. cm)
	Sir Walter sends another Company to Virginia under Mr. Iohn White, Governour, with a Charter & 12 Assistants: Iuly 22, arrives at Hatarask, finds the 2nd Colony at Roanoak Destroy'd, (ps) & lands 115 for a 3d Plantation. (s)
	Aug. 13, Manteo, the 1st Savage Baptiz'd▪ Aug. 18, the 1st English Child Born of Mrs. Dare, & nam'd Virginia, (s) & Aug 27, The Governor sails Home for Supplies. (ps)
1588	Iuly, The Spanish Armada Destroy'd in the Chane [...] of England (st cm)
1589	Iuly 22, K Henry III, of France, stab'd (c) by a Iacobin Fryar, (d) D [...]he nex [...] d, (c) & Henry IV, succeeds. (c. p)
[...]590	March 20, G [...]vernour Whit [...] sails from Plimouth; (s) [Page 104] Aug 15, arrives at Hatarask, but finding not a Man of the [...]hird Colony, returns. (ps. s) ^[42]
1593	Apr. 6, Henry Barrow, Gen [...] & Iohn Greenwood, Clerk, put to Death at T [...]burn, for Publishing certain Books ^hs. against the Hierarchy. (n)
	May 29, (n) Mr. Iohn Penry put to Death at St. Thomas Watering's ^hs. for a Manuscript found in his Study against the Hierarchy and Pe [...]secution. (n)
1598	The French K Grants the Marques [...] De la Roche a Commission to conquer Canada & other Countries no [...] posses [...]'d by any Christian Prince; ^pr. and in April, gives the famous Edict of Nants, to the Protestants ( [...])
	[...]ept. 3, Philip II, K of Spain Dies, (p. ^hs.) AEt 72, ^hs. and his Son Phi [...]ip III, Succeeds. (p. ^hs. [...]
1602	March 26, Ca [...] Bartholomew Gosnold sails from Falmouth, for the NorthPart of Virginia, with 32 Persons; 12 of whom are to begin a Plantation: May 10, Discovers Land in 43 Deg: sails along the shore to May 15; when he see [...] a Head-Lana in 42 Degr; Anchors; & catching great store of Cod-Fish, names it CAPE COD, & goes a shore: May 16, sails round the Cape; May 21, Discovers an Island in 41 & 15; May 22, Lands, and calls i [...] Martha's Vineyard▪ May 24, comes to another next it, which he names Dover Cliff, & then to another, which he calls Elizabeth Island▪ May 31, Lands on the Main, and returns to Eliz. Island▪ Iune 1, Determines on a Settlement here, & begins a Fort: Iune 13, the Men who were to stay, recant and resolve for England; Iune 17, They all set Sail; and Friday▪ Iuly 23, Arrive at Exmouth (ps)
1603	March 24, Q Elizabeth Dies, AEt 70. (cm. ^hs.) And
	JAMES VI of Scotland, Proclaim'd K of England, ^hs. and Begins the BRITISH MONARCHY.

The End of the Introduction.

THE New-England CHRO …

[Page]

THE New-England CHRONOLOGY

PART I.

FROM The Beginning of the BRITISH MONARCHY, in the Accession of King JAMES, the First Monarch of GReAT BRITAIN. March 24, 1602, 3.

TO The Beginning of the NEW ENGLISH COLONIES, in the Settlement of the First at PLIMOUTH, Dec. 31. 1620.

Being a Brief Account of Matters relating to those new discovered Countries while settled only by the Aboriginal Natives: Reciting the several VOIAGES from England Thither; with the most material AFFAIRS, especially of Great Britain, that led the Way to their Settlement by English Inhabitants.

[Page 1]

THE New England Chronology.

PART I.

HAVING passed thro' the Seven Great Periods of Time, from the CREATION, to the Beginning of the BRITISH EMPIRE, with the Discovery of that INDIAN SHOAR which is soon to be the Theater of our Chronology; a New Face of Things appears both to the Wes [...]ern Parts of EUROPE and the Eastern of AMERICA. For tho' 110 Years are elapsed, since the N [...]w World became known to the Old; yet neither the French, Dutch, nor English, nor any but Spaniards, have made any effectual Settlement in these New-found Regions And as the Gold and Silver Mines had drawn the Spaniards to the Southern and Wester [...] Quarters; I cannot find, at this Point of Time, so much as one European Family in all the vast Extent of Coast from Florida to Gr [...]enland.

[Page 2]The [...] take [...],

That the next Year after COLUMBUS's Discovery, the POPE was pleas'd to give the Crown of SPAIN the Sole Title to all the Lands lying above 100 Leagues West from the Meridian of the Azores: the Bull was Sign'd at Rome, May 4. 1493: ^* and such was then the Ignorance that reign'd in Europe, as scarce any tho't but he had a Right to Give them. Within 30 Years indeed, the Reformation coming on, began to open the Eyes of many; yet both England Scotland, Ireland, France, and the Netherlands, were so fully engaged for near 4 score Years, with their own internal Broils about Religion, as well as mutual Wars on this and other Accounts, that they had neither Power nor Leisure to attend to Foreign Settlements.

But in 1598, FRANCE was quieted with the Edict of Nants in April; and by a Peace in May, with Philip King of Spain and Portugal. Just before Queen Elizabeth Died the Disturbances in IRELAND were quell'd; and she expires in Peace with all the Princes and States in Europe, except Philip King of Spain, and Arch-Duke Albert Sovereign of the Spanish Netherlands. And King Iames, as King of SCOTLAND, being then in Amity with all the World; upon his Accession to the English Throne, the 2 British Crown become united on Him; and, as King of ENGLAND, He soon leaves the Dutch to defend themselves, and conclude a Peace with King Philip and Arch-Duke Albert. So the [...] all the Western Powers of Europe are in Tranquility; except the War continued between the Dutch on one side, and the King of Spain with the Arch-Duke on the other.

The French and English being thus at Liberty, begin to look more seriously now than ever, to the New-found World First they send to Fish and Trade, and then to Settle: the FRENCH to Canada and Acadia; the ENGLISH to South and North Virginia, Newfoundland & Bermudas. For the Engli [...] at this Time extend VIRGINIA, from Florida to the Bay [...]f Fundy, divide it into South and North: and the NORTH: [...] we are now to attend: tho' it seems not to take the Name of NEW ENGLAND till 1614.

[Page 3]Diverse Attempts are made to Settle this rough and Northern Country; First by the FRENCH, who would fai [...] account it Part of Canada; and then by the ENGLISH and B [...]th from mere secular Views. But such a Train of Crosses accompany these Designs of both the Nations, that they seem to give it over as not worth the Planting: till a Pi [...]us People of England, not There allowed to Worship their MAKER according to His Institutions ONLY, without the Mixture of Humane Ceremonies, are spirited to attempt the Settlement; that Here they might enjoy a Worship purely Scriptural and leave the same to their Posterity. And they succeeding, open the way for the following Colonies.

In this FIRST PART, I shall therefore Recount, as well the most material Events in Great Britain, wherewith they were chiefly affected before their leaving it; as the several Voyages and Attempts to Settle these long neglected Shoars, till their Arrival in 1620: Keeping a particular Eye on those remarkable Steps of Providence that led to this happy Enterprize; and not omitting the Primary Settlements of the Neighbouring Countries.

In the Engl [...]sh History, besides a number of an [...]ient Pamphlets Printed within this Period, and which I found in an old broken up Library in England; I chiefly follow Howes ^† and Tuller. In the Voyages and Attempts of Settlement; I chiefly make use of Purchas, Smith and Gorges, who liv'd in the Times they wrote of, and the Two last personally interested in those Affairs. Harris omitting many valuable Accounts of these Parts of the World preserv'd in Purchas, and Purchas being more of an Original, I prefer the latter. In the Passages relating to the PLIMOUTH-PLANTERS; I chiefly use their Governour Bradford's Manuscript History of that Church and Colony, in Folio, who was with them from their Beginning to the End of his Narrative; which is now before me, and was never Published. [Page 4] And in reciting from them, for the greater Satisfaction, I keep so closely to the Words of my Authors, as I have in the last great Section of the Introduction, that the Reader may conceive them as speaking in their several Articles.

As for the RISE of these Plimouth-Planters; Governour Bradford informs us in the following Terms, ‘That several Religious People near the joining B [...]rders of Notinghamshire, Lincolnshire & Yorkshire, finding their Pious MINISTERS urged with SUBSCRIPTION, ^‡ or Silenced, and the Peopl [...] greatly vexed with the Commissary Courts, Apparitors, and Pursevants, which they bare sundry Years with much Patience; till they were occasioned by the Continuance and Increase of these Troubles, and other Means, to see further into these Things by the Light of the Word o [...] GOD ▪ How that not only the Ceremonies were unlawful; but also t [...]e Lordly and Tyranous Power of the Prelates, who would, contrary to the Freedom of the Gospel, load the Consciences of [...] and by their compulsive Power make a profane Mixture of Things and Persons in Divine Worship: that their Off [...]ces, Courts and Canons were unlawful; being such as have no Warrant in the Word of GOD, but the same that were used in Popery, and still retained Upon which, This People shake off this Yoke of Antichristian Bondage ^*; and as the LORD's Free People, join themselves by Covenant into a Church-State, to walk in all his Ways, made known, or to be made known to them, according to their best Endeavours, what [...]ver it cost them.’

Governour Bradford's History takes no notice of the Yea [...] of this Federal [...]ncorporation: But Mr Secretary Mort [...], in his Memorial, places it in 16 [...]2. And I suppose he had the account, either from some other Writings of Governour [Page 5] [...]rad [...]ord, o [...] the [...] W [...]i [...]slow, or from Oral Con [...]erence with them or o [...]er of the 1st Planters; with some of whom he was co [...]temporary, and from whence, he [...]ells us, he received his In [...]elligence.

And these are the Christian People who were the Founders of Plimouth Church and Colony: who seem to be some of the 1st in England, that [...]ere brave enough to improve the Liberty wherewith the DIVINE AUTHOR of our Religion has made us Free, and observe his Institu [...]ions as their ONLY RULE in Church-Order, Discipline & Worship: for which they dearly suffered & left their Native Country, and who laid the 1st Foundation of the New England Settlements. But we shall hear no more of them till 1606, when under all their Sufferings they grow into Two Congregations. And that the Reader may have some Idea of the PURITANS so often mentioned in the Histories of those Times, and from whom this People derive, I shall only relate the Definitio [...] which Dr. Fulk, a famous Church of England Writer, has given us of them; They are called PURITANS, says he, who would have the Church thorowly Reformed. i. e. Purged from all those Inventions, which have been bro't into it since the Age of the Apostles, and reduced intirely to the Scripture-Purity.

But I Begin with the Voyages of Others. And tho' the First I mention seems to commence a few Days before Queen Elizabeth Died; yet the Reader will quickly see the Ship leaves not the Shoar of Britain, till above a Fortnight after.

N. B. (1) I still keep to the JULIAN YEAR; and where Foreign Authors use the New Stile, I reduce it to the Old.
(2) E stands for East, W for West, N for North, S for South, N E for North-East, &c.
(3) b & e added to the Months, signify, their Beginning or Ending ▪
(4) That the Reader may more destinctly see the Chronological Articles of the PLIMOUTH PLANTERS, their Lines begin with Commaes.

[Page 6]Mar. 20 THE Bristol Men, by Leave of Sir Walter Raleigh, send Capt. Martin Pring, with a small Ship of 5 [...] Tuns, 30 Men & Boys, and Wil [...]liam Brown with a Bark of 26 Tuns, 13 Me [...] and a Boy; who then sail from King-Road ^[1] for the [...]urther Discovery of NORTH VIR [...]GINIA. April 10, They sail from Milfor [...] Haven. In Iune, They fall with the MainCoas [...] and a Multitude of Islands in 43 Deg. and 3 [...] Min. N. land upon them, coast along the Shoar, bare into Cape Cod Bay, sail round the Cape, anchor on the South Side in 41 Deg. and 25▪ Min. where they land in another Bay and excellent Harbour, make a Barrica do, stay [...] Weeks. Iuly, e. the Bark goes homeward▪ laden with Sassafras, and arrives safe. Aug. 8 or 9, the Ship sets sail, and arriv [...]s at King-Road again Oct. 2. ^ps.

Mar. 31. K. JAMES Proclaimed at E [...]inburgh, King of Scotland, England, France, and Ir [...]land ^cl.

Apr. 3. Lords-Day, He declares in the Great Church at Edinburgh; that as GOD has promoted Him to a greater Power, He must endeavour to establish Religion & take away Corruption in both the Countries; and that he had so settled both the Church & Kingdom in that State which h [...] intended not to alter any ways ^cl. ⁹

Apr. 5. K. JAMES sets out from Edinburgh ^cl. ¹¹ Saturday May, 7 Enters London ^sp. ¹³ In hi [...] [Page 7] way [...]o London ¹⁴ [...]4 [...] Ministers of the Church of England, out of 2 [...] Counties of the 40 in Eng [...]land & the 12 in Wales, Present him a Petition, desiring R [...]formati [...]n of certain C [...]remonies and Abuses of the Church ^(ab) call'd the millenary Petition. ^sl.

May 10. Bartholomew Gilbert, in a Bark of 50 Tuns▪ sails from Plim [...]uth, to s [...]ek for the 3d Colony l [...]t in South Virginia Iune, 16, arrives at St. Lu ia: 17, at Dominica: 19, at M [...]vis: Thence sails for South Virginia: But Friday July, 29 Landing near CHESEPICC BAY, the Capt. an [...] 4 more are slain by the Indians: the Rest se [...] sail and arrive at Ratcliff near London in the En [...] of S ptember. (ps)

June 4 A Grace passes in the University of Cambridge: that whoever shall Publickly oppos [...] either in Word or Writing, or any other Way in the said University, either the Doctrine o [...] Discipline of the Church of England, or an [...] Part thereof; shall, ipso Facto, be excluded from having any D [...]gre [...], and Dep [...]iv'd of every on they have taken. ¹⁷

[Page 8]June 1 — 8. Arrive Ambassadors from Holland▪ France, Spain, Arch-Duke Albert &c. (hs. ^bk.)

July. Sir Walter Raleigh & others apprehended and committed to the Tower. (hs ^bk.)

July 25 Monday K. Iames, with his Queen, Crown'd at Westminster. (sp. hs)

Sept. 21. Sir Walter Raleigh and others Indited o [...] High Treason, (hs)

Nov. 10. Thursday, Sir Walter Raleigh, and 5 others, Remov'd from the Towe [...] [...]wards Winchester, ^[2] Nov 12, C [...]mmitted to Win [...]hester Castle (hs) Nov 17, arraign'd and decl [...]'d Guil [...]y, (sp. hs) and Decemb. 15, Return'd to the Tower o [...] London (hs)

Dec. 22 From D [...]c. 23, last Year, to this day, Died [...]f the Plague in London 30,578: and of all Diseases 38▪244: (hs ^bk.) But the Year following, London is cle [...] of the Infect [...]on, and all the Shires in Englan [...] g [...]iev [...]usly visi [...]ed (hs)

Dec. 27▪ The fam [...]us Mr. Cartwright, Dies in England, a [...] the Age of 60 (fl) and Fuller says, He was most Pious ▪ an excelle [...] S [...]holar ▪ pure Latinist, accurate Grecian, exact Hebrician. (fl)

1604.

Jan. 14. SAturday, the CONFERENCE in the Pri [...]vy Ch [...]mber at HAMPTON COURT, Begins, between K. Iames and the Bishops Party only: wherein He tells them▪ that However He had liv'd among Puritans, yet since He was [Page 9] Ten Years old, He ever disliked their Opini [...]ons; and as CHRIST said, Tho' He Liv'd among them, H [...] was not of them. ^db. ^[3]

Jan. 16 Monday, the 2d Conference between the King, and both the Bishops and Puritan Parties together; wherein the Agents for the mil [...]lenary Plantiffs are Dr. Reynolds, Dr. Sparkes ▪ Mr. K [...]ows [...]ubs and Mr. Chaderton: And tho' They are willing to conform and subscribe according to Law, ^[4] the King declares, I will have One Doctrine, and One Discipline, One Religion in Substance and in Ceremony: Tells the Lords and Bishops again, He had liv'd among such sort of Men as the Puritans, ever since he was 10 Years old; but might say of Himself as CHRIST, Tho' I liv'd among them, I was never of them; nor did any thing make me more to de [...]test their Courses, than that they dissallow'd of all things which had been us'd i [...] Popery [...] [Page 10] ^[5] swares by his Soul, He believ' [...] E [...]cl [...]stasticus was a Bishop: says, that a Scottish Presbytery as well agrees with Monarchy, as GOD and the Devil: at his Going away, says to some, If this b [...] all they have to say, I shall make them Conform▪ or I will harry them out of the Land, or do worse: and One of the Lords said, He was fully perswaded His M [...]jesty spake by the Instinct of the SPIRIT OF GOD. (db)

Jan. 18. Wednesday, the 3d and last Day's Conference (1st) between the King and Bishops Party only: wherein the King Defends the High Commission, with Subscription to all the Articles and Common Prayer Book, as also the Oath ex Officio: and tho' One of the Lord's ²⁶ pleaded, that the Proceedings of the High C [...]mmission Courts were like the Spanish Inquisition, wherein Men are urg'd to subscribe more than the Law requir'd, and that by the O [...]th Ex Offi [...]io, they were enforc'd to accuse Themselves, that they were examin'd upon [...] or 24 Articles upon the sudden, without Deliberation, and for the most part against themselves; yet the Ki [...]g approves and vind [...]cates them all, an [...] says; I [...] any, a [...]ter things are well order'd wi [...]l not [...]e Quiet and sh [...]w his Obedien [...]e, t [...]e Chur [...]h w [...]re b [...]tter without Him▪ an [...] [...] were worthy to be HANG'D: the Lords and t [...]e Rest stood amaz'd at his Maj [...]sty's wise [Page 11] [...] Bi [...]hop Whitgist [...]aid, Un [...]oubtedly His M [...]jesty spak [...] by the special Assistance o [...] GO [...]'S SPIRIT: Dr. Bancro [...]t Bp. of London, up [...]on his Knee protested, His Heart melted wit [...] Joy, and made haste to acknowlege to Almigh [...]ty GOD the singular mercy receiv'd at his H [...]nds in gi [...]ing such a King, as since CHRIST his Time, th [...] like He tho't hath not been; where to the Lords with one Voice did yield a very affection [...]te Acclamation. (2ly) Then Dr R [...]yn [...]l [...]s and his Ass [...]ciates were call'd in: and tho' they intreated that the Cross in Baptism and Sur [...]lic [...] might not be urg'd upon some honest, Godly and p [...]inful Ministers; yet his Majesty w [...]lled th [...]t the Bishop should set a Time, and if they wou'd not yield, whatsoever they were ▪ to remove 'em: Either let them Conform, and that shortly, or they shall hear of it. (db) ^*

Jan. 31. K Iames issues a Writ for a Convocation of the P [...]ovince of Canterbury to meet before Arch-Bish [...]p Whitgist as President at St. Paul's▪ London ▪ on March, 20 ²⁸

Feb. 29. Wednesday, Arch Bishop Whitgist Dies, AEt 73 ( [...]s ²⁹) and Dr. Borlow says, that not many Days before He was stricken, He most earnest [...]ly desired that He might not live to see the Parliament which is to meet on March 19.

Mar 5. K. Iames issues a Proclamation; that the same Religion with Common Prayer, and Episcopal [Page 12] [...]urisdiction, shall fully and only b [...] Publickly exercis'd, in all Respects, as in the Reign of Queen Elizabeth ▪ wi [...]hout Hope o [...] Toleration of any other. (hs) ^[7]

Mar. 9. The Arch-Bishop being Dead, K. Ia [...]es issues a 2d Writ, for the Convocation to appear before Dr. Bancroft, Bishop of London, as Pre [...]sident. (cn)

Mar. 19. K. Iames's 1st Parliament meets, at Westminister (hs. ^kb.) when He declares the Puri [...]tans to be a sect unable to be suffer'd in any well Govern'd Common Wealth; acknow [...]ledges the Roman Church to be ou [...] Mother Church, altho' defil'd with some Infirmities and Corruptions; professes He wou'd be content to meet Her in the mid way; and that since hi [...] coming, He has been so far from Increasing the Burthens of the Papists that He had a [...] much as either Time, Occasion or Law cou'd permit, lightened them &c. ^kj.

Mar. 20. Convocation meets at St Paul's Londo [...], before Bishop Ba [...]croft President. (cn)

Apr. 12. And Iune, 25, K. Iames issues his Letters Patents, to impower the Convocation to agree on such Ecclesiastical Canons as they shou'd think fit: they accordingly draw up a Book of 14 [...] Canons, and desire the King's assent to them which he Grants, confirming the said Canons, and commanding the same to be observed both in the Provinc [...] of Canterbury and York. (cn)

[Page 13]J [...]ly 6 K Iames [...]s [...]ues a [...]: where [...] He orders the Puritan Ministers, [...]ither to Con [...]form, ³³ before th [...] last of November ³⁴ or Dispose of themselves and Famili [...]s some o [...]her way, as being Men unfit for their O [...]st nacy and Contempt, to occupy such Places ³⁵

Aug. 18. Articles of Peac [...] and Commerce Concluded at London, with the King of Spain and Arch-Duke Albert ³⁶ August 19, Lordsday, King Iames swares to the said Articles; and Af [...]ernoon, the Peace Proclaim'd ( [...]s)

Sept. 20 Ostend surrendered by the Dutch to the Spaniards, having been besieg'd f [...]om Iune, 25, 1601: and During the Siege, there Died in the City 72,900 Persons, and many more of the Spanish Besiegers without it ^c.

Oct 24 K. Iames Proclaimed King of Great-Britain. (hs)

Dec 10 Dr Bancroft Bishop of London, Transl [...]ted to the Arch Bishoprick of Ca [...]terbury (hs) who drives on Conformity very fiercely thro' all his Province (fl)

Dec. 18. Arch Bishop Bancroft writes a Letter to the Bishops of his Province: wherein He calls the Puritan Ministers Disobedient, Obstinate &c: Requires that none be admitted to Ecclesiastical Functions without Subscriptio [...] to the Can [...]ons; and toDeprive those who ar [...] in theChurch, unless they will both Conform and also subscribe according to the Canons. ³⁸

[Page 14]Mar. 31. LOrd's-day, Capt. George Wey [...]uth, with 29 Persons, [...]ails from the Downes (ps) being employ'd by the Lord Arundel of Wardor, for the Discovery of a N. W. P [...]ssage to the East Indies. But falling sh [...]rt of his Course▪ ^gr. Tuesday, May. 14▪ descries Land in 41 Deg and 30 Min N, in the midst of dangerous Rocks and Shoals: upon which He puts off to Sea▪ the Wind blowing H [...]rd at S S W and W S W many Days Fryday May ▪ 1 [...] ▪ descries Land again: the next Day, finds it an Island, anchors on the North side, lands and calls it GEORGE's Island ▪ whence He sees the Main Land and many other Islands. Lord's-day, May, 19, weighs and sails to another Island, 3 Leagues nearer the Main▪ goes into an excellent Harbour, which He calls Pentecost Harb [...]ur; and the next day, goes ashoar in the Shallop. Thursday, May, [...]0▪ sails in a Shallop up a G [...]eat River, and the next day Returned. ⁴⁰ Tuesday, June, 11, goes up the River in his Ship, 26 miles; says 'tis Half a mile wide, for 40 miles into the Country. Thursday, June, 13, sails in his Shal [...]lop or Pinace, 20 miles into the western Branch of the River, and sets up a Cross. Friday ▪ June▪ 14, the Ship goes down the River: upo [...] a Rock in the m [...]dst of the Harbour, He finds the Lat. 43 Deg 20 min. and the Variation 11 Deg. [Page 15] 15 min W. Lord's-day, June, 16, [...]ets [...]ail: and Thursday, July, 18, arrives at Dartmouth (ps) ^[8]

Apr. 8. Mr. Iohn Stow, being 80 Years Old, a laborious Writer of the English Annals, for 47 Y. is Buried, and Howes continues them (hs)

July 2. Tu [...]sday, the General Assembly of the Church of S [...]tland meeting at Aberdeen; the King's Commissioner presents them a Letter from the Lords of the Council requiring them to dissolve without appointing another Assembly: How ever, according to Custom, they appoint another to meet on Sept, 24, and then dissolve: For which the Council sends Mr. Iohn Forbes the Moderator and 13 other Ministers to several Prisons. (cl pr)

Oct. 13. Lord's day, B [...]za Dies at Geneva ^cc. ^ml. Aged 86 Years, 3 Months, & 19 Days. ^ml. ^[9]

Nov. 1. The Names being taken of the Puritan Ministers Depriv'd, under Admonition and deny'd Admittance, for not Subscribing, amount to above 270: and yet of 8 Bishopricks no account is Given. Some had Preach'd in the Ch [...]r [...]h 10, some 20, some 30 Years, some more: and till now, in some Churches, the Ceremonies [Page 16] had been disu [...]'d for 10 Years, in others 20, in others 30, in others more. ⁴⁶

Nov. 5. Tuesday, at 3 this morning, the GUNPOWDER TREASON Plot discover'd to have been Executed this Day by the Papists, by Blowing up the Parliament, who were to meet this Day▪ with 36 Barrels of Gunpowder laid under the House, (^ds. sp. hs) and when the Blast was made, it was to be charg'd on the Puritans. ^bh.

Nov. 9. Saturday, K. Iames comes to Parliament, and makes a Speech; (hs) wherein He Cautions them against Judging rashly of the Roman Ca [...]tholicks in General; says that many among them may remain Good and faithful Subjects; but detesting and thinking the Cruelty of Pu [...]ritans worthy of Fire, that will admit no Salvation to any Papist. ⁴⁹

1606.

Jan. 10. THough 'twas commonly tho't the Deliverance from the Popish Powder Plot wou'd have mov'd the King to desist from troubling Ministers in England for Noncon [...]forming to the Ceremonies, and Ministers in Scotland for standing to their confirmed Liber [...]ty; yet this Day, by the King's Command, the Moderator and 5 other of the imprisoned Mi [...]nisters [Page 17] in S [...]otland are arraig [...]'d of Trea [...]n at Lithgow, for Declining the Jurisdiction of the Council in Ecclesiastical matters: and after deal of tampering, flattering, threatning & [...] the major Part of the Court brings them in Guilty: upon which they are ordered into closer Ward, and none allow'd Access to them (cl. pt) and Feb 5▪ a Proclamation at Edinburgh, that none speak ag [...]inst the Proceedings of the King, Council, or Court in Trying and Punishing them, or against any other Proceedings of the King, Council, or State, past, present or to come, upon Pain of Death. (cl)

Sir Iohn Popham Lord Chief Justice of the King's Bench, prevails on many Lords and others, to Petition King Iames for the settling two Plantations on the main Coasts of America: upon which, (gr)

Apr. 10. K, Iames, by Patent Divides VIRGINIA into 2 Colonies: the SOUTHERN call'd the First Colony, between 34 and 41 Deg North, H [...] Grants to the London Company: the NOTHERN▪ call'd the Second Colony, between 38 and 45 Deg North, He Grants to the Plimouth Com [...]pany; Forbidding both to Plant within a 100 Miles of each other; and Giving each Colony, a Council of 1 [...], to Rule, Coin &c. (ps)

May 21. K. Iames writes to Mr Iames and Andrew Melvin and 6 other principal Presbyterian Ministers in Scotland, to come to him before Sept. 15, to treat with them for the Peace of the Church There: This being the Pretence; b [...]t the Event proves that the Policy is to detain and confine them, that by their Absence, Episcopacy may be advanc'd in Scotland. (cl)

[Page 18]July b. Parliament of Scotland meets at Perth: which against the Protestation of the Comissioners of the Presbyteries thro' the Kingdom Restores the state of Bishops to their ancien [...] Dignities, Prerogatives, T [...]thes, Rents, Third [...] contrary to the Constitution and Doctrine of the Church of Scotland Preached these 46 Years, and cont [...]ary to the Confession of Faith Sworn and Subscribed in 1581 and 1590 by the King and his Houshold &c: (cl)

July Sir Edward Coke made Lord Chief Justice of the Common Pleas in England. (hs)

Aug. 12. Tuesday, Lord Chief Justice Popham, Sir F. Gorges, and some others of the Plimouth Com [...]pany, send Capt. Henry Challons (ps) a brave Gentleman ^pc. from Plimouth, in a Ship of 5 [...] Tuns, 29 English, with Mannido and Assecomoit 2 of the 5 Savages bro't last Year from a goodly River thrice discover'd by Him in NORTH VIRGINIA, in 43 Deg. 20 N; to make a further Discovery of th [...]se Coasts, and if occasion offers, to leave as many Men as He cou'd spare, in the Country: But sailing to Medeiras, St. Lu [...]ia, Porto Rico, and thence towards North Virginia; on Nov. 10, He is taken (ps) by the Spanish Fl [...]et (gr) of 8 Ships (ps) coming from the Havana (gr) who carry Him into Spain (ps. gr)

Shortly afterCapt. Challons's Departure from Plimouth, the Lord Chief Justice sends another [Page 19] Ship [...]om Bri [...]ol (gr) under Thomas Hanam Commander and Martin Prinn Master, with more supplies to second Capt. Challons: But not finding Capt. Challons There, they Return to England. (pc) ^[10]

Aug e. The 8 Scots Ministers which the King had wrote to, being arriv'd at London, are there Detained, without any Reason but the King's Pleasure: and S [...]pt. 30, are by His Majesty oblig'd to hear Dr. King Preach a most virulent In [...]vective against Presbyteries; Crying to the King Down, Down with them. (cl)

Oct. b. The King orders the 6 condemned Ministers in Scotland to be Banish'd his Dominions all their Days, and the other 8 imprisoned There, to be confin'd in several Places remote from their former Dwellings. (cl)

‘The Purely Reformed Church in the North of England, by reason of the Distance of their Habitations, are obliged to Assemble in two several Places & become two distinctChurches In One, besides several of Note, is Mr. Iohn Smith, a Man of able Gifts and a good Preacher, who is chosen their Pastor: But these afterwards Going over into the Low Countries, and falling into errors; There, for the most part Bury themselves and their Names. But in the OTHER CHURCH, (the Subject of our Chronology) besides several [Page 20] worthy Men, is Mr. Richard C [...]ton, a [...] and Rev. Preacher, and the Famous Mr. Io [...] Robins [...]n, who is afterwards their Pastor fo [...] many Years, till G [...]d takes Him away by Death: as also Mr. William Bre [...]ster, a Reverend Man, who afterwards is chosen Elder, and lives with them till O [...]d Age. ^B’

Dec. 20. Saturday, The London Company send forth Capt. Christopher Newport, with a Ship of 100 Tuns, another of 40, and a Pinace of 20▪ for SOUTH VIRGINIA: who then sail from London, but 1st to the West India Islands. (ps)

1607.

Mar. 3. ONE of the Scots Ministers at London al [...]low'd to Return, on account of his Wife's dangerous Illness, providedHe wou'd n [...]ither go toS [...]nods nor Presbyteries: April 26, Lord's day, the King'sCouncil send Mr A Melvin to the Tow [...]er; where they keep Him above 4 Years, for writing a Latin Epigram upon the Altar in the King's Chappel: and May, 6, the other 6 Scots Minist [...]rs at London order'd to be confin'd in several Places in the 2 Kingdoms, for no other Pretence than that they had not given the King Satisfaction in the Questions He proposed to them about his own arbitrary Power inChurch Matters. (cl)

Apr. 26. Capt. Newport Descries South [...], Enters CHESIPEAK BAY, and lands. April, 29. He Names the Southern Point▪ Cape Henry. May, 13, they Chuse Mr. Edward Wingfield Praesident for 1 Year. May, 14, Land all their [Page 21] Men and begin a Colony, at a Place they call JAMES TOWN. Monday, Iune, 22, Capt Newport sails for England ▪ leaving the Praesident with 104 Persons. Aug 22, Dies in this Southern Colony, Capt Barth▪ Gosnold, the 1st Mover of this Plantation, and one of the Council. Sept. 11, Praesident Wingfield displaced by his Council, and Iohn Ratcliff chosen Praesident (ps)

May 21. Thursday, Dr. Iohn Reynolds. King's Prof [...]ssor of Divinity in Oxford, Dies There (hl. fl) AE atis 58. He had been Dean of Lincoln, but exchang'd it for the Praesidentship of C. C. Col. Oxon (fl) and Fuller says, He was acquainted with all Arts and Sciences; most excellent in all useful Tongues; had read over all Writers, Profane, Ecclesiastical, Divine; Councils, Fa [...]thers, Histories of the Church: His memory miraculous, his Judgment mature; his Piety most eminent; m [...]est, curteous, affable (fl) and the Chief of the Puritans at the Hampton Court Conference. ( [...])

May [...]1. The Pli [...]h. Adventures send forth Capt Georg [...] Popham, as P [...]aesident, and Capt Rawley Gilbert, as Admiral ^sm. with 2 Ships and 100 Landmen (pc) who then set sail from Plimouth, [...] NO [...]TH VIRGINIA. Aug 11, they fall with Monahigan: ^[11] and settle at the Mouth of Sagadehook, 9 or 10 Leagues to the South w [...]d▪ ^sm.

[Page 22]Aug. 24 Mr Thomas Brightman, Rector of Haunes in Bedfordshire, Dies, about the 51st Year of his Age, (fl) and Fuller says▪ He wrote a learned Comment in most pure Latin on the Canticles and Revelations; He always carry'd a Greek Testament with Him, Read it out every Fortnight ▪ His Life was most Angelical; a great Opposer of the Cer [...]monies; his daily Discourse against Episcopal Government; and was never known to be mov'd with Anger. (fl)

THOMAS LAD, a Merchant of Yarmouth, having been long imprison'd by the High Commission, co [...]'d not be Bail'd; because having formerly answer'd on Oath twice, before the Bishop's Chancellor of Norwich, to certain Articles about a Conventicle, He refus'd to answer on a New Oath, without sight of his for [...]mer Answers; and RICHARD MANSEL, a Preacher, being charg'd to have been Partaker in a Petition exhibited to the House of Commons, and refusing the Oath Ex Officio, to answer to certain Articles propounded to Him, was long imprison'd by the Commissioners at Lambeth, and cou'd not be Bail'd: Both Prisoners are now bro't to the Bar, upon the Writ of Habeas Corpus; where Mr NICHOLAS FULLER, an honest Man and an eminent Lawyer Pleaded, that they ought to be discharg'd; by an Argument to prove, that th [...] Ec [...]lesiastical Commissioners have no Legal Power to put the Oath Ex Officio, nor I [...] prison, nor Fine any of his Majesty's Subjects For which Arch-Bishop Bancroft Gets this [Page 23] Lea [...]ned Councel [...]or into Prison, and Prosecute [...] Him there to Death. (sl) ^[12]

‘This F [...]ll, Mr. ROBINSON's Church in the North of England, being ex [...]reamly Harras'd some cast into Prison, some beset in their Houses, some forc'd to leave their Farms and Families; they begin to fly over to HOLLAND, for Purity of Worship and Liberty of Conscience. (B)’

Nea [...] Winter, C [...]pt. N [...]wport arrives at SOUTH-VIRGINIA, with [...]resh Supplies, and stays 14 Weeks: And this Winter, Iames-Town catching Fire is Bu [...]nt; bu [...] soon repaired. (ps)

Dec. 15. The 2 English Ships sail from SAGADEHOCK (gr) with all their Company, except 45, for England. (sm)

1608.

THIS Winter, Extream Cold, both in Europe and North America▪ (ps gr) and in the midst thereof (pc) the Store-House, most of the Provisions (gr) and Lodgings at SAGADEHOCK are Burnt; which exceedingly distresses the People: And this Winter old Capt. Popham, their Praesident Dies, in this North Plantation, the only one of the Company that Dies There; and Capt. Rawley Gilbert succeeds as Praesident. (pc)

Upon the Ships Arrival in England from SAGADEHOCK, L. Ch. Justice Popham orders the [Page 24] Council of Plimouth to send them back with Supplies (gr)

The Spring approaching Capt. Newport sails from SOUTH VIRGINIA for England; and Capt. Nelson arrives at Iames-Town: These 2 Ships bring near 100 Men, and 120 Persons. (ps)

Feb. 25. Mr. Murray Minister of Leith in Scotland, having been committed to the Ca [...]le of Edi [...] burgh, for opposing the Ri [...]e of Bishops; is this day bro't before the King's Council There, and dismiss'd: For which the King sends them a sharp Rebuke, and a Warrant to the Captain of the Guard to commit Him again: so wi [...]hout any new Citation, not convict d of any off [...]nce, upon the King's private Direction on [...]y, He is committed to the Castle again, and there detain'd a Year: And then the King orders the Council to send Him to a remote Part of the Kingdom, and there confine and forbid Him to Preach. (cl)

‘This Spring, more of Mr. ROBINSON'S Church, thro' great Difficulties from their Pursuers, get over to H [...]LLAND: And afterwards, the Rest, with Mr Robinson and Mr. Br [...]wster; who are of the last, having Tar [...]y'd to help the weakest over before them. They 1st settle at Amsterdam; and stay There a Year: where Mr. Smith and his Church had gotten before them. (B)’

This Spring, By the Lord Chief Iustice's Order (gr) Two Ships are furnish'd with [...]re [...]h Supplies for NORTH VIRGINIA (sm) and as they a [...] waiting for a Wind, they hear of his Death ^[13] [Page 25] However they sail, & a [...]rive at SAGADEHOCK (gr) not long after the Death of Praesident Popham (sm)

Soon after these Ships sail'd from England ▪ Sir Iohn Gilbert Dies, and leaves his younger Brother Ra [...]ley ^† Gilb [...]rt his Heir; (gr) & Sir Francis Popham, Son to the Lord Chief Justice, with some of the Adventurers, send a new Supply (pc) and this Ship also arrives at SAGA [...]EHOCK in some small time after the other: (sm) By these Ships the Plantation being inform'd 1st of the Death of Lord Chief Iustice Popham and then of Sir Iohn Gilbert; (sm) and Capt. Gilbert the Praesident being oblig'd to go home and take care of the Estate his Brother left Him; the whole Colony brakes up and Returns with Him (gr) this Year to England: And thus this Plantation Begins an [...] Ends in one Year; (sm) brand the Country as over Cold and not Habitable by our Nation; and the Adventurers Give over their Design. (gr)

After this, Sir Francis Popham send [...] Capt. Williams (sm) divers Times to this Coa [...] for Trade and Fishing only; (pc) and Sir F. Gorges also sends Vines with a Ship to Fish, Trade and Discover, for some Years together, and hires Men to stay the Winter, wherein the Plague rag'd among the Indians (gr) [which I suppose is the Winter 1616, 17],

But upon theColony's Braking up, the French settle themselves within our Limits. (pc)

[Page 26]July 25 Tuesday, a General Ass [...]m [...]ly mee [...]s at Li [...] lithgow in Scotland, intreats the King, as several Presbyteries and Synods h [...]d before, to grant the Banish'd and Confined Ministers their Liberty; But it cou'd not be obtained (cl)

This Year, Capt. Iohn S [...]ith sails up the Rivers and Discovers the Inland Parts of SOUTH VIRGINIA: Sept. 10, He receives from England Letters Patent, to be Praesident: And now, it seems that Capt. Newport arri [...]es, with 70 Persons more; and sailing f [...]r England, leaves 200 in all the Colony. (ps)

1609.

‘MR. Robinson's CHURCH having stay'd at Amsterdam about a Year; seeing Mr. Smith and his Company was fallen into Contention with the Church that wa [...] There before Him, and that the Flames thereof were like to break out in tha [...] Ancient Church itself (as afterwards lamentably came to p [...]ss) which Mr. Robinson and Church prudently foreseeing; they think it best to Remove in Time, before they were any way engaged with the same: tho' they knew it wou'd be very much to the Prejudice of their ou [...]ward Interest, as it prov'd to be; yet valuing Peace and spiritual Comfort above other Riches, they therefore Remove to LEY [...]EN, about the Beginning of the 12 Years Truce between the Dutch & Spaniards. Chuse Mr. BREWSTER assistant to Him in the Place of an Eld [...]r; and there live in great Love & Harmony both among themselves▪ and [Page 27] their neighbou [...] Citiz [...]ns for above Eleven Years, till they Remove to NEW-ENGLAN [...] (B) ^[14]’

Apr. 9. The Dutch agree to the Twelve Years Tru [...]e with the King of Spain and Arch-Duke Albert (c)

May. King Iames Establishes the East India Company for ever ( [...]s)

The Council for SOUTH VIRGINIA having mov'd the King to call in theirCommission, and R [...]ceiv'd a new One; they make Sir Th mas West Ld de la War, General of the Colony; Sir Thomas Gates, his Lieutenant; Sir Ge [...]rge Somers Admiral; Sir Thomas Dale High Marshal; Sir Ferdinand Wainman General of the Horse; and Capt N [...]wport Vice-Admiral. (sm)

May 15. Sir Thomas Gates and Vice-Admiral Newport, sail with 7 Ships from Woolwich for SOUTH VIRGINIA: May 20, arrive at Plimouth, where Sir George Somers joins them with a Ketch and a Pinnace: Friday, Iune 2, they all sail, with 500 People, (ps) Men, Women and Children (hs) from Plimouth: and Iune 8, from Falm [...]uth ( [...]s)

[...]une. Sir Iohn Bourcher brings the making of Alome, to Perfection in England (hs)

[Page 28]July 10. Or thereabout, Capt. Samuel A [...]gal arrives in SOUTH-VIRGINIA, to Fish for Sturgeon (ps) who now 1st discovers the direct Passage from England Thither, and not to Go by the West-Indies, as before. (hs)

July 24 Monday, the South Virginia Fleet crossing the Gulf of Bahamas, a most vehement Storm separates them. Iuly, 28, Friday, Sir George Somers descries BERMUDAS; from Him therefore call'd the Somer-Islands; is forc'd to Run the Ship ashoar; and in their Boats, all get safe to Land; being 150 Men, Women and Children: and there they Live till May following; Sir Thomas Gates and Vice-Admiral Newport being in the same Ship with them. (ps) ^[15]

Aug. 11. Four other Ships of the Fleet arrive at SOUTH-VIRGINIA: a few days after, 2 more; and after this the Pinnace. And Capt. Smith, the Praesident, being exceedingly Burnt with Powder, and the new Comers setting up against Him (pr) about Sept. 29, He sails for England (sm) and they Chuse Mr, Francis West P [...]aesident, who soon follows Him: And then they Chuse Mr. George Piercy P [...]aesident. (ps)

This Summer, Mr. Henry Hudson an English man, but employ'd by the Dutch, searching for a N. W. Pass [...]ge to the East Indies, sails to Newfoundland, and all along the Coast, to Cape-Cod [Page 29] [...]n [...] Virginia, as far as 3; Deg [...]ees ^har. and now I suppose it is that He discovers HUDSONS RIVER.

Oct. 9 Iames A [...]minius Profess [...]r of Divinity at Leyden Dies ^pa. there, AE [...]atis 49, ^cc. and Conradus Vorstius call'd to supply his Place.^pa.

Nov. b. At the King's Direction, the Council o [...] Scotland confine Mr. Fairfull, Minister of Dumserling, during the King's Pleasure; only for Praying for the distress [...]d Ministers, both within and without the Country. (cl)

Mr. NICHOLAS FULLER, who was cast into Prison by Arch Bishop Bancroft in 1607, for Pleading in Defence of his Clients, against the Power of the Ecclesiastical Commissioners, i [...] still by the Arch-Bishop kept in Prison: many were his Petitions to the King for Enlargement, But the Arch-Bishop preacquainted the King and represented to Him, that this Lawyer was the Champion of the Nonconformists: So that He lay in Prison till He Died this Year▪ (fl)

Dec. 21. Mr. William Ames, Fellow of Christ's College in Cambridge, Preaches in St. Mary's against Playing Cards and Dice: at which many are so offended, that to avoid Expulsion, He goes beyond Sea: and the States of Friesland not long after Chuse Him Prof [...]ssor (fl) of Divinity in their University of Franeker. ^[16]

1610.

[Page 30]Feb. 15. THe King erects 2 High Commissio [...] C [...]urts in Scotland; under the Arch-Bishops of St. Andrews and Glasg [...]w, and over their several Provinces: which Commission puts the King in P [...]ss [...]ssi [...]n of absolute Power to use the Bodies and Goods of his Subjects at Pleasure without Form or Process of Common Law: and now the Scots Bish [...]ps are become Patrons of B [...]n [...]fices, Lords of Parliament, Council, Exch [...]quer, Sessi [...]n High Commission &c (cl)

Feb. 28. The Lord Del [...]ware has his Patent seal'd by the South Vi [...]ginia Company, to be Lord Governor and Capt General of all the Colonies Ther [...], during his Life: and before March 24 He s ils with 3 Ships and 150 M [...]n▪ accomp [...]ny'd wi [...]h Knig [...]t [...] & Gentlemen of Q [...]ality; Capt A [...]gal c [...]nducting Him Thither. (hs)

Apr. 27. King Iames Gran [...]s to divers Persons [...] Patent of Incorpora [...]ion, &c: to settle a Col [...] ny in NEWFOUNDLAND; ^[17] In Iune, they send Mr JOHN GUY, as Governor, with 39 Persons: who arrives There; Begins the Colony in Conception Bay; and There Winters▪ (ps)

May [...]. Thursday, the French Queen Crown'd at Paris, (hs ^p.) the next day, K [...]ng Henry the IV her L [...]rd, stab'd to Death (c. ^p.) by a Popish Priest ^pn. in his Coach: and his Son Lewis XIII, Reigns: (c) But th [...] Queen made Regen [...] during her Son's minority. (^p. hs)

May 10. Sir Thom [...]s Gates, Sir George Somers and Vice Admiral N [...]wport, sail from Bermudas in [Page 31] their new-builtPinaces for SOUTH VIRGINIA, leaving two Men, who refus'd to come aboard them: Munday May 21. they descry South Virginia, sail into Chesepiak Bay, and find Mr. George Piercy Praesident: Wednesday May 23, they anchor and land at Iames Town, with about 150 Persons: But finding the Colony▪ from 500, when Capt. Smith went away, reduc'd to 60, and in a wretched state; they all resolve for England: and on June 7, the whole Company gets aboard, leaves JAMES TOWN, and sails down the River. [And thus the FIRST COLONY there Brakes up.] But the next da [...] the Lord Delaware from England, meets them: upon which they return and land at the Tow [...] again. (ps)

June 10. Lords-day, the Lord Delaware arrive [...] with his three Ships and 150 Men, at Iames [...] Town, lands, and takes upon Him the Govern [...]ment. Iune 19, Sir G Sommers and Capt. Arga [...] sail from Iames Town for BERMUDAS for Pro [...]visions. (ps)

June. Another Ship, with 20 Men and a year [...] Pro [...]visions, sent after the Lord Delaware from England, for South Virginia. (hs)

July 15. Sir T. Gates sails for England: and Iuly 16, Sir G. Sommers and Capt Argal ▪ meeting with violent Storms and contrary Winds, bar [...] away for CAPE COD; and Iuly 26, for SAGADEHOCK: the Night after, being very foggy, they lose sight of each other: Iuly 29, Capt Argal comes to a Rocky Island, in 43 Deg & 40 N lands upon it, finds great store of Seels, and calls it Seel-Rock: Aug. 14, shapes his Course for Cape-Cod; to the back side of which He [Page 32] comes on Aug. 19, in 41 Deg. 50 min. finds the Variation N. 13 deg. W: ^‖ The next day sail [...] for SOUTH-VIRGINIA; Aug. 27, anchors in 9 Fathom, in a very great Bay; the Southern Cape of which, is in 38 & 20N: ^[18] August 31▪ arrives at Cape Charles, the N. Cape of Chesepiack Bay. Sir G. Sommers also sails, first to Sagadehock, then to Bermudas; where he Dies▪ and his Pinace returns to England, leaving three Men behind them▪ (ps.)

Octob. 21. By the King's Commission, the Bishop [...] of London, Ely, Worcester and Rochester, conse [...]crate the Scottish Bishops in the Bp of London' [...] Chapp [...]l; viz Mr Iohn Spotswood—A Bp. of Glasgow, Mr Gawen Hamilton,— Bp of Galloway, an [...] Mr. Andrew Lamb, — Bp of Breechin. (hs)

Nov. 2 Rich Bancroft, A. Bp of Canterbury, Dies. (sl)

Dec. 31. The King, by Proclamation, Dissolves his first Parliament. (hs. bk)

‘This Year, comes out — a Iustification of Seperation from theChurch of England, by JOH [...] ROBINION, Pages 4 [...]6, in Quarto ^rb., and about this Time, and the follo [...]ing Years, many come to his C [...]urch at Leyden, from diverse Parts of England; so as they grow a Great Congregation.’ (B) and this Year, Dr. AM [...] Publishes his Puritanismus Anglicanus, in Latin▪ Octavo, at Francfort in Germany (Lib. ipse)

1611.

THis Winter f [...]ur of the English Die [...] NEWFOUNDLAND. (ps)

[Page 33]Mar. 15. Or thereabouts, Sir Thomas Dale, sails fo [...] SOUTH VIRGINIA, with 3 S [...]ips, 300 People, 12 Kine, 20 Goats, and all things needful for the Colony (hs)

Mar. After 8 Months Illness there, L. Delaware sails in Capt. Argal for England; leaving upward of 200 Men, and Capt. George Piercy his Dep Gov. 'till SirT. Dale arrives; whosePower is also to end upon Sir T. Gates's arrival. (ps)

This Year, Mr Edward Harlie and Nicholas Hobson sail to North Virginia (ps) and of this Voyage I suppose it is that Capt. Smith writes, that the Earl of South Hampton and those of the Isle of Wight, employ Capt. Edward Har [...]low to discover an Isle suppos'd about Cape Cod: But falling with Monahigan, they detained three Savages, viz Pechmo, Monopet and Pekenimne: But Pechmo leap'd overboard and got away. Not far from thence, they had three Men sorely wounded with Arrows: and anchoring at the Isle of Nohono, the Savages in their Canows assault the Ship, 'till the English Guns make them retire; yet Here they take Sakaweston: and at Capawe they take C [...]neconam & Epenow. But at Agawam, the Natives use them mor [...] kindly; and so with five Savages they retur [...] for England: But of Plantations, there a [...] no more Speeches. (sm)

April 9 Tuesday, Dr. George Abbot, Bp of London transferr'd to the Archbishoprick of Canterbury (hs) and Fuller says, He was not much belov' [...] by the Inferior Clergy, as being over-austere and rigid. (fl.)

May 10. Sir T. Dale arrives at S. VIRGINIA, with his 3 Ships and 300 People &c. in 8 Week [Page 34] Passage (ps) Toward the end of May, Sir T Gates sails from England thither, with 3 Ships and 3 Carvells, 280 Men, 20 Women, 200 Kine, as many Swine &c. (hs) and Aug. 1, or 2, arrivesThere, with his 6 Ships, 300 People &c. (ps)

[SOUTH VIRGINIA being thus Settled, I shall leave their History.]

May 22. K. Iames begins the order of Baronets; and this Day, creates 18. ^sl.

May e. Mr. Stratoun, Minister of Forress in Scotland, warded in the Castle of Inn [...]rness, for Preaching against the state of Bishops. (cl)

Nov. Vorstius order'd to retire from Leyden, to his House at Tergou. (pa)

This Year, the New Version of the BIBLE into English, finished by 47 Translators. (fl)

1612.

THe Curators of the University of Leyde [...] call Simon Episcopius to be Professor of Divinity There, against the mind of Polyander the other Professor, and to the great Grief of the Churches. (pa)

Mar. 3. Bartholomew Legate condemn'd to theFire by the Bps in the Consist [...]ry of Paul's London, for Arrianism: March 11, the K issues his Writ to Burn Him (fl) and Wednesday March, 18, He is Burnt in Smithfield (hs. fl.) in a vast conflux of Spectators, about 40 years of age. (fl) ^[19]

[Page 35]Apr. 11. Edward Wightman, having been convicted by the Bp of Litchfield of the like or worse Heresies, is There, this day Burnt. Which Executions raising the Compassions of the People; the K. chuses that Hereticks should waste away their Lives in Prison. (fl)

The BERMUDAS ISLANDS being within the Limits of VIRGINIA, and theCompany finding Land enough on the Main, sell these Islands to 120 of the same Company; who name them the SOMMER ISLANDS, obtain a Charter, and so hold them of His Majesty, (hs) and

Apr. 28. They send the first Colony Thither, of 60 Persons, under Mr. Richard Moor Gov. There for 3 years, (pr. hs) who now embark in aShip at London, and go down to Gravesend: May, 9 sail from the Downs: Iuly, 11, descry & land at Bermudas: Aug. 2, subscribe to 6 r [...]ligious articles of Government: and this Year, 30 Passengers more arrive Here. (ps)

June 7. Mr. Guy arrives at NEWFOUNDLAND again: and thi [...] Summer, Capt. Peter Easton, the famous Pirate, comes Thither, with 10 good Ships ^(w) takes 100 Men out of the Fishing Vess [...]ls in Conception Bay, besides what he takes in others, mans 6 Ships (ps) and sails to the Streigh [...]s ^(w) ^[20] and this Year, the Newfoundland Colony increases to 60 Persons. (ps)

[Page 36]Aug. 4. Mr. Hugh Broughton Dies at Totnam High Cross, aet. 63. ^(l)

‘In these Times are Great Troubles rais'd by the Arminians in Holland: In Leyden especially there are daily and hot Disputes in the Schools about the Arminian Doctrines; the two Divinity Prof [...]ssors being divided; Episcopius Teaching for 'em, Polyander against them: and the Contention grows to that pass, that few of the Disciples of the one will hear the other. But Mr. ROBIN [...]SON, tho' he Preaches thrice a Week and wrote sundry Books, besides his other mani [...]fold Labours; yet goes constantly to hear them both: whereby He is grounded so well in the Controversy, sees the Force of all their Arguments, knows the Shifts of the Armi [...]nians: and being himself otherwise very able; none is fi [...]ter to engage them, as appears by sundry Disputes: so as he begins to be Terrible to the Arminian Party (B)’

Octob. 16. Parliament of Scotland meets; and still enlarges the King's & Bishops Powers. (cl)

The same Day Frederick, P. Palatine of the Rhine, arrives at Graves [...]nd (hs bk) and Lords day, 18, at White H [...]ll, to marry the Princess Elizabeth, K Iames's only Daughter (hs)

Nov. 6. Fryday, The most hopeful, Henry Prince of Wales, Dies of a malignant Fever; aged 18 years, 8m. 17d (hs bk) and Fuller says, He was never known to have uttered a pro [...]ne Oath (fl)

[Page 37] 1613.Feb. 14. LOrds day, the Princess Eliz married to the P. Palatine, (hs. bk) on which day, are Tilting and [...]her Royal Entertainments of Time, (hs) at Night ▪ a Mask of Lords & Ladies: Saturday, Ap [...]l, 10 the P. Palatine and Lady set out from White-Hall for Heidelberg. (hs. bk) a [...]d Howes says, that during the Palatine's abode in England, He behav'd himself so nobly, thatHe won the Hearts of the wholeNation. (hs)

Mar. 27. Nicholas Guy's Wife deliver'd of a Son at NEWF [...]UN [...]LAND (ps) which seems to be the first English Child Born There.

June A [...]rives▪ from England, atBERMUDAS, a Vessel with 60 Passengers: sometime after, another with 40: two Months after, a 3d, with 100: two Days after a 4th. with 180: and fourteen Days after 2 Frigates, with 160. (sm)

[BERMUDAS being thus Settled, I shall leave their History.]

The Government of S. VIRGINIA, hearing that the French had settled within our Limits, send Capt. Argal to dislodge them: who sail [...] to Sagadahock, and seizes their Forts at Mount M [...]ns [...]l, St Croix ▪ & Port Royal; & carries their Ship & Pinace, Ordnance, Cattle & Provision t [...] Iames-Town (sm ps) ^[21]

Octob. 25. Monday. LordChief Justice Cook remov'd to the Kings Bench, and made Lord Chie [...] Justice of England. (hs)

[Page 38]This Year, Mr. Randal Bates, a Rev. Preache [...] ▪ Dies in Prison, having lain in the Gate-House ▪ about 20 month [...], only for opposing the Prelacy and Ceremonies us'd in the Church (bh) and Mr. Cotton says▪ He was an Heavenly Saint, suffer'd for the same cause, choak'd in Prison: nor cou'd be releas'd, tho' Dr. Hering a learned & beloved Physician, earnestly sollicited Bp Neal for hi [...] Enlargement, as He tender'd his Life: But the Physician's suit was repuls'd with Reproaches▪ and the Life of his Patient spilt by that Rigor ^(cb)

‘And about this Year, it seems, that EPISCOPIUS sets forth sundry Arminian Theses at Leyden, which He wou'd defend in Publick against all opposers. Upon which POLYANDER and th [...] chief Preachers of the City, desire Mr. ROBINSO [...] to dispute against Him. But being a Stranger, He was loth to engage. Yet th [...] other telling Him, that such was the ability and expertness of the Adversary, that the Truth is in Danger to suffer, if he would not help them; are so importunate, as at length He yield [...] ▪ and when the Day comes, He so defends the Truth and soils the Opposer, as He puts Him to an apparent [...]on plus in thisGreat & Publick Audience. The same he does a 2d or 3d time▪ upon the like occasions: which as it cause [...] many to give Praise to GOD that the Truth had so famous a Victory▪ so it procures Mr. Robinson much Respect & Honour from thos [...] Learned Men & others: and 'tis said by som [...] of no mean note, that were it not for giving offence to the State of England; they would Prefer him otherwise, if he pleas'd, and allow his People some Publick Favour. (B)’

[Page 39] 1614.Jan. 21. MR Iames Melvin, having suffer'd 7 years Exile at the King's Pleasure, not convict of any Offence, Dies at Berwick the Place of his Confinement: He was one of the wisest Director [...] of Ecclesiastical Affairs the Church of Scotland had in his Time: and the King being set upon advancing the State of Bps, call'd Him toCourt, and never suffer'd Him to Return, least He should hinder their Designs. (cl)

Mar. 3. Capt. Iohn Smith, with 2 Ships, and 45 Men and Boys, sails from the Downes for N. VIRGINIA, (ps) to make Trial of a Mine of Gold and Copper: and if these fail, then to Fish and Trade, carrying Tantum an Indian with him, (sm) April 30, arrives at the Isle Monahigan, (ps) in 43 & 30 N. (sm) where H [...] is to stay with 10 Men, to keep Possession, if the Whaling answers Expectation: But being disappointed He builds 7 Boats, in which 37 Men make a great Fishing Voyage, while with 8 Men in a small Boat he ranges the Coasts, & Trades with the Natives (ps) from Penobscut to Sagadehock, Acocisco, Passataquack, Tragabigzanda, call'd Cape Ann; the Massachusetts Isles, on which they say, are 3000 People, fights with 40 or 50 of them, finds two French Ships ⁸² who had been here six Weeks (sm) and made a great Voyage by Trade, ⁸³ Thence He sails to Accomack, where He also fights & kills some Indians: Thence to Cape Cod, where he sets Tan [...]tum, ashoar. On the Main, against Monahigan, finds a Ship of Sir Francis Pophams's, which had [Page 40] many years used that Port only, (sm. 1.) Iuly 18, Capt. Smith sails for England (ps) in the Bark, and leaves the Ship under Tho Hunt Master, to fit for Spain (sm) Aug. 5. Capt Smith puts in at Plimouth (sm. 1.) and in the end of the month, arrives at London (ps) draws a Plat of the Country, & first calls it NEW-ENGLAND. (sm) After Smith le [...]t NEW ENGLAND (sm) Hunt gets 20 Indians aboard Him at Patuxit ^re. one of whom is called Squanto (B. ^re.) or Squantum or Tisquantu [...] (B ^re. ^W.) and 7 more at Nausit ^re. and carries them to Malaga, and sells them (sm) for Slaves, at 20 Pound a Man, ^re. which raises such an Enmity in the Savages against our Nation as makes further attempts ofCommerce with them very dangerous, (pc. B. ^re. ^fg.)

[From this time therefore, we shall distinguish N. VIRGINIA by the Name of NEW ENGLAND, and confine the Name VIRGINIA to the SOUTHERN COLONY]

Mar. 4. A Proclamation at Edinburgh, commanding Ministers & People to celebrate the Lor [...]'s Supper on E [...]ster following, viz Apr. 24. the Pretence being for Trial of Popish Recusants; [...] the wiser take it as a Trial how the People will bare Innovations; there being Acts of the General Ass [...]mbly in Force against them. (cl)

[Page 41] [...]pr 5. The K's 2d. PARLIAMENT of England Begins ( [...].^sl) complains of his admitting Papists into his Council, his silencing many watchful and diligent Ministers, and his several Treaties to marry the late P. Henry and present P. Charles with the Daughters of Popish Princes; all which disheartens Pr [...]testants and encourage Papists (ec.) and the House of COMMONS beginning to Question Bp Harsenet & Bp N [...]al, for offensive Speeches; to save them from the Storm, is suppos'd the Reason of the King's abrupt dissolving them (fl) on Iune 7. Upon which the K. imprisons several Members, without Bail or Mainprize, for the Freedom they had taken; and raises Money on his Subj [...]cts by way of Benevolence. (e [...] ^sl)

June Some of the Plimouth Company, (pc) viz Sir F Gorges with the Earl of Southampton Commander of the Isle of Wight, send Capt. Henry H [...]rl [...]y and Capt. Ho [...]s [...]n ^* Commander of some Land Sol [...]iers, in a S [...]ip (gr) from Plimouth (ps) for the Isle of CAPA [...]I [...], (gr) or Capa [...]ack, (sm) l [...]ing southward of C [...]pe C [...]d, (gr sm) carrying two Indi [...]ns, v [...]z E [...]n [...]e and M [...]n [...]et (pc) ^[22] in search of a Gold Mine which Epenow told them of, with a Design only to get Home (sm) [Page 42] But arriving at the Harbour where Epenow wa [...] to make good his Undertaking, a little afte [...] Hunt had carried the Indians away, Mana [...] Dies, (pc) and Epenow jumps over board & ge [...] ashoar, while the Indians in 20 Canows attac [...] them (gr) and wound the Master of the Shi [...] and many of his Company. (sm) Upon which the English Return without doing any thin [...] further: (gr) and at this the Western Men are s [...] discourag'd, as they regard not the Country til [...] they see four Ships sail from London and Capt Smith at Plimouth in Ianuary next. (sm)

This Summer, Sir Henry Manwaring is [...] NEWFOUNDLAND with five good Ships. (w. ps)

1615.

Jan. THe Virginia Company at London ▪ send fo [...] Ships with Michael Cooper, (ps) who had been Master of the Bark under Capt Smith la [...] Y, (sm) to Fish on the Coast of NEW ENGLAND [...] who arriving There in March, & making thei [...] Voyages; 1 sails to Spain, 1 to Virginia to r [...] lieve that Colony, & 2 Return to England. (ps)

Jan. Capt Smith goes from London to Plimouth: In March, sails in a Ship of 200 Tuns, with [...] ther of 50 (ps) furnished by Sir F. Gorges [...] others, for NEW ENGLAND; being to leave 1 [...] Men There to Begin a Settlement: But [...] He sails 120 Leagues, a great Storm parts Hi [...] from the other Ship, breaks all his Masts, an [...] forces Him to Return to Plimouth: when leaving his Ship, He gets into a Bark of 6 [...] Tuns: and Iune 24, sails again with 30 Men 16 of whom are to Begin the Settlement. A [...] Fyal, meets with 2 French Pirates; 1 of 20 [...] Tuns, the other of 30; engages, and beats the [...] [Page 43] off: But near the Isle of Flores, 4 French Me [...] of War take & carry Him to France. (sm) The other Ship parted from Him in the Storm a [...] 1st, proceeded, arriv'd at New England in May, made her Voyage, & comes home in Aug (ps)

Mar. 25. A Proclamation at Edinburgh, to celebrate the L's Supper at Easter in all Times coming. (cl)

Apr. 23. Lord's day, George Villars, Esq sworn Gentleman of the King's Bed Chamber; the next day Knighted (hs) & becomes the K's Favourite: (bk) Aug. 27. 1616, made a Lord: Ian. 5 1616, 7. made Earl; Ian. 1. 1617, 8. Marquess; (hs. ⁹⁶) and May 18▪ 1623, Duke of Buckingham ⁹⁷

This Y. Capt. Richard Whitbourn goes to NEWFOUNDLAND, with a Commission from the Admiralty to Empannel Iuries &c. (w. ps) and this Y, at Newfoundland, are many Thousands of English French, Portugees & Others: the French and Biscayans resorting chiefly to the N & W. Parts, where the Indians also chiefly keep. (ps)

[NEWFOUNDLAND being thus Settled, I shall leave their History.]

[...]uly. The Londoners send 2 more Ships, to Fish at NEW ENGLAND: But going by the West Indies, arrive not in New England till May 1616; One returning in 2 months after. (ps)

Oct. Sir Richard Hakins sails from England, with Commission from the Council of Plimouth, to try what Service He cou'd do them as Praesident for this Y, [...]t NEW ENGLAND: But arriving and finding the War at the Height, and the principal N [...]tives almost destroyed, He passes along the Coast to Virginia, stays There some time, and sails for Spain, (gr)

[Page 44]This Year, the A. Bishops, Bishops, and the re [...] of the Clergy of Ireland, in the Convocatio [...] holden at Dublin, agree upon 104 Articles of Religion, for avoiding Diversities of Opinions and establishing Consent touching true Religion ^ar.

1616.

FEb. & March, sail for NEW ENGLAND, 4 Ship [...] from Plim [...]uth, (ps sm) and 2 more from London, (ps) ^[23] but only for Voyages of Profit (sm) by Fish & Trade. (ps) One of the Plimouth Ships gets in 1 Month to New England, and thence goes to Spain; the other 3 return to Plimouth within 6 Months, (sm) One of the Londoners gets in 6 Weeks to New England, & within 6 Months returns to England: the other goes to the Ca [...]naries: and all 6 full Laden. (ps)

Jun 20 K Iames goes into the Star Chamber, and makes a Speech to the Judges & others There, (^kj hs) wherein he says, The STAR CHAMBER Court hath been shaken of late; and the last Year had received a sore Blow, if it had not been assisted and carried by a few Voices: and charges the Judges — Let not PAPISTS nor PURITANS be countenanced. In another Place He, says — As I have said in Parliament H [...]use, I can LOVE the Person of a PAPIST, being otherwise a Good Man and honestly bred, never having known any other Religion; tho' th [...] Person of an Apostate Pa [...]pist I hate, &c. ^kj.

[Page 45]Jun. 18. Comes out, A Description of NEW ENGLAND▪ Or the Observations & Discoveries of Capt Iohn Smith ▪ (Admiral of that Country) in 1614, wit [...] the Success of 6 Ships that went the next Yea [...] 1615, and the Accidents befell him among the French Men of War; with the Proof of the present Benefit this Country affords, whither, this Y 1616 Eight Voluntary Ships are gone, to make further Trial: Printed in 4to. London, 1616.

Aug. 13. A General Assembly meets by the K's Orde [...] at Aberdeen in Scotland: when the A. Bp of St. Andrews steps into the Moderator's Place with out Election, against the Act of the Church yet unrepealed, and a Number of Lords and others set without lawful Commission: who under the K's Guard, receive a new Conf [...]ssion of Faith, order theCommunion to be celebrated every Yea [...] at Easter; and impower Committees to draw up a new Cate [...]hism, a Common Prayer Book, and a Book of Canons, for the King's allowance. (cl)

Sep. 29. Lord's day, Dr. Andrews, Bp of Ely, sword a Privy Councellor. ( [...]s)

Nov. 4. K. Iames crowns his Son Charles Prince of Wales: and Lord's day, Nov. 10. in Honour of his Creation, 25 Knights of the Bath, with all Magnificence, ride to White-Hall, and are there Knighted by His M [...]jesty. ( [...]s)

Nov. 16. Saturday, Sir Edward Cock, L. Ch. Just. of the King's Bench discharg'd of his Office. (hs)

Sometime this Fall a French Ship cast away at the N E. part of Cape Cod: But the Men getting safe ashoar, the Indians watch & dog 'em till they kill 'em all but 3 or 4, which they send from one Sachim to another to make spo [...]t and use 'em worse thanSlaves, till 2 are redeem' [...] by Capt Dermer in 1619 (B. pl)

[Page 46] 1617.Jan. b. K. Iames notifies theCouncil of Scotland o [...] his Design of coming Thither; & Promises that what he does There shall be with the Applause of all: yet in repairing his Chappel at Halyrood House, a Place is prepared for Organs, and the Images of the 12 Apostles & 4 Evangelists wro't in Wood and Gilt, are order'd to be set up: But the People murmuring, the Scots Bps disswade the K. from setting them up; tho' with a sharp Rebuke & Check of Ignorance, both from the King & A Bp. Abbot; the King telling the Sco [...]s Bps, that his English Doctor [...] wou'd instruct 'em in these & other Points. (cl)

This Winter and the Spring ensuing, a Grea [...] PLAGUE befalls the Natives inNEW ENGLAND▪ which wasteth them exceedingly; and so many Thousands of them Die, that the Living are not able to Bury them, and their Skulls and Bones remain above Ground at the Places of thei [...] Habitations for several Years after▪ (gr. B. re) ²⁴

Mar. 7. Sir Francis Bacon, K's Attorney, made Lord Keeper; and Ian. 4. following, made Lord Chancellor, (hs)

Mar. 14. Friday, K. Iames sets out from White-Hall for Scotland. (hs) May 16, Enters Edinburgh: and next Day, has the English Service; when Playing on Organs, Quiriste [...] and Surplices are first heard & seen in the King's Chappel. (cl)

[Page 47]Mar. 22. Mr. Thomas Parker, AEta. 22, only Son to the famous Mr. Robert Parker, made master of Arts at Fran [...]ker. ^[25]

This Spring, Capt. Smith is provided with 3 good Ships at Plimouth, & 15 Men to stay and Settle in NEW ENGLAND: But being Wind bound 3 months, the Voyage is frustrate: For which & his other Losses & Disappointments about this Country, the Commissioners of the Plimouth Company contract with him to be Admiral of N [...]w England for Life (ps)

June 8. Being Whitsunday, by the King's command, the Lord's Supper is first observ'd after the English Form, with Kneeling at Halyrood House, contrary to the order of the Church of Scotland, and several Lord's forbare to Communicate. Tuesday following the King commands them to Communicate after this new manner the next Lord's day: But tho' some Noblemen & Bps Communicate Kneeling, yet not half the No [...]blemen [...]equired. (cl)

June 17. Tuesday, the Parliament of Scotland meets: Wherein the Lords pass a BILL, that the King with the Arch-Bishops, Bishops, and such Ministers as He shou'd Chuse, sh [...]l have in all times coming, full Power to conclude matters decent so [...] the external Policy of the Ki [...]k, nor re [...]ugnan [...] to the word of God, and such Conclusi [...]s shal have the Power of Laws: But 56 Ministers [Page 48] Protest against it, and the Bill falls, to the Kings great Displeasure. (cl)

July 11. The King goes to St. Andrews, to set in the High Commission Court, upon the Protesting Ministers: The next day sets therein & makes a Speech, declaring — We took this order with the Puritans in England, who stood out as long as they were deprived only of their Benefices▪ Preaching still, and living on the Benevolence of the People that affected their Cause: But when we depriv'd them of their Office, many yielded to us, and are now become the best Men we have: Let us take the like Course with the Puritans here: So they went to work and deprived 3 o [...] the Protesting Ministers. (cl)

Aug. K. Iames, returning from Scotland, thro' Lancashire; says, He rebuked some PURITANS and precise People, for prohibiting & punishing People there for using their lawful Recreations and honest Exercises (as he calls them) upon SUNDAYS, and publishes his Pleasure under his own hand, that they should not be prevented for the future, King Iames's Declaration (call'd the Book of Spo [...]t [...] ▪ Printed in 4 [...]0 L [...]ndon. 1618. and Sep. 15, He arrives at London. (hs. bk)

‘This Year, Mr. Robinson & his Church, begin to think of a Remove to AMER [...]CA. for several weighty Reasons: As (1) The Difficulties in Holland discourag'd many from coming to them out of England, and obliged man [...] [Page 49] to return. ^[26] (2) By reason of these Diffi [...]culties, with the Licentiousness of the Youth and Temptations of the Place, many of their Children left their Parents, some becoming Soldiers, others taking to Foreign Voyages, & some to courses tending to Dissoluteness & the Danger of their Souls; to the great Grief of their Parents, and Fear least their Posterity, thro' these Temptations and Examples shou'd degenerate and Religion die among them. (3) From an inward Zeal and great Hope of laying some Foundation, or making way for Propagating the Kingdom of CHRIST to the remote Ends of the Earth; tho' they shou'd be but as stepping Stones to others &c. ^[27] Upon their talk [Page 50] of Removing, sundry of note among the Dutch, wou'd have them go under them & make them large Offers: But chusing to go under the English Government, where they might enjoy their Religious Priviledges, without molestation; after humble Prayers to Go [...], they first debate whether to go to Guiana or Virginia: And tho' some and none of the meanest are earnest for the former, they at length determine for the l [...]tt [...]r; so as to settle in a destinct Body, but under the general Government of Virginia. Upon which they send Mr. Robert Cushman and Mr Iohn Carver, to treat with the Virginia Company, & see if the King wou'd give them Liberty of Conscience There (b(’

Nov. 4. Commissioners for a General Assembly in S [...]otland having been chosen in Presence of the Bishops there, and those nominated who mis' lik'd Episcopal Government, being not allow'd by the Bishops; a General Assembly is this day Proclaim'd at Edinburgh to meet at St. Andrews on the 25th current. And Nov 2 [...] the General Assembly meeting accordingly▪ the Commissioners of 7 Diocies are absent for want of time: The Arch Bishop of St. Andrews in his Sermon, bitterly inveighs against many worthy Men of the Ministry deceased, and said some of them deserv'd to b [...] [...]ang'd: The King in his Letter wills the Assembly to conform to his desires, or otherwise threatens that He wou'd use his own Authority: and to gratify Him, they agree (1) to minister the Commumuni [...]n to th [...] dang [...]r [...]usly Sick, (2) that the Ministers shall de [...]l th [...] Elements to every one with their o [...]n H [...]nds: Bu [...] deferring th [...] Considerati [...]n of H [...]ly D [...]ys, the K. is highly [...]ffended (cl)

[Page 51]Nov. 12. ‘Sir Edwin Sandys writes from London to Mr. Robinson and Mr. Brewster; wherein He says, your AGENTS have carried themselvs with that Discretion as is both to their own Credit and theirs from wh [...]m t [...]ey came: And the 7 Articles subs [...]ribed with your Names, have given the G [...]ntlemen of the COUNCIL for Virginia, that satisfaction which has carried them on to a Resolution to forward your d [...]sire in the best sort that may be for your own and the Publick Good, &c: (B)’

Dec. 15. (I suppose Old Stile) ‘Mr. Robinson and Brewster date their Letter ofThanks from Leyden to Sir Edwin: wherein they write— We have set down our Requests, subscribed with the Hands of the greatest Part of ourCongregation, and sent them to the Council by our Agent Iohn Carver, to whom we have also requested a Gentleman of our Company to ad join Himself—and for your Encouragement we will not forbare to mention these Inducements. (1) We verily believe and trust the LORD is with us; to whom and whoseServic [...] we h [...]ve given ourselves in many Trials, and that He willGraciously prosper our endeavours according to the simplicity of our Hearts. (2) W [...] are well w [...]aned from the delicate Milk of our Mother-Country, and inured to the Diffi [...]ulties of a strange Land. (3) The People are, for the Body of them, industrious and frugal, we think we may safely say, as any Company of People in the World, (4) We are knit together as a Body, in a most strict and sacred Bond and Covenant of the LORD; of the violation whereof we make great Conscience, and by vertue [Page 52] whereof we hold ourselves straitly tied to all care of each others Good, and of the whole. (5) and lastly, It is not with us, as with other Men; whom small things can discourage, or small Discontentments cause to wish our selves at Home again. &c. (B)’

This Year, the Rev. Mr. Paul Baine Dies: who had succeeded the famous Mr. William Perkins, as Lecturer at St. Andrew's Cambridge: But after wards was Silenc'd by Arch-Bishop Bancroft's Visitor Mr. Harsenet, for Nonsubscription and Nonconformity. ^lf.

From 1519, to this Year 1617, have been Entred in the Register Books of Sevil, 15 [...]6 Millions of Gold bro't to Spain from the W. [...]ndies (Perier)

1618.

Jan. 8. SIR Rob [...]rt Nanton sworn the King's Secretary. (hs. Lloyd's State-Worthies.)

Jan. 26. Arch-Bishop Spotswood calls together the Bishops & Ministers at this time in Edinburgh and reads them the King's Letter: wherein He wills them to approve the 5 Articles under their Hands, or the Bishops to suspend them from their Ministry & Stipends: The 5 ARTICLES are, (1) For Kneeling at the Lord's Table. (2) Giving the Communion Privately to the Sick (3) For Baptizing in Private. (4) For Confirmation by the Bishops. (5) For observing the Holy Days of Christmas, Good-Friday, Easter Sunday, Assention-Day & Whitsunday. And [Page 53] Ian. 28, a Proclamation at Edinburgh for a universal Cessation on these Holy Days; and those who refuse, to be punished with Rigour, as disobedient and rebellious Persons, and con [...]temners of the King's Authority: tho' the General Assembly had not consented, & Acts of Parliament against them are yet unrepealed (cl)

Jan. 27. ‘Mr. Robinson & Brewster write from Ley [...]den to Sir Iohn Worstenholme; wherewith they send an account of their Principles, to be communicated to the King's Privy Council, who had received some ill Impressions against them. viz. Touching the ECCLESIASTICAL MINISTRY, namely of Pastors for Teaching, Elders for Ruling▪ & Deacons for destributing the Church's Contributions, as also for the 2 Sacraments Baptism and the Lord's Supper; we wholly agree with the French Reformed Churches, according to their Publick Confession of Faith: tho' some small Differences are to be found in our Practice in some accidental Circumstances, as (1) Their Ministers Pray with their Heads covered; ours uncovered. (2) We chuse none for Governing Elders, but such as are able to Teach; which Ability they don't require. (3) Their Elders and Deacons are annual, or at most for 2 or 3 Years; ours perpetual. (4) Our Elders administer their Office in Admonitions & Excommunications for Publick Scandals, Publickly before the Congregation; theirs more Privately and in their Consistories. &c: (B)’

Feb. 14. ‘S B. who deliver'd this Letter writes that upon Sir Iohn's reading it, I ask'd his Worship what good News He had for me to write [Page 54] to morrow? He told me; very good News' for the King's Majesty & the Bishops have consented: But for your Letters, He wou'd not show them at any Hand, least H [...] shou'd spoil all (B)’

Mar. 30. The Provost and Bailiffs of Edinburgh are commanded by a Letter from the King, to see th [...]t the People observe Good Friday: Apr. 1. The Charge for observing the Holy Days, Published again at Edinburgh: And Apr. 5. being Easter Sunday, the Bishops in Scotland celebrate the Communion Kneeling (cl)

Apr. b. (hs) L Delaware sails in a Ship of 250 Tuns, with 200 People for Virginia: But dies at Sea; ^† the Ship baring for New England, there meets with a small Frenchman rich in Bevers and other Furr: and there refreshing with Fish, Fowl, Wood and Water; after 16 Weeks arrives at Virginia. (ps. sm)

This Spring, 2 Ships sail from Plimouth, to Fish at New England: one of 80 Tuns, who carries her Fish to Bilboa; the other of 200, which returns Laden with Fish to Plim [...]uth in 5 months (ps. sm) But in this larger Ship, Sir F Gorges ^[28] sends Capt. Edward Rocroft, alias Stallings, ^‖ with a Company hir'd on Purpose: who at his Arrival on the Coast meets with a small French Bark of Diep (gr) in a [Page 55] Creek a Fishing and Trading, and takes [...] ^[29] sends the Master with his Company in th [...] gr [...]a [...]est Ship for England: and with this Bark R croft and his Company intend to k [...]ep the Coast thisWinter: But some of his Men conspi [...]ing to kill Him and run away with the Priz [...] He is forc'd to put 'em ashore at Sawguatock whence they soon get to the Isle of Monahigon 15 Leagues off & 3 Leagues in the Sea: wher [...] they stay the Winter. (pc) But in De [...] Rocroft with 10 or 12 Men (sm) sail in the Ba [...]k, with Fish to Virginia, there to Trade and stay the Winter. (pc sm)

May 4. The King Commands the Lords of the Privy Council in Sco [...]land to celebrate the Com [...]munion in the Chappel, on Whitsunday, Ma [...] 24, when the Ceremonies are observed, before the Gene [...]al Assembly had allowed them. (cl)

May 11 ¹¹² or 21 New Style ^a. The Popish Arch Bish [...]p of Prague destroying and shutting u [...] the Churches of the Protestants in Bohemia, th [...] States of the Kingdom meet this day at Prague to consult how to preserve theirPrivileges (c [...]

May 13. ¹¹⁴ or 23 N. S. ^a. The Emperor Mathi [...]as's 3 Offi [...]rs opposing & provoking them ¹¹⁶ the States throw them out of their Chamber window, ¹¹⁷ ^a. tho' they escape unhurt, ^a. and the States send their Apology to the Empero [...] ¹²⁰ ^a. intreat for Pardon ¹²² & the Remov [...] of Evil Councellors: but in vain ^r.

[Page 56]May 23. (cc) or Iun. 2. N. S. The Stat [...]s publish a Decree that all the I [...]suits shall depart the Kingdom in 8 days, and never Return. (cc)

May 24. Lord's day, K. Iames issues his Declaration; wherein, He Requires the Bishop of Lancashire, to Present all the PURITANS and Precisians within the same; either constraining them to conform, or to l [...]ave the Country: that those who attend on Church on SUNDAYS, be not desturbed or discourag'd from Dancing, Archery, Leaping, Vaulting, having May-Gam [...]s, Whitson-Al [...]s, Morrice Dances, s [...]tting up May-Poles and other Sports therewith used, or any other such harmless Recreation, on SUNDAYS after Divine Service: that this Declaration be Publish'd by Order from the Bishop of the Dioces [...] thro' all the Parish Churches: and Commands these Directions given last Year in Lanca [...]hire, with a few words added most appliable to these Parts of our Realms, to be Publish'd to all our Subjects. ¹²⁴ And as all Ministers were oblig'd to Read it in their Churches; those who Refuss'd, were Summon'd into the High Commis [...]sion Court, Imprisoned and Suspended. ^ec.

‘Tho' the Agents of Mr. Robinson's People find the Virginia-Com [...]any very desirous of theirGoing to their W India Territory, & wil [...]ling to grant them a Patent with as ample Privileges as they co [...]'d grant to any, and some of the chief of the Company doubted not to obtain their suit of the King for Liberty in [Page 57] Religion, and to have it under the Broad Seal, as was desired; yet they found it a harder piece of Work than they expected. For tho' many means were used, and diverse of Worth with Sir Robert Nanton, chief Secretary of State, laboured with the King to obtain it, & others wrought with the A Bishop to give way thereto; yet all in vain. They indeed prevail so far, as that the King wou'd connive at them and not molest them, provided they carry peaceably: but to tolerate them by his Publick Authority under his Seal, wou'd not be Granted. Upon which the Agents return to Leyden, to the great Discouragement of the People who sent them.(B)’

July 10. (or 20 N. S. (a) The Emperor sends an Army of 10 thousand Men towards Bohemia: Which begins the famous Religious War, be [...]tween the Papists and Protestants in Bohemia and Germany, that rages 30 Years, and destroys above 325 thousand People. (a)

Aug. b Sundry pious Citizens being at a private Meeting in London, many are [...]eiz'd and com [...]mitted to the Counter Prison: but Mr. Stares [...]more and some others esc [...]ping, are betra [...]'d by one of the Company, for which the A Bisho [...] gives the Betrayer great applause and his solemn Blessing in open Court. And S [...]p 4. Mr. Staresmore writes to Mr. Carver, that upon Re [...]presenting his extraordinary piteous Case to Lord Co [...]k and the Sherives, He supposes He shou'd gain his Liberty, if they were not overrul'd by others; but He cou'd get no answer till the Lords of the King's Council give Consent. (B)

[Page 58]Aug 3. A Proclamation at E [...]inburgh for a Gene [...]ral Assembly to meet at Perth the 25th Inst [...] Where they meet accor [...]ingly; the Com [...]missi [...]ners of 4 Diocies and of some Presby [...]teries absent for want of Time; Arch-Bishop Spo [...]swo [...]d assumes the Moderators Chair with [...]out El [...]ction, allows Noblemen upon the K's missives only, Reads the King's [...]etter of Iuly 10; who says, He was once fully r [...]s [...]lv'd never to call any mor [...] Assemblies, because of the Dis [...]grace offer'd Him by the Assembly at St. An [...]drews in neglecting [...]is Godly Desires; that H [...] wou'd not have th [...]m think the 5 Articles H [...] [...]oposes might not without their Consent be en [...]joyn [...]d by his Authority, w [...]ich wou'd be a dis [...]cl [...]iming his innate Power from GOD, to disp [...]se of Things external in the Chu [...]ch as H [...] t [...]ink [...] fit; and that He will be conten [...] with nothing but the direct A [...]ceptation of the Articles in the Form He sends them After which, the Arch-Bishop said, The King wou' [...] be m [...]re Glad of their Consent to the 5 Articles than of all the Gold of India; but in Case of their Refusal, He as [...]sures them t [...]at t [...]e wh [...]l [...] S [...]ate of t [...]e Church w [...]u'd [...]e ov rthrown, some Minist [...]rs w [...]u'd b [...] Banish [...]d, others d [...]prived of t [...]eir S [...]ip [...]nd & O [...]fi [...]e, and all bro't under the Wrath [...]f Authority: And tho' the m [...]j [...]rity of the Commissioned oppose; yet the Arch-Bishop neglecting many who cou'd get no Vote, and admitting other [...] who had no Commission▪ He carries it for the 5 A [...]icles. And Oct. 26. A Pr [...]clamation b [...] the King at E [...]inburgh ▪ commanding all strict [...]ly to observe them, and certifying that thos [...] who do to the contrary, shall be holden as seditious, [Page 59] factious, Disturbers of the Peace of the Kirk▪ contemners of his just Command, an [...] shall be Punished in their Goods and Perso [...] with all Rigour and Extremity at the A [...]bitre [...]ment of the Privy Coun [...]il (cl)

[...]ct. 2 [...]. W [...]dnesd [...]y, ( [...]) Sir W [...]lter R [...]leigh, by Gon [...]da [...]e the Spanish Embassador's Instigation [...] [...] this day bro't to the King's Bench▪ & order [...]ed to suffer Death to m rrow, upon his Sentenc [...] in 16 [...]; and at 9 next Morning▪ B [...]headed ( [...]) in Parliament yard ( [...]s) AE [...] 66▪ ( [...]c) H [...] was next to Drake, the scourge & hate of th [...] Spaniard, ( [...]k▪ [...]c) & Ll [...]yd says▪ that Princes ha [...] interceeded for Him, the whole Nation pitied Him, and K. Iames wou'd not execute Him without an Apology ^ll. But He fell a Sacrifice to the King's earnestly desired Match of Prince Charles with the Popish In [...]anta of Spain. (ho. ec)

Nov. 3. (or 1 [...] N. S) Tu [...]sday ¹²⁷ the famous S [...]nod of D rt begins ¹²⁸ ¹²⁹ when there Enter & set with them, Dr. Carl [...]ton Bishop of Landaff ¹³⁰ after of C [...]i [...]hester, ¹³¹ Dr. H [...]ll Dean of Wor [...]cester ¹³² after Bishop of Ex [...]ter & Norwi [...], ¹³³ Dr▪ Davenant, Publick Professor of Divinity and Master of Queens College, Cam [...]ridge ¹³⁴ after Bishop of Sali [...]bury ¹³⁵ & Dr. Ward Maste [...] [...] S [...]dn [...]y College, Ca [...]brid [...]e, & Arch-Deacon of T [...]unton; b [...]ing s [...]nt by K Iames in behalf of the Chu [...]ch of Engl [...]nd, ¹³⁶ ¹³⁷ & the State [...] allow th [...]m 10 P [...]nds Ste [...]ling [...] Day ¹³⁸

Nov 4. (or 14 N S.) We [...]n [...]s [...]y, the Syn [...]d Chuse Mr I [...]hn Bo [...]e [...]m [...]n, Pastor of the Church of L [...] a [...]den in Friesl [...]nd, their P [...]s [...]ent. ¹³⁹

^‖

[Page 60]Nov. 18 Wedn [...]sday, a great Comet appears over Eu [...]rope; first in the Morning, then in the Evening and continues visible to Wednesday Dec. 16 (hs)

Dec. 10. (or 20 N. S.) Walter Balcanqual B. D and Fellow of Pembrook Hall in Cambridge, enters the Synod of Dort, being sent by K Iames, on behalf of the Church of Scotland. (ac fl)

1619.

Feb. KIng Iames Publishes his Meditation on the Lord's Prayer in a small 8vo: at the beginning of which▪ He spends 15 pages in Reflecting on the Puritans, with those of the Separation; and Proving the Former to be the Fathers of the Latter. ^kj.

‘Notwithstanding the great Discouragement the English at Leyden met with from the King and Bps refusing to allow them Liberty of Conscience in America, under the Royal S [...]al; yet casting themselves on the Care of Providence, they Resolve to Ven [...]ture, and send two other Agents ^[30] [...]o agree with the Virginia Company. But the said Virginia Company falling into great Desturbances & Factions, these Affairs are long delayed. (B [...]’

This Spring, Sir F. Gorges ^[31] sends Capt Thomas Dermer (gr) from Plimouth in a Ship of 200 Tuns (sm) for the Fishing B [...]siness at New England; assigning Him a Company▪ [...]o join [Page 61] with Rocroft and his People; & sending with Him Squanto or Tasquantum, one of the Na [...]tives which Hunt had bro't away: But Arriving, & not finding Rocroft, He is in doubt wha [...] to Do: yet hearing by the People at M [...]na higan, that He was gone to Virginia, hopes for his Return, till He hears of his Disaster. (pc)

Mar. 2. Tuesday, Q. Ann, Consort to K. Iames, Dies at Ham [...]tonCourt (hs bk) Aged 45 Years (ec) ^[32]

Mar. 10 (cc) or 20 N. S. (^p ^ri) Mathias Emperor of Germany Dies AEt 62 ^p 63. (cc. ^ri)

Mar. 12. The High Commission Court at Edinburgh, deprive and confine Mr. Richard Dickson, for giving the Communion to the People setting and not with his own Hands. And about this time, the King sends a Command to the Offi [...]ers of State at Edinburgh, [...] of the Privy Council & Sessions, and Advocates, to Communi [...]cate in the GreatKirk there Kneeling, on Easter [...] Sunday the 28th current, on Pain of Loosing their Offices; and enjoins the Magistrates of Edinburgh to Communicate Kneeling. (cl)

Apr. 18. Sir George Yardly arriving as Governor at Virginia, (sm) & finding Recroft ready to sail for New England, commands Him aboard▪ who taking the Boat, with half his Men goes aboard the Governor's Ship, is forc'd to stay all Night; & a Storm rising, the Bark, for want of Hands is driven ashoar and Sunk: However the next Day, the Governor & Captain, labour so, that at length they free Her: But while Rocroft is sitting for New England again, He [Page 62] happens to to be kill'd in a Quarrel with one of Virginia & the Bark is a 2d time sunk & last (pc

Apr. 22. The High Commission Court at Edinburgh suspend Mr. H [...]g from his Ministry, and order Him to be confined during the King's Pleasure, for Preaching against Bishops and the 5 Articles, and declining their Judicatory, and afterwards deprive Him of the Ministry: They also Depose and Confine the Rev. Mr. Duncan for declining their Judicature. (cl)

Apr. 26 (or May 6 N S) Munday, the Synod of Dort at their 153d Session, Proceed to the Great Church of that City and Publish their Sentence on the 5 Points, in condemnation of the Arminian Doctrines: And Apr. 29. Thursday, at their 154th Session, they break up, with mutual Embraces and Tears. (ac)

May 6 The States of Hungary meet and proscribe the Iesuits (cc) May 23 (or Iun 2 N. S.) The States of Moravia proscribe the Iesuits. (a) Iun 14 ( [...]c) (or 24 N S (a)) The States of Silesia agree to banish the Iesuits. ( [...]c. a) And Iuly 13 the States of Bohemia, Moravia, Silesia, and Lusatia, Confederate together for their Preservation (cc)

May 8 ‘Mr. Cushman, one of the L [...]yden Agents at London, writes, that Sir T. Smith having desired to be eas'd of his Office of Treasurer & Governor of the Virginia Company, Sir Edwin Sands was chosen. ^[33] But Sir Thomas repenting, and opposing Sir Edwin, great Desturbances & Factions are raised in said Company, that no Business cou'd well go forward. (B)’

[Page 63]May 26. Capt Dermer sails from Monahigan in an open Pinnace of 5 Tuns, along the Coast S. Westerly, finds some ancient Plantations, not long since populous, now utterly void; in other Places a Remnant, but not free of Sickness, viz. the Plague, perceiving the Sores of some that had escaped: Arrives at his Savage's native Country, finds all Dead, travels a day's Journey West to Nummastaquit, sends a Messenger a day's Journey West to P [...]anaokit, bordering on the Sea, whence two Kings come to see Him (dp) At Nummastaquit, the Indians wou'd have kill'd Him had not Squanto intreated hard for Him (db) and here He redeems a Frenchman, and afterwards at Mastachusit, another cast away at the N. E. of Cape Cod, three Years before: Returning, arrives at Monahigan, Iune 23; where He finds the Ship ready to depart (dp) She had staid about six Weeks, and being laden by 38 Men and Boys with Fish and Furrs, Returns (sm) By Capt. Ward, from Virginia, Capt. Dermer hears of R [...]croft's Death (pc. sm dp) whereupon, putting most of his Provisions aboard said Ward ready bound thither, and leaving his Indian at Sawa [...]quatock, He sails in his Pinnace for Virginia (dp) with 5 or 6 Men & the two Frenchmen (sm) ^[34] Having passed 40 Leagues along the Coast He is cast ashore in a Broad Bay, but g [...]es off [Page 64] again: At M [...]namock, the Southern Part of Cap [...] Cod, He is unawares taken Prisoner, but g [...] clear: Thence sails to Capaock & meets wit [...] Epenew: Th [...]nce steers along the Coast be [...]tween Long Isl [...]nd and the M [...]in; being th [...] first who pass [...]s thro' and finds it to be an Island 30 Leagues in Length, before accounted Pa [...] of the M [...]in: Thence sails along the Coast, arrives at Cape Charles, Sept. 7, and next day, at the mouth of Iames River. (dp)

June 15. The King Renews the High Commission Court of S [...]otland in more ample Form: And Iuly 2, upon the King's Order, the Arch Bp of Glasgow cites before the High Commission the Rev. Mr. Blyth and Forrester, to depose them from the Ministry and confine them, for giving the Communion without Kneeling ▪ Who Plead the Acts of Parliament for th [...] manner of Celebration and the Practice o [...] the Church this three score Years, and no Act of Parliament, nor General Assembly, no not of Perth, forbidding the former Practice: yet they are suspended during the King's Pleasure and confined. (cl)

Aug 18. (cc ^cv) or 28 N S (a. ri) F [...]rdinand King of Hungary and Boh [...]mia, Elected Emperor of G [...]rmany: Aug 19 the States of Bohemia, Renounce King Ferdinand (cc. ^cv) & Aug. 26 chuse [...], Elector Pal [...]tine their King; the L [...]g [...]tes of Moravi [...], Sil [...]sia, and Lusatia, being present and concurring with them. (cc) Octob 2 [...] (or 30 N S) He is magnificently receiv'd at Pragu [...]: O [...]. 25 (or Nov 4. N. S) is [Page 65] there Crown'd King of Bo [...]emia: And Oct 28 (or Nov. 7 N. S.) his Royal C [...]nsort, There Crown'd Queen. (a)

Sept 17 The King by Letters to the Provost, Bailiff's and Coun [...]il of Edinburgh, wills them to change their Magistrates the 29th currant, and allow of none but those who will conform to the 5 Arti [...]les: upon which, the Provost, Bailiff's and Treasurer are changed: Nov 23, In a Convention of Ministers call'd to St. Andrews by the A Bishop, He communicates to them a Letter from the King; wherein He commands the Bishops to Depose all that refuse to conform, without Respect of Persons, & no ways regarding their multitude: And Dec. b a Charge Proclaim'd at Edinburgh for the Observation of Christmas (cl)

‘After long attendance, the Leyden Agents obtain a Patent granted and confirmed under the Virginia Company's Seal: But the Patent being taken out in the name of Mr. Iohn Wincob, a Religious Gentleman (belonging to the Countess of Lincoln) who intended to go with them; and Providence so ordering that He never went; they never made use of his Patent, which cost them so much Charge and Labour. However, the Patent being carried by one of their Messengers to Leyden, for the People to consider, with several Proposals for their Transmigration, made by Mr. Th [...]mas Weston of London, Merchant, and other Friends and Merchants as shou'd either go or adventure with them; they are requ [...]sted to prepare with speed for the Voyage. (B)’

[Page 66] 1620 ‘UPON receiving These, they first keep a day of S [...]lemn Prayer, Mr▪ Robins n preaching a very suitableSermon from 1 Sam xxiii.3, 4. strengthening them against their Fears, and encouraging them in their Resolutions, and then conclude how many and wh [...] shou'd Prepare to Go first: For all that were willing, cou'd not get ready quickly: The grea [...]ter Number bring to stay require their PASTOR to tarry with them: Their ELDER Mr BREWSTER to go with the other: Those who go first to be an abs [...]lute C [...]urch of themselves, as well as those t [...]at stay; with this Proviso, that as any go over or return, they shall be reputed as Members, without further Dismission or T [...]stimonial: And those who tarry, to f [...]llow the rest as soon as they can. (B)’

‘Mr. Weston coming to Leyden, the People agree with Him on Articles, both for Shipping and Money to assist in their Trans [...]portation: Then send Mr. Carver & Cush [...]man to England, to receive the Money, and provide for the Voyage; Mr. Cushman at London, Mr. Carver at South Hampton: Those who are to go first, Prepare with Speed, sell their Estates, put their Money into the common Stock, to be dispos'd by their Managers for making general Provisions. There was also one Mr Martin chosen in England, to join with Mr Carver & Cushman; He came from Bill [...]rica in Essex: From which County came several others, as also from Lond n and other Places, to Go [Page 67] with them: And a Ship of 60 Tuns is bought and sitted in Holland, both to help Transport them & to st [...] in the Country. (B)’

March 1 The High Commission Court at E [...]in [...]burg [...] suspend Mr. Porteous from his Ministry till the next Assembly for not observing Holy Days, and not giving the Communion according to the fiveArticles: And for the sameRea [...]sons Deprive Mr. Scrimg [...]r from the Ministry and confine Him. March 28. The High Com [...]mission at Gl [...]sgow, Depose and confine Mr. Levingstone and F [...]rguson, for not observing the said Articles, and for declining the Judicature of the High Commission April 21. The High Commissi [...] at St. Andrew's Deprive Dr. Barclay from Preaching and confine Mr. Me n s and Mr A [...]eskin, for not regarding the Articles. Ap [...]il 25. Five Citizens of E [...]inburgh confined by the King's Order, without Citation, Trial or Conviction, only to satisfy his Majesty f [...]r their accompanying the Ministers before the High Commission, and assi [...]ting them in their Disobedience. And May 10. Mr. Dunca [...] Depriv'd for not conforming to the Articles (cl)

This Year, there goes 6 or 7 sail from th [...] West of England to NEW ENGLAND, to Fish only (sm) But from England to Virginia 8 Ships with a thousand & 96 Passengers to Settle. (ps)

This Spring, Capt Dermer Returns to NEW-ENGLAND (sm) In his way, He meets with certain Hollanders, who had a Trade in Hud [...]son's River, some Years; Discovers many Goodly Rivers and exceeding pleasant Coasts and Islands, for 80 Leagues East from Hudson's River to Cape Cod: But arriving at New England again (pc) whence he writes a Letter on [Page 68] Iune 30 (B) 1st. He comes to N [...]uti [...]an, the [...] to Capawick; where (gr) with Squanto H [...] goes ashoar (B) and is suddenly set upon (p [...]) by Epenow (gr) and other Savages; who giv [...] Him 14 Wounds (pc gr) and slay all his Me [...] but one that kept the Boat: with whose Help the Captain (B) being a brave, stout Gentle [...]man, and drawing his Sword (gr) by his Va [...]lour and Dexterity (pc) frees Himself. But is forc'd to Return to Virginia for Cure: where He falls ill and Dies of the Sickness of th [...] Country (pc gr) ^[35]

May 25 (or Iune 4 N. S.) ^[36] ‘Mr. Robinson writes to Mr. Carver, and complains of Mr [...] Weston's neglect in getting Shipping in England; for want of which th [...]y are in a pi [...]teous case at Ley [...]en. And May 31 (or Iune 10 N S) S F, E W, W B and I A, write from Leyden to Mr Carver and Cushman, that the coming of Mr. Nash and their Pilot is a great Encouragement to them. (B)’

June 10. ‘Mr. Cushman in a Letter from London ▪ to Mr. Carver at S uth Hampton, says, tha [...] Mr. Crabe a Minister had promis'd to G [...] ▪ [Page 69] but is much opposed, and like to fail: An [...] in a Letter to the People at Leyden, that H had hired another Pilot, one Mr. Clark wh [...] went last Year to Virginia; that He [...] g t ing a Ship, hopes He shall make all read [...] at London in 14 days; and wou'd have M [...] R [...]ynolds tarry in Holland, and bring the Shi [...] t [...]ere to S [...]uth Hampton. Upon this a Ship of 9 s [...]o [...]e Tuns is immediately hired at London: And the Ship in H ll [...]nd being ready they spend a day in solemn Prayer: M [...] Robinson Preaching from Ezra viii.21. (B’

June. 19 A Proclamation at Edinburgh, of the K [...]g's W [...]ll, th [...]t all in Scotland observe th [...] Holy D [...]ys▪ with Kneeling at the Lord's Tabl [...] and other of the 5 Articles; that the Ministe [...] who don't, be Punished with Deprivation, Su [...]p [...]nsion and Confinement, at the Discretion o [...] the High Commission; that every one who ob [...]serves not the Holy Days at Church, shall f [...] every Omission pay 13 s. 4 d; that those wh [...] don't communic [...]te Kneeling shall Pay, a [...] Earl a 1 [...]0 l. a Lord a 100 marks, a Laird 50 [...] others 20 l or less, at the Discretion of the Judges; & whoever impugnes the 5 Articles▪ shall be pu [...]ish'd at the Discretion of the Privy Council. (cl)

But Removing to NORTH AMERICA we must now leave the History of SCOTLAND, as well as other Parts of Europe, and only hint at those Events in ENGLAND which more immediately affect the BRITISH COLONI [...]S.

[Page 70]

The Voyage of the English People a [...] Leyden for VIRGINIA.

‘ABout Iuly 21. (I suppose N.S.) The Eng [...]lish Voyagers at Leyden leave that City where they had liv'd near 12 Years; being accompanied by most of their Brethren t [...] Delph-Haven, where their Ship lay ready▪ and sundry come from Amsterdam, to see their ship'd and take their leave; they spend that Night in friendly, entertaining and christia [...] Converse. And Iuly 22 (I suppose N. S. [...] ¹⁵⁵ The Wind being fair, they go aboard▪ theirFriends attending them: at their Parting Mr. Robinson falling down on his Knees and they all with Him, He with watery Cheeks commends them with most [...]erven [...] Prayer to God; and then with mutual Em [...]braces and many Tears, they take thei [...] Leave, and with a prosperous Gale, come to South H [...]mpton; where they find the bigge [...] Ship from London, Mr. Iones Master, wit [...] the rest of the Company, who had bee [...] waiting there with Mr Cushman 7 days. 700 Pounds Sterling are laid out at South Hamp [...]ton, and they carry about 17 [...]0 Pounds Ven [...]ture with them: And Mr Weston comes thither from London, to see 'em dispatched (B)’

July 23. K. Iames gives a Warrant to his Solicito [...] Sir Thomas Coventry, to prepare a new Patent fo [...] the Incorporation of the Adventurers to the Northern-Colony of Virginia, between 40 an [...] [Page 71] 4 [...] Deg. N. which Patent the King signs on N [...]v 3, st [...]ling them the Council for the Affairs of NEW ENGLAND & their Successors (gr)

July 27 ‘Mr. Robinson writes to Mr. Carver and People, Letters, which they receive at South-Hampton: And the Company being called together, their's is read among them, to the Acceptance of all, and after Fruit of many. ^[38] Then they distribute their Company into the Ships, and with the Approbation of the Masters, chuse a Governor and 2 or 3 Assistants for each, to order the People & Provisions (B)’

Aug 5. ‘They sail from South-Hampton; but reach not far before Mr. Reinolds Master of the [...]sser Ship complain'd She was so leaky that He dare proceed no farther: Upon which they both put in to Dartmouth, about Aug. 13. where they search and mendHer to their great Charge and Loss of Time and a fair Wind: Tho' had they staid at Sea but 3 or 4 Hours more, She had Sunk right down About Aug. 21. They set sail again; but having gone above a 100 Leagues beyond the Land's End of England, Mr. Reinolds com [...]plain'd of her leaking again, that they must either Return or Sink; for they c [...]u'd scarc [...] free her by Pumping: Upon which they Both put back to Plimouth; where finding no Defect, they judge her Leakiness owing to her general weakness: They therefore agree to dismiss her, and those who are wil [...]ling, to Return to London, tho' this was very grievous and discouraging; Mr. Cushman and [Page 72] Family returning with them; the rest tak [...] what Provision they cou'd well stow in th [...] larger Ship, resolve to proceedon the Voyag [...] alone. (B)’

Sept. 6. ‘They make another sad Parting, and th [...] greater Ship lets s [...]il again: But about [...] Seas over meets with cross Winds and many fierce St [...]rms, which often force 'em to hull for diverse D [...]ys together, not being able to bare a Knot of Sail; make her upper Works very leaky, & bow & wrack a main Beam in the Mid ship; which puts them in such Fear, as the chief of the Company enters into a serious Consultation with the Ship O [...]ficers about returning: But a Passenger having bro't a great Iron Screw from Holland, they with it raise the Beam into its Place; and then committing themselves to the Di [...]vine Will, Proceed. (B)’

Nov. 6. ‘Dies at Sea, Wm Butten, a Youth and Servant to Samu [...]l Fuller ^bp. being the only Passenger who Dies on the Voyage. (B)’

Nov. 9. ‘At Break of Day ^re. after long beating the Sea, they make the Land of CAPE-CO [...] Whereupon, they tack and stand to the Southward, the Wind and Weather being fair, to find some Place about Hu [...]son's River for Settlement. But sailing this Course a [...]bout half the day, they fall among roaring Shoals and Breakers, and are so entangled [Page 73] with them as they find themselves in great H [...]z [...]rd, ^[39] and the Wind shrinking upon them at the same Time, they bare up for the Cape, get out of those Dangers before Night; and the next Day, into the Cape Harbour, where they ride in safety. (B)’

Nov. 11. S [...]u [...]day, being thus arriv'd, they first fall on their Knees and Bless the God of Heaven, &c But their Design and Patent being for VIRGINIA, and not New England, which belongs to another Jurisdiction, wherewith the Virginia Company have no Concern; before they land, they this day combine into a BO [...]Y-POLITICK by a SOLEMN CONTRACT, to which they set their Hands, as the Basis of their Government in this new found Country; chuse Mr JOHN CARVER a Pious and well approved Gentleman, their Governor for the first Year: (B) And then set ashoar 15 or 16 Men well arm'd to fetch Wood and discover the Land; who at Night return, but found neither House nor Person. (re)

Nov. 13. M [...]nday, The People go ashore to refresh themselves, & every day the Whales Play round about them & the greatest store of F [...]wls they ever saw: But the Earth here a company of Sand hills; and the Water so shallow nea [...] the Shoar, they are forc'd to wa [...]e a Bow Shot or two to get to [...]and; which being freezing weather, a [...]ecteth them with grievous Colds and Coughs, which after proves the Death of [Page 74] many, and renders the Place unfit for Settlement. (re)

Nov. 15. While the Shallop is sitting, Capt. Stan [...]dish, with 16 Men well arm'd, set out on th [...] Cape, to sea [...]ch for a convenient Place to Settle (B) William Bradford, Stephen Hopkins an [...] Edward Tilley are of the Number, adjoin'd to the Captain for Council. (re) When they had marched a mile Southward they se [...] 5 or 6 Savages (B) whom they follow 10 miles (re) till Night, but cou'd not overtake them, and lodge in the Woods. The next Day, they head a great Creek (B) and travel on to a Valley, wherein is a fine, clear Pond of Fresh water, a Musket Shot wide and two long. Then they come to a Place of Graves; then to the Remainder of an Old Fort or Pallizad [...] which they conceive had been made by Christians; (re) and then to a Harbour open [...]ing into two Creeks with an high Cliff of Sand at the Entrance (B) the Western Creek being twice as large as the Eastern (re) ^[40] Near which they meet with Heaps of Sand, dig into them, find several Baskets full of Indian Corn, and taking some for which they purpose to give the Natives full satisfaction, as soon as they cou'd meet with any of 'em, Return (B) to the Pond; where they make a Barricado and lodge this Night, being very Rainy: And the next Day, wading in some Places up to the Knees, get back to the Ship (re) to the great Joy of their Brethren. (B

[Page 75]Nov. 27 The Shall [...]p being [...], 24 of the [...] Men, with Mr. Iones and 9 Sailors, 34 in all set forth on a more full Discovery of the afore [...]said Harbour: But the weather growin [...] rough and the winds cross, they are soon ob [...]lig'd to row for the nearest Shoar, and the [...] wade above their Knees to Land. It blows snows and freezes all this Day and Night; and here some receiv'd the Seeds of those fa [...]tal Illnesses that quickly seiz'd them. Th [...] next Day, they sail to their designed Port; bu [...] find it unfit for shipping, land between the 2 Creeks; & marching 4 or 5 miles by the Greater are tired with travelling up and down the steep Hills and Vallies, cover'd half a foot with Snow, and lodge under Pine Trees The next Morning, return to the other Creek and thence to the Place of their former Dig [...]ging, where they dig again, tho' the [...] be frozen a Foot deep, and find more Corr and Beans, make up their Corn to 10 Bushels, which they send with Mr. Iones and 15 o [...] their Sick and weaker People to the Ship; 18 staying and lodging there this Night, next Day, they dig in several such like Places, but find no more Corn nor any thing else but Graves; discover 2 Indian Wigwams, but s [...] no Natives: And the Shallop returning, they get aboard at Night; and the next Day, Dec. 1. Return to the Ship. (re) The Corn they found, happily serves for their Planting on the Spring ensuing, or they wou'd have been in great Danger of Perishing: (B, re) For which they gave the Owners intire content about 6 months after. (B)

[Page 76]Before the End of November (re) Sus [...]nna Wife of William White (B. ^bn. was delivered o [...] a Son, who is called Peregrine (re) being th [...] first Born since their arrival, ^bn. and I con [...]clude the first of the European Extract in New England. ^[41]

Dec 4 Dies Edward Thompson, Servant of M [...] White (bp) the fi [...]st that Dies since their arri [...]val. Dec. 6. Dies Iasper, a Boy of Mr. Carver's: Dec. 7. Dorothy, Wife to Mr. William Bradford: Dec. 8. Iames Chilton (bp)

Dec. 6. They again send out their Shallop, with 10 of their principal Men, (B) viz Mr Car [...]ver, Bradford, Winslow, Cap. Standish, &c with 8 or 10 Seamen (re) to circulate the Bay and find a better Place; tho' the weather is very cold & the spray of the Sea freezes on them▪ that their Cloaths look as if they were glaz'd, (B) and feel like Coats of Iron. (re) T [...]is Night they get to the Bottom of the Bay, se [...] 10 or 12 Indians ashoar, (B) buisy a cutting up a Grampus. (re) By reason of the Flats they land with great Difficulty, make a Barricado ▪ lodge therein, & see the Smoak of the Indian Fires that Night (B) about 4 or 5 miles from them. (re)

Dec. 7. This Morning, they divide their Company some travelling on shoar, (B) eight (re) others coasting in the Shallop by great Flats of Sand (B) About 10 o'Clock, the shoar People fin [...] a great Burying Place: Part thereof incom [...]passed [Page 77] with a large Pallizado, full of Grav [...] some Paled about, others having small Pole [...] turn'd and twisted over them: Without th [...] Pallizado, were Graves also, but not so costly Then they come to 4 or 5 deserted Wigwam [...], but see no People (re) Towards Night, they hasten out of the Woods to meet the Shallop, and m [...]king a Signal for her to bare into a Creek, she comes in at high water to their mu [...]tual Joy, having not seen each other since Morning: But found noPeople nor any Place they lik'd: And at Night, make another Barricado, and lodge therein (B)

Dec. 8. At 5 this Morning they rise; and after Prayer, the Day dawning, and the Tide high enough to call them downto the Shallop; they suddenly hear a great and strange Cry, one of their Company running towards them calling out INDIANS! INDIANS! And therewith Arrows come flying about them. (B) Upon discharging their Pieces, the Indians soon get away, the English following a quarter of a mile shouting, return to their Shallop (B) having left 6 Men to keep her (re) and not one of the Company wounded, tho' the Ar [...]rows flew close on every side. Upon which they give God solemn Thanks: Then sail along the Coast (B) about 15 L [...]agues (re) find no c [...]nvenient H [...]rbour, and hasten on to a Port, which Mr. Coppin their Pilot assures them is a good one, which He had been in, and they might reach before Night. But after some Hours sailing, it begins to snow & rain: At Mid a [...]ternoon, the wind rising, the Sea grows very rough, they brake their Rudder, [Page 78] 'tis as much as 2 Men can steer Her with a couple of Oars: And the Storm increasing the Night approaching, and baring what Sail they can to get in; they brake their Mast in; Pieces, their Sail falls over board in a very grown Sea, and they are like to Founder sud [...]denly: Yet by the mercy of Heaven, they re [...]cover themselves, & the Flood being with them strike into the imagined Harbour: But the Pilot being deceiv'd Cries out, Lord be merciful [...] my Eyes never saw this Place before! And He and the Mate wou'd have run Her ashore in a Cove full of Breakers before the Wind▪ ^[42] But a Steersman calling to the Rowers about with Her, or we are Cast away; they get her about immediately: And Providence showing a fair Sound before them, tho' it be very dark and rains hard, they get under the Lee of a small Rise of Land; but are divided about going ashoar, least they fall into the midst▪ of Savages; some therefore keep the Boat▪ but others being so wet, cold and seeble, can not bear it, but venture ashore, with grea [...] D [...]fficulty kindle a Fire: and after Mid night ▪ the Wind shifting to the N W. and freezin [...] hard, the Rest are glad to get to 'em, an [...] here stay the Night. (B)

Dec 9. In the Morning they find the Place to be small Island, secure from Indians. ^[43] An [...] ve [...] [Page 79] this being the last Day of the Week, they here dry their Stuff, fix their Pieces, rest themselves, return God Thanks for their many Deliverances: & here the next Day keep their Christian Sabbath. (B)

Dec. 11. Monday, they found the Harbour, find it fit for Shipping, march into the Land, see divers [...] Cornfields, & running Brooks, with a Place they judge fit for Habitation, & return to the Ship with the Discovery, to their great Comfort. (B)

Dec. 15. The Ship sails for this newfound Port, come [...] within 2 Leagues of it, when a N. W. ^† Wind springs up & forces her back: But the next Day, the Wind comes fair, & she arrives in the desired Harbour (B) quickly after, the Wind chops about; so that had they been hinder'd but Half an Hour, they wou'd have been forced back to the Cape again. (re)

Dec. 18. Monday, they land, with the Master of the Ship and 3 or 4 Sailors; march along the Coast, 7 or 8 Miles, but see neither Wigwam, India [...], nor Navigable River, but only 4 or 5 Brooks of sweet fresh Water running into the Sea, with choi [...]e Ground formerly possessed and planted: and at Night return to the Ship: Next Day, they go again to discover; some on Land, others in the Shallop, find a Creek into which they pass 3 Miles, and Return. (re)

Dec 20. This Morning, after calling to Heaven for Guidance, they go ashore again, to Pitch on some Place for immediate Settlement. After viewing the Country they conclude to settle on the Main, on a highGround, facing the Bay where Corn had been Planted 3 or 4 Years before; a sweet Brook running under the Hill with many delicate [Page 80] Springs. On a great Hill [...] ▪ int [...]nd to fortify: which wil command all round, wh [...]nce they may see across th [...] Bay to theCape. And here being in Number 20, they ran devous this Evenings but aStorm rising, it blows and rain hard all Night, continues so tempestuous for 2 Days tha [...] they can't get aboard, & have nothing to shelter them (re [...]

Dec. 21. Dies Richard Britterige (bp) the first who Dies i [...] t [...]s Harbour.

Dec. 23. Saturday, as many as can, go ashore, cut & carry Tim [...]ber for a common Building (re)

Dec. 24. Lord's day, our People ashore are alarm'd with th [...] Cry of Savages, expect an Assault, but continueQuiet. (re) And this Day Dies Solomon Martin (bp) the sixth and las [...] who Dies this Month.

Dec. 25. Monday, they go ashore again, felling Timber, sawing, riving, carrying (re) Begin to erect the first Ho [...]se (B) about 20 Foot square (re) for their common Use, to receive them and their Goods: (B) and leaving 20 to keep a Court of Guard, the Rest return aboard at Ev [...]n [...]ing: But in the Night and next Day, another sore Storm of Wind and Rain. (re)

Dec. 28. Thursday, they go to Work on the Hill, Reduce themselves to 19 Families, measure out their Lot [...]s, and draw for them. Many grow ill of grievous Colds, from the great and many Hardships they had endured. Dec. 29 & 30, very cold and stormy again: and they se [...] great Smoaks of Fires made by the Indians about 6 or [...] Miles off. (re)

Dec. 31. Lord's Day, Tho' the Generality remain aboard the Ship almost a Mile & Half off; yet this seems to be [...] first Day that any keep the Sabbath in the Place of the [...] Building▪ at this Time we therefore fix the AE [...] of their Settlement Here; to which they give the Name of PLIMOUTH, the first English Town in all thisCountry, in a grateful Memory of the Christian Friends the [...] found at Plimouth in England, as of the last Town the [...] left in that their Native Land. Here Governor Bradfo [...] ends hi [...] first Book, containing 10 Chapters in 53 Page Folio: And Here we end the first Part of our NEW ENGLAND Chronology.

THE New-England CHRO …

[Page]

THE New-England CHRONOLOGY.

PART II.

Being a short Account of the Affairs of this Country, as Settled by the several Colonies of the English Nation:

FROM Their Beginning, in the Settlement of the first at PLIMOUTH, by the Name of PLIMOUTH-COLONY, Dec. 31. 1620.

TO The Settlement of the seventh and last, by the Combination of Forty one Persons into a Form of Government on Piscataqua River, Oct 22. 1640; afterwards called the PROVINCE of NEW-HAMPSHIRE.

[Page 83]

THE New England Chronology.

PART II.

SECT. I.

From the Beginning of the Settlement of the first or PLIMOUTH COLONY at Plimouth, under Gover [...]nor Carver, Dec. 31. 1620; To the Beginning of the Settlement of the MASSACHUSETS or second COLONY by the Arrival of Governor Wi [...]throp and Company at Salem, Iune 12. 1630.

THROUGH a great variety of Obstacles and Hardships, this small and pious People are at length arriv'd and seated on this strange and distant Shore: but yet a Shore they are by an over-ruling Providence conducted to, beside their own Design, though not without the secret Plots of others For [...] some unknown Country further Southward about HUDSON'S RIVER was in their View when they engaged in thi [...] [...]dventurous Voyage; Mr. Morton who publish'd his Memorial in 1670, tel [...]s us, He had then lately sure Intelligence, [...]hat [...] Dutch intending to settle a Colony There of their own, privately hired the Master of the Ship to contrive [Page 84] De [...]ays in England, then to steer them to these Northern Coasts, and there under Pleas of Shoals and Winter, to discourage them from venturing farther. ^[1]

However, by their being guided Hither, they then unknowingly escaped the much greater Danger of falling a [...]mong the Multitudes of Savages at that Time filling the Countries about Hudson's River, and are landed in a Place of greater Safety; where a general Pestilence had 2 or; Years before, exceedingly thin'd the Natives and prepar'd the Way for this feeble Company.

Being thus beside their Intention bro't to the New England Coast, where their Patent gave them no Right or Power, they were in a sort reduced to a State of Nature: and some of the Strangers receiv'd at London, dropping some mutinous Speeches as if there were now no Authority over them; this People therefore before they landed wisely form'd themselves into a BODY POLITICK under the Crown of England, by the solemn CONTRACT hinted above, & which Governor Bradford gives us in the following Terms. ^[2]

‘In the Name of GOD Amen: We whose Names are under written, the Loyal Subjects of our dread Sovereign Lord King JAMES by the Grace of GOD, of Great-Britain, France and Ireland, King, Defender of the Faith, &c.’

‘Having undertaken for the Glory of GOD, and advancement of the Christian Faith, and Honour of our King and Country, a Voyage to Plant the first Colony in the Northern Parts of Virginia; Do by these Presents solemnly and mutually in the Presence of GOD, and one of another, Covenant and Com [...]bine ourselves together unto a Civil Body Politick, for our better Ordering and Preservation, and Furtherance of the [...] aforesaid; & byVirtue hereof to enact, constitute & frame such [...] and equal Laws, Ordinances, Acts, Constitutions & Offices ^[3] [Page 85] from Time to Time, as shall be tho't most meet and convenient for the General Good of the Colony; unto which we Promise all due Submission and Obedience: In witness whereof we have [...]r [...]under subscribed our Names at Cape Cod, the 11th of November, in the Year of the Reign of our Sovereign Lord King JAMES of England, France and Ireland the Eighteenth and of Scotland the Fifty-fourth, Anno Domini, 1620. (B)’

To this Instrument Mr. Morton sets the Subscribers in the following Order: But their Names corrected, with their Titles and Families I take from the List at the End of Governor Bradford's Folio Manuscript: Only this I observe, that out of Modesty, He omits the Title of Mr. to his own Name, which He ascribes to several others.

N. B. 1. Those with this Mark (‖) bro't their Wives with them▪ Those with this (*) for the Present left them either in Holland or England.
2. Some left behind them some, and others all their Children, who afterwards came over.
3. Those Italica'd Deceased before the End of March.
4. The narrow Column contains the Number in their several Families.

Names.: No
1 Mr. John Carver ‖: [...]
2 William Bradford ‖: 2
3 Mr. Edward Winslow ‖: 5
4 Mr. William Brewster ‖: 6
5 Mr. Isaac Allerton ‖: 6
6 Capt. Miles Standish ‖: 2
[...] John Alden: 1
8 Mr. Samuel Fuller *: 2 ^†
9 Mr. Christopher Martin ‖: 4
10 Mr. William Mullins ‖: 5
11 Mr. William White ‖: 5 ^‡
12 Mr Richard Warren *: 1
13 John Howland ^[4]
14 Mr. Stephen Hopkins ‖: 8 ^†
15 Edward Tilly ‖: 4
16 Iohn Tilly ‖: 3
17 Francis Cook *: 2
18 Thomas Rogers: 2
[...]9 Thomas Tinker ‖: 3
[...]0 Iohn Ridgdale ‖: 2
21 Edward Fuller ‖: 3
22 Iohn Turner: 3
23 Francis Eaton ‖: 3
24 Iames Chilton ‖: 3
25 Iohn Crackston ^[5]: 2
26 John Billington ‖: 4
27 Moses Fletcher ^[6]: 1
28 Iohn Goodman: 1
29 Degory Priest ^[7]: 1
30 Thomas Williams: 1
31 Gilbert Winslow: 1
32 Edmund Margeson: 1
33 Peter Brown: 1
34 Richard Britterige ^[8]: 1
35 George Soule ^[9]
36 Richard Clarke: 1
37 Richard Gardiner: 1
38 Iohn All [...]ton: 1
39 Thomas English: 1
40 Edward Dorey ^† ^[10]
41 Edward Leister ^[10]
: 101

So there were just 101 who sail'd from Plimouth in England, and just as many arriv'd in Cape Cod Harbour. And [...]his is the solitary Number, who for an undefiled Conscience and the Love of pure Christianity, first left their Native and pleasant Land, and encountred all the Toils and Hazard [...] [...]f the tumultuous Ocean, in Search of some uncultivated Region in North Virginia; where they might quietly enjoy [...]heir Religious Liberties, and transmit them to Posterity, in Hopes that none wou'd follow to disturb or vex them.

Some no [...]ed Writers, not with a sufficient accuracy studied in the Religious History of those Times, have through great Mistake represented as if this People were a Congregation of Brownists. But even Baylie Himself ^b. that [Page 87] bi [...]ter Inveigher both against the Brownists and Independents ▪ owns, ‘That Mr. ROBINSON their Pastor▪ was a Man o [...] excellent Parts, and the most Learned, polished and modest Spirit as ever separated from the Church of England; that the Apologies He wrote were very handsom; tha [...] by Dr. Ames and Mr. Parker, He was bro't to a greater Moderation, than He at first expressed; that he ruined the Rigid Separation, allowing the Lawfulness of communicating with the Church of England in the Word and Prayer ^[11] t [...]o▪ not in the Sacraments and Discipline; that He wa [...] a Principal Overthrower o [...] the Brownists, and becam [...] the Author of Independency’ The like Account of M [...] Robinson, H [...]rnius also gives u [...]. ¹⁸ And how inconsistent i [...] it then to call Him or his People Brownists, when he wa [...] known to be a principal Overthrower of them.

Agreably, Hornius, from my Lord Brook, seems to express Himself in this more accurately than other Writers▪ by Dividing those who separated from the Church of England into Two Sorts, viz. (1) The Rigid Separatists or Brownists. (2) The Semi Separa [...]ists or Robinsonians; who after [...] while were called Independents, and still retain the Name. And so distant were the Former in their Principles and Temper from the Latter▪ that as the chief Seat of the Brownists was then at Amsterdam ▪ Governor Winslow a principal Member of Mr. Robinson's Church, acquaints us, ‘That the Brownists there wou'd hardly hold Communion wi [...]h the People at Leyden.’ ^w

[Page 88]The same Gentleman also tells us, ‘That Mr. Robinso [...] was always against Separation from any of the Churche [...] of CHRIST, holding Communion with the Reformed Churches, both in Sco [...]land, France and the Netherlands; that his Study was for Peace and Union, so far as might agree with Faith and a good Conscience: But for the Government of the Church of England, as in the Episcopal Way, the L [...]turgy and stinted Prayers, yea the Constitution of the Church as National, and so the corrupt Communion of the Unworthy with the Worthy Receivers of the Lord's Supper; these Things were never approved of Him, but witnessed against to his Death, and by the Church under him: that the C [...]urch of L [...]yden made no Schis [...] or Separation from the Reformed C [...]urches, but as Occasion offer'd, held Communion with them. For we, says Governor Winslow, ever plac'd a large Difference between those, who ground their Practice on the Word of GOD, tho' dif [...]ering from us in the Exposition or Understanding of it, and those who hated such Reformers and Reformation, and went on in Antichristian Opposition to it and Persecution of it, as the late Lord Bishops did. Never the less Mr. Robinson allowed Hearing the Godly Minister [...] of the Church of England Preach and Pray in the Publick Assemblies; yea allowed 'Private Communion ^[12] with them and with all the Faithful in the Kingdom and elsewhere upon all Occasions.’ None of which wou'd the Br [...]wnists ever allow.

‘'Tis true says Governor Winslow, we Profess and Desire to Practice a Separation from the World and the Works of the World, which are the Works of the Fl [...]sh, such as the Apostle speaks of, Eph. v▪19,—21; 1 Cor. vi. 9,—11▪ [Page 89] and Eph. ii.11, 12. And as the C [...]urc [...]es of CHRIST ar [...] all Saints by Calling; so we desire to see the Grace o [...] GOD shining forth, at least seemingly (leaving secre Things to GOD) in all we admit into Church-Fellowship and to keep off such as openly wallow in the Mire o [...] their Sins; that neither the Holy Things of GOD nor th [...] Communion of the Saints may be thereby leavened or polluted. And if any joining to us when we liv'd a [...] L [...]yden, or since we came to N [...]w England, have with the Manifestation of their Faith and Profession of Holiness, held forth there-withSeparation from the Church of England; I have diverse times in the one Place heard Mr. Robinson our Pastor, and in the other Mr. Brewster our Elder, stop them forthwith, shewing them that we requir'd no such Thing at their Hands, but only to hold forth Faith in JESUS CHRIST, Holiness in the Fear of GOD, and Submission to every Divine Appointment▪ leaving the Church of England to themselves and to the LORD, to whom we ought to Pray to Reform what was amiss among them.’

Perhaps Hornius was the only Person, who gave this People the Title of Robinsonians. But had He been duely acquainted with the Generous Principles both of the Peopl [...] and their famous Pastor; He wou'd have known that no [...]hing was more disagreable to them, than to be called by the Name of any meer Man whatever; since they renounced all Attachment to any meer Humane Systems or Expositions of the Scripture, and reserved an entire and [...]erpetual Liberty of searching the inspired Records and o [...] [...]orming both their Principles and Practice from those Dis [...]coveries they shou'd make therein, without imposing them on others. This appears in their Original Covenant in 1602, [...]s we observed before. And agreable to this, Governor Winslow tells us, that when the Plimouth People Parted fro [...] their Renowned Pastor, with whom they had always liv'd in the most intire Affection; ‘He charged us before GOD and his Blessed Angels to follow Him no further than He followed CHRIST: And if GOD should reveal any thing [...]o us by any other Instrument of his, to be as ready to receive it as ever we were to receive any Truth by [Page 90] his Ministry: For he was very confident the LORD had more Truth and Light ye [...] to brake forth out of his HOLY WORD. He took Occasion also miserably to bewail the State of the REFORMED CHURCHES, who were come to a Period in Religion, and wou'd go no further than the INSTRUMENTS of their Reformation. As for Example, the LUTHERANS cou'd not be drawn to go beyond what LUTHER saw; for whatever Part of GOD's Word He had further revealed to CALVIN they had rather Die than [...]mbrace it: and so said He, you see the CALVINISTS, they stick were He left them, A Misery much to be lamented: For tho' they were precious, shining Lights in their Times; yet GOD had not revealed his whole Will to them: And were they now alive, said He, they wou'd be as ready to [...]mbrace further Light as that they had received. Here also He put us in mind of our CHURCH-COVENANT; whereby we engaged with GOD and one another to receive whatever Light or Truth shou'd be made known to us from his WRITTEN WORD. But withal exhorted us to take heed what we receive for Truth; and well to examine, compare and weigh it with other SCRIPTURES before we receive it. For said He, It is not possible the Christian World shou'd come so lately out of such Antichristian Darkness, and that full Perfection of Knowledge should brake forth at once, &c.’ — Words [...]lmost astonishing in that Age of low and universal Bigotry which then prevailed in the English Nation: wherein [...]his truly Great and Learned Man seems to be almost the [...]nly Divine, who was capable of rising into a noble Freedom of Thinking and Practising in Religious Matters, and even of urging such an equa [...] Liberty on his own People. He labours to take them off from their Attachment to Him, that they might be more intirely free to search and follow the SCRIPTURES.

As for Mr. Robinson's being the Author of Independency — Mr. Cotton replies ‘That the NEW TESTAMENT was the Author of it; and 'twas receiv'd in the Times of Purest, Primitive Antiquity, many Hundreds of Years before Mr. Robinson was Born▪ And Governor Winslow — that [Page 91] the Primitive Churches in the Apostolick Age are the only Pattern which the Churches of CHRIST in NEW ENGLAND have in their Eye; not following Luther, Calvin, Knox Ainsworth, Robinson, Ames, or any other, further, tha [...] they follow CHRIST and his Apostles.’

But as Mr. Robinson and his Church, were of the same mind, and always liv'd in great Harmony and Unity; I shall here give a SUMMARY of their main Principles from their Published Writings.

I. They were in the Sentiment [...] which since, the famou [...] Mr. Chillingworth tells us that after long Study He als [...] came into▪ viz. That the INSPIRED SCRIPTURES ONLY contain the [...]rue Religion; and especially nothing is to be accounted the Protestant Religion, respecting either Faith or Worship, but what is taught in them: as also in the same Sentiments which the present celebrated Bishop Hoadly and many other Great Men, have so nobly defended, as the Right of Humane Nature, as the very Basis of the Reformation, and indeed of all sincere Religion; viz. That every Man has a Right of Iudging for Himself, of Trying Doctrines by them, and of Worshipping according to his Apprehension of the Meaning of them.

II. As to Faith and the Holy Sacraments—they Believed t [...]e DOCTRINAL Articles of the Church of England, as also of the Reformed Churches of Scotland, Ireland, France, the Palatinate, Geneva, Switzerland, and the united Provinces, to be agreable to the Holy Oracles: Allowing all the Pious Members of the Churches Communion with them; and Differing from them only in Matters purely Ecclesiastical.

III. As to Ecclesiastical Matters—they held t [...]e following Articles to be agreable to Scripture and Reason.

1. That no particular Church ought to consist of more Members than can conveniently Watch over one another and usually meet and Worship in one Congregati [...]n.

2. That every particular Church of CHRIST is only to consist of such as appear to Believe in and Obey Him.

3. That any competent Number of such, when thei [...] Consciences oblige them, have a Right to [...]mbody into a Church for their mutual Edification.

[Page 92]4 That this Embodying is by some certain Contract or Covenant either Expr [...]ssed or Implied; tho' it ought to be by [...]he Former.

5. That being Embodied, they have a Right of Chusing all their Offi [...]ers.

6. [...]hat the Officers appointed by CHRIST for this Embodied Church are in some Respects of three Sorts, in other [...] but two, viz.

[1] Pastors or T [...]aching Elders—who have the Power both of Overseeing, Teaching, Administring the Sacraments and Ruling too: And being chiefly to give themselves to Studying, Teaching and the spiritual Care of the Flock, are therefore to be maintained.

[2] Meer RULING ELDERS—who are to Help the Pastors in Overseeing and Ruling; that their Offices be not Temporary, as among the Dutch & French Churches▪ but continual: And being also qualified in some Degree to Teach, they are to Teach only Occasionally, thro▪ Necessity, or in their Pastor's Absence or Illness; but being not to give themselves toStudy or Teaching▪ they have no need of Maintenance.

That the Elders of Both Sorts form the Presbytery of Overseers & Rulers, which shou'd be in every par [...]icular Church: And are inScripture called sometimes Presbyters or Elders, sometimes Bishops or Overseers, sometimesGuides & sometime [...] Rulers ▪

[3] DEACONS—who are to take Care of the Poor and of the Churches Treasure; to Distribute for the Support of the Pastor, the Supply of the Needy, the Propagation of Religion, and to Minister at the Lord's Table, &c.

7. That these Officers being chosen and ordained, have [...] Lordly, Arbitrary or imposing Power; but can only Rule and Minister with the Consent of the Brethren; who ought no [...] in Contempt to be call'd the Laity, but to be Trea [...]ed a [...] Men and Brethren in CHRIST, not as Slaves or Minors.

8. That no Churches or Church Officers whatever have any Power over any other Church or Officers, to control or impose [...]pon them: But are all Equal in their Rights & Privileges, and ought to be Independant in the Exercise & Enjoyment of them.

9. As to [...]hurch-Administrations—they held▪ that BAPTIS [...] is a Seal of the Covenant of Grace, and shou'd be dispense [...] on [...]y [...]o visible Believers, with their [...]nadult Children; and [...]his in P [...]imitive Purity, as in the Times of CHRIST an [...] [Page 93] his Apostles, without the Sign of the Cross or any other invented Ceremony: That the LORD's SUPPER shou'd be Received as it was at first even in CHRIST's immediate Presence, in the Tab [...]e Posture: That the Elders should not be Restrain'd fromPRAYING in Publick as well asPrivate, according to the various Occasions continually offering from the Word or Providence, and no set Form shou'd be impos'd on any: That EXCOMMUN [...]CATION should be wholly Spiritual, a meer Rejecting th [...] Scandalous from the Communion of the Church in the Ho [...]y Sacraments, and those other Spiritual Privileges which are peculiar to the Faithful: An [...] that the Church or its Officers have no Authority to inflict any Penalties of a Temp [...]ral Nature.

10. and lastly, As for Holy Days—They were very strict for the Observation of the LORD's DAY, in a pious Memorial of the Incarnation, Birth, Death, Resurrection, Ascen [...]ion and Benefits of CHRIST; as also solemn FASTINGS and THANKSGIVINGS, as the State of Providence requires: But all other Times not Prescrib'd in Scripture they utterly relinquished: And as in general, they cou'd not conceive any thing a Part of CHRIST's Religion which He has not Required; they there [...]ore renounced all Humane Right of Inventing, and much less of Imp [...]sing it on others.

These were the main Principles of that Scriptural and Religious Liberty, for which this People suffered in England, fled to Holland, traversed the Ocean, and sought a dangerous Retreat in these remote and savage Desarts of North-America; that Here they might fully enjoy them, and leave them to their last Posterity.

But Removing t [...]e Stage of our Chronology to the Weste [...]n Side of the Atlantick; we may take a brief Survey both of the S [...]ate of Great Britain and the Neighbouring Countries they [...]eft behind them and for which they were chiefly concerned, [...]s well as the State of North East America at the Time of their Arrival.

In France and Navarr, the King begins to Pe [...]secute the Protestants and turn them out of their Churches. In Lusatia▪ Bohemia, and Germany, the Imperial and Spanish Forces are [...]revailing and ruining the Reformed In [...]erest; even the [...]rotestant E [...]ector of Saxony joining with them. And the [Page 94] King of England, extreamly fond of marching his only Son Prince Charles to the Popish Infanta, refuses to support and even allow of a Publick Fast for his own Daughter the excellent Queen of Bohemia, the Darling of the British Puritans; indulges the Papists throughout his Kingdoms, and at the same time allows no Rest for any of the Reformed in them who mislike the Ceremonies or Diocesan Episcopacy. In Sc [...] land, the Presbyterian Church is wholly overthrown, her Ministers Deprived, Confined, Banished: And in ENGLAND, ‘Most of the Affairs in Church and State, as Eachard tells us, are Transacted by the Countess of Buckingham, whom He calls a fiery Romanist.’

In so dark a Season on the European Shoar, are this People bro't to the North American, where the Prospect also looks almost as dismal and discouraging.

For besides the Natives, the nearest Plantation to them is a FRENCH one at Port-Royal ^[13] who have another at Canada. And the only ENGLISH ones are at Virginia, B [...] mudas and Newfoundland; the nearest of these about 500 [...]iles off, and every one uncapable of helping them Whreever they turn their Eyes, nothing but Distress surrounds [...]hem. Harrass'd for their Scripture-Worship in their na [...]ive Land, grieved for the Profanation of the Holy Sabbath and other Licenciousness in Holland, fatigued with their boisterous Voyage, disappointed of their expected Country, forced on this northern Shoar both utterly unknown and in the advance of Winte [...]; none but prejudic'd Barbarians round about them, and without any Prospect of Humane Succour: Without the Help or Favour of the Court of England, without a Patent, without a Publick Promise of [Page 95] th [...]ir Religious Liberties, worn out wi [...] Toil andSufferings, [...]ithout convenient Shelter from the rig rous Weather; and their Hardships bringing a General Si [...]kn [...]ss on them, which reduces them to great Extremi [...]ies, bereaves them of their dearest Friends, and leaves many of the Children Orphans. Within 5 Months Time, above Half their Company are carried off; whom they account as Dying in this noble Cause, whose Memories they consecrate to the dear Esteem of their Successors, and bare all with a Christian Fortitude [...]nd Patience as extraordinary as their Trials.

I have only now to remind the Reader, that utterly unsought, and then unknown to them; on Nov. 3. about a Week before their arriving at Cape Cod, King Iames Signs a PATENT for the Incorporation of the Adventurers to [...]he Northern Colony of Virginia, between 40 and 48 Degrees North; being the Duke of Lenox, the Marquesses of Buck [...]gham and Hamilton, the Earls of Arundel and Warwick, Sir F. Gorges, with 34 others, and their Successors, styling them—The Council established at PLIMOUTH in the County of D [...]VON, for the Plan [...]ing, Ruling, Ordering and Governing of NEW ENGLAND in AMERICA: ^* which is the Great and CIVIL BASIS of all the Future Patents and Plantations that divide this Country.

Notes for this I. Section. b, Beginning. m, Middle. e, End.

Printed Tracts.

re,: Mourt's Relation.
W,: Winslow's Relation.
ps,: Purchas's Pilgrims.
sm,: Smith's History.
j.: Johnson's History.
gr,: Sir F. Gorges
mn,: Morton's Memorial.

Manuscripts.

B,: Gov. Bradford's History.
bg: —his Register.
Mcr.: Massach. Col. Records.
G,: Gookin of the Indian [...].
H,: Hubbard's History.
bc,: Book of Charters.
msl: Manuscript Le [...]ters.

[Additions of my own.]

[Page 96]

SECTION I.

To the Settlement of the MASSACHUSETTS Colony, by the Arrival of Governor Winthrop and Deputy Governor Dudley, with the Charter and Assistants, at Salem, June 12. 1630.

Jan. 1. MONDAY, The People at Plimouth go betimes to Work (re) and the Year Begins wi [...]h the Death of De [...]gory Priest. (bg)

Jan. 3. Some abroad see great Fires of Indians and go to their Corn Fields, but discover none o [...] the Savages; nor have seen any since we came to this Harbour. (re)

Jan. 4. Capt. Standish, with 4 or 5 more, go to look for the Natives where [...]heir Fires were made, find some o [...] their Houses, tho' not lately inhabited, but none of the Natives. (re)

Jan. 8. Francis Billington having the Week before, from the Top of a Tree on a high Hill, discovered a Great Sea, as He [...]ho't, goes this Day with one of the Master's Mates, to view it, travel 3 Miles to a large Water divided into two Lakes; the bigger 5 or 6 Miles in Compas [...] with an Islet in it of a Cable's Leng [...]h square. The other 3 Miles in Compass, and a Brook issu [...]ing from it: find 7 or 8 Houses, tho' not lately inhabited, (re) and thi [...] Day Dies Mr. Christo [...] pher Martin. (bg)

Jan. 9. We labour in Building our T [...]wn in 2 [...] of Houses for greater Safety: Divide by Lot th [...] Ground we build on: Agree that every Ma [...] [Page 97] shall build his own House, that they may make more Haste than when they work in common. (re)

Jan. 12 At Noon, Iohn Goodman and Peter Brown gathering Thatch abroad, & not coming Home after their 2 Companions, put us in greatSorrow: Master Leaver with 3 or 4 more go to seek them, but can hear nothing of them: Next Day, thinking the Indians had surpriz'd them, we arm out 10 or 12 Men after them, who go searching 7 or 8 Miles, but return without Discovery, to our great Discomfort. (re)

Jan. 13. Having the major Part of our People ashore we Purpose there to Keep the Public [...] Worship to morrow (re)

Jan. 14. Lord's Day Morning at 6 a Clock, the Wind, being very high, we on Ship board see our Rendevous in Flames: & because of the Loss of the 2 Men, fear the Savages had fired it: nor can we come to help them for want of the Tide till 7 a Clock: at Landing hear goodNews of the Return of our 2 Men, and that the House was fired by a Spark flying into the Thatch, which instantly burnt it up: The greatest Suff [...]rers are Governor Carver and Mr Bradford. The 2 Men were lost in the Woods on Friday Noon; ranged all the Afternoon in the wet and cold: at Night it snowing, freezing, and being bitter Weather, they walked under a Tree till Morning: then travelled by many Lakes and Brooks: In the Afternoon, from a high Hill they discover the 2 Isle, in our Harbour; and at Night getHome, faint with Travel and want of Food and Sleep▪ and almost famished with Cold (re)

Jan. 21. We K [...]ep our Publick Worship ashore. (r [...]

Jan. 29 Dies Rose the Wife of C [...]pt Standish (b [...]

Jan. [...]1. This Morning the People aboard the [...] [Page 98] see 2 Savages, [the first we see at this Harbour,] but cannot speak with them. (re)

N▪ B This Month, 8 of our Number Die. (bg)

Feb. 9. This Afternoon, our H use for our Sick Peo [...]ple is set a Fire by a Spark lighting on the Roof. (re)

Feb. 16. One of our People a fowling by a Creek about a Mile and Half off, 12 Indians march by Him towards the Town: in the Woods H [...] hears the Noise of many more, lies close till they are passed by, then hastens home and gives the Alarm: so the People abroad Re [...]turn, but see none: only Capt Standish and Francis Cook, leaving their Tools in the Woods▪ and going for them, find the Savages had took them away; and towards [...]ight a great Fire a [...]bout the Place where the Man saw them. (re)

Feb. 17. This Morning, we first meet for appointing military Orders, chuse Miles Standish for our Captain, give Him Power accordingly: and while we are consulting, 2 Savages present themselves on the Top of the Hill over against us about aQuarter of a Mile off, making Signs fo [...] us to come to them: we send Capt. Standish and Mr. Hopkins over the Brook towards them▪ one only with a Musket, which He lays down in Sign of Peace and Parley: but the Indi [...]s wou'd not stay their coming: a Noise of a great many more is heard behind the Hill, but no more come in Sight. (re)

Feb. 21. Die Mr. William White, Mr. William Mul [...]lins ▪ with 2 more. And the 25th Dies Mary, the Wife of Mr. Isaac Allerton. (bg)

N B. This Month, 17 of our Number Die. (bg)

This Spring, there g [...] 10 or 12 Ships [...]rom the [Page 99] West of England to Fish on the [North Eastern] Coasts of New England; who get well freighted with Fish and Furr. (sm. ps)

About this time, the Indians get all the Pa [...]waws of the Country, for 3 Days together, in a horrid and devilish Manner to curse and exe [...]crate us with their Conjurations: which Assembly they hold in a da [...]k and dismal Swamp, as we are afterwards informed. (B)

Mar. 7. The Governor, with 5 more go to the Great Ponds; & we begin to sow our GardenSeeds (re)

Mar. 16. This M [...]rning, a Savage boldly comes alone along the Houses strait to the Randevous, surprizes us with calling out▪ Welcome Englishmen! Welcome Englishmen! having learned some bro [...]ken English among the Fishermen at Monhig [...]gon: The first Indian we met with; his Nam [...] SAMOSET; says he is a Sagamore or Lord o [...] Moratiggon, lying hence a Day's Sail with▪ great Wind, and 5 Days by Land, and has bee [...] in these Parts 8 Months: we entertain Him, an [...] He informs us of the Country; that the Plac [...] we are in is called PATUXET, that about fou [...] Years ago all the Inhabitants Died of an extra o [...]n [...]ry Plague, and there is neither Man, Woman nor Child remaining: as indeed we fin [...] none to hinder our Possession, or lay claim to it. At Night we lodge and watch Him. (re)

Mar. 17 This M [...]rning, we send Samoset to th [...] M [...]s [...]ssoi [...]s, our next Neighbours, whence He came▪ The Nausites near S. E. of us, being those b [...] whom we were first Encountred as before related, are much incensed against the English about 8 Months ago sl [...]w 3 Englishmen, and [...] more hardly escaped to M [...]nhiggon: they wer [...] [Page 100] Sir F. Gorges Men, as our Savage tells us. ^[1] He also tells us of the Fight we had with the Nausites, and of our Tools lately taken away▪ which we required Him to bring. This People are ill affected to us because of Hunt, who car [...]ried away 20 from this Place we now inhabit, and 7 from the Nausites as before observed. He promises within a Night or two to bring some of the Masassoits, with Beaver Skins to trade. (re)

Mar. 18. Samoset returns with 5 other Men, who bring our Tools wi [...]h some Skins and make shew of Friendship: but being the Lord's Day, we wou'd not Trade, but entertaining them, bid them come again and bring more, which they Promise within a Night or two: but Samoset tarries with us. (re)

Mar. 21. This Morning, the Indians not coming, we send Samoset to enquire the Reason. In his absence, 2 or 3 Savages present themselves on the Top of the Hill against us, with a shew of Daring us: But Capt. Standish and another with their Muskets, going over, the Indians whe [...] their Arrows and make shew of Defiance; but as our Men advance, they run away. (re)

This Day, PHILIP III, K. of Spain Dies, AEt. 43 ^p. ^ri. & his Son PHILIP IV succeeds, AEt. 16 ^ri.

Mar. 22. About Noon, Samoset returns with SQUAN [...]TO, the only Native of this Place, one of the [...]0 Hunt had carried to Spain, but got into Eng [...]land, [Page 101] liv'd in Cornhill, London, with Mr. Iohn Slanie, Merchant, and can speak a little English, with 3 others: bring a few Skins & signify that theirGreatSagamore MASASSOIT ^[2] [...]he greatest King of the Indians [...]ordering on us, is hard by, with his Brother Quadequina and their Com [...]pany. After an Hour, the King comes to the Top of an Hill over against us, with a Train of 60 Men. We send Squanto to Him, who brings Word that we shou'd send one to Parley with Him. We send Mr. Edward Winslow to know his Mind, and signify that our Governor desires to see Him & truck and confirm a Peace. Upon this the King leaves Mr. Winslow in [...]he Custody of Quadequina and comes over the Brook with a Train of 20 Men, leaving their Bows and Arrows behind them. Capt. Standish and Master Williamson with 6 Musketiers mee [...] Him at the Brook, where they salute each other, conduct Him to a House wherein they place a green Rug and 3 or 4 Cushions: Then instantly comes our Governor, with Drum, Trumpet, an [...] Musketiers: After Salutations, the Governor k [...]ssing his Hand▪ and the King kissing Him, they set down, the Governor entertains Him with some Refreshments, and then they agree on a LEAGUE of Friendship, as follows. (re)

1. T [...]at neit [...]er He nor His shou'd injure any of ours.

[Page 102]2. That if they did, He shou'd send the Offender, that we might Punish Him.

3 That if our Tools were taken away▪ He shou'd Restore them: And if ours did any Harm to any of his, we wou'd do the like to them.

4 If any unjustly war'd against Him, we wou'd aid Him: And if any war'd against us, He shou'd aid us.

5. He shou'd certify his N [...]ighbour Consederates of this, that they might not Wrong us, but be com [...]prized in the Conditions of Peace.

6. That when their Men come to us, they shou'd leave their Bows and Arrows behind them, as we shou'd leave our Pieces when we come to them.

7. That doing thus, King JAMES wou'd estee [...] Him as his Friend and Ally. ^[3]

After this, the Governor conducts Him to the Brook, where they embrace & part; we keeping 6 or 7 Hostages for our Messenger. But Quadequina coming with his Troop, we ente [...]tain and convey Him back, receive our Messenger, and return the Hostages (re)

Mar. 23. This Morning, diverse Indians coming over tell us▪ the King wou'd have some of us come and see Him: Capt. Standish and Mr. Isaac Al [...]lerton go venturously to them, whom they welcome after their manner; and about No [...]n, (re) they return to their Place called Sowams ^[4] about [Page 103] 40 Miles off (B) to the Westward. The King is a Portly Man, in his best Years, grave of Coun [...]tenance, spare of Speech. And we cannot bu [...] judge He is willing to be at Peace with us▪ especially because He has a potent Adversar [...] the Narragansetts, who are at War with Him, against whom He thinks we may be som. Strength, our Pieces being terrible to them. But Sam set and Squanto tarry. (re)

This Day we meet on common Business, conclude our Military Orders, with some Laws convenient for our prese [...]t State; & chuse (re) or rather confirm (B) Mr. CARVER our Governor for the following Year. (re. B)

Mar. 24. Dies Elizabeth, the Wife of Mr. Edward Winslow. (bg)

The first Offence since our Arrival is of Iohn Billington (bg) who came on board at London, (B) and is this Month convented before the whole Company for his Contempt of the Captain's lawful Command withopprobrious Speech [...]es: for which he is adjudged to have his Neck and Heels tied together: but upon Humbling himself and craving Pardon, and it being the first Offence. He is forgiven. (bg)

N. B This M [...]nth, 13 of our Number Die. (bg) And in Three Months pa [...]t, Dies Half ourCom [...]pany; the greatest Part in the Depth of Winter, wanting Houses and other Comforts, being infected wi [...]h the Scurvy & other Diseases, which [...]heir long Voyage and unaccommodate Condition brought upon them: so as there Di [...] sometimes 2 or 3 a Day: of 100 Persons scarce 50 remain: the Living scarce able to Bury the Dead: the Well not sufficient to tend the Sick: [Page 104] there being in their time of greatest Distress but 6 or 7, who spare no Pains to help them: 2 of the 7 were Mr Brewster their Reverend Elder, and Mr. Standish their Captain.

The like Disease fell also among the Sailors; so as almost Half their Company also Die before they sail. (B)

But the Spring advancing, it pleases GOD the Mortality begins to cease, and the Sick & Lame recover; which puts new Life into the People, tho' they had born their sad Affliction with as much Patience as any cou'd do. (B)

Apr. 5. We dispatch the Ship with Capt. Iones; who this Day sails from New Plimouth; and May 6 arrives in England (sm. ps)

After this we Plant 20 Acres of Indian Cor [...] (re) wherein Squanto is a great Help; showing us how to set, fish, dress & tend it, (B) of which we have a good Increase: we likewise sow 6 Acres of Barley ^[5] and Pease; our Barley indifferent Good, but our Pease Parched up with the Sun (re)

While we are busy about our Seed, our Governor, Mr. CARVER comes out of the Field very Sick, complains greatly of his Head, with in a few Hours his Senses fail, so as He speaks no more, and in a few Days after Dies, to our great Lament [...]tion and Heaviness. His Care and Pains were so great for the common Good, as therewith 'tis tho't He oppressed Himself and shortned his Days: of whose Loss we cannot [Page 105] sufficiently complain: and His Wife deceases about 5 or 6 Weeks after. (B)

Soon after, we chuse Mr. William Bradford our Governor, and Mr. Isaac Allerto [...] his Assistant: who are by renewed Elections continued together sundry Years. (B)

May 12. The first Marriage in this Place (B) is of Mr. Edward Winslow to Mrs. Susanna White, Widow of Mr. William White. (bg)

June 18 The second Offence is the first DUELL fought in New England, upon a Challenge at single Combat with Sword & Dagger between Edward Doty and Edward Leister, Servants of Mr. Hopkins: Both being wounded, the one in the Hand, the other in the Thigh; they are adjudg'd by the whole Company to have their Head and Feet tied together, and so to lie for 24 Hours, without Meat or Drink: which is begun to be inflicted, but within an Hour, because of their great Pains, at their own & their Master's humble Request, upon Promise [...]f better Carriage, they are Released by the Governor (bg)

July 2. We agree to send ^[6] Mr. Edward Winslow and Mr. Steven Hopkins with Squanto to see our new Friend MASASSOIT (B) at Pakan [...]kit, (re) to bestow some Gratuities on Him, bind Him [Page 100] faster to us, view the Country, see how and where He lives, his Strength, &c. (B. re)

[Tuesday] At Nine this Morning, we set out, travel 15 Miles Westward to Namasket by 3 in the Afternoon. The People entertain us with Joy, give us Bread they call Maizum, & the Spawn of Shads, which they now have in great Plenty, and we eat with Spoons. By Sun set we get 8 Miles further to a Ware, where we find many of the Namascheucks, i. e. Namasket Men, a fishing, having caught abundance of Bass; who welcome us also, and there we lodge. The Head of this River is said to be not far from the Place of our abode: upon it are and have been many TOWNS; the Ground very good on both Sides, for the most part cleared: Thousands of Men have lived Here, who Died of the Great Plague (re) which befell these Parts about 3 Years before our Arrival: the Living not being able to Bury them, and their Skuls and Bones appear in many Places where their Dwellings had been (B) Upon this River MASASSOIT lives: It goes into the Sea at NARRAGANSETT BAY▪ where the Frenchmen use so much. Next Morning, we travel 6 Miles by the River to a known shoal Place: and it being low Water, put off our Cloaths and wade over: Thus far the Tide flows: We observe few Places on the River but what had been inhabited (re) though now greatly wasted by the Plague aforesaid. (B) And so we travel to Pacanokik, where Masassoit kindly welcomes us (re) and gratefully receives our Presents, (B) assures us He will gladly continue the Peace and Friendship, (re) tells us the Narragansetts live on the other Side of that [Page 107] Great Bay, are a strong People and many in Number, live compactly, and were not touched with that wasting Sickness: (B) desires us not to let the French Trade with them: and there we Lodge. Next Day, being Thursday, man o [...] their Sa [...]hims or Petty Governors, come to visit us: we see their Games for Skins and Knives, and there Lodge again. Friday Morning, before Sun Rise we take our Leave: Masassoit retaining Squanto to procure Truck for us, appoints To [...]kamahamon in his Place, whom we had found faithful before and after upon all Occa [...]sions▪ That Night we reach to the Ware, and the next Night Home. (re)

July e. Iohn Billington (B) a Boy (re) being lost in the Woods, the Governor causes Him to be en [...]quired for among the Natives: at length Masassoit sends wo [...]d He is at Nause [...]. He had wandered 5 Days, liv'd on Berries, then light of an Indian Plantation, 20 Miles South of us called Manome [...], and they convey'd Him to the People who first assaulted us, (B) but the Go [...]vernor sends 10 Men (re) in a Shallop (B. re) with Squanto, and T [...]ckamahamon, (re) to fetch Him (B. re)

The first Day ^[7] the Shallop sails for the Harbour at Cummaquid, but Night coming on, we Anchor in the midst of the Bay, where we [Page 108] are Dry at low Water. Next Morning, the In [...]dians on the other Side of the Channel invite us to come and eat with them as soon a [...] ou [...] Boat floats, six of us go ashoar, leaving 4 o [...] them Pledges in the Boat: the rest bring us t [...] their Sachem, whom they call Iyanough, ^[8] [...] Man not above 26 Years of Age, but personabl [...] and curteous, who gives us plentiful and variou Cheer After Dinner we take Boat [...]or Nauset, Iyanough and two of his Men with us. But th [...] Day and Tide sailing, we cannot get in wit [...] our Shallop. Iyanough with his Men go ashoa [...] and we send Squanto to tell Aspinet the Sachem of Nauset, our Errand. After Sun set, Aspinet comes with a great Train of a 100 with Him bringing the Boy; one bearing Him thro' the Water, delivers Him to us. The Sachim make [...] his Peace with us. We give Him a Knife▪ and another to Him who first entertained the Boy. At this Place we hear the Narragansetts had spoiled some of Masassoi [...]'s Men & taken Him, which strikes us with some Fear; and setting [...]ail, carry Iyanough to Cummaquid, & get Home the next Day N [...]ght. (re) Those People also come & make their Peace, & we give th [...]m full Satisfaction for the Corn we had formerly found in their Country. (B)

H [...]bamack (B) a Pinese or chief Captain of Masassoit (W) also comes to dwell among us and continues faithful as long as He lives. (B)

[Page 109]At our Return from Nauset, we find it true that Masassoit is put from his Country by the Narragansetts, ^[9] and word is bro't us that Couba [...]tant (re) or Corbitant (B) ^[10] a petty S [...]chem under Masassoit, ever fear'd to be too conver [...]sant with the Narragansetts, (re) and no Friend to the English (B) is at Namasket, seeking t [...] draw the Hearts of Masassoit's Subjects from Him, speaks disdain [...]ully of us, storms at the Peace between Nauset, Cumm [...]quid and Us, and at Squanto the Worker of it, as also at Tokama [...]hamon and [...]obbamak. However, Squanto and Hobbamak go privately to see what is become of their King and lodge at Namasket, but are discover'd to Corbitant; who besets the House, (re) threatens to kill Squanto and H [...]bbamak for being Friends to us, (B) seizes Squanto and holds a Knife at his Breast, (re) offers to sta [...] H [...]bamak, but being a stout Man, clears Him self, (B) concludes Squanto kill'd▪ (re) and flie [...] to our Governor with the Information. (B)

Aug. 13. At this the Governor assembles our Compa [...]ny, (B. re) and taking Council, 'tis conceiv'd not fit to be borne; for if we shou'd suffer our Friends and Messengers thus to be wrong'd, we shall have none to cleave to us, or give usIntelligence, or do us any Service, but wou'd next fall upon us, &c. (B) We therefore resolve to [Page 110] send 10 Men to Morrow with Hobamak (re) t [...] seize our Foes in the Night; if Squanto b [...] kill'd, to cut off Corbitant's Head; but hu [...] only those who had a Hand in the Murther, (B [...] and retain Nepeof another Sachim in the Con [...]federacy, till we hear of Masassoit. (re)

Aug. 14. Capt. Standish with 14 Men and Hobama [...] set out (B) in a rainy Day, loose their Way i [...] the Night, wet, weary and much discouraged But finding it again, beset Corbitant's House a Midnight (re) where three Indians are sorel [...] Wounded in trying to brake away, but find Him gone, (B) and Tokamahamon and Squanto safe (re) Corbitan [...] having only threatened Squanto' [...] Li [...] and made an offer to stab Him. (B)

N [...]xt Morning we march into the midst of the Town, (re) Hobamak telling the Indians wha [...] we only intended, they bring the best Food they have, (B) and we Breakfast at Squanto' [...] House: Whither all whose Hearts are uprigh [...] to us come; but Corbitant's Faction fled away We declare that if Masassoit does not Return in safety from Narragansett; or if Corbi [...]a [...] shou'd make any Insurrection against Him, o [...] off [...]r Violence to Squanto, Hobamak, or any of Masassoit's Subjects; we wou'd revenge i [...] to the utter overthrow of Him and His. Wit [...] many Friends attending us, we get Home a [...] Night, (re) bringing with us the 3 Wounder Savages, whom we Cure and send Home. (B)

After this we have many Gratulations from diverse Sachems ▪ and much firmer Peace. Ye [...] those of the Isle of Capawak send to secure ou [...] Friendship: and Corbi [...]an [...] Himself uses th [...] [Page 111] Mediation of Masassoit to be Reconciled. (B) Yea CANONICUS chief Sachem of the Narra [...]g [...]nsetts, sends a Messenger to treat of Peace. (re)

Sept [...]. Sir William Alexander (gr) of Scotland, (ps) afterwards Earl of Sterling, having prevailed on King JAMES to send to Sir F. Gorges to assign Him Part of the N [...]w England Territory; (gr) Sir F. being entrusted with the Affairs of this Country, advising with some of the Company, yields that Sir William shou'd have a Patent of the North East [...]rn Part of New England, to be held of the Crown of Scotland and call'd NEW SCOTLAND. (ps) Whereupon presently, (gr) viz.

Sept. 10. K. JAMES gives Sir Wm. Alexander a Patent for NOVA SCOTIA; Bounding the same from Cape Sables to the Bay of St. Mary, thence N. to the River St. Croix ▪ thence N▪ to Canada River, so down the River to Gachep [...], thence S. E. to Cape Briton Islands and Cape Briton, thence [...]ound to Cape Sables again; with all Seas and Isl [...]nds within six Leagues of the Western, Northern and Eastern Parts, and within 40 Leagues to the Southward of Cape Briton, & Cap [...] Sables; to be called NOVA SCOTIA, &c. (ps) Taken from the LATIN PAT [...]NT in Purchas.

Sept. 13 Nine Sachems subscribe an Instrument of Submission to K. JAMES, viz O [...]quamehud, Caw [...]nacome, Obbatinnua, Nattawahunt, Caunbatant, ^* C [...]ikkatabak, Quadaquina, Huttamoiden, and Apannow. (mn) Yea Masassoit in Writing unde [...] his H [...]nd to Capt. Standish has own'd the King of England to be his Master: Both He and man [...] [Page 112] oth [...]r Kings under Him, as of Pame [...], Nawset, Cumm [...]quid, Namasket, with dive [...]se ot [...]e [...]s wh [...] dwell about the Bays of Pa [...]uxet and M [...]ssa [...]chuset [...]: and all this by friendly Usage, Love and Peace, just & honest Carriage, good Counsel. &c (re)

Tho' we are told the Massachusetts often threaten us, yet the Company thi [...]k good t [...] send among them, (re) to Discover the Bay, (B) see the Country▪ make Peace, (re) & trade with the Natives: (B) The Governor chuses 10 Men with Squa [...]o and 2 other Savages to go in the Shallop. (re)

Sept. 18. [Being Tuesday] at Midnight, the Tide serving▪ we set sail▪ Next Day, get into the Bottom of the Massachusetts Bay, [...]bout tw [...]ty Leagues North [...]om Plimouth, and Anchor. N [...]xt Morning, we land under a Cliff▪ The S [...]chem of this Place i [...] Obbatinewat, ^[12] [...]nd tho' He lives in the Bottom of this Bay, yet is subject to Masassoit; uses us kindly, and tell [...] us He dare not now remain in any settled Place for Fear of the Tarratines (re) who live to the Eastward, are wont to come at Harvest & [...]ake away their Corn, and m [...]ny times kill them; (B)) and that the Squaw Sachem or Massachuset [...] Q [...]een, is an Enemy to Him. He submit [...] to the Ki [...]g of England, upon our Promising to be hi [...] Safe Guard against his Enemies. We cross th [...] Ba [...] ▪ which is very large, and seems to have 50 Island [...]. Next Morning, all but two, go ashoa [...] ▪ ma [...]ch 3 Miles into the Country, where Co [...] [Page 113] had been newly gathered. A Mile hence thei [...] late King Nan [...]pasheme [...] had lived: his Hous [...] was built on a lar [...]e Scaffold 6 Foot high an [...] on the Top of a H [...]l. Not far hence in a Bottom we come to a Fort He had built; the Pal [...]liz [...]does 30 or 40Foot high; a Trench about it Breast high; but one Way in, over a Bridge▪ In the midst of the Pallizado stands the Frame of a House, where He lies Buried. A Mile hence we come to such another, but on the Top of a Hill, where He was kill'd. The Natives at first fly from us, but are at length induc'd to meet us Here, and entertain us in the best manner they can. Having traded with us, and the Day near spent, we return to the Shallop. Wit [...]in this Bay, the Savages say, are 2 Rivers, one of which we saw, having a fair Entrance: Better Harbour for Shipping cannot be than Here: most of the Islands have been inhabited, being clear'd from End to End; but their Inhabitants all Dead or Removed. Having a light Moon, we set sail at Evening: and before next Day Noon get Home (re) with a considerable Qu [...]ntity of Bever, and a good Report of th [...] Place, wishing we had been seated There. (B)

All the Summer no Want: while some were Trading, others were Fishing Cod, Bass, &c We now gather in our Harvest: and as Cold Weather advances, come inStore of Water [...]Fowl, wherewith this Place abounds; tho' afterward [...] they by Degrees decrease; as also abundance of Wild Turkies with Venison, &c. Fit ou [...] H [...]uses against Winter, are in Health and hav [...] all Things in Plent [...]. (B)

[Page 114]Nov 9. Arrives a Ship at Cape C [...]d, (B re) and th [...] 10th (B) the Indians bring us Word of her b [...] ing near, but think her a Frenchman: upon [...] making [...]or our Bay, the Governor orders a Pie [...] to be fired▪ to call Home such as are abroad a [...] Wo [...]k▪ ^[13] & we get ready for Defence: [...] unexpectedly find her a Friend (re) of 55 Ton [...] (sm ps) called the Fortune, in which comes Mr. Cushm [...]n (B) with 35 Pers [...]n [...] (B. W) to live i [...] the Plantation, which not a little rej [...]ices u [...] But both Ship and Pas [...]engers poorly furnish' [...] with Provisions; so that we are forc'd to s [...]ar [...] Her some [...]o carry Her home, which threaten▪ a Famin among us, unless we have a timely Supply. She sail'd from London the Biginning of Iuly, (B) cou'd not clear the Chanel til the End of Aug (sm. ps) & bring [...] a Letter for Mr Carver, from Mr. Wes [...]on, Da [...]ed, London Iuly 6▪ wherein H [...] writes—We (i. e. the Adventurers) [...]ave procured you a CHARTER, the best we cou'd▪ better than your former, and with less Limitation (B) She finds all our People she left in April in Health, except 6 who Died, & stays a Mo [...]th ere she sails for England. (sm ps)

Dec. 11. We have built 7 Dwelling Houses; 4 [...] the Use of the Plantation, and have made Pro [...]vision for diverse others. Both Masass [...]it, th [...] greatest King of the Natives and all the Prince [...] and People round us have made Peace with u [...] Seven of them at once sent their Messengers [...] this End. And as we cannot but account it a [...] [Page 115] ext [...]a [...]rd [...]nary Bl [...]ssing of GOD in Directing ou [...] Cou [...]se for these Parts, we obtain'd [...]h [...] H [...]nou [...] to receive Allo [...]ance of our P [...]ss ssing and En [...]joying thereof under the Au [...]hori [...] of the PRAE [...]SIDENT and COUNCIL for the Affairs of NEW ENGLAN [...]. (re)

Dec. 13. The Sh [...]p sails (sm. ps) viz. the Fortune (B) ^[14] lad [...]n with 2 Hogsheads o [...] Bever and, other Skins, and good Clapboar [...]s as full as she can hold; the Freight estimated near 500 Pounds. Mr Cushman returning in her, as the Adventu [...]ers had [...]ppointed, for their better Information But in her Voyage (B) as she draws near [...]he English Coast, is se [...]zed by the French, carried to France, (B) into the Isle Deu, (sm ps) kep [...] there (B) 14 (s [...] ps) or 15 Days, robb'd of all she had worth taking: then the People & Ship released, get to London, (B) Feb. 14. (sm ps) or 17. (B)

Upon her Departure, the Governor and his Ass [...]tant dispose the late Comers into several [...]milies, find their Provisions will now scarce h [...]ld out 6 M [...]nths at Half Allowance, & there [...]re put them to it, which they bare pa [...]ientl [...] (B)

1622.

[Page 116]SOON after the Ship's Departure▪ that Great People of the Narragansetts, (B. W.) said to be many Thousands strong, (W) [...]an raise above 5000 Fighting Men, (G) notwithstanding their desired and obtained Peace with us in the foregoing Summer, begin to breath forth many Threats against us; so that 'tis the common Talk of all the Indians round us, of their Pre [...]parations to come against us. At length Canonicus their chief Sachem (W) ▪ in a braving manner sends us a Bundle of Arrows tied with a Snake Skin, which Squanto tells us i [...] a Challenge and Threatning. Whereupon our Gov. with Advice of others, sends them an Answer, That if they had rather War than Peace, they might Begin when they wou'd; we had done them no Wrong, nor do we fear them, nor shou'd they find us unprovided. By another Messenger we send back the Snake-Skin charg'd with Powder and Bullets: But they refuse to receive it, and Return it to us. (B. W) Since the Death of so many Indians they tho't to Lord it over the Rest, conceive we are a Bar in their Way, and see Ma [...]assoi [...] already take Shelter under our Wings. (B)

This makes us more carefully to look to our selves, and agree to enclose our Dwellings with strong Pales, Flankers, Gates, &c. (B. W)

Feb. We Impale our Town, taking in the Top of the Hill under which our Town is seated▪ make 4 Bulwa [...]ks or Jetties▪ whence we can defend the whole Town, in 3 whereof are Gates (W) which are lock'd every N [...]ght; a Watch and Ward kept in the Day. (B) The Gov [...]rnor and [Page 117] Captain Divide the Company [...] 4 Squad [...]ons (B. W) with Commande [...]s (W) [...]very one its Quarter assign'd, to repair to in any Alarm: And if [...]here [...]e a Cry of Fire, a Company is ap [...]pointed [...]or a Guard with Muskets, while othe [...]s Qu n [...]n it, to prevent Treache [...]y. (B W)

This Spring th [...]re Go fr [...]m [...]he West o [...] Eng [...]land to th [...] [N [...]th E [...]ste [...]n] Coasts of New Engl [...]nd. 35 S [...]ips to [...] (sm. ps)

Mar b By this Time our Town is imp [...]led, inclos [...]ng a Garden for every Family. (B)

Mar. e (B) We Prepare for a second Voy [...]ge to the M ss [...]chusetts: But Hobamak tells us, that from som Rumours, He [...]ears they are joined with the N [...]rragans [...]tti, and may betra [...] us i [...] we are not careful, and has also a Jealousy of Squan [...]o from som [...] private Whisperings between Him and other I [...]ians. However we resolve to pro [...]ceed. (B. W) And

Apr. b. We send our Shallop (B. W) with Captain S [...]andish (W) and 10 of our chi [...]f Men, with Hobamak and Squanto. (B) But they had no sooner turn'd the Gurnet or Poin [...] of the Harbour, (W) then a Native of Squanto's Family, comes runwith his Face wounded and the Blood fresh [...]pon i [...], calling to the People abroad to make haste H [...]me; Declaring that the N [...]rragansetts with Cor [...]itant and He tho't Ma [...]ssoit, were coming (B) to Assault us in the Captain's Absence; that He had receiv'd the Wound in his Face for speaking for us, and that He had Escap [...]d by Flight, (W) looking frequently back as if they were just behind Him. Upon thi [...] the Governor orders all to Arms, and a Warning Piece or two to be fired to call back theShallop. [Page 118] At which she returns and we Watch all Night, but nothing is seen. Hobamak is confident fo [...] his Master & thinks all is false. Yet the Gover [...]nor causes Him to send his Wife privately (B) to Pacanokik (W) to see how Things are, pre [...]tending other Occasions, who finds all in Quiet (B) Upon this we discover it to be Squanto Policy to set us against Masassoit, that He being removed out of the Way, Squanto might succeed as principal King of all these Parts of the Country. (W) After which the Shallop proceeds to the Massachusetts, has good Trade and return in Safety. (B)

May. Our Provision being spent (B) a Famin begins to Pinch us, and we look hard for Supply, but none arrives (B)

May e. We spie a Boat at Sea, which we take to be a Frenchman, but proves a Shallop from a Ship (B. W) call'd the Sparrow▪ (W) which Mr. Weston (B. W) & Beachamp (B) set out a Fishing at Dama [...]rin's Cove, 40 Leagues to the Eastward, (B. W) where this Year are 30 Sail of Ships a Fishing. (W) She brings a Letter to Mr. Carver from Mr. Weston, of Ian. 17 (B) with 7 Passengers on his Account, but no Victuals (B. W) nor Hope of any: nor have we ever any afterwards: and by his Letter find He has quite deserted us, and is going to settle a Plantation of his own. (B)

The Boat brings [...]s a kind Letter from Mr. Iohn Huddleston (B) or Huds [...]on, (mn) a Capt. of a Ship, Fishing at the Eastward, whose Name we never heard before, to inform us of a Massacre o [...] 400 English by the Indians in Virginia, whence [Page 119] He came. ^[15] By this Boat the Governor return [...] a grateful Answer: and with them sends Mr. Winslow in a Boat of ours to get Provisions o [...] the Fishing Ships: whom Capt. Huddleston re [...]ceives kindly, and not only spares what He can [...] but writes to others to do the like. By which means He gets as much Bread as amounts to a Quarter of a Pound a Person a Day till Harvest, and returns in Safety. The Governor causing their Portion to be daily given them, or some had starved. And by this Voyage we not only get a present Supply, but also learn the Way to those Parts for our future Benefit. (B)

At Mr. Winslow's Return, He finds the Colony much weaker than He left it. The Want of Bread had abated the Strength and Flesh of some, had swelled others; and had they not been where are diverse sorts of Shel-Fish, they must have Perished. These Extreamities be fel us in May and Iune: and in the Time of these Straits, and indeed before Mr. Winslow went to Monhiggon, the Indians began to cast forth many insulting Speeches, Glorying in our Weakness, and giving out how easy it wou'd be ere long to cut us off, which occasions us to erect a Fort on the Hill above us. (W)

June e. or Iuly b. Come into our Harbour 2 Ships of Mr. Weston's, the Charity (W) of 100 Tons, (sm. ps) & Swan (W) of [...]0, (sm. ps) with his Lette [...] of Apr. 10. (B) and 50 or 60 Men, sent at his [Page 120] own Charge, (W) to settle a Plantation for Him in the Massach [...]tts Bay, for wh [...]ch he had procured a Patent, ^[16] they sail'd from London about the last of April, (sm. ps) the Charity the bigger Ship leaves them, having many P [...]ss [...]n [...]gers to carry to Virginia. (W) We allow this People Housing: and many being Sick, th [...]y have the best Means our Place affords (B) ^[17]

By Mr. Weston's Ship comes a Letter f [...]om Mr. Iohn Pierce, in whose Name the Plimouth Patent is taken; signifying that whom the Governor admits into the Association, He will approve (B)

July 16 Our Number is about 100 Persons, all in Health▪ (ps) [i. e Free from Sickness, tho'not from Weakness.] near 60 Acres of Ground well [Page 121] Planted with Corn, besides Gardens replenishe [...] with us [...]ful Fruits▪ (sm. ps)

This Summer we Build a Timber Fort, both strong and comely, with flat Rool and Battle [...]ments; on which Ordnance are mounted, a Watch kept, and it also serves as a Place of Publick Worship. (B)

Mr Weston's People stay Here the most part of the Summer, (B) while some seek out a Place for them. They exceedingly waste and steal our Corn, and [...]et secretly revile us. At length their Coaste [...]s Return, having sound in the Mas [...]sachusetts Bay a Place they judge fit for Settlement, named Wichaguscusset (W) or Wesagusquasset, (mn) or Wessagusset (mst) since called Weymouth: Whither up [...]n their Ship [i. e. the Charity] [...]eturning from Virginia, (B) the Body of them go, leaving their Sick and Lame with us (W) till they had built some Housing, (B) whom our Surgeon by Go [...]'s Help recovers Gratis, & they afterwards fetch Home (W) nor have we any Recompence for their Curtesy, nor desired it. They prove an unrul [...] Comp [...]ny, have no goodGovernment over them by Disorder will soon fall to Want if Mr Weston com [...] not quickly among them (B) Nor had they been long from us ere the Indians fill ou [...] E [...]rs with Clamours against them for Stealing their Corn and other Abuses. (W)

Our Crop proving scanty, partly thro' Weakness for want of Food to tend it, partly through ot [...]r B [...]siness, & partly b [...] much being stolen; a F [...]in must ensue next Year unless p [...]evented: ( [...]) But

Aug▪ [...]. ( [...]) B [...] an unexpected Providenc [...] (B) come into our Harbour 2 Ships; v [...]z. the Sparro [...] ▪ Mr. [Page 122] Weston's, who having made her Voyage of F [...]h (W) g [...]es to Virginia (W B) where bo [...]h she and her [...]h are sold. (B) The [...]her called the Disco [...]very ▪ (W) [...]apt. Iones, Commander, (B W) in he [...] Way from Virginia Hom [...]w [...]rd, being set out by some Merchants to Discover the Shoals a [...]bout Cape Cod ▪ and Harbours between this and Virginia. Of her we buy Knives and Beads which are now good Trade, tho' at Cent pe [...] Cent or more▪ and yet Pay away Coat Bever a [...] 3 s. a Pound (which a few Years after yield [...] 20 s.) By which means we are fited to Trade, both for Corn and Bever. (B)

In this Ship comes Mr. Iohn Porey, who had been Secretary in Virginia, and is going Home in Her: who after his Departure s [...]nds the Go [...]vernor a Letter of Thanks, Dated August 28▪ wherein He highly commends Mr. Ainsworth's and R [...]binson's Works: And after his Return to England, does this poor P [...]antation much Credit among those of no mean Rank. (B) ^[18]

Sept e. or Octob. b. Mr. Weston's bigge [...]t Ship, th [...] Charity Returns to England, leaving his Peo [...]ple [Page 123] s [...]fficiently victualed: T [...]e l [...]ser viz. the Swan remains with his Plantation for their further Help (W)

Sho [...]tly after Harvest, Mr Weston's People at the Massachusetts, having by Disorder, much wasted their Provisions, begin to perceive a Want app [...]oaching; & hearing we had bought Commodities and design'd to trade for Corn, they wr [...]te to the Governor to join with us, offer their small Ship for the Service, and Pray to let th [...]m have some of our Commodities: which the Gove [...]n [...]r condescends to; designing to go r [...]und Cap [...] Cod, to the Southward, where Store of Corn may be obtained. (B) But are often cr [...]ss [...]d in our Purposes. As fi [...]st, Mr. Richard Green, Brother-in-law to Mr Weston, who from Him had the Charge of his Colony, Dies suddenly at Plimouth (W) Then Capt. Standish (B W) with Squanto for Guide, (B) Twice sets [...]orth with th [...]m, but is driven back by violent Winds▪ ^[19] The second Time the Captain falling i [...]l of a Feaver, (W)

Nov. The Governor goes with them: but seeing no Passage thro' the Shoals of Cape Cod, puts into a Harbour at M [...]namoyk. That Evening the G [...]vernor with Squanto and others go ashoar t [...] the Indian H [...]uses, stay all Night, trade with th [...] [Page 124] Natives, get 8 Hog [...]heads of Corn and Bean [...] (W) Here Squanto falls Sick of a Feaver, bleed [...]ing much at the Nose, which the Indians recko [...] a fatal Sympton, and Here in a few Days Dies desiring the Governor to Pray that he might g [...] to the English Man's GOD in Heaven, bequeth [...]ing his Thing [...] to [...]undry of his English Friend [...] as Remembrance [...] of his Love; of whom we have a great Los [...]. (B) Thence sail to the Mas [...]sachusetts, find a great Sickness among the Na [...]tives, not unlike the Plague, if not the same; must give as much for a Quart of Corn as we used for a Bever Skin: The Savages renew their Complaints to our Governor against those English: Thence sails to Nauset, buys 8 o [...] 10 Hogsheads of Corn and Beans, as also at Matta [...]chiest: ^[20] but our Shallop being cast away▪ we cannot get our Corn aboard: our Governor causes it to b [...] stack'd and covered; and charging the Indians with it, He procures a Guide▪ sets out a Foot, being 50 Miles, receiving all Respect from the Natives by the Way, weary and with galled Feet comes Home: 3 Days after, the Ship comes also; and the Corn being Divided, Mr. Weston's People return to their Plantation. (W)

1623.

Jan. CApt. Standish being Recovered, takes ano [...]ther Shallop, sails to N [...]uset, finds the Corn left there in Safety, mends the other Shallop, gets the Corn aboard the Ship: but it being very [Page 125] Cold and Stormy, is oblig'd to cu [...] the Shallops from the Stern of the S [...]ip, and loose them: but the Storm being over, finds them. While we lodge ashoar, an Indian Steals some Trifl [...]s ou [...] of the Shallop as she lay in a Creek: which when the Capt miss'd, He t [...]kes some of his Company, goes to the Sachem, r [...]quires the Goods, or wou'd Revenge it on them before He left them. On the Morrow ▪ the S [...]chem comes to our Rendevous with many Men, Sa [...]lutes the Cap [...]ain, licking his Hand and bowing down, delivers the Good [...], says He had bea [...]e [...] the Stealer, was very sorry for the Fact, orders the Women to make and bring us Bread▪ and is glad to be Reconciled: So we come Home and divide the Corn as before. (W)

After this the Governor with another Compa [...]ny goes to Namasket, buys Corn there: Wh [...]r [...] a G [...]eat Sickness rising among the Natives, ou [...] People fetch it Home. (W)

The Governor also, with Hobamak and others go to Manomet, a Town near 20 Miles South o [...] Plimouth. stands on a fresh River runing int [...] a Bay ^[21] towards Narragansett, which canno [...] be less than 60 Miles from thence: 'Twill bar [...] a Boat of 8 or 10 Tons to this Place: hithe [...] the Dutch or French or both used to come: I is from Hence to the Bay of Cape Cod about [...] Miles, out of which Bay the Sea flows into [...] Creek about 6 Miles almost directly towards the [Page 126] Town: The Heads of this Creek and River are not far distant. ^[22] The Sachem of this Place is Caunacum, who (W) Sept. 13. last (mn) with many others own'd themselves Subjects of King JAMES, and now uses the Governor very kindly▪ the Governor lodging Here in a bitter Night▪ buys Co [...]n, but leaves it in the Sachem's Custo [...]dy (W)

Feb. Having not much Corn left, Capt. Standish goes again with 6 Men in the Shallop to Mat [...]tachiest, meeting with the like Extreme Wea [...]ther, being froze in the Harbour the first Night, gets a good Quantity of Corn of the Natives: Thro' Extremity is forc'd to lodge in their Houses, which they much press with a Design to KILL Him, as after appeared: For now begins a CONSPIRACY among the Indians to destroy the English, tho' to us unknown; but the Captain or [...]ering his Men to keep awake by Turns, is saved. Here also, an Indian Steals some Trifles, which the Capt. no sooner perceiv'd, but tho' He had no more than 6 Men with Him, yet draws them from the Boat, besets the Sachim's House, where most of the Peopl [...] were, and threatens to fall upon them without [Page 127] Delay, if they wou'd not forthwith restore them: signifying that as He wou'd not offer the least Injury, so He wou'd not receive any, without due Satisfaction: Hereupon the Sachem finds out the Party, makes Him return the Goods; and this Act so daunts their Courage, that they dare not attempt any thing against the Captain; but to appease his Anger, bring Corn afresh to Trade; so as He lades his Shal [...]lop and comes Home in safety. (W)

Feb. e. An Indian comes from Iohn Sanders, the Overseer of Mr. Weston's Men at the Massachusetts (W) with a Letter, shewing the great Wants they were fallen into (B) that having spent all their Bread and Corn (W) wou'd have borrow'd a Hogshead of the Natives, but they wou'd lend Him none: He desired Advice whether He might take it by Force, to support his Men till He returns (B) from Monhiggon; where is a Plantation of Sir F. Gorges, and whither He is going to buy Bread of the Ships that come There a Fishing. (W) But the Governor with others dispatch the Messenger with Letters to diswade Him by all means from such a Violence: (B.W) exhorting them to make a shift as we, who have so little Corn left, that we are forc'd to live on Ground-nuts, Clams, Muscles, &c. Upon receiving our Letters, Mr. Sanders alters his Purpose, comes first to Plimouth: where notwithstanding our Necessities, we spare Him some Corn to carry Him to Monhiggon. (W) And Feb. e. He goes thither with a Shallop, without knowing any thing of the Indian CONSPIRACY before He sails. (W)

[Page 128]This Spring go from England to the [Nort [...] Eastern] Coasts of New England, about 40 Ships to Fish; who make a far better Voyage tha [...] ever. (sm)

Mar. b. The Captain having refresh'd Himself, take [...] a Shallop and goes to Manomet for the Corr the Gov. had bought. ^[23] Being with 2 of hi [...] Men far [...]rom the Boat at Caunacum's House 2 Natives come in from the Massachusetts, th [...] chief of whom is Wituwamet, a notable, insult [...]ing Indian; who had forme [...]ly embrew'd hi [...] Hands in the Blood both of French and English ▪ derides our Weakness and boasts his Valour: He came, as appears afterwards, to engage Cau [...]nacum in the Conspiracy: the Weather being cold, they wou'd perswade the Captain to send to the Boat for the Rest of his Company; but He refusing▪ they help carry the Corn▪ There ^[24] a lusty Savage of Paomet, had un [...]dertaken to kill Him in the Rendevouz before they part; upon which they intend to fall on the others: But the Night being exceeding Cold, the Captain cou'd not rest without turn [...]ing his Sides to the Fire continually: whereby the Indian missed his Opportunity. The next Day wou'd fain perswade the Captain to go to Paomet, where He had much Corn, & the Capt. put forth with Him: but the Wind forcing them back, they come to Plimouth. (W)

[Page 129]Mar. While the Captain was at Manomet, New [...] comes to Plimouth that Masassoit is like to Die, and that a Dutch Ship is driven ashore before his House so high that she cou'd not be got off till the Tides encrease. Upon which the Gov. sends Mr. Edward Winslow & Mr. Iohn Hambden, a Gentleman of London, with Hobamak to visit and help him, and speak with the Dutch. The first Night we lodge at Namasket: Next Day at One, com [...] to a Ferry in Corbitant's Country, and 3 Mile further to Mattapuyst his Dwelling Place, tho' He be no Friend to us, but find Him gone to Pakanokik about 5 or 6 Mi [...]es off: Late within Night we get thither, whence the Dutch had departed about 2 in the Afternoon ▪ find Masassoit extream low, his Sight gone, his Teeth six'd, having swallow'd nothing for 2 Days, but using means He surprisingly revives: we stay and help Him 2 Nights and 2 Days: at the End of the latter, taking out Leave He expresses his great Thankfulness: we come and lodge with Corbitant at Matta [...]uyst, who wonders that we being but 2 shou'd be so venturous. Next Day, on our Journey, H [...]bamak tells us, That at his coming away, Masassoit privately charged Him to tell Mr. Winslow ▪ there was a Plot of the Massachusuks against Weston's People; and least we shou'd revenge it, against us also; that the Indians of Pa [...]met, Nauset, Mattachiest, Succonet, ^[25] th [...] [Page 130] Isle of Capawak, Manomet and Agaway [...]om are join'd with them; and advises us by al [...] means as we value our Lives and the Lives of our Countrymen, to kill the Conspirators at Massachusetts and the Plot wou'd cease; and without Delay, or 'twou'd be too late. That Night we lodge at Namasket, the next Day ge [...] Home: where we find Capt. Standish had sail'd this Day for the Massachusetts, but contrary Winds had driven Him back, and the Paome [...] Indian still soliciting the Captain to go with Him. At the same time, Wissapinewat another Sachem, Brother to Obtakiest, Sachem of the Massachusetts, Reveals the same thing (W)

Mar. 23. Being a Yearly Court Day, the Governor communicates his Intelligence to the whole Company, and asks their Advice: who leave it to the Governor, with his Assistant and the Captain to Do as they think most meet Upon this they order the Captain to take as many Men as He thinks sufficient, to go forth with and fall on the Conspirators, but forbare till he makes sure of Wituwamet the bloody Savage before spoken of▪ The Captain takes but eight least He shou'd raise a Jealousy. (W)

The next Day comes 1 of Weston's Men (W) thro' the Woods to Plimouth, tho' he knew not a Step of the Way, but indeed had lost the Path, which was a happy Mistake; for being Pursued (B) the Indian (W) thereby miss'd Him (B) but by little, and went to Manomet, (W) the Man makes a pitiful Narration of their weak and dangerous State, with the Insults of the Indians over them▪ and that to give the Savages content, since Sanders went to Monhiggon, the [...] [Page 131] had Hanged One who had stole their Corn (W) tho' He was Bed rid, (Hudibrass) and yet they were not satisfied: Some Died with Cold and Hunger: one in gathering Shel-fish, was so weak that he stuck in the Mud and was found Dead in the Place: the Rest were ready to starve, & He dare stay no longer. (W) ^[26]

The next Day, the Captain sails and arrives There, is suspected, insulted and threatned by the Savages: But at length watching an Op [...]portunity, having Wituwamet and P [...]ksuot, a notable Pinese (i. e. Counsellor & Warriour) with another Man, and a Brother of Wituwamet, with as many of his own Men together, He falls upon and after a violent Struggle slays the 3 former with their own Knives, orders the last to be Hang'd, goes to another Place, Kills another, Fights and makes the Rest to Fly, and Mr. Weston's Men Kill 2 more. But the Captain releases the Indian Women, wou'd not take their Beaver Coats, nor suffer the least Discurtesy to be offered them. (W)

Upon this, Mr. Weston's People resolve to leave their Plantation. The Captain tells them for his own Part He dare live Here with fewe [...] Men than they: Yet since they were other wise minded, according to his Orders (W) of [...]fers to bring them to Plimouth, where they shou'd fare as well as we till Mr. Weston or some Supply comes to them: or if they better liked any other Course, He wou'd help them as well as He cou'd. Upon this they desireHim to let [Page 132] them have Corn, and they wou'd go with their small Ship (B) to Monhiggon (W) where they may hear from Mr. Weston, or have some Sup [...]ply from Him, seeing the Time of Year is come for the Fishing Ships to be There: or other wise, wou'd work with the Fishermen for their Living and get their Passage to England. So they ship what they have, (B) He lets them have all the Corn He can spare, scarce keeping enough to last Him Home, sees them under sail well out of the Massachusetts-Bay, (B. W) not taking of them the Worth of a Penny▪ (B) with some few of their Company who desire it, He Returns to Plimouth: bringing the Head of Wituwamet, which He sets up on the Fort (W)

Thus this Plantation is broken up in a Year: and this is the End of those who being all able Men, had boasted of their Strength and what they wou'd bring to pass, in comparison of the People at Plimouth, who had many Women, Children, and weak Ones with them (B)

While Capt. Standish was gone, the Savage who went to Monamet, returning through our Town was secured till the Captain came back: then confess'd the Plot and says that Obtakies [...] was drawn to it by the Importunity of his People; is now sent to inform Him of the Grounds of our Proceeding, and require Him to send us the 3 Englishmen among them. After some time Obtakiest perswades an Indian Woman to come and tell the Governor, He was sorry they were kill'd before He heard from us, or He wou' [...] have sent them, and desires Peace. (W)

But this Action so amazes the Natives, tha [...] they forsake their Houses, run to an fro, liv [...] [Page 133] in Swamps, which brings on them sundry Diseases, whereof many Die: as Caunacum, Sa [...]chem of Monamet; Aspinet, Sachem of Nawset▪ Iyanough, Sachem of Matachiest; and many others are still daily Dying among them. From one of those Places a Boat is sent to the Governor with Presents to work their Peace: but not far from Plimouth is cast away, when 3 are drown'd, and one escaping dare not come to us. (W)

Apr. b. No Supply being heard of nor knowing when to expect any, we consider how to raise a better Crop, and not languish still in Misery We range all the Youth under some Family, agree that every Family Plant for their own Particular and Trust to themselves for Food (B) but at Harvest bring in a competent Portion for the maintenance of Publick Officers, Fisher [...]men, &c. (W) and in all other things go on in the General Way as before: for this End assign every Family a Parcel of Land in Proportion to their Number, tho' make no Division for In [...]heritance: which has very good Success, makes all industrious, gives Content: Even the Women and Children now go into the Field to Work, and much more Corn is Planted than ever. (B)

☞Capt. Iohn Mason (H) who had been Governor of Newfoundland, (gr) Sir F. Gorges, and several other Gentlemen of Shrewsbury, Bristol, Dor [...]ch [...]ster, Plimouth, Exeter and other Places in the West of England, having obtained Patents of the New England Council for several Parts of this Country. (H) They, this Spring (W) send over Mr. David Thompson (H) or Tompson a [Page 134] Scotchman (W) with Mr. Edward Hilton and his Brother Wm. Hilton, with others, to Begin a Settlement: (H) and Mr. Tompson now Begins One, 25 Leagues North East from Plimouth, nea [...] Smith's Isles, at a Place call'd Pascatoquack. (W) the Place first seiz'd is call'd the Little Har [...]bour, on the West Side of Pascataqua River and near the Mouth, where the first House is built call'd Mason Hall. But the Hilton's set up their Stages higher up the River at [Cochecho] since nam'd Dover. (H)

This Year [and I conclude this Spring] there are also some scattering Beginnings made at Monhiggon, and some other Places by sundry others. (B) But about Pascataqua River, there seem not many other Buildings erected till after 1631. (H)

Shortly after Mr. Weston's People went to the Eastward, HE comes There Himself with some of the Fishermen, under another Name and Disguise of a Blacksmith; where He hears the Ruin of his Plantation: and getting a Shallop, with a Man or two comes on to see how things are: but in a Storm is cast away in the Bottom of the Bay between Pascataquak and Merri [...]mak River, ^[27] & hardly escapes with his Life Afterwards He falls into the Hands of the Indians, who pillage Him of all He sav'd from the Sea, and strip Him of all his Cloaths to his Shirt. At length He gets to Pascataquak ▪ borrows a Sute of Cloaths, finds means to come [Page 135] to Plimouth, and desires to borrow some Bever of us. Notwithstanding our Straits, yet in Consideration of hisNecessity, we letHim have 170 odd P [...]unds of Bever, wi [...]h which He goes to the Eastward, stays his small Ship and some of his Men, buys Provision and fits Himself; which is the Foundation of his future Courses: and yet never Repaid us any thing save Reproaches, and becomes our Enemy on all Oc [...]casions (B)

Apr. m. We Begin to set our Corn, the setting Season being good till the latter End of May ▪ (W) But by the time our Corn is Planted, our Victuals are spent: not knowing at Night where to have a Bit in the Morning, and have neither Bread nor Corn for 3 or 4 Months to [...]gether: yet bare our Wantswith Chearfulness and rest on Providence. (B)

Having but one Boat left, we divide the Men into several Companies, 6 or 7 in each: who take their Turns to go out with a Net and fish, and return not till they get some, tho' they be 5 or 6 Days out; knowing there's nothing at Home, and to return empty wou'd be a great Discouragement When they stay long or get but little, the Rest go▪ a digging Shell fish: and thus we live the Summer; only sending 1 or 2 to range the Woods for Deer, they now and then get one, which we divide among the Company: and in the Winter are help'd with F [...]wl and Ground-nuts. (B)

At length we receive Letters from the Ad [...]venturers in Eng [...]and of Dec. 22 and Apr. 9 last, wh [...]rein they say, I [...] r [...]j [...]iceth us much to hear those good Reports that divers have bro't home [Page 136] of you: and give an Account, that last Fall (B) Octob. 16 (ps) a Ship the Parragon, sail'd from London with Passengers (B) 37 (sm) or r [...]her 67 (ps) for New Plimouth: being fitted [...]ut by Mr. Iohn Pierce, in whose Name our first [...]atent was taken, his Name being only used in Trust: but when He saw we were Here hopefully s [...]ated, and by the Success GOD gave us had obtai [...]ed Favour with the Council for New-England, He gets another Patent of a larger Extent, meaning to keep it to Himself, allow us only what He pleas'd, hold us as his Tenants and sue to his Courts as chief Lord: But meeting with tempestuous Storms (B) in the Downs (mn) the Ship is so bruis'd and leaky that in 14 Days she Return'd (B) to London (mn) was forc'd to be put into the Dock, 100 Pounds laid out to mend Her, and lay 6 or 7 Weeks to Dec. 22, before she sail'd a second time: but being half way over, met [...]ith extream tempestuous Weather about the middle of Feb which held 14 Days, beat [...]ff the Round-House with all her upper Works, oblig'd them to cut her Mast and [...]turn to Portsmouth; having 109 Souls aboard, with Mr. Pierce Himself. Upon which great and repeated Loss and Disappointment, He is prevail'd upon for 500 Pounds to resign his Patent to the Company ^[28] which cost Him but 50 Pounds: and the Goods with Charge of Passengers in this Ship cost the Company 640 Pounds: for which they were forc'd to [Page 137] hire another Ship, viz. the Ann of 140 Ton to Transport them, viz 60 Pass [...]ngers with 60 Tons of Goods; hoping to sail▪ by the end of April. (B)

June e. Arrives a Ship with Capt. Francis West who has a Commission to be Admiral of New Eng [...]land, to restrain such Ships as come to Fish an [...] Trade without Licence from the New England Coun [...]il, for which they shou'd Pay a round Sum of Money: tell us they spake with a Ship at Sea and were aboard her, having sundry Pas [...]sedgers, bound for this Plantation, but lost her Mast in a Storm which quickly follow'd, won [...]der she is not arriv'd and fear some Miscarriage which fills us with Trouble. But Mr. West finding the Fishermen stubborn Fellows and to [...] strong for Him, sails for Virginia; and thei [...] Owners complaining to the Parliament, procur [...] an Order that Fishing should be Free. (B)

July m. Notwithstanding our great Pains and Hopes of a large Crop, GOD seems to blast them an [...] threaten sorer F [...]min [...] by a Great Drought an [...] Heat from the t [...]ird Week in May to the mid [...]dle of this Mon [...]h ^[29] so as the Corn wither [...] (B) both the Blad [...] and Stalk, as if 'twere ut [...]terly Dead: Now are our Hopes overthrow [...] and we discouraged, our Joy, being turned int [...] Mourning: and to add to our sorrowful State our Hearing the Supply sent us in Compan [...] with anothe Ship 300 Leagues at Sea, and now [Page 138] in three Months see nothing of Her, only Signs of a Wreck on the Coast, which we can judge no other than She: The most couragious are now discouraged. Upon this the Publick Authority (W) sets apart a solemn Day of Humiliation and Prayer to seek the LORD in this Distress who was pleased to give speedy Answer, to ou [...] own and the Indians Admiration: For tho' i [...] the former Part of the Day, it was very clea [...] and hot, without a Cloud or sign of Rain; yet towards Evening (B▪ W) [...]efore the Exercise is over, the Clouds gather and next Morning distill suc [...] soft (W) & gentle (B) Showers (B. W) as give cause of Joy and Praise to GOD: they come without any Thunder, Wind, or Violence, and by Degrees and that Abundance (B) conti [...]nuing 14 Days with seasonable Weather (W) as the Earth is thoroughly soaked, and the decayed Corn and other Fruits so reviv'd, as is wonderful to see, the Indians are astonished to behold, and gives a joyful Prospect of a fruit [...]ful Harvest. ( [...]) At the same time, Capt. Stan [...]dish, who had been sent by the Governor to buy Provisions, returns with some, accompanied with Mr. David Tompson abovesaid. (W)

Now also we hear of the third Repulse Neither Governor Bradford nor Mr. Morton give any Hint of this third Repulse. our Supply had, of their safe tho' dangerous Return to England, and of their Preparing to to come to us. Upon all which, another Day is set apart for solemn and Publick Thanks [...]giving. (W)

[Page 139] [...]uly e. (W) Aug (B) comes in the expected Ship the Ann Mr. Wm. Pierce Master: ^[31] and about a Week or 10 Days after (B) Aug. b. (W) arrives the Pinnace (B) nam'd the Iames, Mr. Bridges Master (mn) which they had left in fowl Weather, a fine new Vessel of 44 Tuns which the Company had built to stay in the Country: they bring about 60 Persons for the General (B) being all in Health but one who soon Recovers, (W) some being very useful and beome good Members of the Body (B) of whom the Principal are Mr Timothy Hatherly and Mr. George Morton, who came in the Ann; and Mr. Iohn Ienny, who come in the Iames (mn) Some were the Wives and Children of such who came before: and some others are so bad we are forc'd to be at the Charge to send them Home next Year (B)

By this Ship R. C [i. e. doubtless Mr Cus [...]man their Agent] writes, Some few of your old Friends are come: they come dropping to you; and by Degrees I hope ere long you shall enjoy them all, &c (B)

From the General, subscribed by 13 we have also a Letter wherein they say▪— Let [...] it not be grievous to you, that you have been Instruments to brake the Ice for others who come after with l [...]ss Difficulty: the Honour shall be yours to the World's End: we bare you always in our Breasts and our hearty Affection is towards you all, as [Page 140] are the Hearts of Hundreds more which never saw your Faces, who doubtless Pray your Safety as their own. (B)

When these Passengers see our poor and low Condition ashore, they are much dismayed and full of sadness: only our old Friends rejoice to see us & that 'tis no worse, & now hope we shall enjoy better Days together. The best Dish we cou'd present them with, is a Lobster, or Piece of Fish, without Bread, or any thing else but a Cup of fair Sp [...]ing Water: and the long continuance of this Diet with our Labours abroad has somewhat abated the Freshness of our Complexion; but GOD gives us Health, &c. (B)

Aug. 14. The fourth Marriage is of Gov. Bradford to Mrs. Alice Southworth, Widow. (bg)

Sept. 10. (W) The Pinnace (B) being fitted for Trade & Discovery to the Southward of Cape Cod, is now ready to sail ^[32]: and this Day, the Ann, having been hired by the Company, sails for London (W) being laden with Clap boards, and all the Beaver and other Furts we have: with whom we send Mr. Winslow, to in [...]form how Things are and procure what we want. (B)

☞[Here Ends Mr. WINSLOW's Narrative: and there with also PURCHAS's Account of NEW ENGLAND. And from this Time forward I shall chiefly confine my self to the MANUSCRIPTS.]

[Page 141]Now our Harvest comes; instead of Famin [...] we have Plenty, & the Face of Things is changed to the Joy of our Hearts: nor has there been any General Want of Food among us since to this Day. (B) ^[33]

Sept. m Capt. Robert Gorges Son of Sir Ferdinand with Mr. Morell (B) an Episcopal Miinister (msl) and su [...]dry Passengers and Families arrive in the Massachusetts Bay, to Begin a Blantation There ^[34] Pitches on the same Place Mr Weston's People had forsaken; has a Commis [...]sion from the Council for New England (B) to be their Lieutenant General (gr) or General Go [...]vernor of the Country; and they appoint for his Council and Assistance, Capt. West the aforesaid Admiral, Christopher Levit, Esq and the Go [...]vernor of Plimouth for the Time being, giving Him Authority to chuse others as He shou'd find fit; with full Power to Him and his As [...]sistants, or any 3 of them, whereof Himself t [...] be one, to Do what they shou'd think good [...] all Cases, Capital, Criminal, Civil, &c. H gave us notice of His Arrival by Letter: an [...] before we cou'd visit Him sails for the Eastwar [...] with the Ship He came in: but a Storm rising the y bare into our Harbour, are kindly enter [...]tained and stay 14 Days. Mean while Mr [Page 142] Weston, having recovered his Ship, & coming in Here, Capt Gorges calls Him to Account for some Abuses laid to his Charge: with great Difficulty Governor Bradford makes Peace between them. Shortly after, Gov. Gorg [...]s goes to the Mass [...]chus [...]tts by Land, being thankful for his kind Entertainment. His Ship staying Here, fits for Virginia having some Passengers to deliver There. (B)

The Pinnace being sent about the Cape to Trade with the Narragansetts, gets some Corn and Beaver: yet makes but a poor Voyage; the Dutch having used to furnis [...] them with Cloath and better Commodities; whereas she had only Beads and Knives, which are not There much esteemed. (B)

Nov. 5 (mn) Some of the Seamen roystering in a House and making a Great Fire in very cold Weather, it brakes out of the Chimney into the Thatch, consumes the House with 3 or 4 more and all the Goods and Provisions in them (B) ^[35] to the value of 500 l. (sm) the Dwelling where it begun being right against the House which contain'd [...] common Store and Provision, was like to [...]e consum'd, which wou'd have overthrown our Plantation: But through GOD's Mercy by the great Care and Diligence of the Governor and others about Him, is saved. [Page 143] Some wou'd have had the Goods thrown out; which if they had, much wou'd have been stolen by the rude People of the 2 Ships, who were almost all ashore. But a trusty Company was plac'd within, as well as others who with wet Cloaths and other Means kept off the Fire without: For we suspected malicious Dealing if not plain Treachery: For when the Tumult was greatest, was heard a Voice, though from whom unknown—Look well about you, for all are not Friends that are near you. And whenthe Vehemence of theFire was over, Smoak was seen to rise within a Shed adjoining to the Store House, which was wattled up withBoughs, in the withered Leaves whereof a Fire was kindled; which some running to quench, found a Fire-brand of an Ell long, lying under the Wall on the Inside, which must be laid there by some Hand▪ in the Judgment of all who saw it. But GOD kept us in the Danger whatever was intended (B)

Capt. Gorges Ship sailing for Virginia, sundry of those whom the Company had sent over Returned in Her: Some because of the Fire, which had burnt both their Houses and Provisions (B) one of whom was Mr. Hatherly (mn) and other [...] out of Discontent and Dislike of the Country. (B)

1624. TOwards the Spring, after Capt. Gorges and Mr. Weston had been to the Eastward, Mr. Weston comes again to Plimouth, then sails for [Page 144] Virginia. ^[36] And Capt. Gorges not finding the state of Things to answer his Quality, with some who depended on Him, Returns to England: some of his People go to Virginia; and some f [...]w remain, who are help'd with Supplies from Hence. But Mr. Morrell stays about a Y [...]ar after the Governor, and then takes shipping Here and returns. At his going away, told some of our People, He had a Power of Superintendency over the Churches Here, but never show'd it. And thu [...] the second Plantation at the Massachusetts Ended. (B)

This Spring there go about 50 English Ships, to Fish on the Coasts of New England. (sm)

[This Spring] within a Year after Mr. David Tompson had began a Plantation at Pascataqua, He removes to the Massachusetts Bay and possesses a fruitful Island a [...]d very desireable Neck of Land, which is after confirmed to Him by the General Court of the Massachusetts Colony. (H)

About this Year [and I conclude this Spring] the Fame of the Plantation at New Plim [...]uth being spread in all the Western Parts of England; the Rev▪ Mr White (H) a famous Puritan Minister ^ec. of Dorchester, excites several Gentlemen There to make way for another Settlement in New England: who now on a common Stock, send over sundry Persons to Begin a Plantation at Cape Ann: employ Mr Iohn Tilly their Overseer of Planting; and Mr. Thoma [...] Gardener, of the Fishery for the pre [...]sent Year. (H)

[Page 145] This Y [...]ar [and I suppose this Spring] Mr. Henry Iacob who had set up an Independant Church in England in 1616, with the Consent of his Church goes to Virginia: where soon after He Dies: But upon his Departure, his Congregation chuse Mr. Lathrop their Pastor. ^np. [I conclude He is the same Mr. Iohn Lathrop, who about 10 Years after comes to Scituate in Plimouth Colony]

The Time of our Electing Officers for this Year arriving, the Governor desires the People, both to change the Persons and add more Assi [...]tants to the Governor for Council and Help: showing the Necessity of it; that if 'twere a Benefit or Honour, 'tis fit others shou'd be Partakers; or if a Burthen, 'tis but equal others shou'd help to bare it; and that this is the End of Yearly Elections. (B. mn) Yet they chuse the same Governor, viz. Mr. Bradford: (H) But whereas there was but 1 Assistant, they now chuse 5 and give the Governor a double V [...]ice (B. mn)

Mar. b We send our Pinnace to the Eastward a fishing: but arriving safe in a Harbour near Damarin's Cove, where Ships used to ride, some Ships being There already arriv'd from England; soon after, an extraordinary Storm drove Her against the Rocks, broke and sunk Her There: the Master and 1 Man drowned; the others sav'd; but all their Provisions, Salt and Lading lost Shortly after, (B) viz in

Mar. (mn) Mr. Winslow (B) our Agent, (mn) comes over in the Ship Charity and brings a pretty [Page 146] good Supply of Cloathing, &c. the Ship comes a Fishing, a Thing fatal to this Plantation He also brings a Bull and 3 Heisers, the first Cattle of this kind in the Land: but therewith a sad Account of a strong Faction among th [...] Adventurers against us, and especially against the Coming of Mr. Robinson and the Rest from Leyden. (B)

By Mr. Winslow we have several Letters (1) from Mr. Robinson to the Governor, dated Ley [...]den, Dec. 19 [I suppose New Style; but in ours, Dec 9] 1623: wherein he writes with great Concern and Tenderness about our Killing the Savage Conspirators at the Massachusetts; says, O how happy a thing had it been that you had converted some before you had killed any! &c ^[37] (2) From the same toMr. Brewster, Dated Leyden Dec. 20 [I suppose New Style; but in ours, Dec. 10] 1623. whereinHe writes of the deferring of their desired Transportation, thro' the Opposition of some of the Adventurers: 5 o [...] 6 being absolutely bent for Them above all others; 5 or 6 are their professed Adversaries; the rest more indifferent, yet influenc'd by the latter, who above all others are unwilling that HE shou'd be Transported, &c. (3) From R. C. [I conclude Mr. Cushman at London, dated Ian. 24 1623, 4; wherein He writes, they send a CA [...] PENTER to build 2 Ketches, a Lighter and 6 or 7 Shallops; a SALT-MAN to make Salt; and [...] PREACHER, tho' not the most eminent, for whose Going (says He) Mr. Winslow and I gave way [Page 147] to give Content to some at London: the Ship to be laden as soon as you can and sent to Bilboa: to send Mr. Winslow again: We have taken a PATENT for CAPE ANN, &c. (B)

This Spring the People requesting the Gov. to have some Land for Continuance, and not by Yearly Lot as before; He gives every Person an Acre to Them and Theirs, as near the Town as can be; and no more till the 7 Years expire, that we may keep close together for greater Defence and Safety. (B)

The Ship is soon discharg'd and sent to Cape-Ann a fishing, and some of our Planters to help build her Stages to their own Hindrance: but thro' the Drunkenness of the Master which the Adventurers sent, made a poor Voyage; and wou'd have been worse, had we not kept one a Trading There who got some Skins for the Company. (B)

The Fishing Masters sending us Word, that if we wou'd be at the Cost, they wou'd help to weigh our Pinnace near Damarin's Cove, and their Carpenter shou'd mend Her; We there [...]fore sent: and with several Tun of Cask fastened to Her at low Water, they buoy her up, hale her ashore, mend her; and our People bring her to us again. (B)

June 17. Born at Plimouth to Governor Bradford, his Son William; who afterwards becomes Deputy Governor of the Colony. ^db.

[Page 148] This Month, Dies Mr. George Morton, a gra [...]cious Servant of GOD, an unfeigned Lover and Promoter of the common Good & Growth of thi [...] Plantation & faithful in what ever Pub [...]lick Employment He was entrusted with. (mn)

The SHIP CARPENTER sent us is an honest and very industrious Man, quickly builds us 2 very good and strong Shallops ▪ with a great and strong Lighter, and had he [...]n Timber for 2 Ketches; but this is spoilt; for in the Hot Season of the Year, He falls into a Feaver and Dies to our great Loss and Sorrow. (B)

But the SALT-MAN is an ignorant, foolish and selfwill'd Man; who chuses a Spot for his Salt-Works, will have 8 or 10 Men to help Him, is confident the Ground is Good, makes a Carpenter rear a great Frame of a House for the Salt and other like Uses; but finds Himself deceiv'd in the Bottom; will then have a Lighter to carry Clay, &c. yet all in vain: He cou'd do nothing but boil Salt in Pans. The next Year, is sent to Cape Ann; and there the Pans are set up by the Fishery: but before the Summer is out, He burns the House and spoils the Pans: and there's an End of this Chargeable Business. (B)

The MINISTER is Mr. Iohn Lyford, whom a Faction of the Adventurers send, to hinder Mr. Robinson. At his Arrival appears exceeding complaisant and humble, sheds many Tears, blesses GOD that had brought Him to see our Faces, &c: we give Him the best Entertainment we can; at his Desire Receive Him into our Church, when He blesses GOD for this Opportunity and Freedom to enjoy his Ordinance [...] [Page 149] in Purity among his People, we make Him larger Allowance than any other; and as the Governor used in weighty Matters to consult with Elder Brewster with the Assistants, so now He calls Mr Lyford to Council also. But Mr. Lyford soon joins with Mr. Iohn Oldham a private Instrument of the Factious Pa [...]t of the Adventurers in England, whom we had also called to Council in our chief Affairs without Distrust: yet they fall a Plotting both against our Church and Government, and endeavour to overthrow them. (B)

[...]uly. ^[38] At length, the Ship (B) wherein Lyford came (mn) setting sail towards Evening; the Governor takes a Shallop, goes out with Her a League or 2 to Sea, calls for Lyford's and Oldham's Letters, opens them, and finds their Treachery: Mr. Wm. Pierce now Master of th [...] Ship, who was aware of their Actions, readily helping. The Governor returns in the Night, brings some of their Letters back, but keeps them private, till Lyford and his few Accom [...]plices which the Factious Part of the Adventurers sent, judging their Party strong enough, rise up, oppose the Government and Church, draw a Company apart, set up for themselves, and He wou'd minister the Sacrament to them by his Episcopal Calling, &c. (B)

Upon this the Governor calls a Court, sum [...]mons the whole Company to appear, charges Lyford and Oldham with Plotting and Writing against us; which they Deny. The Gov [...]rnor [Page 150] then produces their own Letters: they are confounded and convicted: Oldham being outragious wou'd have rais'd a Mutiny; but his Party leaves Him: and the Court Expell [...] them the Colony: OLDHAM —presently, tho' his Wife and Family have Leave to stay the Winter, or till he can make Provision to re [...]move them comfortably▪ He goes and settles at Natasco (B) i. e. Nantasket (mn. H) [at the Entrance of the Massachusetts-Bay] where the Plimouth People had before set up a Building to accommodate their Trade with the Massachusetts: and there Mr. Roger Conant and some others with their Families retire and stay a Year and some few Months. (H) LYFORD has Leave to stay six Months; owns his Fault before the Court, that all He had written is False, & the Sentence far less than He deserves; afterwards confesses the same to the Church with many Tears, begs Forgivness, and is restored to his Teaching. (B)

Aug. 5. The ninth Marriage at New Plimouth is of Mr. Thomas Prince with Mrs. Patience Brewster, (bg) [He is afterwards Governor: and by thi [...] only Hint I find He was now in the Country.]

Aug. 22. Notwithstanding Lyford's Protestations and the Kindness shown him; He in a Month or 2 Relapses; and thisDay, writes by the Pinnace another Letter to the Adventure [...]s against us; but the Party entrusted gives it to the Governor. (B) [This Pinnace seems to sail for London and Mr. Winslow in Her.]

This Year comes some Addition to the few Inhabitants of Wessagusset, from Weymouth in England: who are another sort of People than [Page 151] the Former (msl) [& on whose Account I conclude the Town is since called Weymouth] ^[39]

At New Plimouth, there are now about 180 Persons; some Cattle & Goats, but many Swine and Poultry; 32 Dwelling Houses: the Town is impaled about half a Mile in Compass: on a High Mount in the Town, they have a Fort well built with Wood, Lime and Stone, and a fair Watch Tower. The Place it seems is Healthful: for in the 3 last Years, notwithstanding their great Want of most Necessaries, there hath not one Died of the first Planters: And this Year, they have freighted a Ship of 180 Tuns, &c. (sm)

The General Stock already employed by the Adventurers to Plimouth, is about seven thousand Pounds. (sm)

At Cape Ann there is a Plantation beginning by the Dorchester Men, which they hold of those of New Plimouth; who also by them have set up a Fishing Work (sm)

☞[And Here SMITH Ends his Account of NEW ENGLAND]

1625.

THis Winter Mr. White with the Dorchester Adventurers, hearing of some Religious Persons lately remov'd from New-Plimouth to Nantasket fromDislike of their rigid Principles, among whom was Mr. Roger Conant, a pious, [Page 152] sober and p [...]udent Gentleman; they chuse Mr. Conant to manage their Affairs at Cape Ann, both of Planting and Fishing: and Mr. White engages Mr. Humphry their Treasurer to signify to Him the same by Writing. They also invite Mr Lyford to be Minister to the Plantation, and Mr Oldham to manage their Trade with the Natives. (H)

Mar. 27. Lord's Day, King JAMES I, of Great Britain Dies ^hs. [AEt. 59: havingReigned over Eng [...]land 22 Years and over Scotland above 57] and his only Son CHARLES I, AEt. 25 succeeds ^hs. i [...] whose Reign the Reformation degenerates, and the Prelates load us with more Popish In [...]novations, and bind the Burthens more straitly on us. ^bh.

This Year, (mn) comes over Capt Wollaston, with three or 4 more of some Eminence ^[40] and a great many Servants, Provisions, &c. to Begin a Plantation. They Pitch on a Place in the Massachusetts-Bay, (B) since named Brain [...]trey (mn) on the Northerly mountainous Part thereof (msl) which they call Mount Wollaston: among whom is one (B) Thomas (mn) Morton: who had been a kind of petty Fogger at Fur [...]nival's Inn. (B)

This Spring, at our Election Court, Oldham, tho' forbid to Return without Leave; yet openly [Page 153] comes, and in so furious a manner reviles us▪ that even his Company are asham'd of his Outrage. Upon which we appoint Him to Pass thro' a Guard of Soldiers and every one with a Musket to give Him a Blow on his hinder Part, is then convey'd to the Water Side, where a Boat is ready to carry Him away. (B)

While this is doing Mr. Winslow and Mr. Wm Pierce land from England, and bid them spare neither Him nor Lyford: for they had pla [...]'d the villians with us; and their Friends in England had the like Bickerings with ours There about Lyford's calumnious Letters, &c▪ after many Meetings and much Clamour against our Ag [...]nts for accusing Him; the Controversy was referr'd to a further Meeting of most of the Adventurers to hear and decide the Mat [...]ter Mr. Lyford's Party chose Mr. White a Councellor at Law; the other chose the Rev▪ Mr. H [...]oker, Moderator; and many Friends on bothSides coming in, there was a great Assembly: In which Mr. Winslow made so surprizing a Discovery of Lyford's Carriage when Mini [...]ster in Ireland, for which He had been forc'd to leave that Kingdom, and coming to England was unhappily lit on an [...] [...]nt to N [...]w Plimout [...] as struck all his Friends [...], made 'em asham'd to defend Him: and the Moderators Declared, that as his Carriage with us gave us cause enough to do as we did; so this new Discovery renders Him unmeet to bare the Ministry more. (B) ^[41]

[Page 154]Hence therefore Lyford with some of his Friends, go after Oldham to Natasco, (B) where receiving the Invitation of the Dorchester Gen [...]tlemen, Mr. Lyford removes with Mr Conant to Cape Ann: but Mr. Oldham chuses to stay a [...] Nantasket and Trade for Himself. (H)

But upon this Decision, the Company of Ad [...]venturers to Plimouth brake in Pieces; two Thirds of them deserting us: yea some of Ly [...]ford's and Oldham's Friends set out a Ship [...] fishing (B) under one Mr. Hewes, (H) and getting the start of ours, they take our Stage and other Provisions made for Fishing at Cape Ann the Year before to our great Charge, and refuse to restore it without Fighting: Upon which we let them keep it, and our Governor sends some Planters to help the Fishermen build another. (B) ^[42]

[Page 155]Yet some of the Adventurers still cleaving to us, they by Mr. Winslow write on Dec. 18. 1624▪ as follows—We cannot forget you, nor our Friendship and Fellowship we have had some Years—our hearty Affections towards you (un [...]known by Face) have been no less than to our nearest F iends, yea to our own selves.—As there has been a Faction among us [at London] more than 2 Years; so now there is an utter Breach and Sequestration.—The Company's DEBTS are not less than 1400 l. and we hope you will do your best to free them.—We are still perswaded, you are the People that must make a Plantation in those remote Places when all others fail. We have sent some Cattle, Cloaths, Hoes, Shoes Leather, but in another Nature than formerly, having committed them to the Charge of Mr. Allerton and Win [...]low, to sell as our Factors, &c. The Goods are order'd to be sold at 70 per Cent Advance—a thing tho't unreasonable and a great Oppression. The Cattle are the best Commodity. (B)

They send also 2 Ships a Fishing upon their own Account: the one is the Pinnace which had been sunk & weigh'd as before; the other a large Ship, which makes a great Voyage of good dry Fish, that wou'd fetch 1800 l. at Bil [...]boa or St. Sebastian's, whither her Owners had ordered Her: but there being a Rumour of a War with France, the Master, timerous, [...]ails to Plimouth & Portsmouth, whereby He l [...]oses the Opportunity to their great Detriment. The lesser Ship is fill'd with goodly Cor fish took on the Bank, with 800 Weight of Beaver, besides other Furr from our Plantation. The [...] go [Page 156] joyfully together Homeward▪ the bigger Ship towing the less [...]r all the way till they are sho [...] deep into the English Channel, almost within sight of Plimouth: when a Tu [...]ks Man of War takes the lesser and carries Her [...]ff to Sally, where the Master and Men are made Slaves, and many of the Beaver Skins sold for four Pence a pi [...]ce, (B)

In the bigger Ship, Capt. Standish goes ou [...] Agent, ^[43] both to the remaining Adventur [...]ers for more Goods, and to the New England Council to oblige the others to come to a Com [...]position: but arriv'd there in a bad Time, the State being full of Trouble and the Plague very hot in London; there Die such Multitudes Weekly, that Trade is dead, little Money stiring, and no Business can be done. However, He engages several of the Council to Promise their Helpfulness to our Plantation: but our remaining Adventurers are so much weakened by their Loss of the Fish, and of the Ship the Turks had taken, they can do but little. (B)

Mean while GOD gives us Peace and H [...]alth with contented Minds, and so succeeds our Labours that we have Co [...]n sufficient and som [...] to spare, with other Provisions: nor had we ever any Supply [from England] but what we first bro't with us. After Harvest, we send a [Page 157] Boat Load of Corn 40 or 50 Leagues to the Eastward up Kennebeck River; it being one of those 2 Shallops our Carpenter built the Year before, for we have no larger Vessel. We had laid a Deck over her Mid ship to keep the Corn dry: but the Men were forc'd to stand in all Weathers without any Shelter, and the Time of Year begins to grow tempestuous: but GOD preserves and prospers them; fo [...] they bring home 700 Weight of Beaver besides other Furr, having little or nothing but our Corn to Purchase them. This Voyage was made by Mr. Winslow and some old Standards; for Seamen we have none. (B)

Some time this Fall ^[44] Mr. Lyford's Peo [...]ple at Nantasket remove to Cape Ann, a Place more convenient for the Fishery; and there stay about a Year But Mr. Conant finding a more commodious Place for Plantation a little to W [...]stward, on the other Side of a Creek call'd Naumkeak; secretly conceives in his, Mind, that in after times, as is since fallen out it may prove a Receptacle for such in England as on the Account of Religion wou'd be willing to settle in these Parts of the World; & gives an Intimation of it to hisFriends in England. (H)

Dec. 23 From Dec. 22. 1624. to this Day, there Die of the Plague in London and Westminster, 41, 313. (Howes)

[Page 158] [...]626.UPON a Year's Experience, the Dorchester Adventurers being disappointed of their Expectations, throw up their Business▪ But the Rev. Mr. White, a chief Founder under GOD, of the Massachusetts-Colony, being griev'd so good a Work shou'd fall to the Ground, writes to Mr. Conant, not to desert the Business; and Promises that if Mr. Conant with 3 others whom He knew to be honest and prudent Men, viz. Iohn Woodberry, Iohn Balch, and Peter Palfreys, wou'd stay at Naumkeak, He wou'd procure them a Patent, and send them Men, Provisions, and whatever they write for to trade with the Natives. (H)

This Spring a French Ship is cast away at Sagadehock: wherein are many Biscay Rugs and other Commodities, which fall into the Hands of the People at M [...]nhiggen and other Fishermen at Damarin's Cove. (B)

About a Year after we had sent Oldham away; as He is sailing for Virginia, being in extream Danger; He makes a free and large Confession of the Wrongs He had done the Church and People at Plimouth; and as He had sought their Ruin, the LORD might now destroy Him; bes [...]eching GOD to forgive Him, making Vows if He be spared, to carry otherwise: and being spared He after carrie [...] fairly to us, owns the Hand of GOD to be with us, seems to have an honourable Respect for us▪ and we give Him Liberty to come and converse with us when he pleases (B)

Apr. b. We hear of Capt. Standish arriving in [...] Fishing-Ship, send a Boat to fetch Him, and [Page 159] welcome He is: had taken up for us 150 l. tho' at 50 per C [...]nt; which his Expence deducted, He laid out in suitable Goods, and has prepare [...] the Way for our Composition with the Compa [...]ny. But the News He brings is sad in many Regards;—not only of the Losses mention'd, whereby some of our Friends are disabled to help us, and others Dead of the Plague; but also that our Dear Pastor Mr. ROBINSON is Dead, (B) about the 50th Year of his Age, (H) which strikes us with great Sorrow. His & our Enemies had been continually Plotting, how they might hinder his coming Hither; but the Lord ha [...] appointed him a better Place. (B)

Mr. Roger White in a Letter from Leyden of Apr. 28, [i. e. Apr. 18 our Style] 1625, to the Governor and Mr. Brewster, has the following Words—It has pleas'd the Lord to take out of this Vale of Tears, your and our Loving and Faithful Pastor, Mr. [...]obinson,—He fell Sick Saturday Morning, Feb. 22. [i. e. Feb. 12. our Style, 1624, 5] Next day Taught us Twice—On the Week grew Weaker every Day, feeling little or no Pain—Sensible to the last—Departed this Life the first of March [i. e. Saturday, Feb. 19 ourStyle, 1624, 5] Had a continual inward Ague— All his Friends came freely to Him— And if Prayers, Tears or Means wou'd have sav'd his Life, He had not gone Hence—We still hold close together in Peace-wishing that you and we were again together, &c▪ (B)

Our other Friends at Leyden also write us many Letters full of Lamentations for their [Page 160] heavy Loss: and tho' their Wills are good to come, yet see not ho [...]. (B) ^[45]

Our Captain also brings us Notice of the Death of our ancient Friend Mr. Cushman ▪ who was our Right Hand with the Adventurers, and for diverse Years has manag'd all our Business with the [...], to our great Advantage. He had wrote to the Governor a few Months be [...]ore of the sore Sickness of Mr. Iames Sherley; who was a chief Friend of the Plantation, and lay at the Point of Death, declaring his Love and Helpfulness in all Things, and bemoaning our Loss if GOD shou'd take Him away, as being the Stay and Life of the Business; as also of his own Purpose to come this Year and spend the rest of his Days with us. (B)

[Page 161]These Things cou'd not but cast us into great Perplexity: yet being stript of all Humane Help and Hopes; when we are now at the lowest, the Lord so helps us, as we are not only upheld, but begin to rise, and our Proceedings both honoured and imitated by others. (B)

Having now no Business but Trading and Planting, we set our selves to follow them. The People finding Corn a Commodity, having Sold it at six Shillings a Bushel, they use great Diligence in Planting: and the Trade being retain'd for the general Good, the Governor and other Managers apply it to the best Ad [...]vantag [...]. For, wanting proper Goods, and understanding the Plantation at Monhiggon, belonging to some Merchants of Plimouth [in England] is to brake up, and divers Goods to be sold; the Governor with Mr. Winslow, take a Boat and with some Hands go thither; Mr. David Thompson, who lives at Piscatoway, going with us on the same Design, we agree to buy all their Goods and divide them equally. Our Moiety comes to 400 l. we also buy a Parcel of Goats which we destribute to our People for Corn to their great Content. We likewise buy the French Goods aforesaid, which makes our Part arise to above 500 l: and which we mostly Pay with the Beaver and Commodities we got last Winter, and what we had gathered this Summer. (B)

After Harvest, with our Goods and Corn, we get such Store of Trade, as to discharge some other Engagements, viz. the Money took up by C [...]pt. Standish, with the Remains of former [Page 162] Debts, to get some Cloathing for the People, and have some Commodities beforehand. (B)

This Year [and I suppose in the Fall] we send Mr. Allerton to England, to finish with the Adventurers, take up more Money, and buy us Goods. (B)

Sometime this Fall, Mr. Conant with the People who came to Cape Ann, Remove a third time, viz. to Naumkeak aforesaid, on a pleasant and fruitful Neck of Land, embrac'd on each Side with an Arm of the Sea, since nam'd SALEM; answer Mr. White that they will stay on his Terms (H) and Mr. Lyford removes with them. (B) ^[46]

Captain Wollaston having continued at Mount Wallaston some Time, and finding Things not answer his Expectation, He carries a great Part of the Servants to Virginia, writes back to Mr. Rasdall one of his chief Partners to carry another Part, and appoints Mr. Fitcher his Lieutenant till He or Rasdall returns. But Rasdall being gone, Morton ex [...]cites the Rest to turn away Fitcher and set up for themselves; forcing Fitcher to seek his Bread among his Neighbours, till he can get [...] Pass to England ▪ After this they fall to great Licentiousness and Prophaness. (B) ^[47]

[Page 163]Finding we run great Hazards in going such long Voyages in a little open Boat, especially in the Winter Season, we consider how to get [...] small Pinnace. And having no Ship-Builder, but an ingenious House Wright, who wrought with our Ship Carpenter, deceased; at our Re [...]quest He tries his Skill, saws our bigger Shallop across the middle, lengthens her five or six Foot, strengthens Her with Timbers, builds Her up, decks and makes her a convenient Vessel. The next Year we fit Her with Sails and Anchors, and She does us Service seven Years (B)

In the Beginning of Winter, a Ship with many Passengers bound to Virginia, the Master Sick, loose themselves at Sea; have neither Beer, Wood, nor Water left: In fear of starving Steer towards the Coast to find some Land: run over the dangerous Shoals of Cape Cod in the Night, they know not how: come right before a small obscure Harbour about the middle of Monamoyack Bay; at high Water, touch the Bar; towards Night beat over it into the Harbour, and run on a Flat within close to the Beach; where they save their Lives and Goods. Not knowing where they are, as the Savages come towards them in Canoes, they stand on their Guard: but some of the Indians asking if they are the Gov [...] of Plimouth's Men, and offering to bring them or their Letters, they are greatly revived: send a Letter with 2 Men to the Governor, intreating Him to send them Pitch, Oakum, Spikes, &c. to mend their Ship, with Corn to help them to Virginia. Those being abroad a Trading, who were fit to send, the Governor goes himself in a [...]oat with the Materials wrote for, and Com [...]modities [Page 164] proper to buy Corn of the Natives. And it being no Season of the Year to go with out the Cape, He sails to the Bottom of the Bay within, into a Creek call'd Naumskaket; whence 'tis not much above 2 Miles across to the Bay where they are: has Indians to carry the Things: is received with Joy: buys of the Natives as much Corn as they want: leaves them thankful: returns to the Boat, goes into other adjacent Harbours, buys and loads with Corn and comes Home. (B) ^[48]

1627.

NOT many Days after the Governor came Home, the People at Monamoyack [...] Him Word that their Ship being mended, [...] Great Storm drove her ashore and so shattered her as to make her wholly unfit for Sea; beg Leave and Means to transport themselves and Goods to us, and be with us till they find Passage to Virginia. We readily help to transport▪ and shelter them and their Goods in our Houses▪ The chief among them are Mr. Fells & Sils [...]y, who have many Servants. Upon their coming to Plimouth and being somewhat settled, seeing the Winter before them, and like to be th [...] latter End of the Year before they can get to Virginia; the Masters desire some Ground to employ their Servants, clear, plant, and help [Page 165] bare their Charge: which being Granted, they raise a great deal of Corn. (B)

[About mid March] we receive Messengers from the Governor of the Dutch Plantation, with Letters written in Dutch and French, Dated from the Manhatas in the Fort Amsterdam, March 9 1627, [i. e. New Style, which is Feb 27. 1626, 7] Sign'd Isaac de Rasier, Secretary. ^[49] They had Traded in those Southern Parts divers Years before we came; but Began no Plantation There till 4 or 5 Years after our Coming. In their Letter, They congratulate us and our prosperous and praise worthy Undertak [...]ings and Government of our Colony, with the Praesentation of their Good Will and Service to us, in all friendly Kindness and good N [...]ighbour [...]hood: Offer us any of their Goods that may be serviceable to us, declare they shall take them [...]selves bound to accommodate & help us with them, for any Wares we are pleased to deal for. (B)

Mar. 19 We send the Dutch our obliging Answer, express our thankful Sense of the Kindness [...] we receiv'd in their Native Country & ou [...]grate [...]ful Acceptance of their offered Friendship (B)

This Spring, at the usual Season of the Ships Coming▪, Mr. Allerton Returns: having taken up for us 200 l at 30 per Cent, laid them out in suitable Goods▪ and brings them to the great Content of the Plantation. With no small [Page 166] Trouble & the Help of sundry faithful Friend [...] who took much Pains, He made a Composition with the Adventurers on October 26 last, which they Sign'd November 15; a Draught of which, He brings for our Acceptance: wherein we allow them 1800 l. Paying 200 at the Royal Exchange every Michaelmas, the first Payment to be in 1628: in Consideration of which the Company sell us all their Shares, Stocks, Merchandizes, Lands and Chattels: which is well approv'd and agreed to by the whole Plantation; tho' they scarce know how to raise the Payment, discharge their other Engagements, and supply their yearly Wants; seeing they are forc'd to take up Monies or Goods at such high Interests: yet they undertake it; and 7 or 8 of the chief become jointly Bound in behalf of the rest to make said Payments: wherein we run a great Venture, as our Condition is, having many other heavy Burthens upon us, and all Things in an uncertain State among us. (B)

Upon this, to make all Easy, we take every Head of a Family, with every young Man of Age and Prudence, both of the first Comers and those who have since arriv'd, into Partnership with us; agree the Trade [...]hall be manag'd as before, to Pay the D [...]bts; that every single Freeman shall have a single Share, and every Father of a Family also Leave to Purchase a Share for Himself, one for his Wife, one for every Child living with Him; and every one shall Pay his Part toward the Debts according to the Shares He holds; which gives Content to all. We accordingly Divide one Cow and two [Page 167] Goats by Lot to every six Shares; and Swine, tho' more in Number, in the same Proportion: to every Share 20 Acres of tillable Land by Lot, besides the single Acres (B) with the Gardens and Homesteds (mn) they had before; the most abutting on the Water Side, five in Breadth and four in Depth: but no Meadows laid out till many Years after, because being strait of Meadow, it might hinder Additions to us; tho' at every Season, all are order'd where to mow, in Proportion to their Number of Cattle. (B)

Morton and Company at M Wallaston, having got some Goods and acquired much by trading with the Natives; they spend the same in Rioting and Drunkenness; drinking 10 l. worth of Wine and Spirits in a Morning: set up a May-Pole, get the Indian Women to drink and dance about it, with worser Practices; as in the Feasts of Flora, or like the madBacha [...]nalians; and change the Name to Merry [...] Mount, as if this Jollity were to last for ever. (B) ^[50]

[May and June] ^[51] For greater Convenience of Trade, to discharge our Engagements & main [...]tain our selves, we build a small Pinnace at [Page 168] Monamet, a Place on the Sea, 20 Miles to the South: to which by another Creek on this Side, we transport our Goods by Water within four or five Miles, and then carry them over Land to the Vessel; thereby avoid our compassing Cape Cod with those dangerous Shoals, and make our Voyage to the Southward, with far less Time & H [...]zzard. For the Safety of our Vessel and Goods, we There also build a House, and keep some Servants; who Plant Corn, rear Swine, and are always ready to go out with the Bark: which takes good Effect, and turns to Advantage (B)

June 27. ^hs. ^cb. ^rs Wednesday ^hs. the Duke of Buckingham ^hs. ^cb. ^rs with 100 Ships ^hs. ^rs sails from Portsm [...]uth [in England] for the Isle of Rhee on the Coast of France, and Begins the WAR with that Kingdom ^cb. ^rs

July. But besides the Discharge of our heavy Engagements, our great Concern is to help over our Friends at LEYDEN; who so much desire to come to us, as we desire their Company. The Governor therefore, with Mr. Edward Winslow, Th [...]mas Prince, Myles Standish, Wm. Brewster, Iohn Alden, Iohn Howland, and Isaac Allerton, now run a great Venture; and hire the Trade of the Colony for 6 Years, to begin the last of next September: and for this with the Shallop [...]all'd the Bass Boat, and Pinnace lately built at Monamet, with the Stock in the Store-House; we this Month, undertake to Pay the 1800 l. with all other Debts of the Plantation amounting [Page 169] to 600 more; bring over for them 50 l a Year in Hoes and Shoes, sell them for Corn at 6 s. a Bushel; and at the End of the Term return the Trade to the Colony. (B)

The latter End of the Summer, the Virginia People at Plimouth, sell us their Corn, go Thither in a couple of Barks; and afterwards, se [...]veral of them express their Thankfulness to us. (B) And [now it seems] Mr Lysord sails with some of his People also to Virginia, (H) and there shortly Dies. (B)

With the Return of the Ships we send Mr [...] Allerton again to England. (1) To conclude our Bargain with the Company and deliver our nine Bonds for the Paying the 200 l. at every Michaelmas for 9 Years. (2) To carry our Beaver and pay some of our late E [...]gagements; for our excessive Interest still keeps us low. (3) To get a Patent for a fit Trading Place on Kennebeck River; especially since the Planters at Pascatoway and other Places Eastward of 'em, as also the Fishing Ships envy our Trading There, and threaten to get a Patent to exclude us; tho' we first discover'd and began the same, and bro't it to so good an Issue. (4) To deal with some of our special Friends in London to join with the said eight Undertakers, both for the Discharge of the Colony's Debts, and the help [...]ing our Friends from L [...]yden. (B)

Nov. 6. Mr. Allerton concludes our Bargain with the Company at London delivers our Bonds and receives their Deed. (B)

Dec 27. Mr. Sherley from London writes to the Plmouth People, as follows▪ —The sole Cause why the greater Part of the Adventurers ma [...]lign [Page 170] me was, that I [...]ould not side with them against you and the coming over of the LEYDEN PEOPLE—and assuredly unless the LORD he mer [...]ciful to us and the whole Land in Gener [...]l, our Condition is far worse than yours: wherefore if the LORD shou'd send Persecution Here, which is much to be feared, and should put into our Minds to fly for Refuge; I know no Place safer than to come to you &c. (B)

‘About this Year, [...]ome Friends being toge [...]ther in Lincolnshire, fall into Discourse about New England & the Planting of the Gospel there: and after some Deliberation, we [says D [...]puty Governor Dudley] impart o [...]r Reasons by Letters and M [...]ssages to some in Lon [...]don and the West Country: where it is at length so ripened as to Procure a Patent [for the MASSACHUSETTS COLONY] ^dd.’

1628.

MR. Allerton having settl'd all Things in a hopeful way, Returns in the first of the Spring with our Supply for Trade. The Pishermen with whom He comes, us'd to set forth in Winter, and be Here betimes. He has Paid the first 200 l. of our 1800 to the Adventurers; as also all our Debts to others, except Mr Sherley, Beachamp and Andrews, to whom we now owe but 400 and odd Pounds: informs that our said three Friends and some others will join us in our six Y [...]ars Bargain, and will send to Leyden for a Number to come next Year. [Page 171] brings a competent Supply of Goods; with a PATENT for KENNEBECK, but so strait an [...] ill bounded, as we are forc'd▪ to get renew' [...] and enlarged next Year, as also THAT we have at HOME to our great Charge. He likewise brings us one Mr. Rodgers, a young Man, fo [...] Minister. (B)

Mar. 19 The Council for New England sell to Sir H [...]nry Roswell, Sir Iohn Young, Knights, Thomas Southcoat, Iohn Humphry, Iohn Endicot and Simon Whetcomb, Gent. ^Bc. about Dorches [...]ter in England (H) their Heirs and Associates that Part of New England between Merrimack Riv [...]r and Charles River in the Bottom of the Massachusetts Bay; and 3 Mile to the South o [...] every Part of Charles River and of the Souther [...] most Part of said B [...]y; & 3 Miles to the North of every Part of said Merrimack River; and in Length within the Breadth aforesaid from the Atlanti [...]k Ocean to the South S [...]a, &c. ^Bc.

After some time, Mr. White brings the Dorchester Grantees into Acquaintance with several other Religious Persons in and about London, who are first Associated to them, then buy their Right in the Patent ^[52] and consult abou [...] settling some Plantation in the Massachusetts Bay on the Account of RELIGION; wher [...] [Page 172] Nonconformists may Transport themselves & enjoy the Liberty of their own Perswasion in Matters of Worship and Church Discipline. Soon after, the Company chuse Mr. (H) MATTHEW (Mcr) CRADOCK, Governor, Mr. (H) THOMAS (Mcr) GOFF, Dep. Governor, with other Assistants (H)

The New Plimouth People having obtain'd their Patent for Kennebeck, now erect a House up the River, in a convenient Place for Trade: and furnish it both Winter and Summer, with Corn and other Commodities, such as the Fishermen had traded with; as Coats, Shirts, Rugs, Blankets, Bisket▪ Pease, Prunes, &c: what we cou'd not get from England, we buy of the Fishing Ships; and so carry on the Business as well as we can. (B)

This Year [and I conclude this Spring] the Dutch send to us again from their Plantation, both kind Letters and div [...]rse Commodities; as Sugar, Linnen, Stuffs, &c: come with their Bark to our House at Manomet: their Secretary Rasier comes with Trumpeters, but not being able to travel to us by Land, desires us to send a Boat within side [the Ca [...]e] to fetch Him: so we send a Boat to Manonscusset, and bring him with the chief of his Company to Plimouth After a few Days Entertainment, He returns to his Bark: some of us go with Him, and buy sundry Goods. After which Beginning, they often send to the same Place; and we trade together divers Years, sell much Tobacco for Linens, Stuffs, which proves a great Benefit to us, till the Virginians find out their Colony (B)

[Page 173]But that which in Time turns most to our Advantage is, their now acquainting and enter [...]ing us in the Trade of WAMPAM: telling us how vendible it is at their Fort Orania, and perswading we shall find it so at Kennebeck Upon this we buy about 50 l. worth. At first it sticks, and 'tis 2 Years before we can put it off; till the Inland Indian: come to know it, and then we can scarce procure enough for many Years together. By which and other Provisions we quite cut off the Trade both from the Fishermen and straggling Planters And strange it is to see the great Alteration it in a few Years makes among the Savages: For the Massachusetts and others in these Parts had scarce any; it being only made and kept among the Pequots & Narragansetts, who grew Rich and Potent by it; whereas the Rest who use it not are poor and beggarly. (B)

Hitherto the Natives of these Parts have no other Arms but Bows and Arrows, nor many Years after. But the Indians in the Eastern Parts, having Commerce with the French ▪ first haveGuns of them, and at length they make it a common Trade. In Time our English Fisher [...]men follow their Example: but upon Com [...]plaint against them, the KING by a strict Pro [...]clamation forbid the same, and commanded that no sort of Arms or Munition be traded with them. (B) ^[53]

[Page 174]June 20. Capt JOHN ENDICOT, with his Wife and Company. This Day sails in the Ship Abigail, Henry Gauden, Master, from Weymouth in England, for Nahumkeak in New England, (Mcr) ^[54] being sent by the Massachusetts Patentees at London, to carry on the Plantation There, make Way for the settling a Colony, and be their Agent to order all Affairs, [...]ill the Patentees th [...]mselves come over. (H)

Sept 13. Mr. Endicot writes of his safe Arrival at N [...]umkeak, to Mr. Matthew Cradock one of the Massachusetts Company in London, which Mr. CRA [...]OCK receives on Feb. 13 following. ^(cl) With Mr. Endicot come Mr. Gott, Brackenbury, Davenport, Capt. Trask and others: who go on comfortably in Preparing for the NewColony. (H)

Among those who arrive at Naumkeak, are Ralph Sprague, with his Brethren Richard and William; who with 3 or 4 more, by Governor Endicot's Consent, undertake a Journey, and travel the Woods above 12 Miles Westward. [Page 175] light on a Neck of Land call'd Mishawum, between Mistick & Charles Rivers, full of Indians, named Aberginians. Their old Sachem being Dead, his Eldest Son call'd by the English JOHN SAGAMORE is Chief; a Man of a gentle & good Disposition: by whose free Consent they settle Here; where they find but one English House, thatch'd and pallizado'd, possess'd by Thomas Walford a Smith. ^tcr.

That worthy Gentleman Mr. Endicot, coming over for the Government of the Massachusetts ^[55 visits the People at Merry Mount causes the May-Pole to be cut down, rebukes them for their Profaneness, admonishes them to look there be better Walking, and the Name i [...] changed to Mount Dagon. (B)

But Morton and Company, to maintain their Riot, hearing what Gain the French and Fishermen made by selling Guns, with Powder and Shot to the Natives; He begins the same Trade in these Parts, teaches how to use them, employ [...] the Indians in Hunting and Fowling for Him; wherein they become more active than any English, by their swiftness of Foot, nimblenes [...] of Body, quicksightedness, continual Exercise. and knowing the Haunts of all sorts of Game. And finding the Execution Guns will do and [Page 176] the Benefit thereby, become mad after them and give any Price for 'em. Morton sells them all He can spare, and sends to England for many more. The neighbouring English who live scattered in diverse Places and have no Strength in any, meeting the Indians in the Woods thus arm'd, are in great Terror: and those in remoter Places see the Mischief will quickly spread if not forthwith prevented. Besides, they see they shou'd not keep their Servants: for Morton receives any, how vile soever; and they with the discontented will flock to Him, if this Nest continues: and the other English will be in more Fear of this debauched and wicked Crew than of the Savages themselves. The chief of the straggling Plantations therefore, from Pascatoway, Naumkeak, Winisimet, Wesaguscusset, Natasco and other Places, meet, and agree to solicit those of Plimouth, who are of greater Strength than all, to join and stop this growing Mischief, by suppressing Morton and Company before they grow to a further Head. Those of Plimouth receiving their Messengers and Letters, are willing to afford our Help [...] However, first send a Messenger with Letters to advise Him in a friendly Way to forbare those Courses. But he scorns their Advice, asks Who has to do with Him; declares He will tradePieces with the Indians in Despight of all, &c. We send a second time, to be better advis'd; for theCountry can not bare the Injury; it is against their common Safety, and the King's Proclamation. He say [...], The King's Proclama [...]tion is no Law, has no Penalty but his Displea [...]sure, that the King is Dead and his Displeasure [Page 177] with him; and threatens, if any come to molest Him, let them look to themselves, He'll prepare for 'em. Upon this, they see no Way but Force: and therefore obtain of the Plimouth Governor to send Capt. Standish with some Aid to take Him. The Captain coming, Morton arms his Consorts, heats them with Liquor, bars his Doors, sets his Powder and Bullets on the Table ready [...] The Captain summons Him to yeild: but has only Scoffs, &c. At length Morton fearing we shou'd do some Violence to the House, He and some of his Crew come out to shoot the Captain: At which the Captain steps up to Him, puts by his Piece, takes Him, enters the House, disperses the worst of the Company, leaves the more modest There, brings Morton to Plimouth: where he is kept till a Ship going from the Isle of Shoals to England, He is sent in Her to the New England Council, with a Messenger and Letters to inform against Him, &c: yet they do nothing to Him, not so much as rebuke Him, and he returns next Year. (B)

This Year [and I suppose this Fall] we send Mr. Allerton our Agent again to London; to get our Kenebeck Patent enlarg'd and rectified, as also This at Home enlarg'd, and help our Friends from Leyden (B)

This Year, Dies Mr. Richard Warren; a useful Instrument, and bare a deep Share in the Difficulties attending the first Settlement of New Plimouth. (mn)

This Year, the Massachusetts Patentees at London send several Servants to Naumkeak: but for want of wholsome Diet and convenient Lodgings, many Die of Scurvys and other [Page 178] Distempers. (H) Upon which Mr. Endicot hearing w [...] at Plimouth have a very skilful Doctor, viz Mr. Fuller (B) Deacon of Mr. Ro [...]binson's Church, skill'd in the Diseases of the Country which the People at Naumkeak are fill'd with, (H) sends to our Governor for Him, who forthwith sends Him to their Assistance. (B) ^[56]

1629.

Feb. 16. MR. Cradock, at London, in his Letter to Capt. Endicot at Naumkeak says, ‘We are thoro'ly inform'd of the safe Arrival of your self, your Wife and the rest of your good Company in our Plantation, by your Letters of Sept. 13, which came to hand the 13th I [...]stant— Our Company are much enlarged since your Departure— There's 1 Ship bought for the Company, of 100 Tuns, and two more hired of 200; 1 of 19, the other of 20 Ordnance: in which Ships are like to be sent between 2 and 300 Persons to reside There, and about a 100 Head of Cattle— I wrote you by Mr. Allert [...] of New Plimouth in November— It is resolv'd to send 2 Ministers at least with the Ships now to be sent— Those we s [...]nd shall be by Ap [...]probation of Mr. White of Dorchester and Mr▪ [Page 179] Davenport— I account our Ships will be ready to sail Hence by the 20th of next Month. (cl)’

The Massachusetts Company, for promoting their great Design, first consider where to find 2 or 3 able Ministers to send: not doubting but if they meet with such, they shall have a considerable Number of Religious People to go with them; especially if there be grounded Hopes of an Orderly Government, to Protect the People and promote the Cause of RELIGION among them, as well as their civil Rights and Liberties. For which they with one Consent agree to Petition the King to Confirm their afor [...] said Grant to themselves and Associates by a ROYAL CHARTER, (H) Mr. White an honest Councellor at Law, and Mr. Richard B [...]lling [...]ham furthering the same. (j)

Mar. 2. Monday, at a Meeting of the Massachusetts Company in London, Present the Governor, Dep, Mr. Wright, Vassal, Harwood, Coulson, Adams, Nowell, Whetcomb, Perry & Huson, ¹⁰³ when Mr Coney propounding in behalf of the Boston Men that 10 of them may subscribe 10 l. a Man in the joint Stock, and with their Ships to adventure 250 l. more on their own Account, and providable Men to send for managing the Business it is condescended to (M [...]r)

[Page 180]Mar. 4 At the Petition of the Massachusetts Company, K. CHARLES by CHARTER confirms their Patent of the MASSACHUSETTS COLONY to them, i. e. to the aforesaid Sir Henry Rosewell, Sir John Young, Thomas Southcot, Iohn Hum [...]frey, Iohn Endicot, Simon Whetcomb, and their Associates, viz. Sir Richard Saltonstal ▪ Knight. Isaac Iohnson, Samuel Aldersey, Iohn Ven, MAT [...]THEW CRADOCK, George Harwood, Increase Nowell, Richard Perry, Richard Bellingham, Nathaniel Wright, Samuel Vassal, Theophilus Eaton, THOMAS GOFF, Thomas Adams, Iohn Brow [...], Samuel Brown, Thomas Hutchins. Wm [...] Vassal, Wm. Pynchon and George Foxcroft, their Heirs and Assigns for ever: that they and all who shall be made free of their Company, be for ever a Body Corporate and Politic, by the Name of the Governor and Company of the MAS [...]SACHUSETTS BAY in NEW ENGLAND, & have perpetual Succession: that there shall be for ever a Governor, Deputy Governor, and 18 As [...]sistants chosen out of the Freemen of said Com [...]pany: that MATTHEW CRADOCK be the first and present Governor; THOMAS GOFF 1st Dep. Governor; and the 18 Printed in Italica, be the first Assistants: that on the last Wednesday in Easter Term yearl [...], the Governor, Dep. Governor, and all other Officers, shall be in the General Court held that Day, newly chosen by the greater Part of the Company: that they may have 4 General Courts a Year, viz. the last Wed [...]nesday in Hillary, Easter, Trinity and Michael [...] Terms for ever; which may admit Free m [...]n, remove and chuse Officers, order Lands▪ and m [...]ke Laws not repugnant to the Laws of [Page 181] England: that the Governor and Company and their Successors and Assigns may carry Peo [...]ple who are willing out of any of the King's Dominions Thither, transport Goods, have all the Privileges of natural Subjects in all the King's Dominions: that their chief Commanders, Governors, other Officers, and others under them, may by Force of Arms encounter all who shall attempt any Detriment or Annoyance to them, and take their Persons, Ships, Armour, Goods, &c: But that Fishing shall be Free, &c. (bc) ^[58]

Mar. 9 At a Meeting of the Massachusetts Company in London, Iohn Washborn entertained Secretary for one whole Year; and directed to call on all such as have Charge of Provision for the Ships now bound to New England, that they may be dispatch'd by the 25th of this Month at furthest. (M [...]r)

Mar. 10 At a Meeting of the Massachusetts Com [...]pany in London; Mr. Thomas Graves of Grave [...] send, Gent, agrees to go to New England, and serve the Company, as a Person skilful in Mines of Iron, Lead, Copper, mineral Salt and Allom, Fortification of all So [...]ts, Surveying, &c. (Mcr)

Mar. 16. Estimate of Charges for 100 Passengers and their Provisions at 15 l. a Man: 1500 l.
Freight of the Ship Talbot 5 Months at 80 l.: 400
Her Victuals & Wages for 32 Men at 70 l.: 350
Lyon's Whelp set to Sea: 500
20 Cows and Bulls at 4 l. 80 l.: 610
10 Mares and Horses at 6 l. 60: 610
Charges of them 470: 610
(Mcr): 3360 l.

Mar. 23. Governor CRADOCK sworn in Chancery (H) Dep. Governor GOFF and eleven Assistants sworn, as also Mr. George Harwood sworn Treasurer. ^[59] At a Meeting of the Massachusetts Company this Day at London, Mr. Nowell giving Intimation by Letters from Mr. Iohnson, that Mr. HIGGINSON of Leicester, an able (Mcr) and eminent (H) Minister (Mcr) Silenc'd for Nonconformity, wou'd be likely (H) to go to our Pl [...]ntation: who being approv'd for a Rev. Grave Minister, fit for our Occasion; it is agreed to intreat Mr. Humfrey to ride presently to Leicester: and if Mr. Higginson can conveniently go this present Voyage, to deal with Him, first if his Remove may be without Scandal to that People, and approv'd by some of the best affected among them, with the Approbation [Page 183] of [the Rev. and Fam [...]us] Mr▪ Hilder sha [...] of Ashley, de la Zouch. (Mcr) ^[60]

Mr. Higginson being address'd both by Mr. Humfrey and White, He looks upon it as a Call from GOD: and in a few Weeks, is with his Family, ready to take hisFlight into this Savage Desart. (H)

Apr. 8. At another Meeting of the Massachusetts Company in London; Mr. FRANC [...]S ^‖ HIGGIN [...]SON, Mr. SAMUEL SKELTON, (Mcr) another Nonconformist Minister of Lincolnshire, (H) and Mr. FRANCIS BRIGHT entertain'd by said Company as Ministers for the Plantation, to labour both among the English and Indians: Mr. Hig [...]ginson having 8 Children, is to have 10 l. a Year more than the others: Mr. RALPH SMITH a Minister, is also to be accommodated in his Passage thither. (Mcr)

Apr. 16. Sixty Women and Maids, 26 Children, and 300 Men with Victuals, Arms, Apparel, Tools, 140 Head of Cattle, &c, in the Lord Treasurer's Warrant [to go to New England] (Mcr) ^[61]

[Page 184]Apr. 17. The said Company's Committee Date thei [...] Letter at Gravesend to Mr. Endicot; whereit they say,— ‘For that the Propagating of the Gospel is the thing we profess above all, i [...] settling this Plantation, we have been careful to make plentiful Provision of Godly Ministers viz. Mr. SKELTON, in the George Bonaventure ▪ Mr. HIGGINSON, in the Talbot; and in the Lyon's Whelp, Mr. BRIGHT, trained up unde [...] Mr. Davenport: And as the Ministers have declar'd themselves to us to be of one Iudg [...]ment, and to be fully agreed in the manne [...] how to exercise their Ministry; we have good Hopes of their Love and unanimous Agree [...]ment, &c ^scr. ^[62]’

Apr. 21. The Georg [...] now rides at the Hope; the Talbot and Lyon's Whelp at Blackwall ^scr.

Apr. 30. ^[63] At a General Court of the Massachu [...]setts Company in London. There are 3 Ships now to go to NEW ENGLAND—And the Compan [...] order that 13 in their Plantation shall have the sole Ordering of the Affairs and Government There, by the Name of the Governor and Council [Page 185] of LONDON'S PLANTATION in the MASSACHUSETTS BAY in NEW ENGLAND: Elect Mr. ENDICOT Governor, and Mr. Higginson, Skelton, Bright, Iohn and Samuel Brown, Thomas Graves and Samuel Sharp to be of the Council: the said Governor and Council may chuse 3 others; the Planters chuse 2 more: of which 1 [...] Councellors, the Governor and major Part may chuse a Deputy Governor and Secretary: that they all continue a Year, or till this Court appoint others: that the Governor or in his Absence the Deputy may call Courts at Discretion; and therein, the greater Number whereof the Governor or Deputy to be always one, have Power to make Laws not repugnant to the Laws of England. Order Copies of this Act be sent by the first Conveyance (Mcr) and a Commission is accordingly sent to Mr. Endicot, &c. (H)

[...] 4 The George Bonaventure sails from the Isle of Whight: May 11, sail from Thence the Lyon's Whelp and Talbot (scr) Being all 3 full of Godly Passengers (cm) with the 4 Ministers, for the Massachusetts: (Mcr. H) the Planters in the Lyon's Whelp go from Somerset and Dorset (csr) and within a Month (cm) are 3 more Ships to follow. (Mcr)

[...] 10. Lord's Day; PEACE between GREAT BRITAIN and FRANCE Proclaim'd at London (hs) ¹¹³

¹¹⁴

[Page 186]Dr. Fuller of Plimou [...] being well vers'd in the Discipline of Mr. Robinson's Church, and acquain [...]ing Mr. Endicot therewith; on

May 11. Governor Endicot writes a most grateful and Christian Letter to Gov. Bradford; wherein He says — I acknowledge my self much bound to you for your kind Love and Care in sending Mr. Fuller among us: and rejoice much that I am by Him satisfied touching your Iudgments of the outward Form of GOD'S WORSHIP. It is as far as I can yet gather no other th [...]n is warranted by the Evidence of Truth: and the same which I have professed and maintained ever since the LORD in mercy reveal'd Himself unto m [...]: being far from the common Report that hath been spread of you touching that Particular: but G [...]D's Children must not look for less here below, &c (B) ¹¹⁵ And as this is the Beginning of their Acquaintance and closing in the Truth and Ways of GOD, (B) 'tis the Foundation of the future Christian Love & Correspondence which are ever after maintain'd between the 2 Govern [...]rs and their respective Colonies. (H)

May 13. At a General Court of the Massachusetts C [...]mpany in London, Mr. CRADOCK (M [...]r) a prudent and wealthy Citizen (H) chosen Governor; M [...]. G [...]FF, Deputy; Mr. HARWOOK, Treasurer; Mr. WM BURGESS, Secretary, for the Year en [...]suing: and the same Assistants; only Mr. En [...]dic [...]t and Mr. Iohn Brown being out of the [Page 187] Land, Mr. Iohn Pocock and Mr. Chr. Coulson are chose in their Room. (Mcr) ^[66]

May 21. At a Court of Assistan [...]s of the Massachu [...]setts Company in London: For the present Ac [...]commodation of the People lately gone to the London Plantation in NEW ENGLAND▪ order [...]ed that the Governor, Dep. and Council There, allot Half an Acre within the Plat of the Town [...] and 200 Acres more to every 50 l. Adventure [...] in the common Stock, and so in Proportion: that for every Servant or others they carry, the Master shall have 50 Acres more to Himself▪ and those who are not Adventurers in the com [...]mon Stock, shall have 50 Acres for themselves or more, as the Governor and Council There thin [...] necessary. (Mcr) ^[67]

May 25 Mr. Sherley writes from London to Governo [...] Bradford— ‘Here are now many of your an [...] our Friends from Leyden coming over—A good Part of that End obtain'd, which was aimed at (by us) and has been so strongly oppos'd by some of our former Adventurers— With them we have also sent some Servants in the Talbo [...] that went Hence lately: but these come in the May Flower. (B)’

June 3. The Committee of the Massachusetts Company at London, write from Gravesend, to Gov. Endicot and say— ‘We now send 3 Ships; the [Page 188] May-Flower, Four Sisters, and Pilgrim.—The Charge of their Freight, Men and Victuals stand us in 2400 l, &c. (scr) and they sail from England before Mr. Allerton can get ready to come away (B)’

June 24 Mr. Higginson (cm) & [either the same Day, or] some time this Month (mn) the other Ministers with the People in the 3 first Ships, arrive a [...] Naumkeak, which they now name SALEM, from that in Psal. lxxvi. 2. (H)

Mr. Graves, with some of the Company's Servants under his Care, and some others, remove to Misha [...]um; to which with Gov. Endicot's Consent, they give the Name of CHARLESTOWN. Mr. Graves lays out the Town in two Acre Lots to each Inhabitant: and [after] builds the Great House for such of the Company a [...] are shortly to come over; which becomes the House of Publick Worship. (tcr) ^[68]

Of the 4 Ministers, Salem needing but 2; (H) Mr. Smith goes with his Family to some strag [...]gling People at Natasco: (B) but Mr. Bright disagreeing in Judgment with the other two, removes to Charlestown: where he stays above a Year. (H)

Some Plimouth People putting in with a Boat [...]t Natasco, find Mr. Smith in a poor House that [Page 189] wou'd not keep him dry: He desires them to carry Him to Plimouth: and seeing Him to be a grave Man, and understanding he had been a Minister, they bring Him Hither; where we kindly entertain Him, send for his Goods and Servants, desire Him to exercise his Gifts among us; afterwards chuse Him into the Ministry; wherein He remains for sundry Years. (B)

[...]uly 20 Governor Endicot at Salem sets apart this Day for solemn Prayer with Fasting, and the Trial and Choice of a Pastor and Teacher: th [...] Forenoon they spend in Pra [...]er and Teaching: the Afternoon, about their Trial and Election: chusing Mr Skelton Pastor, Mr Higginson Teacher: and they accepting: Mr. Higginson, with 3 or 4 more of the gravest Members of the Church lay their Hands on Mr. Skelton with solemn Prayer: then Mr. Skelton, &c the like upon Mr. Higginson: & Thursday Aug 6, is appointed another Da [...] of Prayer and Fasting, for the Choice of Elders and Deacons, and Ordaining them. (B) ^[69]

[...]uly 28. Tuesday, at [...] General Court of the Massa [...]chusetts Company at London; Governor Cradock reads certain Proposals conceiv'd by Himsel [...]; viz That for the Advancement of the Plantation, the inducing Persons of Worth and Quality to transplant themselves and Families Thither, and [Page 190] other weighty Reasons mention'd; To Trans [...]ferr the Government to Those who shall inhabit There, and not continue the same subordinate to the Company Here This occasions some Debate: but Defer the Consideration and Conclusion to the next General Meeting: and agree to carry the Matter secret, that it be not divulged (Mcr)

The Religious People at Salem, designing to settle in a Church State, as near as they can to the Rules of the Gospel, apprehend it needful for the 30 who Begin the Church, to enter solemnly into COVENANT one with another in the Presence of GOD, to walk together before Him according to his Holy Word, and then Or [...]dain their Ministers to the several Offices to which they had been chosen. Mr Higginson being desired, draws up a Confession of Faith and Church Covenant according to Scripture: thirty Copies are written, one delivered to every Member: and the Church at Plimouth invited to the Solemnity, (mn. H) that the Chur [...]h at Salem may have the Approbation and Concurrence if not Direction and Assistance of the other. (H)

Aug. 6 (B. mn) ¹²⁰ Being Thursday (B) the ap [...]pointed Day being come, after the Prayers and Sermons of the two Ministers; in the End of the Day (mn) the said Confession and Covenant being read in 'the Publick Assembly, are solemnly consented to: and they immediately proceed to Ordain their Ministers; (mn. H) as also Mr. Houghton a Ruling Elder; being seperated to [Page 191] their several Offices by the Imposition of the Hands of some of the Brethren appointed by the Church thereto; ¹²¹ (msl) Gov Bradford and others, as Messengers from the Church of Pli [...]mouth, being by cross Wind [...] hindered from being present in the former Part of the Service; come time enough to give them the Right Hand of Fellowship, wishing all Prosperity to these hop [...]ful Beginnings. (mn. H)

But two of the Passengers observing the Mi [...]nisters used not the Common Prayer nor Cere [...]monies, but professed to exercise Discipline upon s [...]andalous Persons, and that some scandalous Ones were d [...]nied Admission into the Church; begin to raise some Trouble, to gather a separate Company & read Common Prayer. Upon which the Governor convents the 2 Ringleaders before Him: and finding their Speeches and Practices tend to Mutiny and Faction; send those two back to England at the Return of the Ships the same Year, and the Disturbance c [...]a [...]es (mn)

[...]g. 28. At a General Court of the Massachusetts Company at London; ordered that Mr. Wright, E [...]t [...]n, Adams, Spurstow, with others they think [Page 192] fit, consider Arguments against Removing the chief Government of the Company to NEW ENGLAND; and that Sir R. Saltonstall, Mr. Iohnson, Capt. V [...]n, with others they think fit, prepare Arguments for the Removal; that both Sides meet to morrow Morning at 7, con [...]fer and weigh their Arguments, and at 9, make Report to the whole Company. (M [...]r)

Aug. 29. The said Committee's Meeting and mak [...]ing Report; the Generality of the Company VOTE, That the Patent & Government of the Plan [...]tation be Transfer'd to NEW ENGLAN [...]. (Mcr)

Aug.—Thirty five of our Friends with their Fami [...]lies from Leyden arrive at New Plimouth. They were shipp [...]d at London in May with the Ship [...] that came to Salem: which bring over many Pious People to Begin the Churches There and in the Massachusetts Bay. So their being th [...]s long kept back is now recompenc'd by Heaven with a double Blessing: in that we not only enjoy them beyond our late Expectation, when all Hope seemed to be cut off; but with them many more Godly Friends and Christian Bre [...]thren, as the Beginning of a larger Harvest to CHRIST, in the Increase of his People and Churches in these Parts of the Earth, to the Admiration of many and almost Wonder of the World. (B)

The Charge of our Leyd [...]n Friend [...] is reckoned on the severa [...] Familie [...]: s [...]m [...] 50l. so [...] 40l some 30 l as their Number & Exp [...]nces we [...]e: which our Undertakers Pay for Gratis; besid [...]s giving them Houses, preparing them Grounds to Plan [...] on, and maintain them with Corn &c above 13 [Page 193] or 14 M [...]nths before they have a Harvest of their own Production. (B)

An infectious Sickness grew at Sea among the Salem Passengers, which spread among those ashore, whereof many Died; some of the Scurvy, others of an infectious Feaver; which continued some time among them; while the Leyden People thro' the Goodness of GOD escaped it. (B)

Mr. Allerton returns without accomplishing the Enlargement and Confirmation of our Plimouth Patent But gives great and just Offence this Y [...]ar, in bringing over Morton, using Him as hi [...] Scribe, till caus'd to pack Him away: upon which He goes to his old Nest at Merry Mount. (B)

This Year [and I suppose this Fall] w [...] send Mr. Allerton again for England, to conclude our Patent, &c. and Mr Rodgers, the Minister which Mr. Allerton brought over last Year, proving craz'd in his Brain, we are forc'd to b [...] [...] further Charge to send Him back this Year, and loose all the Cost expended in bringing Him over; which was not small, in Provision, Apparel, Beding, &c (B)

[...]. 19 At a General Court of the Massachusetts Company at London; Letters read from Capt Endicot, & others—by the Lyon's Whelp & Talbot, now come [...]aden from NEW ENGLAND. (Mcr)

[...] 29 Tu [...]sday, at a General Court of the Massac [...]usetts Company in London—Desire the Governor to buy the Ship Eagle of 400 Tuns, for the Safety, Honour and Benefit of the Plantation. (Mcr)

[Page 194]Octob. 15. Thur [...]day, at a G [...]neral Court of the Mas [...]sachusetts Company in London—Agree tha [...] the Charge of Ministers and Building conveni [...]ent Churches ^[72] be born, Half by the joint Stock for 7 Years, and Half by the Planters. (Mcr) ¹²³

Octob. 19. Monday, at a Meeting at the Dep Gov' ▪ House—Agree, that at the General C [...]urt t [...]morrow, the Governor and Assistants be chosen fo [...] the Government [of the Massachusetts Colony] in NEW ENGLAND. (Mcr) ^[74]

Octob. 20. Tuesday, at a General Court of the Massachusetts Company at London, chuse a Committe [...] for the Planters, another for the Adventurers, to draw up Articles betw [...]n them; and Mr. White of Dorchester with Mr. Davenport to be Umpires between them. ^[75] And the Governor representing, the special Occasion of summon [...]ing this Court, was for the Election of a New Governor, Deputy, and Assistants ▪ the Government being to be Transfered to NEW ENGLAND; the Court having receiv'd extraordinary great Commendation of Mr. JOHN WINTHROP, both [Page 195] [...] his integrity and Sufficiency, as being One very well fitted for the Place; with a full Consent chuse Him Governor for the ensuing Year, to Begin this Day▪ who is pleased to accept thereof: with the like full Consent chuse Mr. HUMPHREY Dep. Governor: and for Assistants, Sir R. Saltons [...]all, Mr Iohnson, Dudley, End [...]c [...]t, Nowel, W▪ V [...]ssal, Pinchon, Samuel Sharp▪ Edward R [...]ssi [...]er, Thom [...] Sharp, Iohn R [...]vell, Cradock, G [...]ff, Alders [...]y V [...]nn, Wright, E [...]ton, Adams. Mr Harwood still Treasurer, (Mcr) [and by the same kind of Writing I sup [...]pose Mr. Burgess Secretar [...]]

Nov. [...]0. Friday, at a Court of Assistants of the Mas [...]sachusetts Company in London—Mr. Cradock informing of 1200 l. still owing for Marine [...]s Wag [...]s and Freight on the Ships, Talbot, May-Flower, and Four Sisters; order it to be Paid before other Debts. (Mcr) [By which it seems that [...]ll those Ships are now returned to England].

Nov. 25. Wednesday, at a General Court of the Massachus [...]tts Company at London—Read a Letter of Sept. 5, from Governor Endicot and others in NEW ENGLAND. Mr. White moving, that the Business may be proceeded in with the first Intention, which was chiefly the Glory of GOD; and to this Purpose that their Meeting may be sanct [...]fi [...]d by the Prayers of some faithful Ministers resident in London, whose Advice wou'd be likewise requisite on many Occasions; the Court admits into the Freedom of this Company, Mr. Io. Archer and Mr. Philip Nye, Ministers in London: who being present, kindly accept thereof. Mr White also recommends to them, Mr. Nathaniel Ward of Standon. (Mcr)

[Page 196]Dec. 1. The General Court of the Massachusett [...] Company in London, chuse 10 Undertakers; who with much Intreaty accept the Charge of the sole Management of the Ioint Stock for 7 Years; Mr. Aldersey to be their Treasurer: and order them to Provide a sufficient Number of Ships of good Force for Transporting Passengers, at 5 l. a Person & Goods at 4 l a Tun, [...]o be ready to sail from London by the 1st of March: that sucking Children shall not be reckon'd; those und [...]r 4 Years old, 3 for 1 Person; under 8, 2 for one; under 12, 3 for 2: that a Ship of 200 Tun shall not carry above 120 Passengers com [...]l [...]a [...] ▪ & others in like Proportion: that for Goods Homeward, the Freight shall be; for Furr, 3 l a Tun; for other Commodities, 40 s a Tun▪ for Assurance, 5 l. per Cent: that the Undertakers furnish the Plantation with all Commodities they send for, at 25 per Cent above all Charges: but the Planters are free to dispose their Half Part of the Furr, and to fetch or send for any Commo [...]dities as they please, so as they Trade not with Interlopers. (Mcr)

☞ This Year, the Inhabitants on PISCATAQUA RIVER enter into a Combination for the Erect [...]ing a Government among themselves. (msl) ¹²⁶

1630.

J [...]n. 13. THE Council for NEW ENGLAND, in consideration that WILLIAM BRADFORD and his Associates have for these nine Years [Page 197] lived in NEW ENGLAND; and have there Pl [...]nted a Town called NEW PLIMOUTH at their own Charges; and now seeing by the special Providence of GOD and their extraor [...]dinary Care and Industry, they have increased their Plantations to near 300 People, and are on all Occasions able to relieve any new Planters o [...] others of his Majesty's Subjects who may fall on that Coast; therefore seal a PATENT to the said William Bradford, his Heirs, Associates and Assigns of all that Part of NEW ENGLAND between Cohasset Rivulet towards the North, & Narraganset [...] River towards the South, the Western Ocean towards the East, & between a straight Line directly extending up into the main Land towards the West from the Mouth of Narragansett River to the utmost Bounds of a Country in NEW ENGLAND called Pacanokit alias S [...]wamset Westward, and another like straight Line extending directly from the Mouth of Cohasset River towards the West so far into the main Land Westward as the utmost Limits of the said Pacanokit or Sawamset extend: as also all that Part of NEW ENGLAND between the u [...]m st Limits of Capersecont or Comascecont which [...] to the River K [...]nn [...]beck, and the Falls of Negumk [...], with the said River it self and the space of [...] Miles on each Side between the Bounds abovesaid: with all Prerogatives, Rights, R [...]yalties, Jurisdictions, Privileges, Franchises▪ Liberties and Immunities, and also marine, L [...]rties, with the [...]cheats and Casualties thereof (the Admiralty Jurisdiction excepted) with all the Interest, Right, &c. which [Page 198] the saidCouncil have or ought to have thereto, with Liberty to Trade with the Natives and Fish on the Seas adjoining: & it shall be lawful for them to INCORPORATE themselves or the People there inhabiting, by some fit Name or Title; with Liberty to them & their Successors to make Orders, Ordinances and Constitutions, not contrary to the Laws of England for their better Government, and put the same in Ex [...] cution by such Officers as He and th [...]y shall authorize and depute; and for their Safety and Defence, to encounter by Force of Arms by all Means by Land and Sea, Seize and make Priz [...] of all who attempt to inhabit or trade with the Savages within the Limits of their Plantations or attempt Invasion, Detriment or Annoyance to their said Plantations, &c (bc) ^[77]

Feb. 10 Wedn [...]sday, at a General Court of the Massa [...]chusetts Company at London—Forasmuch as the Furtherance of the Plantation will require a great and continual Charge that cannot be defrayed out of the Ioint Stock, which is order' [...] [Page 199] for the Maintenance of Trade; it is propounded that another common Stock be rais'd from such as bare good Affection to the Colony and the Propag [...]tion thereof; to be employed in De [...]f [...]ment of Publick Charges, as maintaining M [...]nist [...]rs, transporting poor Families, Building Churches & F [...]tifi [...]ations, and all other Publick and nec [...]ssa [...]y Occasions of the Colony: or [...]d [...]'d that 20 [...] Acres of Land b [...] allotted fo [...] every 50 P [...]un [...]s, and s [...] proportionably for what Sums shall come in for this Purpose: and Mr [...] H [...]rwoo [...] chosen Treasurer for this Account. Mr [...] R [...]ger Ludlow now also chosen and sworn Assi [...]tant, in the R [...]om of Mr S. Sharp, who by reason of Absence had not taken the Oath (Mcr) ¹²⁸

[...]. e. Here is [i. e in England] a Fleet of 14 Sail furnish'd with Men, Women, Children, all Necess [...]ries, Men of Handicrafts; & others of good Condition, Wealth and Quality, to make a firm Plantation in NEW ENGLAND, between 42 and 48, North Latitude: but stay at South Hampton and thereabouts till May, to take [...]60 Kine with other live Cattle, &c. (hs) ¹²⁹

[Page 200]The latter End of 1629 ^[80] a Congregational Church (msl) is by a Pious P [...]opl [...] ^crc. Gath [...]red (msl) in the New H [...]spital at Plimouth in Engl [...]nd: when they keep a Day of solemn Prayer and Fasting; that worthy Man of GOD, the Rev. Mr White of Dorch [...]ster being present Preaches in the Fore Part of the D [...]y; and in the After Part the People solemnly chuse and call those Godly Ministers the Rev. Mr. I [...]hn Warham a famous Preacher at E [...]er, and the Rev. Mr. Iohn Maverick a Minister who lived 40 Miles from Exeter, to be their Offi [...]ers: who expressing their Acceptance (crc) are at the sam [...] time ordain'd th [...]ir Ministers. (msl) ^[81]

This Winter Die in the Massachusetts Col [...]ny above 80 English (dd) and among the rest, Mr. Houghton a Ruling Elder of the Church of Salem: But Mr. Samu [...]l Sharp chosen Ruling El [...]er There, serves in the Office till about 1657, 8. (msl) ^[82]

[Page 201]Mar. 8 Mr. Sherley at L [...]ndon, writes to Gov Bradford, &c. ‘Those who came in May, and thes [...] now sent, must some while be chargeable both to you and us.’ This is another Company o [...] our Leyden Friends, who are ship'd in th [...] Beginning of March, & arrive [in NEW ENG [...]LAND] the latter End of May: and the Charg of this last Company comes to above 550 l: i. e. of transporting them from Holland to Eng [...]land, their lying There, with Cloathing and Passage Hither; besides the fetching them from Salem and the Bay ▪ where they and their Goods are landed: all which the New Plimouth Undertakers Pay Gratis; besides the providing them Housing, preparing them Ground, and maintaining them with Food for 16 or 18 [...], before they have a Harvest of their own; which comes to near as much more—A rare Exam [...]ple of Brotherly Love and Christian Care in performing their Promises to their Brethren, even beyond their Power. (B)

Mar. 18. At a Meeting of the Massachusetts Assistants at South H [...]mpton — Present the Governor, Si [...] R Saltonstall ▪ Mr. Iohnson, Dudley, Humfrey▪ No [...]rell, Pin [...]hon, G ff; they chuse Sir Brian [...] Ianson, Wm Coddington and Simon Bradstreet' G [...]ntlemen, to be Assistants in the Room of Mr E [...]ton and G ff of Lond [...]n, and Mr Wright, all Merchants: and Sir Brian is accordingly swor [...] this Day. (M [...]r) ^[83]

[Page 102]Mar 19. Mr. Sherley [at Bristol] [...] to Governor Bradford, &c. ‘That Mr Allerton got G [...]anted from the Earl of Warwick and Sir F. Gorges, all that Mr. Winslow desir'd in his Letters and more: then sued to the KING to Confirm their Grant and make you a Corporation, and s [...] enable you to make and execute Laws in such ample manner as the Massachusetts: which the King Granted, referring the Lord K [...]eper t [...] order the Sollicitor to draw it up: the Lord Keeper further'd it all He cou'd and so the Sollicitor: But as Festus said to Paul, With no small Sum I obtain'd this Freedom; many Riddles must be resolv'd, and many Locks must be opened with the Silver, nay the Golden Key: For when it came to the Lord Treasurer for his Warrant to Free the Custom for 7 Years inward and 21 outward, He refus'd, but referr'd it to the Council Table: and there Mr Allerton attended Day by Day when th [...]y sat but cou'd not get his Petition Read: and be [...]cause of Mr Pierce's staying at Bristol with all the Passengers, He was forc'd to leave th [...] Prosecution of it to a Sollicitor: but 'twill be needful He shou'd return by the fi [...]st Ship from NEW ENGLAND.’ N B. The Clause about the Customs was not tho' [...] of by the Colony, nor much regarded, but unhappily put in by Mr. Allerton and Sherley's Device: ^[84] or the Charter without all Question had been then finished, having pass'd the King's Hand: but by [Page 203] that means this Opportunity being Lost, it was never accomplished, but above 500 l. vainly and lavishly cast away about it. (B)

Mar. 19 Mr. Sherley and Hatherly at Bristol, write to the Plimouth Unde [...]tak [...]rs, ‘That they two with Mr Andrews and Beauchamp of London, have taken a PATENT for PENOBSCUT, to carry on a Trade with the Natives There; that they employed Mr. Edward Ashley a young Man to manage it, and furnish'd Him with large Provisions; that Mr. Wm Pierce is joined with them, because of Landing Ashley and his Goods There, & will bend his Course accordingly; with 4 or 5 stout Fellows, one of them a Carpenter, with a new Boat & Boards to make another; and moving us to join them. (B)’

Mr. Allerton accordingly returns (this Spring) to NEW ENGLAND: and as soon as Ashley lands at Penobscut, about 80 Leagues (North East) of Plimouth, Ashley writes, and after comes to be supplied with Wampampeag & Corn against Winter: so with much Regret we join, and give 'em Supplies to our great Prejudice: but with Ashley we consort Thomas Willet, a discreet▪ honest young Man come from Leyden, in whom we can confide. (B) ^[85]

[Page 204] [...] 20. The Rev. Mr. Warham and Maverick with many Godly Families and People under their Care (crc) from Devonshire, Dorse [...]shire and Somerse [...]shire (msl) with M [...]. R ssiter and Ludlow, two Assistants of the Massachusetts Company (crc. H) and Mr. Roger Clap, AE [...] 21 [afterwards Capt. of the Castle in Boston Harbour] this Day sail from Plimouth in England (crc) in the Mary and Iohn (H) a Ship of 400 Tuns, one Squeb Master▪ for the Massachusetts (crc)

Mar 23 Mr. Coddington, Bradstreet and T Sharp, formerly chosen Assistan [...]s of the Massachusetts Colony, now take their Oath [ [...]t South Hampton] And this Day, at a Court of Assistants on Board the Ar [...]ella; P [...]esen [...], Gov. Winthr [...]p, Sir R. Saltons [...]all. Mr Io [...]nson, Dudl [...]y, Coddington, T. Sharp, W Vassall, & Bradstreet; Mr. Humfrey being to stay behind, is discharged of his Deput [...]ship, and in his Place Mr. DUDLEY chosen Deputy Governor. (Mcr) ^[86]

Mar. 29. M [...]nday, the 4 Principal Ships; viz the Arb [...]lla of 350 Tuns, 28 Guns, 52 Seamen. ^[87] the Talbot, the Ambrose, and the Iewel, now riding at Cowes, and ready to sail; Mr. Crad [...]k this Morning being aboard the Arbella, advises them to sail; the Rest viz. the May Flower, the Whale, the William & Francis ▪ the [Page 205] Tryal, the Charles, the Success & the Hopewell, being at Hampton not yet Ready; and takes Leave of his Friends: At 10 they weigh (H) [and g [...]t to Y [...]rm uth in the Isle of Wight]

Apr. [...]. G [...]v. Win [...]hrop, Dep. Gov. Dudley, Sir R. [...], I Iohns [...]n, W. Coddington, Charles Fines, E [...]quires, with the Rev. Mr Ge [...]rge Phillips, on board the Arbella at Yarmouth, sign an Hum [...]ble R [...]q [...]est of His M [...]jesty's L [...]yal Subjects the Gove [...]nor and Company late gone for NEW ENGLAND to the R [...]st of their Brethren in and of the CHURCH of ENGLAN [...]; for the Obtaining of their Prayers, and the Removal of Suspicions and Misconstructions of their Intentions: Printed in 4 [...] London, 16 [...]0.

This is commonly said to be drawn up by that Learn [...]d, Holy, Rev and Famous Mr White of D rchester, (H) [and having sign'd this, they set sail aga [...]] But having been told at the Isle of Wight, that 10 Ships at Dunkirk [which then belong'd to Spain] with Brass Guns, the least of which had 30, were waiting for us; we on

Apr. 10 Discover several sail of Ships baring towards us, and provide to Fight 'em: ^[88] but drawing nearer, find them to be the rest of our Fleet, with whom we clear the Channel on the 12th [Page 206] of April: ^[89] and the Arbella being Admiral, steer our Course for the Massachusetts, (H) but make a very troublesome and costly Voyage: For as they had been Wind bound long in Eng [...]land; so after they had set sail, are hindred with cross Winds, and so scattered with Mists and Tempests that few of them arrive together (dd)

About April and May, is a Great Conspiracy of the Indians in all Parts from the N [...]rra [...]gansetts round about to the Eastward, to cut off the English; which Iohn Sagamore, who always lov'd us, reveal'd to the Inh [...]bitants of Charlestown. Their Design was ch [...]fly laid against Plimouth, not regarding our Paucity at the M [...]ssachusetts: to be effect [...]d under Colour of having some Sport at Plimouth which the Gov refusing them, they told him. If th y might not come with Leave, they w [...]u'd without: upon this He sends their Flat bottom'd Boat which is all they have to Salem for Shot and Powder. At this time the People of Charl [...]stown agree to make a small Fort with Pall [...]zid [...]s & Flank [...]ers on the Top of the Town Hill, which is perform'd at the Dir [...]ction of Mr. Graves, by all Hands, viz. of Men, Women and Children, who labour in digging and building till th [...] Wo [...]k is done. But the People at Sal [...]m shoot [...]ing off their Great Guns to clear them, th [...] [Page 207] Report so terrifies the Indians, that they disperse and run away: their Design breaks up: and tho' they come flattering afterwards and call themselves our good Friends; yet this Plot obliges us to be in continual Arms. (c [...]r) ^[90]

[May, Latter End] the Lyon, Wm. Pierce, Master, arrives in Salem Harbour, though none of the Fleet expected. (H) ^[91]

May 29. Saturday, Prince CHARLES Born, (hs) [afterwards King Charles II.]

May 30. [Lord's-Day] Mr. Warham, Maverick, Rossiter and Ludlow, arrive at Nantasket. Captain Squeb [I suppose on Monday, &c.] puts Them and their Goods on Shore at Nantasket Point, and leaves them to shift for themselves. But getting a Boat of some old Planters, they lade Her with Goods, & some able Men well arm'd go up to Charlestown; where we find some Wigwams, some few English, and one House, with an old Planter who can speak Indian. We go up Charles River till it grows narrow and shallow; [Page 208] There with much Labour land our Goods, the Bank being steep. At Night we are told of 300 Indians hard by: but our Planter going and desiring them not to come near us, they comply. Our Capt. is Mr. Southcot a brave Low Country Soldier, but we not above 10 in Number. In the Morning, some of the Natives stand at a Distance looking at us, but come not near till they had been a while in view: and then one of 'em holding out a Bass towards us, we send a Man with a Bisket and change 'em. After which they supply us with Bass, giving a Bass for a Bisket, and are very friendly. And by our Diligence we get up a Shelter to save our Goods. But are not there many Days before we have Order to come away from this Place, which is after called Watertown, to Matapan, because there's a Neck fit to keep our Cattle on; so we remove to Matapan (crc) Begin the Town, name it Dorchester, (msl) and Here the Natives are also kind to us. (crc) ^[92]

June 12. ^[93] Saturday, at 2 in the Morning, the Arbella, Admiral of the NEW ENGLAND Fleet, [Page 209] finding her Port near, shoots off 2 Pieces of Ordnance: and descrying the Lyon, Wm. Pierce Master, who had arrived there some Days before, sends the Skiff aboard; stands in towards the Harbour: and some Shallops coming, by their Help she passes thro' the narrow Strait between Baker's Island & another Little Island, and comes to an Anchor a little way within said Island. Mr. Pierce comes presently to us, but returns to fetch Mr. Endicot, who with Mr. Skelton and Capt. Levit, come aboard us about two a Clock. And with them, this Afternoon, the Governor with those Assistants on board the Admiral, and some other Gentlemen and Gentlewomen, go ashore to their Friends at Salem: many of the other People also landing on the Eastern Side of the Harbour, regale themselves with Strawberries, wherewith the Woods are every where in these times replenished. (H)

Next Morning, MASCONOMO, the Sagamore or Lord Proprietor of that Side of the Country towards Cape Ann, with one of his Men, comes on board the Admiral to bid Him welcome, stays all Day: and in the Afternoon arrives the Iewel. (H)

[...]une 14. [Monday] Morning, the Admiral weighs, is warped into the inner Harbour: and this Afternoon, most of the Passengers go ashore. (H) But find the Colony in an unexpected and sad Condition: above 80 of 'em being Dead the Winter before; many of those alive, Weak and Sick; all the Corn among 'em hardly sufficient to feed 'em a Fortnight: so that the Remains of 180 Servants we had sent over the two Years before, [Page 210] coming to us for Victuals, we find ourselves unable to feed 'em, by Reason that those we trusted to ship their Provisions sail'd and le [...] them behind: whereupon Necessity forc'd us to give them all Liberty to our extream Loss, who had cost us 16 or 20 l. a Person, furnishing and sending over. (dd)

Jun [...] 17. Thursday, the Governor with the chief of the Gentlemen travel to the Massachusetts, to find out a Place for Settlement: but return on Saturday; taking Nantasket in their Way; where they met the Mary and Iohn, the Ship that sail'd from the West Country, and brought Mr. Rossiter and Ludlow with other Passengers; who missing Salem, needed the Help of the Governor and other Assistants, to make up the Difference between the Master & other Gentle [...]men, which was composed on this Occasion (H)

The Ambrose arrives at Salem before the Go [...]vernor and Company returned from the Mas [...]sachusetts. (H)

July 1. Arrive the May Flower and Whale in the Harbour of Charlestown: the Passengers all in Heal [...]h; but most of their Cattle Dead. Iuly 2, comes in the Talbot: which had been sore vi [...]sited with the Small Pox, whereof 14 Died at Sea. In one of these Ships came Mr. Henry Win [...]throp, the Governor's second Son, a sprightly and hopeful young Gen [...]leman; who was unhappily drowned in a small Creek on Iuly 2 the very next Day after his Landing, to the no small Grief of his Friends and the rest of the Company. (H)

July 3. Arrive the William and Francis: Iuly 5. the Tryal and the Charles: and Iuly 6, th [...] [Page 211] Success. So as now the WHOLE Fleet being safely come to Port; they on

July 8 [Thursday] keep a PUBLICK DAY OF THANKSGIVING thro' all their Plantations, to Praise Almighty GOD for all his Goodness and wonderful Works towards them. (H)

[By this it seems as if the Hopewell also were now arriv'd, tho' not mentioned; or at least that She arriv'd before Iuly 11 by the following Passage in Mr. Hubbard—] ‘There were no less than 10 or 11 Ships employ'd to trans [...]port the Governor and Company with other Planters at this Time to NEW ENGLAND: some of 'em Ships of good Burthen, that carried over about 200 Passengers a Piece: who all by the good Providence of GOD arrive at their desired Port before the 11th of Iuly, 1630. (H)’

[By the 10 or 11 Ships Mr. Hubbard must mean only Those which came from South Hamp [...]ton and that arrived at the Massachusetts before Iuly 11: and if the Hopewell was not then arr [...]v'd, there were 10; but if She was—there were 11.]

These Ships are filled with Passengers of all Occupations, skill'd in all kinds of Faculties needful for Planting a new Colony. Some set forth from the West of England: but the greatest Number c [...]me from about London; tho' South H [...]mpton was the Place of Rendevouz where they took Ship. The 3 bigest bro't over the Patentees and Pe [...]sons of greatest Quality; with Governor WINTHROP that famous Pattern of Piety, Wisdom, Justice and Liberality; which advanced Him so often to the Place of Govern [...]ment [Page 212] by the annual Choice of the People; and Deputy Governor DUDLEY, a Gentleman, who by reason of his Experience, & Travels abroad, as his other natural and acquired Abilities, qua [...]lified Him next above others for the chief Place of Government. (H)

With these in the same Fleet there came several other Gentlemen of Note and Quality; (H) as Sir R. Saltonstall, Mr. Ludlow, Rossiter, Nowel, T. Sharp, Pynchon, S. Bradstreet, [whom I find at the first Court in Charlestown, Aug. 23.] as also Mr. Iohnson and Coddington [whom with Mr. Endicot I find at the second Court There. Sept. 7.] (Mcr) ^[93] with other Gentlemen of the Civil Order. As also some eminent and noted MINISTERS: as Mr. [JOHN] WILSON, who had formerly been a Minister of one of the Parish Churches in Sudbury in the County of Suffolk; Mr. GEORGE PHILLIPS, who had been Minister of Bocks [...]ed in Essex; with [the aforesaid] Mr. JOHN MAVERICK & Mr [JOHN WARHAM, who had been Ministers in the West Country. (H) These were they who first came to set up Christian Churches in this Heathen Wilderness, and to lay the Foundation of this renowned Colony.

[Page 213]

SECT. II.

From the Beginning of the Settlement of the MASSACHUSETTS or second Colony, to the Settlement of the seventh and last, by the Combination of Forty-one Persons into a Form of Government, on Piscataqua River, Octob. 22 1640, afterwards called the PROVINCE OF NEW HAMPSHIRE.

BEING now arriv'd from England with another Colony of Pious People and on the known Account of Religion only; for the Information of the present Age as well as Posterity, we must here observe, They were of a Denomination somewhat different in those early Times from them of Plimouth: Those of Pli [...]mouth being then called Separatists; these of the Massachus [...]tts, with the following Colonies issuing from them,— Puritans. The former having about 28 Years before, separated fr [...]m the C [...]urch of England; as what, on the Account of the [...]mpure Mixture of unscriptural Inventions in Religious Worship, as well as the Admission of the scandalous to the Sacrament [...] of Baptism and the Lord's Supper, with the [...]lmost intire Refusal of Discipline, they cou'd not therefore in Conscience join with: but the latter were till now professed Members of the Church of England.

But that the Reader may more clearly see the Difference then between them, with the Occasional Causes of their Transmigrations; we must retrace them to their Origine [Page 214] in England, and take a summary View of their gradual Progress to this memorable Period. And tho' I might spare much Labour by citing only out of Dr. E. Calamy, Mr. Pierce, Benn [...]t, Neal, yet to avoid Exception, I rathe [...] chiefly use those noted Church of England Writers, Fox, Cambden, Fuller, Burnet, Strype and Eachard: which I have taken no small Pains in searching and comparing.

‘On Iune 9. 1536, ^[1] as Fuller says, Begins the first Reformed Convocation of the Clergy in England; in which the Lord Cromwell prime Secretary, sets in State above all the Bishops, as the King's Vicar, or Vice-Gerent General in all Spiritual Matters: and Bp. Burnet tells us, That by King Henry's Order, He declares, It was the King's Pleasure that the Rites and Ceremonies of the Churc [...] shou'd be Reformed by t [...]e Rules of SCRIPTURE, & that not [...]ing was to be maintained which did not rest upon that Authority.’

Now this is the Grand Principle of Puritanism: Upon this, as the Scriptures were more searched and known, the Re [...]formation gradually went on to the Death of K. Edward VI and had the Governors of the Church adhered strictly to this one Principle, kept close to the Scriptures & reformed the Worship as well as the Doctrine by them, i. e. purged out of the Church whatever they themselves acknowledge is not prescrib'd in Scripture; the whole Church had then been Puritan, and had never driven such Multitudes from her Communion.

Fuller also tells us, that ‘Mr. JOHN ROGERS and Mr. JOHN HOOPER were the Heads of those Reformers called Puritans.’ Mr. Eachard, that highflying Writer, calls Mr. ROGERS ‘A learned Man and Prebendary of St. Paul's London.’ Bp. Burnet calls Mr. HOOPER ‘A pious, zealous and learned Man, first Bishop of Glocester and then of Worcester.’ Fuller says, ‘He was bred at Oxford, well skill'd in Latin, Greek and Hebrew.’ And K Edward in his Letter to Cranmer of Aug. 5. 1550, writes, We by the Advice of our Council have chosen our right well beloved and well [Page 215] worthy Mr. JOHN HOOPER, Professor of Divinity, to be our BP. of Glocester; as well for his great Knowledge, deep Iudgment and long Study, both in the Scriptures and profane Learning, a [...] also for his good Discretion, ready Utterance and honest Life for that kind of Vocation. ^[2] These two led the Van of the Martyrs under Queen Mary I; Mr Rogers being the first who Died at the Stake, and Mr Hooper the first Bishop Burnt in her Reign, if not the first Bishop that was ever Burnt in the World. And from Fuller and Burnet we learn that in 1550, under the Reign of Edward VI, we must Begin the AERA of the English Puritans: and not in 1554, among the Exiles at Franc [...]ort; and much less lower down in Queen Elizabeth's Reign, as Eachard and others place it; who seem to write as if they had not a very exact Acquaintance with the Religious History of England.

For Bishop Burnet tells us.— ‘That on April 1. 1550, Ridley was made Bishop of London, orders Altars to be pulled down and turned to Communion Tables; and that this Change was universally made in England this Year: that on Iuly 3 ensuing, King Edward appointed HOOPER to be Bishop of Glocester; who refuses on these two Accounts, (1) The last 6 Words in the Oath of Supremacy— so Help me God, all Saints and the holy Evangels; which all the Bishops had sworn by before. (2) The Popish Habits [such as Rocher, Chimere, Square C [...]p, &c (Fox & Fuller] still requi [...]'d by Law. Upon this Hooper is cited before the King in Council, who sees so much of the Reasonableness of his Objections, that (1) He strikes those six Words out of the Oath with his own Hand. (2) The Law threatning a Praemunire, He writes a Warrant to Arch Bp. Cranmer to consecra [...]e Him without the Habits: that Cranmer was willing to yield: that Cox the King's Praeceptor, writes to Bullinger, 'I think all Things in the Church ought to be pure and simple, removed at the greatest Distance from the Pomps and Elements of this World; but in this our Church what can I do in so low a Station? That the famous Professors of Divinity, Bucer in Cambridge, and [Page 216] Martyr in Oxford being consulted, express their Dislike of the Habits, and wish them remov'd by Law, though till then advise to use them▪ that Ridley was very earnest Hooper shou'd be made a s [...]op; and that both Ridley and Goodrick Bishop of Ely wish the Habits abolished; but think the breaking thro' the Law, so bad a Praecedent and may have such ill Consequences, they cannot consent: that Hooper declaring Himself for another Way of Ordination is committed to the Fleet [Prison] Ian. 27, but is at length prevail'd upon and consecrated in March ensuing; upon Allowance of Liberty to lay by the Habits on common Occasions, tho' to ware them when He Preach'd in Publick.’ And the Treatise of the Troubles at Francford, Printed in 1575, says, This was to the common Grief of all Godly Minds.

Burnet also says, that 'In 1551, the Common Prayer Book was a second time revised and corrected; and in 1552, authoriz'd by Parliament: But Pointer and Eachard, that therein was neither Confession nor Absolution: Dr. Layton, that it thus expresly spake concerning the Ceremonies—As for Kneeling, the Sign of the Cross, the lifting up of the Hand, smiting of the Breast, and Gestures of the like Nature; It shall be left free for every one to do as He list: And Dr. E. Calamy, That in the Days of King Edward VI, the Liturgy was for the most part used, and what was Matter of Scruple omitted, without Molestation; nor cou'd be find any Subscription [...]equired to the Book of Common Prayer, the Articles of Religion, or any Thing else.

Thus the Puritans continued, and both They and the Reformation grew in the Church till the Decease of K. Edward VI, on Iune 6. 1553: by which time Arch Bishop Cranmer, Bp. Ridley, Bp. Latinier, Dr. Taylor, Mr. Philpot, Bradford, [...]nd other glorious Martyrs, as Mr. Neal from Fox and Hey [...]lin observe [...], came into the sameSentiments with Hooper about the Popish Habits; and the four first treated them with great [...]ntempt at their Degr [...]dations. Nor were they Puritan only in respect to the Popish Habits, but also in removin [...] Crosses Copes and Altars, as well as Images and Pictures out of C [...]urches, and setting CommunionTables in convenientPlace.^[3]

[Page 217]But Queen Mary I succeeding, soon reduc'd the Church to Popery, and Burnt to Death those most eminent and zealous Reformers. Then Fox and Burnet tell us, Ridley in Prison wrote to Hooper, ‘That He was intirely knit to Him, tho' in some Circumstances of Religion, they had formerly jarr'd a little: It was Hooper's Wisdom and his own Sim [...]plicity that had made the Difference▪’ And Fox informs us, ‘That when they came to be Degraded, they were forc'd to be cloathed with the Popish Habits in order to be stript, as a Token of their being Deprived of their Offices: that thenRIDLEY did vehemently inveigh against all thatFoolish Apparel, calling the Apparel foolish and abominable, yea too fond for a Vice in a Play: that when they were put on TAYLOR, He walked up and down and said to Bonner— How say you my Lord, am not I a goodly Fool?—If I were in Cheap [Side] shou'd I not have Boys enough to laugh at these apish Toys and toying Trumpery?—That CRANMER said, at his Cloathing and Stripping, All this needed not; I had my self done with this Gear long ago:’ And Neal from Fox in Latin, which I have not seen, says ‘That LATIMER at his Degradation also derided the Garments; for when they pull'd off his Surplice—Now, says He, I can make no more Holy Water.’

And then the Treatise of the Troubles at Francfort tells us, ‘That Mr. Wm. Whittingham and other [famous Puritans] with their Company flying the Kingdom; they on Iune 27. 1554, enter Francfort in Germany, being the first Eng [...]l [...]shmen that There arriv'd to remain. Iuly 8, They appli [...]ed to the Magistrates for a Church wherein they might have GOD's Word truly Preached and the Sacraments sincerely [i. e. purely] ministred in their natural Tongue. Iuly 14, They obtained their Request: and then [forming themselves into an Independent Church] consult what Order of Service to use: and the English Order being perus'd, they by general Consent conclude, that the answering aloud after the Minister shou'd not be used, that the Litany, Surplice and many other Things be omitted, that in the Sacraments also sundry Things be omitted, as Superstitious and Superfluous: And having chosen their Mi [...]nisters and Deacons, they enter their Church on [Lordsday] Iuly 29: and thus continue, till [Wednesday] March 13 [Page 218] following, when Dr. Cox and others with Him come to Francfort out of England, and begin to break their Order: On the Lord's Day following, one of his Company without the Consent and Knowledge of the Congregation, getting up suddenly into the Pulpit reads the Litany, and Dr. Cox with his Company answer aloud after the Minister, contrary to the Church's Determination: and being admonish'd by the Seniors of the Congregation, He with the rest who came with Him answer, They wou'd do as they had done in England, &c.’ ^tf.

Upon this, there rises a grievous Controversy about the Ceremonies, which broke the Church to pieces, and drove many of the Puritans ▪ viz Fox [the Martyrologist] with some to Basil, and Knox [the famous Scotch Reformer] with Mr Christoph [...]r Goodman, W [...]ittingham and others to Geneva; where they form 2 other Churches. In the mean while, Cox with those who are for the Common Prayer & Ceremonies, staying at Francfort, form a second [Independent] Church, and chuse Mr. David Whit [...]ea [...], Bishop or Superintendant; to whom at length they agree to give the Title of Pastor, with 2 Ministers, 4 Seniors or Elders and 2 Deacons: the Pastor to Praeside in Preaching, ministring the Sacraments, Example of good Life, in Exhorting, Admonishing, Rebuking, and as the chief Mouth of the Church to declare all Orders taken by Him and the Elders; the 2 Ministers to assist the Pastor in Preaching and Administring the Sacraments; the Elders to assist the Pastor in O [...]ersight and Discipline; and the Deacons, to care for the Poor, visit the Sick, and if requir'd to assist in Catechizing. ^tf.

Other Exiles out of England, set up another [Independent] Church at Embden in East Friesland, whereof Bishop Scory was the Superintendent. ^fl. Others form another [Independent] Church at Wes [...]l in Westphalia, to which Bp Coverdale Preaches: but he being call'd away; they remove to Arrow in Switzerland, under theConduct of Mr. Thomas Leaver: ^[4] Others [Page 219] settle at Zurich, Strasburgh, Worms, Manheim, and Do [...]sburgh (tf) But whether at all these Places—in a Church State, seems uncertain.

But I must now surprize the Reader with some Observations of matter of Fact which have been overlook'd by our Historians both Conformists and Nonconformists; and which have opened clearly to me upon my nicely Examining the aforesaid Authors and comparing them together.

For in the Francfort Tract I find ‘That on further Consultation, even the second Church There, under theConduct of Mr. Whithead, A. Nowel and others, in a little while became also Puritan, agreed on a pure Scheme of Discipline; and tho' they kept the Form and Order of Ministration of the Sacraments and Common Prayer as set forth in King EDWARD'S last Book, yet they left out certain Rites and Ceremonies in it: That towards the End of Q Mary's Reign, the Grudge between those and those of the first Church who removed to Geneva, seem'd to be almost quite forgotten: That [...] before and after Queen Elizabeth's Accession, mutual Letter [...] of Christian Love pass'd between them—That in one before, those of the said second Church Promised to forget all Displeasures afore conceived; and in another, of Ian. 3, 1558, 9, six Weeks after her Accession, they proceed to say—We trust that true Religion shall be Restored, and that we shall not be burthened with unprofitable Ceremonies—And if any shall be obtruded that shall be offensive; at our Meeting with you [i. e. you of Geneva] in England, which we trust will be shortly, we will brotherly join with you to be [...] for the Reformation and Abolishing of the same. (tf) And by comparing this Tract with Strype, I find that soon Returning to England, they were as good as their Word.’

For Strype informs us, that Queen Elizabeth ascending the Throne on Nov. 17▪ 1558, her first Parliament meets on Ian. 23▪ 1558. 9, her first Convocation of the Clergy on the next Day, and they both hold to May following: that the Convocation being intirely Papists, vote for Transubstantiation, the Sacrifice of the Mass, with the Pope's Suprema [...]y; and yet the Parliament passed the Acts of the Queen's Supremacy and of Uniformity, which last restored King Edward's Li [...]turgy with some Alterations, before one Protestant was made a Bishop, and while all the Bishops in Parliament were Roman [Page 220] Catholicks: That in May, 1559, all the Bishops except Kitchin of Land [...]ff, refusing the Oath of Supremacy, are in a short time after expuls'd their Bishopricks: And that the Act of Uniformity taking place on Iune 24, the Queen's Commissioners soon after, visited the Kingdom to administer the Oath and see the Order for Uniformity observed; when several of the Popish Clergy refus [...]g, were depriv'd, and so made Way for Protestants to take their Places. Then, Neal informs us, that those famous Puritans, Mr. Whithead was offered the Arch Bishoprick of Canterbury; Bishop Coverdale to be restored, and Mr. Kno [...], Sampson and others were offered Bishopricks; but refused on the Account of the Popish Habits and Ceremonies. And Strype,—That on Dec 17, was Matthew Parker Queen Elizabeth's first Protestant Bishop, Consecrated: and that by April 19, 1562, were Consecrated 22 Bishops more: of which says Neal, that Grindal, Parkburst, Sandys, Pilkington and others, accepted their Bishopricks with Trembling, in Hope [...] to obtain an Amendment in the Constitution: and from Burnet, Pierce and Strype, ^[5] that both Arch Bishop Parker, with the Bishops, Horn, Iewel, Grindal, Pilkington, Gu [...]st and San [...]ys, 'were at first against the Habits, and cites their Writings. And Strype expresly says— ‘The first Bishops made by Queen Elizabeth, as Cox, Grindal, Horn, Sandys, Jewel, Parkh [...]rst, Bentham, upon their Return, la [...]our'd all they cou'd against receiving into the Church the Papistical Habits, and that all the Ceremonies shou'd be clean laid aside; but they cou'd not obtain it from the Queen and Parliament.’

Strype also says, That on Ian. 12. 1562, 3, Q. Elizabeth's first Protestant Convocation met, ^[*] which agreed on the 39 Articles: but the Beginning of the 20th Article being this, That the Church [...]th Power to Decree Rites and Ceremonies, and Authority in Controversies of Faith; Fuller tells [Page 221] us, That both the English and Latin Articles set forth in 1571, when they were first ratified by Act of Parliament, in Arch Bishop Parker's Time, are without this Passage; and this Published Book being just before the Act confirming it, must be the Book confirm'd, and not the private Manuscript attested only by a Publick Notary. ^[6] He also says this Passage appears in the Editions of 1593 in Whitgift's Time, of 1605 in Bancroft's Time, & of 1612 in the Beginning of Abbot's Time; tho' Dr. Mocket, Chaplain to Arch Bishop Abbot, left it out of his Latin Translation of 1617: And Fuller leaves the Matter undecided. Yet Strype says, the Clause appears i [...] two Copies Printed in 1563; but these were in Latin, & there's nothing of it in the Original Manuscript itself subscrib'd by the Convocation, and now in Bennet College Library: by which he seems to decide the Matter and make it a Forgery.

Having finished the Articles of Faith, Strype says, the Convocation proceeded to the Reformation of Ceremonies in the Publick Liturgy: That Bishop Sandys advised (1) That Private Baptism may be taken out of the Common Prayer, w [...]ich has respect to Women, who by the Word of God, cannot be Minis [...]s of the S [...]craments. (2) That the Collect for Crossing the Inf [...]t at Baptism may be blotted out as Needless and very Superstitious: And that 33 ^[†] of the Lower House Sign'd a Request, (1) That Playing withOrgans may be remov'd. (2) That none but Ministers may be allow'd to baptize, and may leave off the Sign of the Cross in Baptism. (3) That Kneeling at the Communion may be left indifferent to the Discretion of the Ordinary (4) That the Use of Copes and Surplices may be taken away, and that Ministers use a comely Side Garment, as they commonly do in Preaching. (5) That Ministers be not compelled to wear suc [...] Gowns and Caps, as the Enemies of Christ's Gospels have chose to be the special Array of their Priesthood. (6) That in the 33d Article ^[‡] the Clause about Traditions & Ceremonies may be left out, &▪ [Page 222] (7) That all Saints Holy Days, as tending to Superstition, b [...] clearly abrogated. And to these subscribed

Deans.

1 Dodd [...] Gregory, Dean of Exeter.
2 Ellis or Ellys Iohn, Dean of Hereford.
f 3 Nowel Alexander, Dean of St. Paul's London, Prol ocutor.
f 4 Now [...]l Lawrence, Dean of Litchfield.
5 [...]ampson Thomas, Dean of Christ's Church, Oxford.
1 D [...]y or Day William, [...]rovost of Eaton College.

Arch Deacons.

z 1 Bem [...]nt Robert, Arch Deacon of Huntingdon.
f 2 Crol [...]y Robert, Arch Deacon of Hereford.
[...] 3 Heton [or Eaton] Guido, Arch Deacon of Glocester.
4 Kemp David, Arch Deacon of St. Albans.
z 5 L [...]ver Thomas, Arch Deacon of Cov [...]ntrey.
6 Longland Iohn, Arch Deacon of Bucks.
f 7 Mullins John, Arch Deacon of London.
8 Prat Iohn, A rch Deacon of St. David's.
g [...] Pullan Iohn, Arch Deacon of Colchester.
[...] [...] Rogers Richard, Arch Deacon of St. [...].
[...] [...] Spencer Thomas, Arch Deacon of [...] ▪
f 12 Watts Thomas, A [...]ch Deacon of Middle [...]

Proctors [or [...]

1 Avis Robert, Proctor of the Chu [...] of [...].
2 Bonner W, Proctor of the Clergy of Somerset.
3 Calfhil Iames, Proctor of the Church of Oxford.
4 Hill or Hills Iohn, Proctor of the Clergy of Oxford.
5 Nevyns [...]n Steven, Proctor of the Clergy of Canterbury
6 Reeve Richard, P. of theDean & Chap. of Westminster.
[...] 7 Renyger Michael, P. of theDean & Chap. of Winchester.
8 Roberts Thomas, Proctor of the Clergy of Norwich.
9 Savage G [...]orge, Proctor of the Clergy of Glocester.
f 10 Saul Arthur, Proctor of the Dea [...] & Chap. of Glocester.
11 Tr [...]mayn Richard, Proctor of the Clergy of Exeter.
12 Walker Iohn, Proctor of the Clergy of Suffolk.
13 Wiburn Percival, Proctor of the Church of Rochester.
f 14 Wilson or Wylson Tho. P. of the Church of Worcester.

Strype and Burnet also tell us, ‘That on Feb. 13, the six following Articles were bro't into the Lower House, the Determination whereof depended on a narrow Scrutiny. (1) That allSundays and principalFeasts of Christ [...]e kept Holy [Page 223] Days, and all other Holy Days, abrogated. (2) That the Minister in common Prayer turn his Face to the People and distinctly read the Service. (3) That in Baptism, the Ceremony of making the Cross on the Child's Forhead may be omitted, as tending to Superstition. (4) That at the Communion Kneeling may be left to the Discretion of the Ordin [...]ry. (5) That it be sufficient in Time of saying Divine Service and ministring the Sacraments, to use a Surplice, and none to say Divine Service, or minister the Sacraments but in a comely Garment. (6) That the Use of Organs [...]e removed.’

‘That upon this arose a great Contest: and when they came to Vote, Those who were against the Articles carried it, tho' with great Difficulty; there being 43 for them and 35 against them: yet the 43 producing but 13 Proxies, and the 35 producing 24 Proxies; the latter carried it but by a single Proxy [of a Person absent who had no Opportunity of being enlightened by the Consultation: ^[7] The 4 in the List above in Roman Character, happening then to be abs [...]nt; the 43 Approvers were the 28 There P [...]nted in Ita [...]c [...], with these 15 below.—’

f. 1. Pedder Iohn, Dean of Worcester.
1. Bradbridg William, Chancellor of Chichester.
1. Lancaster Tho. Treasurer of Sarum.
1. Tod William, Arch Deacon of Bedford.
2. Weston Ed. Arch Deacon of Lewis.
f. 3. Wisdom Robert, Arch Deacon of Eli.
f. 1. Besely Richard, Proctor of the Clergy of Cant.
2. Bowre Gualter, Proctor of the Clergy of Somers [...].
3. Coccrel Ra. Proctor of Sur [...]e [...].
4. Ebden Iohn, Proctor of Winchester.
5. Godwin Tho. Proctor of the Clergy of Lincoln.
6. Proctor Iames, [Proctor] of the Clergy of Sussex.
f. 7. Soreby Tho. Proctor of the Clergy of Chichester.
1. Becon Thomas, [I suppose of Canterbury]
2. Burton, [uncertain]

TH [...]S [...] were some of the Principal Fathers of the EnglishLow Church & Puritans: & in thisCompany I observe, (1) There [Page 224] were 6 Deans, 1 Provost, 1 Chancellor, 1 Treasurer, 15 Arch Dea [...]cons, 21 Proctors, & 2 uncertain. (2) I find but 1 of the English Church of Geneva, marked g. (3) There were 12 of the second Church at Francfo [...]t, marked f; 3 of Zurich, marked z; and 2 of Strasburgh, marked s; which 17 were all for K. Edward's Book in Germany, (tf) but yet for removing the Ceremonies and promoting a further Reformation. Hence see how much those Writers are mistaken who pouring out their Spleen against Geneva, tho't they were only or chiefly the Exiles returning Thence, who were for a further Reformation than Q. Elizabeth's first Parliament Began while there was not one Protestant Bishop in it (4) Of many of those in the Lists above who were for Removing the Ceremonies, Strype gives great Characters for Learning, Piety and Usefulness.

Of the 35 OPPOSERS, I observe, (1) There were but 4 Deans, 14 Arch Deacons, 10 Proctors, and 7 uncertain. (2) I find not one of the Church of Geneva, nor of the 1st or 2d Church of Francfort, nor of Strasburgh, nor Zurich, (3) Of the most of the Opposers, Strype gives indifferent or no Characters. (4) He informs us, ‘That two of the Deans viz. Per [...] and Turnbull, and 2 Arch Deacons, viz. White and Cotterel had complied with the Popish Religion, were in Place and Dignity under Q. Mary, and even adher'd to Popery till Iune 24. 1559, when they were oblig'd to leave it or loose their Places: That another, i. e. Bridgwater, afterwards went over Sea, carried several young Men with Him, and turned Papist: that Pern was Q. Mary's Chaplain, and had been named by her to the Pope, to be B [...]shop of Sarum a little before her Death: that White is mention'd in a Letter of Bishop Grindal's, wrote to the Secretary soon after the Synod, as a Great Papist; but yet in the Convo [...]cation, and was afterwards reprov'd by a Popish Writer as dissembling in Religion against his Conscience: that Bridgwater produc'd 1 Proxy and Cotterel 3’ [And these were they who help'd to stop the Reformation and retain the Popish Ceremonies as a perpetual Fountain of Offence, Contention and Division to this very Day.] Yea Sampson & Hum [...]f [...]y in Burnet, write, That many Things were agreed to in this Convocation that wou'd have tended to the great Good of the Church, but were Suppressed, &c.

[Page 225] Strype also tells us, ‘That besides these Conforming Papists, there were divers others in Convocation of the sam [...] Character; [which he seems to have known and yet con [...]cealed. However by comparing Cambden, Burnet, Stryp [...] and Eachard, I think I have found 'em.]’

[...]or from the Rise of the English Reformation, there appe [...]r [...]d two Sorts of People who divided the Church thro' the successive Changes in theReigns of Henry VIII, Edward VI, Q. Mary I, and Q. Elizabeth. (1) Those both Protestants and Papists, who were so CONSCIENCIOUS in their several Religions, as both to quit their Places, and either fly o [...] suffer, when the Publick Alteration turn'd against them (2) Both Protestants and Papists IN DISGUISE, who rather than suffer or loose their Places, openly submitted to the Publick Changes while they inwardly retain'd their form [...] Principles.

Of the FORMER Sort, the more Consciencious Papists refusing▪ the Oath of Supremacy, lost their Preferments though no many; and some of them in Henry VIII's Time theirLives▪ [...]ho' none at the Stake. Of the more Consciencious Protestants; many were burnt in the Reigns both of Henry VIII & Mary I; many conceal'd themselves in the Kingdom; & others fled as we observ'd before; but returning at Q. Elizabeth's Accession, were advanc'd in the Church; by Disputing, Preaching, good Life and Writing, greatly help'd her Reformation, and wou'd have thoroughly reformed Her, but were for ever hinder'd by the Queen and Others.

As to the LATTER Sort; Eachard says, upon Henry VIII'sBe [...]ginning theReformation ‘All the Bishops, Abbots & Priors in England, except Fisher Bp. of Rochester, were so far satisfied, or so u [...]willing to leave their Preferments that they resolv'd to Comply with the Changes the King was resolv'd to make; and that the Convocation, the Universities and the inferiour Clergy, Renounc'd the Pope's and own'd the King's Suprem [...]cy.’ Burnet tells us, that in the farther Reformation of Edward VI, ‘He cou'd not find one Head of a College in either University turn'd out: for tho' they generally lov'd the old Superstition, yet they lov'd their Places much better: and indeed the whole Clergy did so readily conform to every Change, that it was not easy to find Colours for turning out BONNER and GARDINER.’ [Page 226] Upon Q. Mary's Accession, Burnet says, ‘All who adhe [...]'d t [...] the Reformation were sure to be excluded all Favour; and that the reformed Bishops of St. Davids, Exeter, and Glocester, [Who were Farrar, Coverdale and Hooper] with Taylor, Philpot, Bradford, Crome, Sanders, Rogers & Lawrence, in their Paper of May 1554, Declare, that the Universities were their open Enemies and condemn'd their Cause, contrary to the Word of GOD and the Determinations they had made in K. Edward's Time.’ Fuller says, that ‘On Octob. 1 [...]. the Convocation meeting, there were found but 6 therein who opposed the Reduction of Popery—and that all the Bishops but 13 returned to it.’ Arch Bishop Parker, in Burnet and Eachard, says, ‘That of the 16000 Clergymen then in the Nation, about 12000 were turned out for being Married’ By Dr. Tanner's Account in Burnet, ‘There were not above 3000 for that Cause ejected.’ [4000 then, or more of K. Edward's ‘Clergy seem to keep their Places in Q. Mary's Reign, and the Vacancies of Others must needs be filled with the most zealous Papists.]’

Upon Q. Elizabeth's being Proclaim'd in London, Eachard says, ‘The Joy of the City was such as gave the melan [...]cholly Priests just Cause to fear a new Revolution in Religious Affairs—That the Priests were forc'd to vent their Griefs in private Corners—And the Queen had Reason to expect the Clergy and those employ'd in the late Reign wou'd oppose the Change.’ From Strype, we learn that her first Convocation meeting Ian. 24. 1558, 9, both Vote for Popery and beseech Her not to change it. May 20. 1559, Cox in Burnet writes, ‘That the Clergy stand as stiff as a Rock, and not one of them is yet come over [i. e. from Popery to the reform'd Religion.] May 22, Iewel in Burnet writes— Besides those who had been always our Enemies, the Deserters who left us in the former Reign are now our most bitter Enemies, and the Universities are universally corrupted. Iune 24. Q. Elizabeth's Act of Uniformity takes place; when the English Common Prayer Book is to be used thro the Kingdom, upon Pain of Loss of Benefices and Promotions: the like Loss are they also subject to who Refuse the Oath of the Queen's Supremacy.^k’

[Page 227]And now!—the sudden Change! For Stryp [...] informs us That soon after this, the Queen's Commissioners go through the Kingdom to administer the Oath and see the Act of Uniformity observ'd: And then Eachard from Cambden and Burn [...]t, tells us, ‘The Oath of Supremacy was offered to the Popish Bishops and all other Ecclesiastical Persons: that as many as refus'd the Oath, were turn'd out of all their Preferments: and that of the 9400 Benefices then nam'd in England, 14 Bishops, ^[‡] 6 Abbots, 12 Deans, 12 Arch Deacon [...], 15 Heads of Colleges, 50 Prebendaries, and 80 Rectors of Parishes [but 189 in all] was the whole Number that were Depriv'd;’ Or as Bp Burnet expresse [...] it, Left their Benefices on the Account of Religion. Strype says, That D'Ews Journal reckons but 177, who left their Livings; but that a Volumn in the Cotton Library reckon [...] 13 Deans and 14 Arch Deacons; and so 192 in all: And that a Book supposed to be Cardinal Allen's, reckons 12 Deans, 14 Arch Deacons, above 60 Canons, above 100 Priests, and 20 Doctors.

Now there being about 14 Roman Catholick Arch Deacons Depriv'd in 1559, and 15 Protestant Arch Deacons about three Years after in the List above, of those who were for Removing the Ceremo [...]es and carrying the Reformation further; of whom 10 at least had been famous Exiles; It seems that most of the [...] Arch Deacons in the Convocation with others among th [...] [...]ctors in Proportion, who stifly adher'd to the Ceremo [...] [...]ere of the Popish Clergy Cox had written of, who stood like Rocks till Iune 24 or May 20, 1559, and then came over to save their Places

To this Account, Mr. Cambden adds— ‘Most of the Popish Priests tho't it more behooveful for themselves and their Religion to sware Obedience to their Prince, renouncing the Pope's Authority, were it for nothing else but that they might shut the Protestants out of their Churches, and with all be able to relieve the Wants of those of their own Side who were thrust out: and this they tho't to be pious Wisdom and in a manner meritorious.’ Burnet [Page 228] adds, ‘The Popish Clergy, when they saw no Appear [...]ance of any new Change, did generally comply with the L [...]ws then made; but in so untoward a Manner that they made it very visible that what they did was against their Heart and Conscience:’ ‘So compliant were the Papists generally: and indeed the Bishops after this time had the same Apprehension of the D [...]nger into which Religion was bro't by the Juglings of the greatest Part of the Clergy, who retain'd their Affections to the old Superstition which those in K. Edward's Time had.’ And Eachard adds, ‘'Twas strongly believ'd that the greatest Part complied against their Consciences and wou'd have been ready for another Turn if the Queen had Died while that Race of Incumbents liv'd, and the next Successor had been of another Religion’

But every knowing Reader may likewise add, That as This is indeed agreable to the common Practice of Mankind in Publick Changes of Religion, as well as the known Characters of that Race of Ministers who kept their Places in those Religious Revolutions: so if Preferments kept the Lovers of the Popish Superstition in the Church; for the same Reason these Preferments wou'd successively d [...]aw in their Relatives, Friends and others of the [...]me Principles and Spirit, who wou'd be as averse as [...] to any [...] Reformation. And if we allow but 800 [...]rgymen [...] England, which is but Half Arch Bishop [...] Number; then 39 to 1 of those stiff Roman Catholicks, [...] [...]hat time conform'd [...]o keep their Places. And These, with their Successors▪ were the Highflying. Party in the Church of England, stiff Adherers to the old Popish Ceremonies, Opposers of a thorough Reformation, and Haters of those who laboured for it. It is therefore rather a Wonder that so many Reformers got into the Convocation of 1562, 3; and that so many joined with them in the Purity of Doctrin, as express'd in the Original of the 39 Articles.

But, as Fuller tells us, Tho' none of these Articles were ratified by Parliament till 9 Years after; yet the Bishops conceiving themselves empowered by their Canons, begin to show their Authority in urging the Clergy to subscribe to the Liturgy, Ceremonies and Discipline; and such as refuse are branded with the Name of PURITANS. And from this Time forward, the [Page 229] C [...]urch divided into these two Parties, (1) The CONFORMI [...]TANS, who were for Retaining the unscriptural Ceremonies. (2) The PURITANS, who were for Rejecting them and carrying the Reformation toPerfection, conforming Her intirely to SCRIPTURE RULE, and reducing Her to the Apostolical Purity in Discipline and Wo [...]sh [...]p, as well as Doctrine. Of the Co [...]formitans, there were these two Subdivisions, (1) The High-Flyers were for retaining them as Things they tho't venerable for Antiquity, tho' not bro't into the Church in the Apostles Times, but after she declined from her primitive Simplicity; as also on the Account of their imagin'd Decency, they judged them expedient to be added to the Christian Institution (2) Others were more Low and moderate, as being of the same Opinion [...]nd Desire with the Puritans; but were for retaining them at present for Prudential Reasons only; partly to gain the Papists, of whom there were then great Numbers in the Kingdom, and partly in Submission to the Queen, who appeared fond and zealous for Pomp and Ceremony in Religious Matters; but were in Hopes of removing them afterwards: as appears from Bp. Iewel, Bp. Horn and Bp Grindal's Latin Letters in Strype and Burnet. The Puritans therefore found themselves embarrassed not only with the High-flying Party in that and the following Reigns; but even the QUEEN herself and her Successors JAMES I. and CHARLES I. were their continual Prosecutors.

As to Q ELIZABE [...] Cambden tells us, ‘That to seve [...] Protestants she [...]; others into her Privy Council, who were of Q. [...] Council before and of the same Religion with Her: That she had no contemptuous [i. e. she had a high] Opinion of the Cross, of the Virgin Mary and th [...] Saints [i. e. the Saints canoniz'd by Popes and worshi [...]ed by Papists] and wou'd not suffer others to speak unreverently of them.’ Iewel in Burnet on April 10. 1559, laments, ‘The want of Zeal in promoting the Reformation, that the Queen had softned the Mass much, but there were many Things amiss left in it; and that she cou'd not be prevail'd upon to put the Crucifix out of her Chapel.’ And Eachard says, ‘She lov'd Magnificence in Religion, which made her inclinable to some [Page 230] former Ornaments, ^* and even Images in Churches.’ Yea she grew so superstitious, that when she was above 60 Years old and her decaying Nature required; yet she wou'd not eat a B [...]t of Fl [...]sh for the 40 Days of Lent, as being against the Canons, without a solemn Licence from her own Arch-Bp. Whitgift, [who depended wholly on Her for the Power to grant it] nor wou'd she be easy with one General Licence, but must have it renewed every Year for several Years before she Died: as we learn from Fuller. At first indeed she indulg'd the Puritans who were known to be her steady Friends: But on Ian. 25. 1564, 5, she began to grow severe upon 'em, and Arch Bishop Parker, with some other Bishops follow'd her Directions; yea when she and her Council flag'd, the Arch Bishop stir'd them up to give Him further Power to vex them.

The Puritans seem'd at first for retaining Episcopacy in the Diocesan Form in General: For they accepted of Prebendships, Arch Deaconries, Deaneries, Bishopricks, and Grindal of Arch-bishopricks: tho' they knew these were not of Divine Appointment; yet they seem'd to judge 'em as Prudential Methods for preserving Order; and so intervoven with the national Constitution, they cou'd not well be sundred But they insisted the Hierarchy ought to be Reformed: that the Spiritual Courts, the Com [...]issary Courts, the Courts of Faculties, &c invented in the Times of Popery, and manag'd according to the Canon Laws, which are the Decr [...]s of Popes, almost infi [...]nite in Number, all with their Processes in Latin, and exceeding intricate; who for Money give out Licenses and Dispen [...]sations even from the said Laws themselves, and change th [...] Penances of Crimes for Money, &c. that these Offences t [...] pious People be removed: That Nonresidence of Ministers i [...] [...]heir Parishes, with their Pluralities of Benefices, be disallow [...]ed; and that the Godly Discipline in the Primitive Church s [...] often wish'd for in the Common Prayer, might be revived, and exercised not according to the Popes Decrees, but according to the Scriptures only: That Ecclesiastical Censures be merely [Page 231] Spiritual, & for none butCrimes condemn'd in Scripture: That the Power of Chusing Parish Ministers before they be Presented by the Patrons to the Bishop [...] for Ordination, be restor'd to the Parochial Churches; and that their Ministers and Church Wardens be allow'd to admonish and suspend immoralMembers from their Communion.

If now the [...]scriptural Parts of the Common Prayer had been removed, or the Ceremonies left indifferent, the Popish Habits chang'd for more comely Garments, the Pope's Decrees, with the Inquisition Oath call'd Ex Officio, abolished, By the Oath Ex Officio, the Swearers were oblig'd on Oath before the Ecclesiastical Courts, to answer every Question proposed, both against themselves and others, or go to Prison. and the Hierarchy thus reformed; the General Frame of Diocesan Episcopacy had no doubt remain'd untouched, and almost all the People of England had continued in it without Uneasiness. But the Qu [...]n with some of the superiour C [...]rgy opposing such a Reformation, they employ their Power to crush the Puritans; by requiring their Ministers Subscription to the Habits, the Ceremonies in the Common Prayer, all the 39 Articles and the Queen's Injunctions; tho' the Parliament had yet appointed no Subscription.

Upon this, as Strype relates, Those 2 eminent Men of Oxford and Heads of the chief Colleges, Dr. Sampson Dean of Christ's Church, with Dr. Humfrey, President of Magdalen College & Regius Professor of Divinity, appear at the Head of the Puritans. In March, 1564, 5, Dr.Sampson is Deprived▪ and about 30 [Neal from Strype's Life of Parker, says 37▪] Ministers in London alone, are Suspended, and some of them Deprived. And thus the Severities on the Puritans begin: wherein some of the Ministers were Suspended; some Deprived; some are Fined; some Imprisoned; yea in 1566, Sampson and Humfrey in Burnet write, that ‘Many of the People are put in Prison, because they wou'd not provide Godfathers and Godmothers for Baptizing their Children.’ But while the Puritan Ministers are Deprived, the Papists comply and triumph: and an Author who Strype supposes [Page 232] was Sir T. Smith, or Secretary Cecil, says, that ‘In 1569 and before, Papists were frequent in Church, in Court, i [...] Place; that Popish Priests still enjoy the great Ecclesiast [...]cal Livings, without Recantation or Pen [...]ance; yea in Simoniacal Heaps Cathedral Churches are stuffed with them; the very Spies and Promoters of Q. Mary's Time are cherished, &c.’ Yea Strype informs us, That notwithstanding the repeated Risings of the Papists against the Queen in 1569 & 70, defacing and taring Bibles, she on Iune 15. 1570 ‘Declar'd in the Star Chamber, that she wou'd not have any of their Consciences unnecessarily si [...]ted, to know what Affection they had to the old Religion’

However, the more the Puritans suffer, the more the People search the SCRIPTURE, to which Appeals are made in these Religious Matters: and the more they grow acquainted with this inspired Rule of Worship; the more they discover of the Popish Superstitions, the more abhor them, the more prefer the Divine Institutions, the more pure they desire the Worship of the Church to be: And Strype inform [...] us▪ ‘That the Puritans grew both in City and Country, and not only among the lower Sort, but also in the Universities: that in December 1565, the Fellows and Schollars in St Iohn's College in Cambridge, with the Allowance of Dr. Longworth the Master, to the Number of near 300, threw off the Surplice with one Consent: that in Trinity College, all but 3, by Mr. Cartwright's [Influence] and many in other Colleges were ready to follow their Example.’ And from Fuller and Strype we learn, That the House of Commons in the Parliaments of 1566, 1571, 1572, 1575, 1580, 1585, and 1587 labour'd earnestly for a further Reformation; but the Queen wou'd never allow it.

The only Act that establish'd the Articles in that and the [...]wo following Reigns was made in 1571; and yet this Act takes so much Care of the Puritans, as to require no more of Ministers, then to Declare their Assent before the Bishop of the Diocess to all the Articles of Religion which ONLY concern the Confession of the true Christian Faith, and t [...]e Doctrine of the Sacraments compriz'd in the Book imprinted entituled Articles, &c, and to subscribe the same. Yet now, Fuller says, The Bishops urge Subscription to the 39 Articles more severely than before: And Strype, that by Force of this Act many Ministers were depriv'd in [Page 233] this and the following Years. The Puritan Ministers were indeed as ready as any to subscribe according to the s [...]id Act; i. e. To all the Articles of Religion which ONLY concern the Confession of the true Christian Faith and the Doctrine of the Sacraments: which are commonly called the Doctrinal Articles. Yet under Colour of this Act, the Bishops Deprive them for not subscribing to all the other without Exception.

But the Queen and Bishops growing more severe on the Puritans, it only alienates them more from the Hierarchy, as well as the Ceremonies, and turns their Minds to the Presbyterian D scipline. And tho' many of their Clergy were Depriv'd and Silenc'd; yet many others, by theFavour of several Great Men in Court and Council, ^‡ stay in their Places upon using the less offensive Parts of the Liturgy, without Subscription. And now Bancroft & Cowell tell us, ^* that ‘On Nov. 20. 1572, this Puritan Part of the Clergy began to Erect a Presbytery at Wandsworth in Surrey’: which Fuller says, ‘Was the first Born of all Presbyteries in England, and names 16 of the Clergy belonging to it; that May 8. 1582, there was a Synod of three score Ministers [i. e. Church Ministers] of Cambridgshire, Suffolk and Norfolk, at Cockfield in Suffolk; and the Summer following another in Cambridge at the Commencement; that April 10. 1588, was another of the Warwickshire Classis at Coventry; that by Sept. 1. 1590, the Presbyterian Discipline so grew in the Church, that their Classes spread into diverse other Parts of the Kingdom, and had their Assemblies at London, Cambridge, Oxford, Northampton, Kittery, Warwick, Rutland, Leicester, Norfolk, Suffolk, Essex, and other Places; but in 1591, the High Commission and Star Chamber Courts dissolv'd them: that in the Spring of 1603▪ there were 750 Ministers [i e. Church Ministers] in 25 of the 40 Counties of England, and 12 of Wales, who Petition'd King Iames I, to remove the Ceremonies, the [Page 234] Publick Reading the Books of Apochrypha, Non-Residence, Pluralities, and the Popish Canons.’ And Rushworth tells us that ‘in 1626, the Country was so overspread with Puritans, that Williams Bp. of Lincoln would not meddle against them, and said He was sure they would carry all at last.’

Yet all this while, there were but few SEPARATIONS from the Church established. Nor wou'd the Law allow them in England till K. William's Time. Upon the first Depriving the London-Ministers in the Spring of 1566, Neal and the Register say, ‘their Churches were shut up and their People scattered.’ Bp Grindal on Aug. 27. 1566, writes, ‘that many of the more learned Ministers seem'd to be about leaving their Ministry: and many of the People consulted of making a Secession from us and of gathering in private Assemblies; but the greater Part is come to a better Mind. ^*’ Yet as the Register tells us, ‘In the Spring of 1567, an Hundred of them absenting from the Parish Churches, gathered together many times and made Assemblies, using Prayers, Preaching, and ministring Sacraments after the Geneva-manner: but on Iune 20, many are seiz'd, and put in Prison; next Day bro't before theBp of London & other of the Queen'sCommissioners': and Neal from Strype's Life of Grindal, says that Bolton with 23 other Men and 7 Women, were for this sent to Bridewell and kept there a Year:’ which seems to brake up their Assembly: and This I suppose was the same separate Church Mr. A [...]sworth mentions, whereof Mr. FITS was Pastor and Bolton one of the Elders, in the beginning of Queen Elizabeth's Reign. ^† Yet Fuller observes, ‘Tho' the Queen proceeded severely against them, their Party daily increased.’

The next Separation made was by ROBERT BROWN, who as Fuller says, ‘was bred at Corpus Christi College in Cambridge, began to Preach at Norwich in the beginning [Page 235] of 1581, against Bishops, and Ordination of Ministers as well as Ecclesiast cal Courts and Ceremonies: And Neal, that sometime after,’ ‘He denied the Established Church to be a tru [...] Church and her Ministers true Ministers, renounc'd Communion with her not only in Ceremonies and Sacraments, but even in Hearing the Word and Publick Prayer▪ and gather'd a separate Church of his own Principles; but were quickly forc'd to fly and settle at Middleburgh in Zealand: and from him the Seperatists were at first call'd Brownists; till Mr. Robinson reduc'd them to milder Principles and Tempers’

‘But the Bishops violentMeasures, [as Neal observes] instead of reconciling the Puritans to the establish'd Church, drove them further off, and carried many into a total Separation from Her. For in 1592, a Company set up another Church at London; chusing Mr. Francis Iohnson Pastor, and Mr. Greenwood Teacher: who with 54 of their Church were soon seiz'd by the Bishop's Officers and sent to several Goals: where some were loaded with Irons, some shut up in Dungeons, some beat with Cudgels, some both Men and Women Perished, Mr. Greenwood & Barrow executed: Others kept in close Prison for 4 or 5 Years; and then being banish'd, [as we learn from Bailey,] Mr. Iohnson with some of his People set up their Church at Amsterdam: where he was succeeded by the learned Ainsworth; and He by Mr. Cann, the Author of a valuable Margin to our English Bible.’ In 1596, they Publish their Confession of Faith, with the Grounds of their Separation; Reprinted with their Apology in 4to. 1604

But their Sufferings and Writings soon increas'd their Numbers; and more of the warmer Puritans embrac'd their Doctrines, left the Publick Churches, and met in Private Houses for a Purer Worship. But then they lost the name of Puritans, and received that of the Separatists: the far greater part of the Puritans remaining still in the Church; writing with Zeal against the Separation; and as Sprint, on their behalf in 1608, expresses it: — ‘A Separation we deny not from the Corruptions of the Church wherein we live; in Judgment, Profession, Practice — for which so many of Both Parts [or Par [...]ies i. e. of Puritans and Separatists] have suffered and do suffer so many [Page 236] T [...]igs: But the Difference i [...], We [i. e. the Puritan [...]] suffer for separating i [...] the Ch [...]ch; You, [i. e. the Sepa [...]ratists] out of the Church &c.’

By comparing their ancient Writings, I find the Sepa [...]ratists and Puritans agreed in these two Particulars (1) in their Belief of the same Doctrinal Articles of the Church of England. ( [...]) in their Offence with her unscriptura [...] Parts of Worship, unscriptural Canons and Courts of Disci [...]pline, and unsc [...]iptural Power of Bishops. But in this they chiefly differ'd —

That whereas the People in ev'ry Parochial Congregation thro' the Kingdom, containing all Sorts of Persons both R [...]lig ous and Pro [...]ane, make up a Parochial C [...]urch under one Presbyter▪ and greatNumbers of these Parochial Churche [...] make up a Diocesan Church under one Diocesan Bishop; and several of these Diocesan Churches make up a Provincial C [...]urch under one Arch Bishop; and the two Provincial Churches in the Kingdom, viz. of York and Canterbury make up a Na [...]ional Church under one Primate, viz. the A. Bishop of the latter; in which National Church there were about Forty different Sorts of Officers, as among the Papists: The Separatists held that neither of these Churches were such sort of Churches, not their Officers such sort of Officers as CHRIST has instituted, neither for Matter, Form, nor Power: The Matter of Right, Christian Churches being only visible Saints separate from the Rest of the World, or as the 19th Article of the Church of England has it, a Congregation of Faith [...]ul Men, or Faithful Christians; the Form being a voluntary Consociation of such faithful Christians, not forced by Humane Sanctions; and their Powers being confined to the meer Laws of CHRIST, both in Worship, Government, and Discipline. From such un [...]scriptural Churches, they therefore judg'd themselves obliged to seperate: and set up such sort of Churches and Church Officers, Discipline, and Worship ONLY as they found in the Apostles Days. And then the Church of England Order, Discipline and Worship being not according to CHRIST's Pure Appointment, but polluted with Humane Mixtures which she refused to leave; the Separatists at first went further, and rigidly renounc'd Communion both with Her and her Officers, us Popish and Antichristian, and [Page 237] even with those who held Communion with Her. But as for their Censoriousness, I cannot find but the Church of England Writers against them were as censorious and [...]igid in those Times as Theirs.

But the Puritans allow'd the Faithful Christians of the several Parishes to be true Christian Churches, and their qualified Ministers to be true Christian Ministers: that neither their being restrain'd by Humane Laws in the Exercise of the Powers and Priviledges CHRIST had given them; nor their having by such Laws, both corrupt Members, Canons and Ways of Worship impos'd upon them, neither destroy'd their Rights nor Christian Character: and that since a Separation was not allow'd by the then reigning Powers, and their setting up Purer Churches within the Kingdom was no [...] practicable; they therefore judg'd they ought to remain in the Church Established, groaning under their Burthens, and labouring for her Reformation.

Mr. Robinson at first indeed went off among the more rigid Separatists in 1602: but as Bailey informs us, by conversing in Holland with Dr. Ames and Mr. Parker, He grew more moderate; as we observ'd before; yet insisting that the unscriptural Ceremonies, Canons, and mixt Communion in the Church of England, were sufficient Grounds of Separating from Her, and of erecting Churches on the Scripture-Bottom; without Denying Communion to her Pious Members when they desir'd it of Him.

But how strenuously so ever the Puritans oppos'd the Separation; yet He was so well acquainted with them, that in his Answer to Mr. Barnard in 1610. He says,— ‘I doub [...] not but Mr. Barnard and a Thousand more Ministers in the Land, were they secure of the Magistrates Sword, and might they go on with his good Licence; wou'd wholly Shake off their Canonical Obedience to their Ordi [...]ari [...]s ▪ neglect their Citations and Censures, and refuse to Sue in their Courts: Could they but obtain Licence from the Magistrate to use the Liberty they are perswaded CHRIST has given them; they wou'd [...] [...]ke [...] the Prelates Yoke, and draw no longer [...] [...]he sam [...] in spiritual Communion with all the [...] in the Land but would brake those Bonds of Iniq [...]i [...] &c’ Go [...] [...] also tre [...]ting of the Afflic [...]ion [...] o [...] M [...] [...] [Page 238] P [...]ple in Holland and of the Grounds of their Removing to America, says— ‘It was tho't that if a better and easier Place of Living could be had, it wou'd draw many and take away those Discouragements: yea their Pastor wou'd often say, that many of those who [...]th wrote and preached now against them, if they were in a Place where they might have Liberty, and live comfortably; wou'd do as they did.’

But a farther Account of the Rise, Sufferings, Principle [...] and Progress, both of the Puritans and Separatists, I must refer to the Authors beforementioned; especially Mr. N [...]AL's elaborate and valuable History of the Puritans in 2 Octavos: which was a Branch of English History the Nation wanted, and which ought to be read by every Lover of Religious Liberty.

I shall only observe, that Arch Bishop PARKER Dying in May 1575; GRINDAL succeeded Him, who grew more moderate, and the Church enjoy'd some Quiet: For which [...]ach [...]veral calls Him—That false Son of the Church and perfidious Prelate. But he deceasing in Iuly, 1583, WHITGIFT is made Arch Bishop of Canterbury: who, as we learn from Fuller, Strype and the Register, persecutes the Puritans and Separatists with unr [...]lenting Rigour to his Death in February 1603, 4: as does also his Successo [...] BANCROFT to his — in Nov. 1610. And then ABBOT [...] set in his Place; tho' he shows no Mercy to those of the Separation; yet seeing the Puritans more strictly adhere to the Doctrinal Articles than the rest of the Church, grows more indulgent to them till October 1627; when K. CHARLES I. Se [...]questers him from his Jurisdiction and transfers it to Bishop LAUD and others; as we read in Eachard. Who says, LAUD was an aspiring and fiery Man, a Lover of Pomp and Ceremony, an active Opposer of Antiarminianism, a mortal Opposer of Puritans; that his Heart was entirely set upon the Advancement and Grandeur of the Church [i. e. not the Laical, but Clerical Part; or as Eachard in another Place more clearly calls it — the Advancement of the Clergy's Grandeur] which the Arch B [...]shop brought to that Hight, as it shewed rather a Rivalship than Resemblance of the Church of ROME: In which He had the hearty Concurrence of the King; and grew in such Favour with Him, as to be made Bishop of London in 1628, Arch Bishop of Canterbury in 1633, and to [Page 239] Govern without a Rival in Church and State. Fuller says He was over severe in his Censures; in the Star Chamber wa [...] always observ'd to concur with the severer side; and that twas most apparent He endeavoured a Reconciliation between ROME and ENGLAND. And theContinuation of Baker's Chronicle ^*, — That He was a buisy Man, over-violent in his Proceedings, and never ceas'd to Persecute the PURITANS.

Of these Engl [...]sh Puritans were the greater Part of the Settlers of the MASSACHUSETTS Colony. They had been chiefly Born and Brought up in the National Church, and had hitherto lived in Communion with Her. As their Ministers had been Ordain'd by her Bishops, they had Officia [...]ed in her Parochial Churches, and till now had made no Secession from them: tho' with Multitudes of others, labouring under grievous Impositions, conflicting with many Difficulties, and looking earnestly for better Times; till the High-flying Bishops both increased the Ceremonies, and grew so rigorous in imposing them, as to allow no Worship in the Church without them: yea so severely prosec [...]te those who could not in Conscience use them, as to let them live no longer in their Native Land in Quiet. Finding therefore the Impositions growing, loosing all fur [...]ther Hopes of Reformation and Indulgence There; and NEW ENGLAND opening Her Arms to embrace them: they judged they now ought to improve the Offer [...] ▪ and rather chuse a hideous Wilderness Three Thousand Miles across the Ocean; that Here being Free from all Restraint, they might set up Churches in their Worship, Matter, Form and Discipline, intirely after the New-Testament Model; enjoy these great and christian LIBERTIES without Disturbance, and transmit them as what they accounted the Dearest Legacy to their perpetual Successors.

[Page 240]

SECT. II.

THE Scituation of Sal [...]m pleasing us not [for the Capital Town] we consult about some other: to this Purpose some are sent to the Bay to search up the Rivers for a convenient Place; who returning, report they have sound a good one upon Mistick River: But others seconding these, find another we like better, 3 Leagues up Charles River: ^[1] Whereupon we unship ourGoods into other Vessels, and in

Iuly With much Cost and Labour, bring them to CHARLESTOWN, on the North side the Mouth of Charles River (dd)

Iuly Arrive at CHARLSTOWN, Gov. Winthrop, Dep. Gov. Dudley, Sir Richard Saltonstall, Mr. Iohnson, Ludlow, Nowell, Pynchen, and Bradstreet, with the Massachusetts Colony CHARTER; as also Mr▪ Wilson and Phillips Ministers, with about Fifteen Hundred People ^[2] brought over in [Page 241] 12 Ships from England (tcr) ^[*) But many o [...] our People being Sick of Fevers & the Scurvy, we are thereby unable to carry up our Ordnance and Baggage so far (dd) the Governor and several Patentees dwell in the Great H [...]use last Year built by Mr. Graves, and the rest of their Ser [...]vants: the Multitude set up Cottages, Booths and Tents about the Town-Hill (tcr) and their Meeting Place is abroad under a Tree, where Mr. Wilson & Phillips Preach &c. (crc)

[The State of the Neighbouring Places on the MASSACHUSETTS BAY at their Arrival.]

On Noddel's Island lives Mr. Samuel Maverick; a Man of a very loving and courteous Behaviour, very ready to entertain Strangers: On this Island with the Help of Mr. David Thompson, He had built a small Fort with four Great Guns to Protect him from the Indians ▪ About a Mile distant upon the River runs a small Creek which takes it'sName from Mr. Edward Gibbons, who dwelt there for some Years after, and became Major General. On the South side of Charles River Mouth, on a Point of Land call'd Blaxton's Point lives Mr. Blaxton (j) where He only has a Cottage (tcr) the Neck of [Page 242] Land from which the Point runs being in Indian named SHAWMUT, afterwards BOSTON (tcr) To the S. E. thereof near Thompson's Island, live some few Planters more. ^[3] These were the first Planters of those Parts, having some small Trade with the Natives for Bever Skins; which moved them to make their abode in those Places, and are found of some Help to the New Colony (j)

But having had a long Passage; some of the Ships 17, some 18 Weeks▪ a coming, many People arrive Sick of the Scurvy, which in [...]creases for want of Houses and by reason of wet Lodging in their Cottages (tcr) having no fresh Food to cherish them (j) And tho' the People are very pitiful and loving: yet the Sickness with other Distempers so prevails, that the Well are not able to tend them: Upon which many Die and are Buried about the Hill (tcr) yet 'twas admirable to see with what christian Courage many carry it amidst these Calamities. (j)

Iuly [...]5▪ Lord's Day, after the Evening Exercise, Mr. Iohnson at Salem, receives a Letter from Gov. Winth [...]p at Charlstown, representing the Hand of G [...]D upon them in the prevailing Sickness, whereby divers are taken away: signi [...]fying they had concluded He is to be sought in Righteousness: to this End, the next Friday is set apart to humble themselves before Him and seek Him in his Ordinances: that then [Page 243] such Godly Persons among them as know each other, may Publickly at the End of their Ex [...]ercise make known their Desire & practice the same by solemnly entering into Covenant with Him to walk in his Ways: that since they live in three distinct Places, each having Men of Ability with them, there to observe the Days, and become three distinct Bodies: ^[4] not then intending rashly to proceed to the choice of Officers, or admitting others to their Society but a few well known: Promising after to receive in such by Confession of Faith, as shall ap [...]pear to be fitly qualified: they earnestly in [...]treat the Church of Plimouth to set apart the same Day for the same Ends; beseeching the Lord as to withdraw his Hand of Correction, so to direct and establish them in his Ways. (B) Iuly 30. Fryday, the Day of solemn PRAYER and FASTING kept at Charlestown: when Gov Winthrop, Dep. Gov. Dudley, Mr. Iohnson, and the Rev. Mr Wilson, first enter into Church Covenant, and l [...]y the Foundation of the CHURCHES both of Charlestown (B) [and after [...]wards of Boston]

Aug. 1. Lord's Day five more join to the Church at Charlestown (B) which by the Order in Boston Church Records, are Mr. Nowell, T Sharp, Bradstreet, [Assistants] Mr Wm. Gager [Surgeon] and Mr Wm C [...]lborn [afterwards a Ruling Elder [...] (cbr) who with others quickly added, chus [...] Mr. Wilson for their Pastor: the greater Num [...]ber [Page 244] at this Time intending no other than to settle Here, where the Governor orders his House to be cut and framed. But the Weather being hot, many sick and others faint upon their long Voyage, People grew uneasy for want of Water: For tho' this Neck abounds with good Water, yet they only found a brackish Spring by the Water side in the Sand on the W. side of the N W. Field (tcr) which was not to be come at but when the Tide was down (j) and could not supply half the Necessities of that Multitude: at which time the Death of so many was thought to be owing to the Want of good Water. (tcr)

This made several go aboard upon Discovery (tcr) Some go over to Shawmut on the South side of the River. (j) Some go without Charlestown-Neck and travel up into the Main till they came to a Place well watered: whether Sir R▪ Saltonstall with Mr. Phillips and several Others went and settled a Plantation, and call'd it WATERTOWN. In the mean time, Mr. Blackston of Shawmut coming over informs the Gov of an excellent Spring There▪ withal inviting & solliciting him Thither (tcr) [Upon which it seems that Mr. Iohnson with several others soon Remove and Begin to Settle on that side of the River.]

Aug. 2 One of Plimouth writes from Charlstown to his Friend at Plimouth — ‘The sad News Here is, that many are Sick and many are Dead: the LORD in Mercy look upon them: Some are entered into Church Covenant — and others 'tis like will add themselves to them daily: the LORD increase them both in Number and Holiness — Here is a Gentleman one Mr. Cottington [Page 245] a Boston Man; who told me that Mr. COTTON's Charge at Hampton was,’ ‘That they should take Advice of them at PLIMOUTH▪ and should do nothing to offend them:’ ^[5] ‘Here are divers honest Christians desirous to see us; some out of Love they bare us and the good Perswasion they have of us; others to see whether we be so ill as they have heard▪ We have a Name of Holiness and Love to GOD and his Saints; the LORD make us more and more answerable, that it may be more than aName &c (B)’

Aug. 20 Arrives in Charlestown-Harbour another Ship, call'd TheGift: who tho' 12 Weeks atSea, yet lost but one Passenger (H) and Dep Gov Dudley says, that all the 17 Ships mention'd in Sec. I. Note 79, arrived safe in New-England for the increase of the Plantation here, this Year, 1630.

It having been reported in England, that there were now Provisions enough Here, divers Ships came not so well supplied as otherwise [Page 246] they wou'd; and there being miserable Damage of our Provisions at Sea; and yet some imprudently selling much of the Remainder to the Indians for Bever; we fall into great and threatning Straits for want of Food. Upon which the Governour and other Gentlemen hire & dispatch away Mr. William Pierce with his Ship (tcr) the Lyon of Bristol (dd) of about 200 Tons, for Ireland, to Buy more (tcr) and come back with allSpeed; with whom goes Mr [...] Revil, one of the five Undertakers here; Mr Vas [...]sal, one of the Assistants, with his Family, and Mr. Bright the Minister sent hither the Year before. (dd)

The M [...]rtality increasing many Died week [...]ly, yea almost daily: among whom were Mrs Pynchon, Mrs Coddington, Mrs▪ Phillips ▪ & Mrs Alcock a Sister of Mr. Ho [...]ke [...] [...] so that the Sh [...]p [...] being now on their Return, some for England, some for I [...]eland, there was not much less than an Hundred, some think many more, partly ou [...] of dislike of our Government, which restrain'd and punished their Excesses, and partly thro' Fear of Famin, not seeing other means than by their Labour to [...]eed themselves, returned back: and glad were we so to be rid of them. Others also afterwards hearing of Men of their own Disposition at Pascataway, went from us t [...] them: whereby tho' our numbers were lessen [...]ed, yet we accounted ourselves nothing weak [...]ned by their Removal (dd)

Aug. 23. The first Court of Assistants held at Charles [...]town (Mcr) on board the Arb [...]lla▪ (j) Presen [...] Governour Win [...]rop, Deputy Governour Dud [...]l [...]y, Sir R. Sal [...]onstall, Mr. Ludlow, R [...]siter [Page 247] Nowell, T. Sharp, Pynchon, and Bradstreet: wherein the first thing Propounded is, How the Ministers shall be maintained! Mr. Wilson and Phillips only Proposed: and Order'd that Houses be Built for them with convenient speed at the Publick Charge. Sir. R. Saltonstall undertook to see it done at his Plantation for Mr. Phillips; and the Governour at the other Plantation for Mr. Wilson: Mr. Phillips to have Thirty Pounds a Year, beginning at the first of September next; Mr. Wilson to have Twenty Pounds a Year till his Wife come over, beginning at Iuly 10 last; all this at the common Charge, those of Mattapan and Salem ex [...]cepted. Order'd that Morton of Mount Wollaston be sent for Presently: and that Carpenters, Joiners, Bricklayers, Sawyers and Thatchers, take no more than two Shillings a Day, under Pain [...] Shillings to Giver and Taker. (Mcr) and Mr. Bradstr [...]et chosen Secretary. (j) ^[6]

Aug. 27. F [...]yday, the first Ordination of an Elder in the Massachusetts Bay, viz Mr. Wilson (sd 47) who is [now] made Pastor [or Teaching Elder] of the Church at Charlestown (tcr) and whose Extent now reaches on both sides the River. (j)

Aug. e. About this Time, (dd) Dies at Salem, and is soon after interred There, the Lady ARBELLA, Wife of Mr. JOHNSON: who came from a Paradice of Delight and Plenty she enjoyed in [Page 248] the Family of a noble Earldom into this Wilderness of Straits; and now left her worthy Consort overwhelm'd in Grief and Tears. (H)

Sept. [...]. Dies of a Fever, Mr. Gager, a skilful Surgeon, a right Godly Man, and one of the Deacons of our Church at Charlestown: as also the Rev. Mr Higginson of a Consumption (dd) the first Teacher of the Church a [...] Salem (H) a zealous and profitable Preacher (dd) AEtat. 43 (cm) ^[7]

Sept. 7. The second Court of Assistants held at Charlestown: Present Governor Winthrop, Deputy Governor Dudley, Sir R. Saltonstall, Mr. Iohnson, Endicot, Sharp, Nowell, Coddington, Ludlow, Rossiter, Pynchon, Bradstreet: Order'd that Thomas Morton of Mount Wolaston shall presently be set in the Bilbowes, and after sent Prisoner to England by the Ship called the Gift now returning thither; that all his Goods shall be seiz'd to Defray the Charge of his Transportation, Payment of his Debts and to give satisfaction to the Indians for a Canoe he took unjustly from them; and that hisHouse be Burnt down to the Ground in sight of the Indians for their satisfaction for many wrongs he has done them. Order'd that no Person shall Plant in any Place within the Limits of this Patent without leave from the Governor and Assistants or major part of them: that a [Page 249] Warrant shall presently be sent to Aggawam, to command those who arePlanted There forth [...]with to come away; and that Trimoun [...]in be called BOSTON; Mattapan DORCHEST [...]R; and the Town upon Charles River WATER [...]TON. (Mcr)

Thus this remarkable PENINSULA, about two Miles in Length and one in Breadth, in those times, appearing at High Water in the Form of two Islands who's Indian Name was Shawmut; but I suppose on the account of three contiguous Hills appearing in a range to those at Charlestown, by the English call'd at first T [...]imountain, and now receives the Name of BOSTON. Which Deputy Governor Dudley says, they had before intended to call the Place they first resolv'd on: and Mr. Hubbard, that they gave this Name on the account of Mr. COTTON, [the then famous Puritan Minister of Boston in England; for whom they had the highest Reverence, and of whose coming over they were doubtless in some hopeful Prospect] And from the late Judge Sewall in comparison with the Charlestown Records, I learn, that this Town was settled under the Conduct of Mr. JOHNSON; whom Mr. Hubbard calls, a worthy Gentleman of Note for Piety and Wisdom; and the Rev. Mr. Danforth of Roxbury, styles him — a right Nathaniel, eminent for Piety and Virtue; and in another Place, a Gentleman of singular Piety and Sincerity. ^[8]

[Page 250]To this Town, the major Part of the Church in a little time Removes from Charlestown; and so [...] increases, as that One Hundred fifty & one [...]re admitted by Oct. 14 1632, when they peaceably Divide into two Churches (tcr. c br.)

‘Thus out of small BeginningsGreat Things have been produced by HIS HAND that made all things, and gives Being to all things that are▪ and as one small Candle may light a Thousand; so the Light Here ^[9] kindled hath shone to many, yea in some sort to our whole Nation: Let the Glorious Name of JEHOVAH have all the Praise. (B)’

But this Composure growing beyond my Expectation, and the Bookseller informing me that if I now proceed to the End of this Second Section, as intended, it will make the First Volume too unsizeable; I must ask the Reader to excuse my referring the Rest to the Second Volume, and cl [...]sing this with the ADDITION of some Passages Omitt [...]d in the Introduction, and the First Section of the II Part.

[Page 251]

ADDITIONS to the Introduction.

Pag	Line
[...]	7	NExt to V. the Roman EMPERORS [...] VI. the MONARCHS of the Eastern [...]mpire.
	last	Next to Spring — add—, ‖ till the Entrance of the IVth Period; and then we Begin with the Iulian Year, viz. the 1st of Ianuary.
	marg	Insert — ‖ So the Chaldeans, Persians, Armenians, most other Eastern Nations, and the ancient Astronomers who placed Aries the 1st of the Sign [...] at the Vernal Equinox; as also Virgil, Eusebius▪ Ambros [...], Cyril, Austin, Bede, Melanchton, Calvin, Scaliger, Lydiat, Bucholzer, Bunting, Coddoman, Kepler, Krechz [...]m, M [...]rcer, Alsted, Spondan, Capellus, E. Simpson, Langius (see Lydiat, Alsted, Strauchius) and so Dupin.
3	18	To Scaliger — add †. To Calvis [...]us — add — Bunting, Langius, Behmius, Frankenberger, To Alsted — add — Drake,
	33	To Rivetus — add — Langius, Ricciolius, Dupin,
	34	To Ainsworth — add — Rawleigh, Drake,
	35	To Allen — add — Marsham,
		In the 1st Line of the Margin — Insert — †. Scali [...]ger says, It is so certain▪ that none has hitherto doubted it. (De Emend Temp▪ Lib V)
5	11	Next to 96. [...] — Insert— 108 b Sodom &c. Destroyed.
6	21	To Baylly — add — Strauchius,
8	5	To [...] at Years — add —, and [...] Additional [...] Spring of the Year to Aug. 27.
13	marg	To Con [...]as — add — Ieconias,
23	28	To Winter Solstice — add — [*]
		And in the Margin — insert — [*] Danet says — at the New-Moon 8 Days after: and Cary says — on the Day the Sun enter'd the 8th of Capricorn, which by theAncients was held to be the Point of the Winter Solstice; and at 7 in the afternoon that Day, there happened a New Moon at Rome.
39	27	To Tiber — add — [*]
		In the end of the Margin — Insert ]*] Here Calvisius says, the Caesarean INDICTION of 15 Years begins, observ'd by the Greeks; but the Roman on Ian. 1. following, observ'd by the Latins. But Petavius & Strauchius thus destinguish — the Caesarian begins Sept. 24; the Constantinopolitan, on Sept. 1; and the Pontifical or Roman on Ian. 1. following.
43	2	To Western Empire — add —, in 476.
51	19	To Western Empire — add —, in 800.
74	10	To 400) — add — (hl. st) Feb. 14 (st)
89	2	To (hl) — add — [*]
	18	Insert — 1534. Ian. 15, Parliament of England meets: Enacts, that no Canons shall be made or put in Execution by the Convocation of the Clergy, which shall be repugnant to theCustoms, Laws or Statutes of the Realm, or to theKing's Prerogative, nor without his assent: that none be Presented to the Pope or See of Rome for the Office of any Arch Bp or Bp in the King's Dominions, nor send thither for any thing requisite for an Arch Bp or Bp: and that noDispensations shall be sued for, nor Impositions Paid to the Pope (k)
	36	In the Margin — Insert— [*] The Act of Parliament omitted in Keeble, but printed in Burnet, says Eight score thousand Pounds: So that Stow is mistaken.
91	10	Before William Tindal — Insert — Oct. 7. (fl)
95	3	To (sl — add — or Feb. 28. (Burnet)
96	30	To Oct. 25 — add — ‖
	31	To (c — add — Strada)
		In the Margin: after the note [28] —add — ‖ P [...]ti [...] in taken in saying Nov. 25.
97	17	To (bc) — add — April,
98	7	To May 10. — add — ( [...]ls) or 11 (pt)
	20	To D — add — AEt. 43 (p)
		To Francis II — add — AEt▪ 17 (p)
		After the Article of Dec. 17▪ — add —
		This Y, 3 Learned Preachers and 30 more Burnt in Spain for being Protestants: and had not the Inquisition put a stop to these Reformers, the Protestant Religion had run thro' Spain like wild-Fire: People of all Degrees being won [...]derfully disposed There at this time to embrace it (Burnet)
100	1 [...]	To (hls) — add — †.
	30	To Iuly 24 — add — (hls) or 25 (bc) ‡
		In the Margin, between note [...]2 & 33 — add —
		†▪ Buchanan & Cambden say, Duke of Rot [...]say.
		After note 33 — add
		‡ Iuly 24, the Resignation signed; Iuly, 25. entered on Record in the Council Book (Burnet)
101	30	To Dec. 13 — add — ‖.
		In the Margin — Insert — ‖ Speed says. Nov. 15. citing Hackluyt in the Margin: which I have not now by me.
103	20	To 1587 — add — Wednesday.
	30	To Iuly 22 — add — [*]
		In the Margin after note [41] — add —
		[*] Spred says Aug. 1. & that not many Days after, He Died: But 'tis likely Speed took this account from Petavius, or some French writer [...]; withou [...] reducing Aug 1. N. S. to Iuly 22. O. S.
104		After Line 14 — Insert —
		1599. April 25. OLIVER CROMWELL Born a [...] Huntingdon; afterwardsLord Protector, &c. (His Life by I. S)
		1600. Nov. 19 Born to K JAM [...]S VI of Sc [...]tland. Pri [...]ce CHARLES; afterwards K CHARL [...]S I &c (Pointer, Salmon, Hu [...]ner & Anderson)

ADDITIONS to Part I. Sect. I.

14	3	To emp [...]oy'd by — add — the Earl of South Ha [...]pton and
1 [...]	23	To Given — add — [*]
		In the Margin — Insert — [*] Dr. Layt [...]n say [...], that from Iune 25, 16 [...]4. to Nov. 5. 1605, there were 400 Ministers Ejected, Silenc'd or Suspende [...] by Virtue of these Canon [...].
2 [...]	24	To 2 Ships —add— (pc) 2 Natives, viz. Sketwarroes and Dehamda (gr)
	2 [...]	To settle — add — (sm) on a Westerly Peninsula (pg)
	29	To (sm) — add — [which I suppose is since called small Point] and build a Fortifica [...]ion, which they named St. George's Fort (pg)
		In the Margin, after note [11] —add — pg, Purchas's Pilgrimage.
23	3	To Mr.— add — [Clifton &]
	8	To Holland — add — (B) with their Rev. Pastor Mr. Clifton (cpr)
		In the Margin, after note [12] —add—(cpr) Church of Plimouth Records.
26	27	To therefore— add — with Mr. Robinson,
2 [...]	3	To (B) [ [...]4]—add — But the Rev. Mr. Clifton stays at Amsterdam, and There Dies ( [...]pr)
49		In the Margin, at the End of note [2 [...]] — add — Mr. Wi [...]slow signifies the same in his Brief Narration of the Grounds of the first Planting of NEW-ENGLAND; at the End of his Reply to Gorton, Printed 410 London. 1646.
6 [...]	1	To a Ship of 60—add—(Smith and Purchas say [...]0)
[...]1	22	To Sail again — add — (B) with about 120 Pe [...]sons (sm ps) Aug. 22 (sm) 23 (ps) leave the Coast of England (sm.ps)
	24	To England—add— (B) the next Day (sm ps)
72	1	To them; — add †.
	6	To [...]ail again — add ‡
		In the Margin, at [...]he Beginning— Insert—
		†. Smit [...] and Purchas say, they There discharge 20 of thei [...] Pass [...]ng [...]rs
		‡ Smith and Purchas say, with 100 Persons, besides [...]ad [...]rs
80	l [...]st	To the last word — add — But by this we see Sir R. Baker greatly mistaken, as to the Beginning of this Colony, by Placing it in 1624.

The End of the First Volume.

This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal. The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.

Author: Prince, Thomas, 1687-1758.2004-08

1

2

3

The PREFACE, Relating the RISE, DESIGN, and PROGRESS of this Composure.

CORRECTIONS.

In the Introduction.

In Part I.

In Part II. Sect. 1.

A LIST of the SUBSCRIBERS.

SUBSCRIPTIONS receiv'd since the former Part of the List was Printed.

THE INTRODUCTION.

I. Period. THE Chronology of the Scripture PATRIARCHS▪ in a continued Line, From the Creation of ADAM to the Death of MOSES; containing nearly 2553 com [...]pleat Years.

II. Period. THE Chronology of the IUDGES of Israel. From the Death of MOSES to the Death of SAMUEL and SAUL: Containing about 396 compleat Years.

III. Period THE Chronology of the KINGS of Judah in a Line [...] Succession, From the Beginning of the Reign of DAVID, to the End of ZEDEKIAH's: Containing about 467 Compleat Years.

IV. Period. THE Chronology of the Babylonian, Persian, Grecian and Egyptian MONARCHS successively, from the Destruction of the Kingdom of Judah by Nebuchad­nezzar, to [...]he Destruction of the Kingdom of Egypt by Octavius Caesar: Containing exactly 558 Years.

V. Period. THE Chronology of the Roman EMPERORS suc­c [...]ssively, From the Beginning of the Reign of AUGUSTUS, to the Death of CONSTANTINE the Great, the 1st Christian Emperor, when the Empire came to be Divided: being the Spaceof 365 Years, 9 Months

Sect. I. To the Discovery of the NEW WORLD by Columbus in 1492.

Sect. II. To the Discovery of NEW-ENG­LAND, and Death of Q ELIZABETH ▪

THE New England Chronology.

PART I.

The Voyage of the English People a [...] Leyden for VIRGINIA.

THE New England Chronology.

PART II.

SECT. I.

Notes for this I. Section. b, Beginning. m, Middle. e, End.

SECTION I.

SECT. II.

SECT. II.

ADDITIONS to the Introduction.

ADDITIONS to Part I. Sect. I.

IV. Period. THE Chronology of the Babylonian, Persian, Grecian and Egyptian MONARCHS successively, from the Destruction of the Kingdom of Judah by Nebuchadnezzar, to [...]he Destruction of the Kingdom of Egypt by Octavius Caesar: Containing exactly 558 Years.

V. Period. THE Chronology of the Roman EMPERORS succ [...]ssively, From the Beginning of the Reign of AUGUSTUS, to the Death of CONSTANTINE the Great, the 1st Christian Emperor, when the Empire came to be Divided: being the Spaceof 365 Years, 9 Months

Sect. II. To the Discovery of NEW-ENGLAND, and Death of Q ELIZABETH ▪